PPDM38 Documentation

PPDM Association
Relational Model
Version 3.8
July 2008
PPDM Version 3.8
PPDM Copyright and Disclaimer
Public Petroleum Data Model Association (PPDM)

Terms and Conditions (the Terms and Conditions)
The PPDMs supply of products and/or services to the user (the User) are subject to the
following Terms and Conditions which are deemed to be accepted by the User upon the User
making any use of, or receiving any benefit from, the PPDMs products and/or services, which
may include, without limiting the nature and kind of products and/or services to be provided: the
establishment of standards through the use of models, schema, spatial enabling and reference
values; products in the form of guides, sample data and technical specifications; the right to use
the trademarks of the PPDM; and services in the nature of publication, education, compliance
and certification.
The following Terms and Conditions shall apply to the User:
1. Any rights and limitation set out in any licence agreement entered into between the User
and the PPDM in connection with the products and/or services shall be in addition to
these Terms and Conditions.
2. Any right granted to the User by the PPDM to use any trademark of the PPDM is
subject to the direct control and rules of use provided by the PPDM from time to time
which right shall cease no later than the date upon which notification is provided by the
PPDM to the User advising that the right has ceased, or the date the User ceases to be a
member of the PPDM.
3. The User acknowledges that all at all times, all products and/or services and their
accompanying supporting material, are, and remain, the intellectual property of the
PPDM with all rights reserved for the benefit of the PPDM .
4. EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED IN THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS,

ANY PRODUCTS AND/OR SERVICES PROVIDED BY THE PPDM ARE
PROVIDED AS IS, AND THE PPDM DISCLAIMS ANY
REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING THOSE OF PERFORMANCE OR MECHANTABILITY, OR FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR THOSE ARISING OUT OF A COURSE OF
DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, WITH RESPECT TO ITS PRODUCTS AND/OR
SERVICES, AND DO NOT WARRANT THAT THE FUNCTIONS OR THE
OPERATION OR THE CONTENT OF ITS PRODUCTS AND/OR SERVICES WILL
BE:
Copyright 1998-2008, PPDM Association. All Rights Reserved Page: 2

PPDM Version 3.8
a. UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR FREE;
b. ACCESSIBILE;
c. FREE FROM CONTENT WHICH MAY BE DEEMED TO BE PRIVATE
UNDER THE LAWS OF THE PROVINCE OF ALBERTA OR THE
COUNTRY OF CANADA;
d. COMPLETE;
e. CURRENT.
5. THE PPDM SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE OR LIABLE FOR ANY AND ALL
ITEMS, STATEMENTS OR CONTENT TRANSMITTED, POSTED OR RECEIVED
ON ITS SYSTEMS OR ANY OTHER SYSTEMS, OR FOR MONITORING THE
SAME. THE PPDMS ENTIRE LIABILITY, REGARDLESS OF THE NUMBER
OF CLAIMS, IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE, AND THE USERS
EXCLUSIVE REMEDY SHALL BE, AT THE OPTION OF THE PPDM:
a. TO EITHER REFUND THE LESSER OF THE AMOUNT THE USER PAID
TO THE PPDM UNDER THE LATEST MEMBERSHIP APPLICATION OR
THE FEES PAID BY THE USER FOR THE PARTICULAR PRODUCT
AND/OR SERVICE PROVIDED; OR,
b. TO PROVIDE THE USER WITH CORRECTED ITEMS
PROVIDED THAT THE PPDM IS NOTIFIED OF ANY CLAIM WITHIN NINETY
(90) DAYS FROM THE DATE ON WHICH THE CLAIM ARISES.
6. IN NO EVENT WILL THE PPDM BE LIABLE TO THE USER FOR ANY

INDIRECT CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR SPECIAL DAMAGES OF THE USER
OR OF ANY THIRD PARTY CLAIMED AGAINST THE USER, HOWSOEVER
CAUSED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY LOST PROFITS, LOST
REVENUE, LOST SAVINGS, LOSS OF USE OR LACK OF AVAILABILITY OF
FACILITIES INCLUDING COMPUTER RESOURCES, ROUTERS AND STORED
DATA, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE, EXEMPLARY, AGGRAVATED,
ECONOMIC OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, CONTRIBUTION OR
INDEMNITY ARISING OUT OF THE USE, OR INABILITY TO USE THE
PRODUCTS AND/OR SERVICES OR DELIVERABLES, IF ANY, PROVIDED
UNDER THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS, OR FOR CLAIM BY ANY OTHER
PERSON EVEN IF THE PPDM OR ANY OF ITS LAWFUL CONTRACTORS, OR
EMPLOYEES HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES
OR CLAIM.
7. IN NO EVENT WILL THE PPDM BE LIABLE TO THE USER FOR DAMAGES

OR LOSSES ARISING FROM ANY THIRD PARTY, OR FOR DAMAGES OR
LOSSES CAUSED BY THE USER, OR THEIR RESPECTIVE EMPLOYEES,
CONTRACTORS OR SUBCONTRACTORS, OR FOR OTHER EVENTS BEYOND
THE REASONABLE CONTROL OF THE PPDM.
8. THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS SHALL SURVIVE THE TERMINATION

AND/OR EXPIRY OF THE USERS MEMBERSHIP IN THE PPDM.

PPDM Version 3.8
9. FOR PURPOSES OF PARAGRAPHS 4, 5, 6 AND 7 OF THESE TERMS AND
CONDITIONS, THE TERM USER MAY INCLUDE, AS THE CASE MAY BE,
ANY OR ALL OF THE USER, ITS DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES,
AGENTS, AFFILIATED OR SUBSIDIRY BUSINESSES OR ANY THIRD-PARTIES
TO WHOM THE USER HAS GIVEN ACCESS TO THE PRODUCTS AND
SERVICES OF THE PPDM.
10. FOR PURPOSES OF PARAGRAPHS 4, 5, 6 AND 7 OF THESE TERMS AND

CONDITIONS, PPDM SHALL INCLUDE ANY OR ALL OF ITS DIRECTORS,
OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, CONTRACTORS OR OTHER INDIVIDUALS
AFFILIATED WITH THE PPDM, AS THE CASE MAY BE.
11. These Terms and Conditions are to be governed and interpreted under the laws of the
Province of Alberta and the laws of Canada applicable therein, and any and all disputes
arising out of these Terms and Conditions, their performance, breach, enforcement,
existence or validity, any failure of the parties to reach agreement with respect to matters
provided for in these Terms and Conditions and all matters of dispute relating to the
rights and obligations of the parties, which cannot be amicably resolved, even if only one
of the parties declares that there is a difference, will be referred to and finally settled by
private and confidential binding arbitration held in Alberta and governed by Alberta law
pursuant to the Alberta Arbitration Act if the User is a party created under the laws of
Canada or any province or territory of Canada; or the Arbitration Rules of the United
Nations Commission of International Trade Law (UNCITRAL) if the User is a party
outside of Canada.
The following arbitration procedures shall apply, notwithstanding whether the arbitration
is governed by the Alberta Arbitration Act or UNCITRAL:
(a) the place of arbitration shall be Calgary, Alberta;
(b) the Arbitration tribunal shall consist of one (1) arbitrator;
(c) the Courts of the Province of Alberta shall be the appointing authority in
accordance with UNCITRAL Rules;
(d) the language to be used in the arbitral proceedings shall be English;
(e) the Arbitrator shall be a person who is legally trained and who has
experience in the information technology field in Canada and is independent
of either party; and,
(f) the decision of the arbitration court shall be final and binding upon each of the
parties.
12. Except as otherwise provided herein, all notices must be in writing to the PPDM at
Bankers Hall, P.O. Box 22155, Calgary, Alberta, T2P 4J5 and to the User at the most
recent address in the PPDMs records. Notices shall be deemed delivered three
business days after posting in the Canadian postal system, or one business day if
delivered via courier.

PPDM Version 3.8
Introduction
This document contains table and column descriptions, including data type
and length, table and column comments and foreign / primary keys for all
proposed tables. The model is developed and enhanced by the PPDM
Association and its work groups. For more information about meetings or
work groups, refer to the PPDM web pages at www.ppdm.org. Business
Requirements Documents for each work group are available from the
PPDM Association.
Change Management Process

Requests for modifications or enhancements should be submitted to the
PPDM Association change management forum with a summary of the
request made, a detailed description of the business requirement (why you
want the change made) and a suggested field type, length and description
for each attribute requested.
Most requests for change are discussed electronically with the workgroup
or a designated review group before implementation. If you wish to
participate in a review group, contact PPDM at curtist@ppdm.org.
Instructions
The Adobe Acrobat reader provides some navigational aids. If you are unfamiliar with
this capability, please take a moment to review the Acrobat help documentation.
Hyper links are shown as blue text or as icons. These will assist you in moving quickly
around the document.
For best results, view this document with Bookmarks turned on. These are much like a
table of contents, and will help you find things quickly in the document. Each table
definition has an associated bookmark.
This is a very large document. Viewing it
with Adobe Acrobat is easier on our
forests than printing it. Thanks for your
cooperation!

PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: APPLIC_ALIAS

APPLICATION ALIAS: The Name Alias table stores multiple alias names for a given application. Every name, code and identifier assigned to an application should be
stored in this table. Mark the one you prefer to use using the PREFERRED IND, and the application that an alias is suitable for using the APPLICATION IDENTIFIER.
Column Name Nullable Data-Type Length Key Referenced Table(s) Column Comment
APPLICATION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P APPLICATION APPLICATION ID: Unique identifier for applications you make for continuations,
licenses etc. to the government.
ALIAS_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P NAME ALIAS IDENTIFIER : ID for an alias name by which the business associate
is known.
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating whether this row of data is currently
active.
ALIAS_CODE VARCHAR2 30 ALIAS CODE: codified version for the alias as assigned by another user or
application. .
ALIAS_FULL_NAME VARCHAR2 255 NAME ALIAS : An alias name by which the business associate is known.
ALIAS_REASON_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_ALIAS_REASON_TYPE REASON: Reason why the alias was created, such as nickname, name change,
amalgamation, etc.
ALIAS_SHORT_NAME VARCHAR2 30 SHORT NAME: A short name given to an alias.
ALIAS_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_ALIAS_TYPE ALIAS TYPE: The type of alias, such as partner, historical, records etc.
AMENDED_DATE DATE 7 ALIAS AMENDED DATE: the date on which the company name was amended.
CREATED_DATE DATE 7 ALIAS CREATED DATE: Date on which the Business name alias was created.
Useful for company name changes. (e.g. due to amalgamation: Pacific Petroleums
Ltd. was amalgamated to Petro-Canada Exploration Ltd. effective 19800101)
EFFECTIVE_DATE DATE 7 EFFECTIVE DATE: The date that the data in this row first came into effect.
EXPIRY_DATE DATE 7 EXPIRY DATE: The date that the data in this row was no longer active or in effect.
LANGUAGE_ID VARCHAR2 20 R_LANGUAGE LANGUAGE IDENTIFIER: The language of the alias.
ORIGINAL_IND VARCHAR2 1 ORIGINAL INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating that this alias is the original name
or alias given to a business object.
OWNER_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE OWNER IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a business
associate who is the owner of this alias.
PPDM_GUID VARCHAR2 38 PPDM GUID: This value may be used to provide a global unique identifier for this
row of data. If used, optional PPDM NOT NULL constraints should be created.
PREFERRED_IND VARCHAR2 1 PREFERRED INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating whether this alias is a preferred
name or code.
REASON_DESC VARCHAR2 2000 REASON DESCRIPTION: A narrative explanation about the alias being used.
REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 REMARK: Narrative remarks about this row of data.
SOURCE VARCHAR2 20 R_SOURCE SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated as the
source of information for this row.
SOURCE_DOCUMENT VARCHAR2 20 SOURCE_DOCUMENT SOURCE DOCUMENT: References the document where this alias has been given.
Documents may be published, internal references, journals etc.
STRUCKOFF_DATE DATE 7 ALIAS STRUCK OFF DATE: Date on which the legal name was struck from
Page 6
Copyright 1998-2008, PPDM Association. All rights reserved
Forward questions and comments to the Change Management Forum
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: APPLIC_ALIAS

corporate registry and is no longer used.
SW_APPLICATION_ID VARCHAR2 20 R_SW_APPLICATION SOFTWARE APPLICATION IDENTIFIER: The identifier for the application that
owns this alias or code or that is used to apply the data in this row.
USE_RULE VARCHAR2 2000 USE RULE: A narrative column that is used to describe the circumstances in which
this alias is to be used.
ROW_CHANGED_BY VARCHAR2 30 ROW CHANGED BY: Application login id of the user who last changed the row.
ROW_CHANGED_DATE DATE 7 ROW CHANGED DATE: System date of the last time the row was changed.
ROW_CREATED_BY VARCHAR2 30 ROW CREATED BY: System user who created this row of data.
ROW_CREATED_DATE DATE 7 ROW CREATED DATE: Date that the row was created on.
ROW_QUALITY VARCHAR2 20 R_PPDM_ROW_QUALITY PPDM ROW QUALILTY: A set of values indicating the quality of data in this row,
usually with reference to the method or procedures used to load the data, although
other types of quality reference are permitted.
Page 7
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: APPLIC_AREA

APPLICATION AREA: A list of the areas into which an application falls.
AREA_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P AREA AREA ID: Unique identifier for any named area
AREA_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P AREA SOFTWARE APPLICATION IDENTIFIER: The identifier for the application that
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: a Y/N flag indicating that this condition is active for the
license.
DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 240 DESCRIPTION: Narrative descriptive remarks that accompany the license
condition. Could include the definition at which the values apply (such as 101.325
kilopascals and 15 degrees Celcius).
EFFECTIVE_DATE DATE 7 EFFECTIVE DATE: the date that this area was first associated with a license.
EXPIRY_DATE DATE 7 EXPIRY DATE: the date on which this row of data is no longer in effect from a
business perspective.
Page 8
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: APPLIC_ATTACH

APPLICATION ATTACHMENT: Describes the attachements to the application, such as letters, maps and so on.
APPLICATION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P APPLICATION APPLICATION ID: The unique identifier for the application that the attachments
are part of.
ATTACHMENT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P ATTACHMENT ID: Unique identifier for the attachment for the application
active or valid.
ATTACHMENT_DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 240 ATTACHMENT DESCRIPTION: Describes physical attachments to the
submissions, such as maps, reports etc.
ATTACHMENT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_APPLIC_ATTACHMENT ATTACHMENT TYPE: The type of attachment, such as map, report, letter etc.
PHYSICAL_ITEM_ID VARCHAR2 20 RM_PHYSICAL_ITEM PHYSICAL ITEM ID: The unique identifier for the physical item that represents the
contents of this attachment.
RECEIVED_DATE DATE 7 RECEIVED DATE: the date that an attachment was received.
RECEIVED_IND VARCHAR2 1 RECEIVED INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating that an attachment has been
received.
SENT_BY VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE SENT BY: The business associate who sent this attachment to the recipient.
SENT_DATE DATE 7 SENT DATE: The date that the attachment to the application was sent.
SENT_IND VARCHAR2 1 SENT INDICATOR: a Y/N flag indicating that this attachment was sent.
Page 9
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: APPLIC_BA

APPLICATION BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: This table is used to capture information about who was involved in an application, what role that person played in the
application (approver, creator, reviewer etc.) and when they were involved.
APPLICATION_BA_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE APPLICATION BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: This columnis used to capture
information about who was involved in an application.
APPLICATION_BA_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P APPLICATION BUSINESS ASSOCIATE OBSERVATION NUMBER: A
seqencer added to allow a business associate to have more than one role with an
application.
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: a yes / no flag that indicates whether the data in this row is
currently active.
APPLICATION_BA_ROLE VARCHAR2 20 R_APPLIC_BA_ROLE APPLICATION BUSINESS ASSOCIATE ROLE: This table is used to capture
information about the role that a business associate played in the application
(approver, creator, reviewer etc.).
CONTACT_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE CONTACT BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: the business associate who is the contact for
this application Business Associate (usually a regulator, company or organization)
DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 240 DESCRIPTION: description of the business associate who has this role, the
handling of the role, type of activities required etc.
EFFECTIVE_DATE DATE 7 EFFECTIVE DATE: the date on which this row of data first came into effect from a
Page 10
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: APPLIC_DESC

APPLICATION DESCRIPTION: A list of the descriptive details about an application. For an application for a license, could describe details about the proposed operations.
This table is vertical to support the extremely wide range of descriptions possible, depending on the type of application and the company or agency you are doing business
with. The Primary key is two part, to allow specific description types to be associated with specific application types.
are part of.
DESCRIPTION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P DESCRIPTION ID: Unique identifier for the description for the application. A list
of the descriptive details about an application. For an application for a license, could
describe details about the proposed operations.
active or valid.
APPLICATION_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_APPLIC_DESC APPLICATION TYPE: continuation, groupings, license validations, offset notice
appeal, selections, grouping, continuation, significant discovery area, significant
discovery license, expiry notification, commercial discovery area, production
license. The type of application being made, such as application to drill, application
to extend a land right, application to conduct geophysical operations etc.
APPLIC_DESC_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_APPLIC_DESC APPLICATION DESCRIPTION TYPE: The description attached to an application,
to beused in the case where descriptive details are retained. Could include proposed
conditions, planned activities etc.
CONTACT_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE CONTACT BA ID: the contact for this peice of information, in the case where a
particular detail is handled by a specific individual.
CURRENCY_CONVERSION NUMBER 10, 5 CURRENCY CONVERSION: The conversion factor applied to calculate the
original currency from the stored currency value.
CURRENCY_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE CURRENCY ORIGINAL UNITS OF MEASURE: The units of measure in which
the currency was originally received.
CURRENCY_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE CURRENCY UNITS OF MEASURE
DATE_FORMAT_DESC VARCHAR2 20 DATE FORMAT DESCRIPTION: Use this column to define the level of precision
in the DATE format colums, such as YYYY, or YYYQQ, or YYYYMM or
YYYYMMDD
DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 2000 ATTACHMENT DESCRIPTION: Describes physical attachments to the
submissions, such as maps, reports etc.
DESC_DATE DATE 7 DESCRIPTION DATE: the date of the description, such as the date that an event
will occur (proposes spud date, proposed completion date etc).
DESC_VALUE NUMBER 10, 5 DESCRIPTION VALUE: a numeric value associated with the application
description, such as production rates, distances, costs etc.
DESC_VALUE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE
DESC_VALUE_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNIT OF MEASURE
MAX_COST NUMBER 12, 2 MAXIMUM COST: the maximum cost outlined in the description. Page 11
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: APPLIC_DESC

MAX_DATE DATE 7 MAXIMUM DATE: The maximum or last date, such as the last date that the data is
good for (such as land sale parcels available between a set of dates, or seismic
aquired between a set of dates).
MAX_VALUE NUMBER , VALUES: Use the values columns to capture numeric values such as weights,
percentages, durations and so on. The size and scale for each value type may vary;
this is defined in the PPDM PROPERTY SET for the governing reference values.
MAX_VALUE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE MAX VALUE ORIGINAL UNITS OF MEASURE: The units of measure in which
the max value was originally received.
MAX_VALUE_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNIT OF MEASURE
MIN_COST NUMBER 12, 2 MINIMUM COST: The minimum cost outlined in the description.
MIN_DATE DATE 7 MINIMUM DATE: The minimum or fist date, such as the first date that the data is
good for (such as land sale parcels available between a set of dates, or seismic
aquired between a set of dates).
MIN_VALUE NUMBER , VALUES: Use the values columns to capture numeric values such as weights,
MIN_VALUE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE MIN VALUE ORIGINAL UNITS OF MEASURE: The units of measure in which
the min value was originally received.
MIN_VALUE_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNIT OF MEASURE
REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 REMARK: Narrative remarks about the description.
Page 12
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: APPLIC_REMARK

APPLICATION REMARK: Narrative remarks about the application, the decision made about the application and events during the application process.
are part of.
REMARK_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P REMARK IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the remark.
active or valid.
MADE_BY_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE MADE BY BA ID: the business associate who made this remark.
REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 REMARK: Narrative remarks about the description.
REMARK_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_APPLIC_REMARK_TYPE REFERENCE APPLICATION REMARK TYPE: The type of remark about the
applicaiton, such as decision remark
Page 13
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: APPLICATION

APPLICATION: Applications made for authority or permission, such as for extensions or continuations to the primary term of the agreement or for licenses.
APPLICATION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P APPLICATION ID: Unique identifier for applications you make for continuations,
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: A Y / N flag indicating whether this row of data is currently
active.
APPLICATION_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_APPLIC_TYPE APPLICATION TYPE: continuation, groupings, license validations, offset notice
CONTRACT_ID VARCHAR2 20 CONT_EXTENSION CONTRACT ID: Unique identifier for a contract. Part of the FK from CONT
EXTENSION.
CURRENT_STATUS VARCHAR2 20 R_APPLIC_STATUS CURRENT APPLICATION STATUS: The status of the application, such as
pending, approved, waiting on documents etc.
DECISION VARCHAR2 20 R_APPLIC_DECISION LAND RIGHT APPLICATION DECISION: the decision on the applicaiton, such as
approved, denied etc.
DECISION_DATE DATE 7 DECISION DATE: the date the decision was made.
EXTENSION_ID VARCHAR2 20 CONT_EXTENSION CONTRACT EXTENSION IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the contract
extension.
FEES_DESC VARCHAR2 240 FEES DESCRIPTION: A short narrative comment about the payment of fees
pursuant to this applicaiton.
FEES_PAID_IND VARCHAR2 1 FEES PAID INDICATOR; A Y/N flag indicating that all required fees for this
application have been paid.
PREVIOUS_APPLICATION_ID VARCHAR2 20 APPLICATION PREVIOUS APPLIATION ID: the unique identifier for the previous application.
RATE_SCHEDULE_ID VARCHAR2 20 RATE_SCHEDULE RATE and FEE SCHEDULE: A schedule for payments as set up by a business
associate such as a service provider, jurisdiction or regulatory agency. Fee schedules
are often used to administer the rates for rentals or for services provided.
RECEIVED_DATE DATE 7 RECEIVED DATE: the date that this application was received.
REFERENCE_NUM VARCHAR2 40 REFERENCE NUMBER: the reference number on this application.
RESUBMISSION_IND VARCHAR2 1 RESUBMISSION IND: Indicates that the application was resubmitted, and this row
describes the resubmission of a previous row.
SECTION_OF_ACT VARCHAR2 240 SECTION OF ACT: Section of an govt. Act or regulation under which the Page 14
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: APPLICATION

application is being made.
SECTION_OF_ACT_DATE DATE 7 SECTION OF ACT DATE: Date of the regulation or section of an act under which
application is made
SUBMISSION_COMPLETE_IND VARCHAR2 1 SUBMISSION COMPLETE INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating that all
components required for submission have been received. Actual submissions are
tracked in APPLIC ATTACH - this flag is set when all required attachments are
logged as received.
SUBMISSION_DESC VARCHAR2 240 SUBMISSION DESC: Textual description of the lands, substances etc being applied
for.
SUBMITTED_BY VARCHAR2 40 SUBMITTED BY: Person or company who submitted application. This field is
unvalidated and used for as reported values only.
SUBMITTED_DATE DATE 7 SUBMITTED DATE: the date this application was submitted.
SUBMITTED_TO VARCHAR2 40 SUBMITTED TO: who the application was submitted to. This field is unvalidated
and used for as reported values only.
Page 15
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: APPLICATION_COMPONENT

APPLICATION COMPONENT: This table is used to capture the relationships between applications and busines objects, such as wells, equipment, documents, seismic sets
and contracts.
COMPONENT_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P COMPONENT OBSERVATION NUMBER: A unique number identifying the
object that is associated with an application.
active.
ACTIVITY_OBS_NO NUMBER 8, 0 WELL_ACTIVITY ACTIVITY OBSERVATION NUMBER: Number uniquely identifying each
observation of an activity.
ANALYSIS_ID VARCHAR2 20 SAMPLE_ANALYSIS ANALYSIS IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a sample analysis. Various types of
analysis may be conducted on a sample. Samples may be derived from lithologic
cuttings, fluid collection etc.
APPLICATION_COMPONENT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_APPLICATION_COMP_TYPE APPLICATION COMPONENT TYPE: The type of component that is associated
with the application.
AREA_ID VARCHAR2 20 AREA AREA ID: Unique identifier for any named area such as a country, province, project
area, area of interest, offshore area, district etc.
AREA_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 AREA AREA TYPE ID: Unique identifier for the type of area, such as country, state, AOI
etc.
AUTHORITY_ID VARCHAR2 20 BA_AUTHORITY BA AUTHORITY IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the row that describes the
authority that a business associaate has over business objects.
BA_ORGANIZATION_ID VARCHAR2 20 BA_ORGANIZATION BUSINESS ASSOCIATE ORGANIZATION IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for an
organization of a company or organization.
BA_ORGANIZATION_SEQ_NO NUMBER 8, 0 BA_ORGANIZATION ORGANIZATION SEQUENCE NUMBER: a unique number added to allow
organizations to be versioned over time.
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE VARCHAR2 20 BA_AUTHORITY BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business associate, such as a
BA_ORGANIZATION company, person, organization or association.
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE
CATALOGUE_ADDITIVE_ID VARCHAR2 20 CAT_ADDITIVE CATALOGUE ADDITIVE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the list of kinds of
additives. Think of this table as a catalogue of all the kinds of additives that can be
purchased or created.
CATALOGUE_EQUIP_ID VARCHAR2 20 CAT_EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT CATALOGUE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the list of kinds
of equipment. Think of this as a catalogue or brochure that shows all the kinds of
equipment that you may use, but may or may not actually have. Actual peices of
equipment that exist are defined in the table EQUIPMENT.
CLASSIFICATION_SYSTEM_ID VARCHAR2 20 CLASS_LEVEL CLASSIFICATION: SYSTEM: Identifies and describes the classification system
that is used. The UNSPSC code set is a useful and practical source of classification
information.
CLASS_LEVEL_ID VARCHAR2 20 CLASS_LEVEL CLASSIFICATION LEVEL IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier used to capture the
classification systems, such as those that describe types of equipment. A numberPage
of 16
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

classification schemes are availabe, including the UNSPSC code set. Typically,
these classification systems are hierarchical. Objects may be classified at any level
of the classification system, and through more than one classification system.
CONSENT_ID VARCHAR2 20 CONSENT CONSENT IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the consent. Consents grant
permission to conduct operations based on approval of what is done or proposed by
another. Conditions, including actions to be taken or fees to be paid, may or may not
be applied against the consent.
CONSULT_ID VARCHAR2 20 CONSULT CONTEST ID: Unique identifier to track a contestment between companies,
countries, states and other jurisdictional bodies.
CONTEST_ID VARCHAR2 20 CONTEST CONTEST ID: Unique identifier to track a contestment between companies,
CONTRACT_ID VARCHAR2 20 CONTRACT CONTRACT ID: Unique identifier for the contract table.
ECOZONE_ID VARCHAR2 20 ECOZONE ECOZONE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a sedimentary rock unit or
environment in which fossil deposition occurs. Often, these ecozones are marine or
fresh water. Marine ecozones include the category of marine benthic zones, namely
shelf, slope, and abyssal zones. The ecozone is defined by the organisms that are
found in it.
EFFECTIVE_DATE DATE 7 EFFECTIVE DATE: date on which the data in this row came into effect.
EMPLOYEE_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BA_EMPLOYEE EMPLOYEE BA: The unique identifier assigned to an employee (or consultant or
contractor) in an organization.
EMPLOYEE_OBS_NO NUMBER 8, 0 BA_EMPLOYEE EMPLOYEE OBS NO: A sequential counter that tracks an employees moves within
an organization.
EMPLOYER_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BA_EMPLOYEE EMPLOYER_BA: The unique identifier of the organization that has employees
working for it.
ENTITLEMENT_ID VARCHAR2 20 ENTITLEMENT ENTITLEMENT IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the row in the entitlement
table.
EQUIPMENT_ID VARCHAR2 20 EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a specific peice of equipment.
EXPIRY_DATE DATE 7 EXPIRY DATE: Date on which the data in this row of data was no longer in effect.
FACILITY_ID VARCHAR2 20 FACILITY FACILITY ID: Number or code uniquely identifying the Facility.
FACILITY_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 FACILITY FACILITY TYPE: The type of facility that is described in this row of data, such as
pipeline, tank, battery etc.
FIELD_ID VARCHAR2 20 FIELD FIELD IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the field.
FINANCE_ID VARCHAR2 20 FINANCE FINANCE SUIMMARY IDENTIFIER: Summary information about a financial
reference, such as an AFE for an activity, such as seismic acquisition or processing.
Could be a cost center or any other reference number.
FOSSIL_ID VARCHAR2 20 FOSSIL FOSSIL IDENTIFIER: Unique Identifier for a fossil.
INCIDENT_ID VARCHAR2 20 HSE_INCIDENT INCIDENT IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for an health safety or environment
related incident.
INCIDENT_SET_ID VARCHAR2 20 INCIDENT SET IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a set of incident types that may
be mandated by an operating company, regulatory agency or contract. Page 17
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

INCIDENT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 INCIDENT TYPE: The type of indicent that may have occurred, such as roll-over,
or explosion, or unsafe materials handling.
INFORMATION_ITEM_ID VARCHAR2 20 RM_INFORMATION_ITEM INFORMATION ITEM ID: The unique identifier for an information item.
INFO_ITEM_TYPE VARCHAR2 30 RM_INFORMATION_ITEM INFORMATION ITEM TYPE: the type of information item. May be one of The
valid types of Information item as defined by check constraints.
INSTRUMENT_ID VARCHAR2 20 INSTRUMENT INSTRUMENT ID: Unique number for the legal document registered on the Cert.
Of Title indicating interest in lands e.g. charge, lien, mortgage, caveat. May be
natural Key or system assigned, based on user needs and uniqueness of natural ids.
INTEREST_SET_ID VARCHAR2 20 INTEREST_SET INTEREST SET IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the interest set.
INTEREST_SET_SEQ_NO NUMBER 8, 0 INTEREST_SET INTEREST SET SEQUENCE NUMBER: unique sequencing component to allow
verioning of the interest set over time.
JURISDICTION VARCHAR2 20 LAND_SALE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for the jurisdiction that is managing the
land sale or bidding round.
LAND_RIGHT_ID VARCHAR2 20 LAND_RIGHT LAND RIGHT ID: Unique Identifier for the land right. A land right is the rights you
have to land, regardless of how obtained. It may be owned outright, rented, aquired
by agreement or contract.
LAND_RIGHT_TYPE VARCHAR2 30 LAND_RIGHT LAND RIGHT TYPE: column indicating the type of land right. Must be one of the
valid subtypes: LAND TITLE, LAND UNIT, LAND UNIT TRACT, LAND
AGREEMENT, LAND AGREE PART.
LAND_SALE_NUMBER VARCHAR2 30 LAND_SALE LAND SALE NUMBER: A unique identifier for the land sale.
LANGUAGE VARCHAR2 20 LANGUAGE: The form of a means of communicating ideas or feelings by the use
of conventionalized signs, sounds, gestures, or marks having understood meanings.
Usually the language used in a document, proceding, process or appllication.
LITHOLOGY_LOG_ID VARCHAR2 20 LITH_LOG LITHOLOGY LOG ID: A unique identifier for a descriptive record of lithology.
LITH_LOG_SOURCE VARCHAR2 20 LITH_LOG LITH LOG SOURCE: The source of data for this lithologic log.
NOTIFICATION_ID VARCHAR2 20 NOTIFICATION NOTIFICATION IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the notification.
OBLIGATION_ID VARCHAR2 20 OBLIGATION OBLIGATION ID: Unique identifier for each obligation
OBLIGATION_SEQ_NO NUMBER 8, 0 OBLIGATION OBLIGATION SEQ NO: Unique identifier for each part or occurrence of an
obligation
PALEO_SUMMARY_ID VARCHAR2 20 PALEO_SUMMARY PALEO SUMMARY IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the paleo summary report
that is captured.
PDEN_ID VARCHAR2 40 PDEN PRODUCTION ENTITY IDENTIFIER: An identifier that is unique within a
specific production entity source and type.
PDEN_SOURCE VARCHAR2 20 PDEN PDEN SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated
as the source of information for this row
PDEN_TYPE VARCHAR2 30 PDEN PRODUCTION ENTITY TYPE: the type of production entity may be equal to one
of the table names of the PDEN subtype tables, such as PDEN_WELL,
PDEN_COUNTY or PDEN_FIELD. Validated by check constraint.
PHYSICAL_ITEM_ID VARCHAR2 20 RM_PHYSICAL_ITEM PHYSICAL ITEM ID: The unique identifier for the physical item.
Page 18
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

POOL_ID VARCHAR2 20 POOL POOL IDENTIFIER: Number or code uniquely identifying the pool.
PPDM_SYSTEM_ID VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_SYSTEM SYSTEM IDENTIFIER: A unique identifier for a data storage system, such as a
PPDM_TABLE database or XML schema.
PPDM_TABLE_NAME VARCHAR2 30 PPDM_TABLE TABLE NAME: The name of the table within the schema.
PRODUCT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 PRODUCT PRODUCT TYPE: A reference table identifying the type of product (fluid) such as
GAS, OIL, WATER, NGL, etc. Includes the less common products like STEAM,
METHANE, BUTANE, HELIUM, etc.
PROJECT_ID VARCHAR2 20 PROJECT PROJECT IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the project.
PR_STR_SOURCE VARCHAR2 20 PROD_STRING SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated as the
PR_STR_UWI VARCHAR2 20 PROD_STRING UNIQUE WELL IDENTIFIER: A unique name, code or number designated as the
primary key for this row.
REFERENCED_GUID VARCHAR2 38 PPDM REFERENCED GUID: The GUID in the table that has an association with
this level of a classification system. In this case, we recommend that the name of the
table also be captured in PPDM TABLE, to make querying this information easier.
Usually, the PPDM TABLE and PPDM REFERENCED GUID should be used in
tandem. In this case, it is essential that the PPDM GUID in the source table be
managed carefully and appropriately.
REFERENCED_SYSTEM_ID VARCHAR2 20 SYSTEM IDENTIFIER: A unique identifier for a data storage system, such as a
database or XML schema.
REFERENCED_TABLE_NAME VARCHAR2 30 PPDM TABLE NAME: The name of a table that has an association with this level
of a classification system. This may be used in conjunction with an approrpriate
foreign key from the table that is referenced, or may be used generically in
combination with the PPDM_REFERENCED_GUID, which points to the row in the
table that is related to the classification system level. In this case, it is essential that
the PPDM GUID in the source table be managed carefully and appropriately.
RESENT_ID VARCHAR2 20 RESERVE_ENTITY RESERVES ENTITY IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for a reserves entity. A
reserves entity may be comprised of a single business object (such as a well) or a
group of business objects (such as all the completions producing from a pool).
SAMPLE_ANAL_SOURCE VARCHAR2 20 SAMPLE_ANALYSIS SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated as the
SEIS_SET_ID VARCHAR2 20 SEIS_SET SEISMIC SET: A seismic set is a super type of various types of seismic collections.
Valid types of seismic sets include SEIS_LINE, SEIS_3D, SEIS_SEGMENT and
SEIS_SURVEY.
SEIS_SET_TYPE VARCHAR2 30 SEIS_SET SEISMIC SET TYPE: The seismic set type column is used to enforce a relationship
Page 19
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

between the SEIS SET supertype and its valid sub types. Values for this column
must be the name of the table that is the valid sub type for this row of data. Valid
entries include SEIS_LINE, SEIS_SEGMENT, SEIS_SURVEY, SEIS_PLAN,
SEIS_WELL, SEIS_PROC_SET, SEIS_INTERP_SET or SEIS_3D.
SF_TYPE VARCHAR2 30 SF_SUPPORT_FACILITY SUPPORT FACILITY TYPE: The type of support facility that is described by this
row of data. These values are managed by check constraint, and may only be the
name of a valid sub type of support facility.
SPATIAL_DESCRIPTION_ID VARCHAR2 20 SPATIAL_DESCRIPTION SPATIAL DESCRIPTION: The surface and sub-surface description of land. The
surface description may be stated in terms of a legal survey system, metes and
bounds or polygon. The mineral zone description describes the minerals
(substances) and subsurface definition (zones/formations) to which rights are
granted. For land rights, continuations may be described by generating a new Spatial
description.
SPATIAL_OBS_NO NUMBER 8, 0 SPATIAL_DESCRIPTION SPATIAL DESCRIPTION OBSERVATION NUMBER: a unique series number for
the spatial description, allowing the spatial description to be versioned over time.
STORE_ID VARCHAR2 20 RM_DATA_STORE_STRUCTURE DATA STORE ID: Used to identify the kinds of items that a data store structure is
permitted to hold.
STORE_STRUCTURE_OBS_NO NUMBER 8, 0 RM_DATA_STORE_STRUCTURE DATA STORE STRUCTURE OBS NO: Used to identify the kinds of items that a
data store structure is permitted to hold.
STRAT_NAME_SET_ID VARCHAR2 20 STRAT_UNIT STRAT NAME SET IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the stratigraphic name set.
A stratigraphic name set is an unordered collection of stratigraphic units, that may
be in use for a Lexicon, a geographic area, a project, a company etc.
STRAT_UNIT_ID VARCHAR2 20 STRAT_UNIT STRATIGRAPHIC UNIT IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the stratigraphic unit.
STRING_ID VARCHAR2 20 PROD_STRING STRING IDENTIFIER: Number or code uniquely identifying a production string
within a well.
SUPPORT_FACILITY_ID VARCHAR2 20 SF_SUPPORT_FACILITY SUPPORT FACILITY IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the support facility. A
support facility provides operational support for activities. These facilities may
include roads, transmission towers, airstrips, vessels, docks and so on. Sub tyes are
used to maintain integration with the rest of the model.
THESAURUS_ID VARCHAR2 20 RM_THESAURUS_WORD RECORDS MANAGEMENT THESAURUS IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a
set of words or descriptors about a particular field or set of concepts, such as a list of
subject headings or descriptors usually with a cross-reference system for use in the
organization of a collection of documents for reference and retrieval (from Merriam
Webster Online)
THESAURUS_WORD_ID VARCHAR2 20 RM_THESAURUS_WORD THESAURUS WORD IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a word or key word in a
thesaurus.
UWI VARCHAR2 20 WELL UNIQUE WELL IDENTIFIER: A unique name, code or number designated as the
WELL_ACTIVITY_SET_ID VARCHAR2 20 WELL ACTIVITY SET IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a valid set of activity
codes, such as those required by a regulatory or professional agency.
Page 20
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

WELL_ACTIVITY_SOURCE VARCHAR2 20 WELL_ACTIVITY SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated as the
WELL_ACTIVITY_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 WELL ACTIVITY TYPE: The type of activity that is tracked, such as drilling,
testing, coring, tubing etc. May be any kind of activity related to well operations.
WELL_ACTIVITY_UWI VARCHAR2 20 WELL_ACTIVITY UNIQUE WELL IDENTIFIER: A unique name, code or number designated as the
WORK_ORDER_ID VARCHAR2 20 WORK_ORDER WORK ORDER IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the work order.
Page 21
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: AREA

AREA: Describes geographic areas of any type, such as projects, offshore areas etc.
AREA_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P AREA ID: Unique identifier for any named area such as a country, province, project
AREA_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R_AREA_TYPE AREA TYPE ID: Unique identifier for the type of area, such as country, state, AOI
etc.
active or valid.
AREA_MAX_LATITUDE NUMBER 14, 9 AREA MAXIMUM LATITUDE: The NW latitude of the areas bounding box
AREA_MAX_LONGITUDE NUMBER 14, 9 AREA MAXIMUM LONGITUDE: The NW longitude of the areas bounding box
AREA_MIN_LATITUDE NUMBER 14, 9 AREA MINIMUM LATITUDE:The SE latitude of the areas bounding box
AREA_MIN_LONGITUDE NUMBER 14, 9 AREA MINIMUM LONGITUDE: The SE longitude of the areas bounding box
AREA_NUMERIC_ID NUMBER 12, 0 AREA NUMERIC IDENTIFIER: A unique numeric identifier that is used to
enhance performance of spatial queries using the intersection table
AREA_GEOMETRY. Although this column is defined as OPTIONAL, if used at
all, procedures should ensure that no duplicates are permitted (including NULLs).
COORD_ACQUISITION_ID VARCHAR2 20 CS_COORD_ACQUISITION COORD ACQUISITION: identifies an assembly of coordinate data that must be
grouped together. It should be acquired together at the same time, from the same
source, using the same method and at the same accuracy. May be used to indicate
the level of accuracy of a set of coordinates.
COORD_SYSTEM_ID VARCHAR2 20 CS_COORDINATE_SYSTEM COORDINATE SYSTEM ID: unique identifier for the coordinate system.
LOCAL_COORD_SYSTEM_ID VARCHAR2 20 CS_COORDINATE_SYSTEM LOCAL COORDINATE SYSTEM IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the local
coordinate system, such as a local grid system (ATS, STS, MTS etc) to which these
coordinates have been referenced. Coordinates that are referenced to a local
coordinate system are usually surveyed relative to the local system using metes and
bounds or local survey references; maintaining the position of each point relative to
its referenced local system is very important to survey accuracy.
PREFERRED_NAME VARCHAR2 255 PREFERRED NAME: The name by which the area is usually known.
SOURCE_DOCUMENT VARCHAR2 20 SOURCE_DOCUMENT SOURCE DOCUMENT: A list of documents that are used as the source for
supplying data. Source documents may include government and regulatory forms,
operator reports or scout tickets, publications, news letters, books or jounals.
ROW_CHANGED_DATE DATE 7 ROW CHANGED DATE: System date of the last time the row was changed. Page 22
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: AREA

Page 23
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: AREA_ALIAS

AREA ALIAS: Areas may have more than one name. Variations can be stored here.
AREA_ALIAS_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P AREA NAME ID: unique identifier for the version of the area name
active or valid.
ALIAS_CODE VARCHAR2 30 AERA CODE: Code or numeric value given to represent the area.
ALIAS_FULL_NAME VARCHAR2 255 AREA NAME: ALTERNATE (or full) NAME OF THE AREA
ALIAS_REASON_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_ALIAS_REASON_TYPE ALIAS REASON: The reason why the alias was created, such as government
change, assigned by application etc.
AMENDED_DATE DATE 7 ALIAS AMENDED DATE: the date on which a name has been ammended. Often,
this is used for official or legal changes to a name.
CREATED_DATE DATE 7 CREATED DATE: The date on which the alias was first created. This date may
preceed the ammendment date, in the event that the ammended date refers to a
formal registration event.
LANGUAGE_ID VARCHAR2 20 LANGUAGE IDENTIFIER: The language of the alias.
ORIGINAL_IND VARCHAR2 1 ORIGINAL INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating that this alias is the original
assigned to a business object.
OWNER_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE ALIAS OWNER BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: unique identifier for the business
associate who owns this alias.
name or code.
STRUCKOFF_DATE DATE 7 STRUCK OFF DATE: Date on which the legal name was struck from corporate
registry and is no longer used.
Page 24
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: AREA_ALIAS

Page 25
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: AREA_COMPONENT

AREA COMPONENT: This table is used to capture the relationships between areas and busines objects, such as wells, equipment, documents, seismic sets and contracts.
AREA_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P AREA AREA ID: Unique identifier for any named area such as a country, province, project
AREA_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P AREA AREA TYPE ID: Unique identifier for the type of area, such as country, state, AOI
etc.
object that is associated with an area.
active.
APPLICATION_ID VARCHAR2 20 APPLICATION APPLICATION ID: Unique identifier for applications you make for continuations,
AREA_COMPONENT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_AREA_COMPONENT_TYPE AREA COMPONENT TYPE: the type of object or component that is associated
with an area.
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE
information.
classification systems, such as those that describe types of equipment. A number of
Page 26
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

found in it.
an organization.
working for it.
table.
related incident.
be mandated by an operating company, regulatory agency or contract.
INCIDENT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 Page 27
INCIDENT TYPE: The type of indicent that may have occurred, such as roll-over,
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

obligation
that is captured.
POOL_ID VARCHAR2 20 POOL POOL IDENTIFIER: Number or code uniquely identifying the pool. Page 28
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

RESERVE_CLASS_ID VARCHAR2 20 RESERVE_CLASS RESERVE CLASS IDENTIFIER: The reserve classed for identifying the
confidence level and producing status of the reserve volumes.
SEIS_SURVEY.
Page 29
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

description.
permitted to hold.
within a well.
include roads, transmission towers, airstrips, vessels, docks and so on. Sub types are
Webster Online)
thesaurus.
Page 30
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

Page 31
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: AREA_CONTAIN

AREA CONTAIN: Describes the overlap or containment relationship bewteen areas. For example, AREA 1 may fully or paritally contain AREA 2. AREA 2 may overlap
AREA 3.
CONTAINING_AREA_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P AREA AREA ID: Unique identifier for any named area
CONTAINING_AREA_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P AREA CONTAINING AREA TYPE: Unique identifier for the type of area.
CONTAINED_AREA_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P AREA CONTAINED AREA IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the area that is contained
by the containing area.
CONTAINED_AREA_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P AREA CONTAINED AREA TYPE: The type of area that has been contained.
active or valid.
CONTAIN_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_AREA_CONTAIN_TYPE AREA CONTAIN TYPE: A reference to the type of containment, such as a full
legal containment, a partial containment (or overlap).
Page 32
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: AREA_DESCRIPTION

AREA DESCRIPTION: Allows an area to be described using textual remarks or codified descriptors.
DESCRIPTION_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P DESCRIPTION OBSERVATION NUMBER: A unique number that identifies the
description for the area. In many cases, these descriptions are codified, but general
remarks about the description may also be added using the REMARK column.
active or valid.
AREA_DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 2000 DESCRIPTION: Narrative descriptive comments about the area.
AREA_DESCRIPTION_DATE DATE 7 DESCRIPTION DATE: The date that the description was made for the area.
AREA_DESC_CODE VARCHAR2 20 R_AREA_DESC_CODE AREA DESCRIPTION CODE: A codified description of an area, such as a project
area.
AREA_DESC_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_AREA_DESC_CODE AREA DESCRIPTION TYPE: The type of description of an area, such as size,
R_AREA_DESC_TYPE terrain, vegetation etc.
AVERAGE_VALUE NUMBER , AVERAGE VALUE: the average value associated with this description.
AVERAGE_VALUE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNITS OF MEASURE
AVERAGE_VALUE_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNITS OF MEASURE
YYYYMMDD
MAX_VALUE NUMBER , MAX VALUE: The maximum value associated with this description.
MAX_VALUE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNITS OF MEASURE
MAX_VALUE_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNITS OF MEASURE
MIN_VALUE NUMBER , DESCRIPTION VALUE: Numeric value associated with the area description.
MIN_VALUE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNITS OF MEASURE
MIN_VALUE_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNITS OF MEASURE
REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 REMARK: narrative remark about the area description.
Page 33
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: AREA_DESCRIPTION

Page 34
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: BA_ADDRESS

BUSINESS ASSOCIATE ADDRESS: The Business Associate Address table contains information on the address, phone numbers, primary contacts, and location of the
business associate, allowing clients to have multiple addresses. For example, compan ies that have a headquarters and various satellite offices.
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business associate, such as a
person, company, regulatory agency, government or consortium.
SOURCE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R_SOURCE SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated as the
ADDRESS_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P ADDRESS OBSERVATION NUMBER: A number used to uniquely identifying an
address for a Business Associate.
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: A yes / no flag indicating whether this data is currently
active.
ADDRESSEE_TEXT VARCHAR2 240 ADDRESSEE TEXT: the text of the addressee as it is to appear on an envelope or
document.
ADDRESS_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_ADDRESS_TYPE ADDRESS TYPE: The type of business associate address. For example shipping,
billing, sales...
CITY_AREA_ID VARCHAR2 20 AREA CITY AREA IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the area that is the CITY. Note
that if you choose, you could use only this FK and derive the COUNTRY and
STATE/PROVINCE (or other subdivision). Alternatively, you may choose to
populate all three FK explicitly.
CITY_AREA_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 AREA CITY AREA TYPE: The second component of the AREA FK for the city. If you are
using natural keys, this is probably going to be CITY.
COUNTRY_AREA_ID VARCHAR2 20 AREA COUNTRY AREA IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the area that is the
COUNTRY. Note that if you choose, you could use only the CITY FK and derive
the COUNTRY and STATE/PROVINCE (or other subdivision). Alternatively, you
may choose to populate all three FK explicitly. For example Austria, Canada, United
Kingdom, USA, Venezula.
COUNTRY_AREA_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 AREA COUNTRY AREA TYPE: The second component of the AREA FK for the city. If
you are using natural keys, this is probably going to be COUNTRY.
FIRST_ADDRESS_LINE VARCHAR2 80 ADDRESS LINE 1: Description or text of the first line of the address for a business
associate.
OFFICE_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 OFFICE TYPE: the type of office, such as branch, lab facility, etc.
POSTAL_ZIP_CODE VARCHAR2 20 POSTAL ZIP CODE: Code number assigned by the postal service identifying a mail
delivery zone.
PROVINCE_STATE_AREA_ID VARCHAR2 20 AREA PROVINCE STATE AREA IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the area that is the
COUNTRY. Note that if you choose, you could use only the CITY FK and derive
the COUNTRY and STATE/PROVINCE (or other subdivision). Alternatively, you
may choose to populate all three FK explicitly. For example states, provinces or Page 35
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: BA_ADDRESS

other political subdivisions of countries.
PROVINCE_STATE_AREA_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 AREA PROVICE STATE AREA TYPE: The second component of the AREA FK for the
subordinate area, such as province, state, emirate, parish etc.
SECOND_ADDRESS_LINE VARCHAR2 80 ADDRESS LINE 2: Description or text of second line of address for a business
associate.
SERVICE_PERIOD VARCHAR2 240 SERVICE PERIOD OR HOURS OF OPERATION: the time period each day when
the business associate is open for business. Should be assumed to be the time in the
local time zone.
SERVICE_QUALITY VARCHAR2 20 R_SERVICE_QUALITY SERVICE QUALITY: A code indicating the quality of service received from this
BUSINESS ASSOCIATE, either at a specified address, or for a specific service.
THIRD_ADDRESS_LINE VARCHAR2 80 ADDRESS LINE 3: Description or text of third line of address for a business
associate.
WITHHOLDING_TAX_IND VARCHAR2 1 WITHHOLDING TAX IND: Indicates whether withholding tax is applicable to this
office or company, in the event payments are to be made.
Page 36
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: BA_ALIAS

BUSINESS ASSOCIATE NAME ALIAS: The Business Associate Name Alias table stores multiple alias names for a given business associate name. For example, the
company name "Petroleum Information" may have several different spellings, such as, Pe troleum Info, P.I., etc. This table allows the system to translate all the multiple
names into one common name.
BA_ALIAS_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P NAME ALIAS IDENTIFIER : ID for an alias name by which the business associate
is known.
active.
ALIAS_CODE VARCHAR2 30 ALIAS CODE: A code or numeric value given as an alias.
ORIGINAL_IND VARCHAR2 1 ORIGINAL INDICATOR: A y/n flag indicating that this alias is the original one
first assigned to a business object.
PASSWORD VARCHAR2 255 PASSWORD: The code or password used to access a userID (use ALIAS NAME).
If you use this column, we strongly recommend encrypting or hashing the code so
that security is less compromised.
name or code.
Page 37
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: BA_ALIAS

SOURCE_DOCUMENT VARCHAR2 20 SOURCE_DOCUMENT SOURCE DOCUMENT: The document in which this alias has been published or
released.
STRUCKOFF_DATE DATE 7 ALIAS STRUCK OFF DATE: Date on which the legal company name was struck
from corporate registry and is no longer used.
Page 38
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: BA_AUTHORITY

BUSINESS ASSOCIATE AUTHORITY: Describes the authority held by a business associate to make payments, sign contracts etc. Considered in a business context.
Application or database authorities are held in ENTITLEMENTS.
AUTHORITY_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BA AUTHORITY IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the row that describes the
active.
AUTHORITY_LIMIT NUMBER 12, 2 AUTHORITY LIMIT: the value of the currency that the authority is extended for.
Must also specify the currency in which this authority is given.
AUTHORITY_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_AUTHORITY_TYPE AUTHORITY TYPE: the type of authority given to a business associate, often an
employee of a company. Authority may be extended for purchase authorizations, to
sign contracts or to enter into negotiations etc.
AUTHORIZED_BY VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE AUTHORIZED BY BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: the unique identifier of the business
associate who authorized this level of authority.
CURRENCY_CONVERSION NUMBER 10, 5 CURRENCY CONVERSION: A number which, when multipled by the stored
value, will re-create the original value in the original currency used.
REPRESENTED_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE REPRESENTED BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: aThe unique identifier of
the business associate who the authorized peson represents for this authority. May
be a subsidiary, a company etc.
Page 39
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: BA_AUTHORITY_COMP

BUSINESS ASSOCIATE AUTHORITY COMPONENT: this table is used to keep track of the business objects over which a BA has authority of some type (usually
financial or signing).
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BA_AUTHORITY BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business associate, such as a
BA_ORGANIZATION person, company, regulatory agency, government or consortium.
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE
AUTHORITY_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BA_AUTHORITY BA AUTHORITY IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the row that describes the
COMPONENT_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P COMPONENT OBSERVATION NUMBER: unique identifier for a component in
an authority.
active.
AREA_ID VARCHAR2 20 AREA AREA IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a geographical or geopolitical area.
AREA_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 AREA AREA TYPE: the type of area, such as AOI, organizational boundary, project area,
geopolitical area etc.
AUTHORITY_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_AUTHORITY_TYPE AUTHORITY TYPE: The type of authority granted to a business associate with
respect to this authority component.
BA_AUTHORITY_COMPONENT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_BA_AUTHORITY_COMP_TYPE BA AUTHORITY COMPONENT TYPE: The reason why the component is
associated with the business authority.
information.
Page 40
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

CONSULT_ID VARCHAR2 20 CONSULT CONSULTATION IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for this consultation as it
pertains to an activity or request for an activity. Consultation discussions may occur
at any point in the life cycle of a business object.
found in it.
an organization.
working for it.
table.
FACILITY_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 FACILITY FACILITY TYPE: A reference table identifying the codes classifying the facility
according to its physical equipment or principal service performed.
Page 41
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

related incident.
obligation
that is captured.
PHYSICAL_ITEM_ID VARCHAR2 20 RM_PHYSICAL_ITEM PHYSICAL ITEM ID: The unique identifier for the physical item. Page 42
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

PROD_STRING_ID VARCHAR2 20 PROD_STRING_FORMATION STRING IDENTIFIER: Number or code uniquely identifying a production string
PROD_STRING within a well.
PROD_STRING_SOURCE VARCHAR2 20 PROD_STRING_FORMATION SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated as the
PROD_STRING source of information for this row.
PR_STR_FORM_OBS_NO NUMBER 8, 0 PROD_STRING_FORMATION WELL STRING FORMATION OBSERVATION NUMBER: A sequential
observation number used to uniquely identify each completed (perforated) formation
(layer) that is contributing production to a well string.
Page 43
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

SEIS_SURVEY.
SPATIAL_DESCRIPTION_ID VARCHAR2 20 SPATIAL_DESCRIPTION SPATIAL DESCRIPTION IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the spatial
description.
permitted to hold.
Webster Online)
thesaurus.
UWI VARCHAR2 20 PROD_STRING_FORMATION UNIQUE WELL IDENTIFIER: A unique name, code or number designated as the
PROD_STRING primary key for this row.
WELL_ACTIVITY
WELL
WELL_ACTIVITY_SET_ID VARCHAR2 20 Page 44

WELL ACTIVITY SET IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a valid set of activity
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

Page 45
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: BA_COMPONENT

BUSINESS ASSOCIATE COMPONENT: This table is used to capture the relationships between business associates and busines objects, such as wells, equipment,
documents, seismic sets and contracts.
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE
object that is associated with a business associate.
active.
etc.
BA_COMPONENT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_BA_COMPONENT_TYPE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE COMPONENT TYPE: The type of component that is
associated with a business associate.
information.
classification systems, such as those that describe types of equipment. A numberPage
of 46
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

found in it.
an organization.
working for it.
table.
related incident.
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

obligation
that is captured.
Page 48
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

Page 49
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

SEIS_SURVEY.
description.
permitted to hold.
within a well.
include roads, transmission towers, airstrips, vessels, docks and so on. Sub types are
Webster Online)
thesaurus.
Page 50
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

Page 51
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: BA_CONSORTIUM_SERVICE

BUSINESS ASSOCIATE CONSORTIUM SERVICE: A service that is provided to a consortium by another business associate.
CONSORTIUM_BA_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE CONSORTIUM BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: the unique identifier for the consortium.
PROVIDED_BY Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE SERVICE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: the unique identifier for the business associate
who provided the service to the consortium.
SERVICE_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P SERVICE SEQUENCE NUMBER: Unique identifier for the occurance of service
provided to the consortium by the service company.
active or valid.
CONTACT_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE CONTACT BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: Unique identier for the
business associate who is a contact for this work.
CONTRACT_ID VARCHAR2 20 CONT_PROVISION CONTRACT ID: Unique identifier for the contract table.
CONTRACT
DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 2000 DESCRIPTION: textual description of the service provided.

END_DATE DATE 7 END DATE: the date that this service was completed.
PROVISION_ID VARCHAR2 20 CONT_PROVISION PROVISION IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the provision in a contract.
RATE_SCHEDULE_ID VARCHAR2 20 RATE_SCHEDULE FEE SCHEDULE: A schedule for payments as set up by a business associate such
as a service provider, jurisdiction or regulatory agency. Fee schedules are often used
to administer the rates for rentals or for services provided. .
REPRESENTED_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE REPRESENTED BUSINESS ASSOCIATE ID: The unique identifier for the BA on
whose bahalf the service was provided.
SERVICE_QUALITY VARCHAR2 20 R_SERVICE_QUALITY SERVICE QUALITY: the quality of service that was provided for this work.
SERVICE_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_BA_SERVICE_TYPE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE SERVICE TYPE: A valid list of services for a business
associate. For example well logger, drilling contractor, application developer. For
land, may be may be address for service, brokerage, maintainor etc.
START_DATE DATE 7 START DATE: the date that this service was started.
Page 52
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: BA_CONSORTIUM_SERVICE

Page 53
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: BA_CONTACT_INFO

BA CONTACT INFORMATION: represents the contact information for a company. May be a phone number, fax number, EMail address, Web URL etc.
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BA_ADDRESS BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business associate, such as a
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE
LOCATION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LOCATION IDENTIFIER: The unique name of the location, such as the phone
number or Email address.
active.
ADDRESS_OBS_NO NUMBER 8, 0 BA_ADDRESS ADDRESS OBSERVATION NUMBER: A number used to uniquely identifying an
ADDRESS_SOURCE VARCHAR2 20 BA_ADDRESS SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated as the
CONTACT_LOC_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_BA_CONTACT_LOC_TYPE R BA CONTACT LOCATION TYPE: The type of contact location defined. May be
phone number, fax number, Email address, Web URL etc.
LOCATION_NAME VARCHAR2 500 LOCATION NAME: The name of the location, such as the full EMail address.
ORDER_LEVEL NUMBER 10, 0 ORDER LEVEL: Indicates the order in which the contact information is applied.
For example, phone number 2 is used when phone number 1 is busy. More than one
item may occupy an order level.
PREFERRED_IND VARCHAR2 1 PREFERRED IND: A Y/N flag indicating this contact information is primary or
preferred for the contact information type.
REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 REMARK - remark about the contact information
Page 54
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: BA_CREW

BUSINESS ASSOCIATE CREW: This table can be used to track crews that do work for an organization. A crew may consist of members from one or more companies. Each
crew may be assigned to a support facility (such as a rig or a vessel).
CREW_COMPANY_BA_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE CREW COMPANY BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for
the company that runs this crew. Not all members of a crew may be employees, but
may be contractors or seconded to the crew by another company.
CREW_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CREW IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the crew.
active.
COST_PER_UNIT NUMBER 12, 2 COST PER UNIT: The cost per unit for this crew member in this position. Usually
cost per hour, but in some cases could be cost per day.
COST_PER_UNIT_CURRENCY_UOM_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE COST PER UNIT CURRENCY UNIT OF MEASURE UOM: the currency in which
the cost is measure.
COST_PER_UNIT_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE COST PER UNIT UNIT OF MEASURE: Usually hour or day.
CREW_ABBREVIATION VARCHAR2 12 CREW ABBREVIATION: Usually a reference number or code that identifies the
crew.
CREW_LONG_NAME VARCHAR2 255 CREW LONG NAME: full name for the crew.
CREW_SHORT_NAME VARCHAR2 30 CREW SHORT NAME: short name for the crew.
CREW_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_BA_CREW_TYPE CREW TYPE: A list of valid kinds of crews, such as drilling crews, cleanup crews,
inspection crews, logging crews or seismic crews.
REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 REMARK: Narrative remarks relating to this row of data.
Page 55
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: BA_CREW_MEMBER

BA CREW MEMBER: Use this table to track members of a crew at any given point in time. A crew member may be an individual or a company. The history of crew
members may be tracked in this table, with currently active members indicated.
CREW_COMPANY_BA_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BA_CREW CREW COMPANY BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE the company that runs this crew. Not all members of a crew may be employees, but
CREW_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BA_CREW CREW IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the crew.
MEMBER_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P MEMBER OBSERVATION NUMBER: Unique identifier for each occurrence of a
member of a crew. Use EFFECTIVE and EXPIRY DATES to indicate the time
periods when each individual is on or off the crew.
CREW_MEMBER_BA_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE CREW MEMBER BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for
the member of a crew. Each member may be assigned on and off a crew, using
MEMBER OBS NO to sequence the occurrences.
active.
CREW_POSITION VARCHAR2 20 R_EMPLOYEE_POSITION POSITION: A reference table listing valid types of employee positions or crew
positions. This list may come from human resource departments.
Page 56
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: BA_DESCRIPTION

BUSINESS ASSOCIATE DESCRIPTION: use this table to capture descriptive details about a business associate where that information is not supported by the rest of the
BA module. This table was created to allow members to add specialized values to their implementation, or as a place to store information until a PPDM model extension is
created.
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business associate, such as a
DESCRIPTION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P DESCRIPTION IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a specific row in a description
detail record.
active.
AVERAGE_VALUE NUMBER , AVERAGE VALUE: The average or single value assigned to this specification. If
only one mesuare is provided, it should be stored here.
AVERAGE_VALUE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE
AVERAGE_VALUE_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNIT OF MEASURE
BA_DESC_CODE VARCHAR2 20 R_BA_DESC_CODE BA DESCRIPTION DETAIL CODE: In the case that the detail is described as a
coded value, this provides the valid codes for each type of detail.
BA_DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 1024 DESCRIPTION: A textual description of the business associate.
BA_DESC_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_BA_DESC_CODE BA DESCRIPTION DETAIL TYPE: The kind of detail information about the
R_BA_DESC_TYPE business associate that has been stored.
COST NUMBER 12, 2 COST: A value associated with the cost of a specirfication, such as annual operating
cost.
CURRENCY_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNIT OF MEASURE
MAX_DATE DATE 7 MAXIMUM DATE: the maximum date, such as an expiry date, that describes this
product.
MAX_VALUE NUMBER , MAXIMUM VALUE: the maximum value for a specification, such as the maximum
diameter of a tank, or the maximum load capacity of a vehicle.
MAX_VALUE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE
MIN_DATE DATE 7 MINUMUM DATE: the minimum date associated with a specification, such as a
date that a product cannot be used for, such as for aging processes.
MIN_VALUE NUMBER , MINIMUM VALUE: the minimum value associated with a specification, such as
minimum pipe thickness or minimum pressure capability.
Page 57
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: BA_DESCRIPTION

MIN_VALUE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE
REFERENCE_VALUE NUMBER , REFERENCE VALUE: the value of a reference point. For example where the
equipment is a tank for which tank strappings are measured, the reference point
would be the height measurement in the tank. The volume measure at the reference
tank strapping will usually be captured in AVERAGE VALUE. Other reference
values, such as pressures or temperatures that reference specifications are also
permitted.
REFERENCE_VALUE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE
REFERENCE_VALUE_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_BA_DESC_REF_VALUE EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATION REFERENCE TYPE: Use this table to indicate
the kind of referece point used to describe specifications. For example, if the
specifications being captured are tank strappings, the SPEC TYPE = 'TANK
STRAPPING' and SPEC REF TYPE = 'STRAPPING MARKERS' and the
'REFERENCED VALUE' = the height measure on the tank.
REFERENCE_VALUE_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNIT OF MEASURE
Page 58
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: BA_EMPLOYEE

BA EMPLOYEE: Defines how each company has many staff, each person may work for many companies. Each person my work for a company many times, with different
positions.
EMPLOYER_BA_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE EMPLOYER_BA: The unique identifier of the organization that has employees
working for it.
EMPLOYEE_BA_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE EMPLOYEE BA: The unique identifier assigned to an employee (or consultant or
EMPLOYEE_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P EMPLOYEE OBS NO: A sequential counter that tracks an employees moves within
an organization.
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE IND: A flag to indicate if the employee is currently employed by the
organization.
EFFECTIVE_DATE DATE 7 EFFECTIVE DATE: The date that the employee was hired or transferred into their
current position.
EMPLOYEE_POSITION VARCHAR2 20 R_EMPLOYEE_POSITION POSITION: The job/title that the employee held at the organization. Values can
range from CEO to janitor.
STATUS VARCHAR2 20 R_EMPLOYEE_STATUS STATUS: This indicates the type of employment status the employee has with the
orgaization. Values include: contract, employee, part-time, etc.
Page 59
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: BA_LICENSE

BUSINESS ASSOCIATE LICENSE: An approval or authorization to conduct operations that are not directly associated with seismic, wells or facilities. Could include
general ground surveys, aeromag surveys, field stratigraphy and so on.
LICENSEE_BA_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE LICENSEE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the
business associate to whom this license has been granted.
LICENSE_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LICENSE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the approval granted to conduct
activities or operations.
active.
DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 240 DESCRIPTION: short narrative description of the license.
EFFECTIVE_DATE DATE 7 EFECTIVE DATE: the date that this license was first in effect. May not be the same
as the date that the license was granted.
EXTENDED_DATE DATE 7 EXTENDED DATE: the date on which the term of the license was extended.
FEES_PAID_IND VARCHAR2 1 FEES PAID INDICATOR: A Y/N flag that can be set to Y when all necessary fees
for the license have been paid.
GRANTED_BY_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BA_LICENSE_TYPE GRANTED BY BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: the unique identifier for
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE the business associate, usually a regulatory agency, that grants this type of license.
GRANTED_BY_CONTACT_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE GRANTED BY CONTACT ID: unique identifier for the person who is the contact
for the grantor of this license.
GRANTED_DATE DATE 7 GRANTED DATE: the date that this license was granted.
GRANTED_TO_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE GRANTED TO BA ID: the business associate that this license was granted to.
GRANTED_TO_CONTACT_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE GRANTED TO CONTACT ID: unique identifier for the person who is the contact
for the grantee of this license.
LICENSE_NUM VARCHAR2 40 LICENSE NUMBER: Reference number for the geophysical license as assigned by
the regulatory agency.
LICENSE_TERM NUMBER 5, 3 LICENSE TERM: The term for which this license will be in effect.
LICENSE_TERM_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNIT OF MEASURE
LICENSE_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 BA_LICENSE_TYPE LICENSE TYPE: The type of license that has been granted, such as an activity
licenes to produce, flare etc. In some jurisdicitons a single license may be granted to
cover all operations, in others seperate licenses are granted based on the type of
operation.
Page 60
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: BA_LICENSE

REL_LICENSEE_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BA_LICENSE RELATED LICENSEE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: part of the foreign
key to a related license, such as a previous license, or a license that this is an
addition to.
REL_LICENSE_ID VARCHAR2 20 BA_LICENSE RELATED LICENSE IDENTIFIER: part of the foreign key to a related license,
such as a previous license, or a license that this is an addition to.
SECONDARY_TERM NUMBER 5, 3 SECONDARY TERM: the secondary or extended term granted for this license.
SECONDARY_TERM_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNIT OF MEASURE
VIOLATION_IND VARCHAR2 1 VIOLATION INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating that this license has been in
violation of at least one requirement. Details are captured in the BA LICENSE FAIL
table.
Page 61
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: BA_LICENSE_ALIAS

BUSINESS ASSOCIATE LICENSE NAME ALIAS: The Name Alias table stores multiple alias names for a given license name.
LICENSEE_BA_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BA_LICENSE LICENSEE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the
LICENSE_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BA_LICENSE LICENSE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the approval granted to conduct
is known.
active.
ORIGINAL_IND VARCHAR2 1 ORIGINAL INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating that this alias is the original or
first identifier assigned to the object.
OWNER_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE OWNER IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a business
associate who is the owner of this alias.
name or code.
REASON_DESC VARCHAR2 2000 REASON: Reason why the alias was created, such as nickname, name change,
amalgamation, etc.
Page 62
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: BA_LICENSE_ALIAS

STRUCKOFF_DATE DATE 7 ALIAS STRUCK OFF DATE: Date on which the legal company name was struck
from corporate registry and is no longer used.
Page 63
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: BA_LICENSE_AREA

BUSINESS ASSOCIATE LICENSE AREA: list of the areas into which a business associate license falls.
license.
EFFECTIVE_DATE DATE 7 EFFECTIVE DATE: the date that this area was first associated with a license.
Page 64
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: BA_LICENSE_COND

BA LICENSE CONDITION: lists the conditions under which the license or approval has been granted. May include payment of fees, development of agreements,
performance of work etc. If desired, the project module may be used to track fulfillment of operational conditions. The obligations module is used to track payment of fees.
CONDITION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LICENSE CONDITION IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the condition that is
applied to this license.
active.
CONDITION_CODE VARCHAR2 20 BA_LICENSE_COND_CODE CONDITION CODE: A codified value associated with a specific condition type for
a license
CONDITION_DESC VARCHAR2 240 CONDITION DESCRIPTION: textual description of the condition applied to the
license.
CONDITION_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 BA_LICENSE_COND_CODE LICENSE CONDITION: A list of valid condition types that can be placed on a
BA_LICENSE_COND_TYPE license. These conditions may require activities, payments, reports, time deadlines
etc. Management of these conditions may be undertaken through the OBLIGATION
or PROJECT Modules as appropriate to your business.
CONDITION_VALUE NUMBER , CONDITION VALUE: a numeric value associated with the condition, such as a rate
or an amount.
CONDITION_VALUE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE
CONDITION_VALUE_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNIT OF MEASURE
CONTACT_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE CONTACT BUSINESS ASSOCIATE ID: the unique indicator for the business
associate who is the contact for this condition.
CURRENCY_CONVERSION NUMBER 10, 5 CURRENCY CONVERSION: The conversion factor applied to calculate the
original currency from the stored currency value.
YYYYMMDD
DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 240 DESCRIPTION: A short narrative description of the condition.
DUE_CONDITION VARCHAR2 20 R_BA_LIC_DUE_CONDITION DUE CONDITION: The state that must be achieved for the condition to become
effective. For example, a report may be due 60 days after operations commence (or
cease).
DUE_DATE DATE 7 DUE DATE: The date that this condition must be fulfilled by.
DUE_FREQUENCY VARCHAR2 20 DUE FREQUENCY: the frequency with which this condition must be met, such as
an annual review. Where conditions are cycling in this way, please use the project
(for work flow) or obligations ( for payments) module to track completions.
DUE_TERM NUMBER 3, 0 DUE TERM: the period within which this condition must be satisfied, usually
following completion of operations.
Page 65
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

DUE_TERM_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE DUE TERM UNIT OF MEASURE: the unit of measure for the due term, usually
days, weeks, months.
EXEMPT_IND VARCHAR2 1 EXEMPT INDICATOR: a Y/N flag indicating that the holder of the license is
exempt from this condition.
FULFILLED_BY_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE FULFILLED BY BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: unique identifier for the business
associate who fulfilled this condition.
FULFILLED_DATE DATE 7 FULFILLED DATE: The date that this condition was fulfilled.
FULFILLED_IND VARCHAR2 1 FULFILLED INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating that this condition has been
fulfilled.
GRANTED_BY_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BA_LICENSE_COND_CODE GRANTED BY BUSINESS ASSOICATE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the
BA_LICENSE_COND_TYPE business associate who grants this type of license.
LICENSE_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 BA_LICENSE_COND_CODE LICENSE TYPE: The type of license that has been granted, such as an activity
BA_LICENSE_COND_TYPE licenes to produce, flare etc. In some jurisdicitons a single license may be granted to
operation.
MAX_VALUE NUMBER , MINIMUM VALUE: The minimum value associated with the condition, such as
there must be at least 6 but not more than 10 staff on site at all times.
MIN_VALUE NUMBER , MINIMUM VALUE: The minimum value associated with the condition, such as
there must be at least 6 but not more than 10 staff on site at all times.
RESTRICTION_ID VARCHAR2 20 RESTRICTION RESTRICTION IDENTIFER: Unique identifier for a restriction.
RESTRICTION_VERSION NUMBER 8, 0 RESTRICTION RESTRICTION VERSION: The version number of the restriction. In some areas,
changes to the detailed requirements of a restriction result in versioning.
Page 66
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

Page 67
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: BA_LICENSE_COND_CODE

LICENSE CONDITION CODE: A list of valid condition codes for a type of condition that can be placed on a license. For example, a report may be required or not required.
GRANTED_BY_BA_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BA_LICENSE_COND_TYPE GRANTED BY BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the
business associate who grants this type of license.
LICENSE_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BA_LICENSE_COND_TYPE LICENSE TYPE: The type of license that has been granted, such as an activity
operation.
CONDITION_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BA_LICENSE_COND_TYPE LICENSE CONDITION: A list of valid condition types that can be placed on a
license. These conditions may require activities, payments, reports, time deadlines
CONDITION_CODE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CONDITION CODE: A codified value associated with a specific condition type for
a license.
ABBREVIATION VARCHAR2 12 ABBREVIATION: Abbreviation used for reference type or code.
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating whether this condition is currently to
be used. Set to N when conditions are no longer applied to licenses.
LONG_NAME VARCHAR2 255 LONG NAME: Common long name given to reference type or code.
SHORT_NAME VARCHAR2 30 SHORT NAME: Common short name given to reference type or code.
Page 68
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: BA_LICENSE_COND_TYPE

LICENSE CONDITION: A list of valid condition types that can be placed on a license. These conditions may require activities, payments, reports, time deadlines etc.
Management of these conditions may be undertaken through the OBLIGATION or PROJECT Modules as appropriate to your business.
GRANTED_BY_BA_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BA_LICENSE_TYPE GRANTED BY BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENFIFIER: Unique idenfier for the
business associate who grants this type of license.
LICENSE_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BA_LICENSE_TYPE LICENSE TYPE: The type of license that has been granted, such as an activity
operation.
CONDITION_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LICENSE CONDITION: A list of valid condition types that can be placed on a
license. These conditions may require activities, payments, reports, time deadlines
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: a Y/N flag indicating whether this condition is currently in
use.
PROPERTY_SET_ID VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_PROPERTY_SET PROPERTY CONTROL SET IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the property
control information. This can be used to help you control how a vertical table is
implemented, by determining preferred units of measure, data entry types and other
specifications for each kind of property that is defined.
Page 69
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: BA_LICENSE_REMARK

BUSINESS ASSOCIATE LICENSE REMARK: a text description to record general comments on the license tracking when remark was made, who is the author and the type
of remark.
REMARK_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P REMARK ID: unique identifier for the remark about the license.
REMARK_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P REMARK SEQUENCE NUMBER: a unique number for the row of data for the
remark.
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: a Y / N flag indicating whether this row of data is currently
active.
AUTHOR VARCHAR2 20 AUTHOR: unvalidated field tracking the person who made the remark about the
contract. (e.g. Merna Voodie)
REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 REMARK: a text description of an observation, clarification or comment on the
contract.
REMARK_DATE DATE 7 REMARK DATE: date that the remark was made
REMARK_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_REMARK_TYPE REMARK TYPE: Entries in this column describe the general topic of the remark, so
that remarks can be grouped by subject area. Topics might include royalty
comments, well comments, deficiencies, rental billing comments, ...
Page 70
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: BA_LICENSE_STATUS

BUSINESS ASSOCIATE LICENSE STATUS: Tracks the status of well license throughout its lifetime. Various types of status may be included at the discretion of the
implementor.
STATUS_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P STATUS IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the status information about the
contract. Note that the current (preferred) status is denormalized into the
CONTRACT table and should only be used if necessary.
active.
LICENSE_STATUS VARCHAR2 20 R_LICENSE_STATUS LICENSE STATUS: the status of the license, such as pending, approved,
terminated, cancelled by operator, denied, extended etc.
LICENSE_STATUS_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_LICENSE_STATUS LICENSE STATUS TYPE: the type of status described for the license. Could be
regulatory, environmental etc. Used to track the situation where multiple types of
statuses are to be tracked.
Page 71
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: BA_LICENSE_TYPE

LICENSE TYPE: The type of license that has been granted, such as an activity licenes to produce, flare etc. In some jurisdicitons a single license may be granted to cover all
operations, in others seperate licenses are granted based on the type of operation.
GRANTED_BY_BA_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE GRANTED BY BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: the unique identifier for
the business associate, usually a regulatory agency, that grants this type of license.
LICENSE_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LICENSE TYPE: The type of license that has been granted, such as an activity
operation.
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating whether this license type is currently
in effect.
Page 72
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: BA_LICENSE_VIOLATION

BA LICENSE VIOLATION: Use this table to track incidents where the terms of a license have been violated (or perhaps are claimed to be violated). At this time the table is
relatively simple in content.
LICENSEE_BA_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BA_LICENSE_COND LICENSEE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the
BA_LICENSE business associate to whom this license has been granted.
LICENSE_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BA_LICENSE_COND LICENSE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the approval granted to conduct
BA_LICENSE activities or operations.
VIOLATION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P VIOLATION IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a violation of a license
agreement.
active.
CONDITION_ID VARCHAR2 20 BA_LICENSE_COND LICENSE CONDITION IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the condition that is
applied to this license. Populate only if you need a direct relationship to the
condition that was violated.
RESOLVE_DATE DATE 7 RESOLVED DATE: The date that this violation was resolved by submitting
required information, paying fines, amending procedures etc.
RESOLVE_DESC VARCHAR2 1024 RESOLVE DESCRIPTION: A short narrative description of the resolution of the
violation, such as procedures modified, report submitted, fine paid.
RESOLVE_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_BA_LIC_VIOL_RESOL LICENSE VIOLATION RESOLUTION TYPE: The type of resolution to a
violation of a license term, such as the payment of a fine or creation of new
processes.
VIOLATION_DATE DATE 7 VIOLATION DATE: The date on which the violation was first on record, such as
the date that the regulatory agency notified you about a problem, or the date when
something such as a report was overdue.
VIOLATION_DESC VARCHAR2 1024 VIOLATION DESCRIPTION: a narrative description of the license violation that
has been recorded.
VIOLATION_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_BA_LIC_VIOLATION_TYPE VIOLATION TYPE: The type of violation of a license that is being recorded. Can
be as simple as failure to submit necessary reports or something more difficult such
as improper procedures.
Page 73
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: BA_LICENSE_VIOLATION

Page 74
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: BA_ORGANIZATION

BA ORGANIZATION: allows the internal corporate structure of a business associate to be tracked at whatever level is appropriate to the user site. Connections to this table
are not generally provided in PPDM, but can be made as extensions at user sites based on business needs at each site.
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BA_ADDRESS BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business associate, such as a
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE person, company, regulatory agency, government or consortium.
ORGANIZATION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BUSINESS ASSOCIATE ORGANIZATION IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for an
ORGANIZATION_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P ORGANIZATION SEQUENCE NUMBER: a unique number added to allow
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating whether this permit is presently
active and valid for the business associate.
AREA_ID VARCHAR2 20 AREA AREA ID: Unique identifier for any named area
AREA_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 AREA SOFTWARE APPLICATION IDENTIFIER: The identifier for the application that
CREATED_DATE DATE 7 CREATED DATE: Date on which the capture of an organization structure was
created.
DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 240 DESCRIPTION: describes the organization reporting structure.
EFFECTIVE_DATE DATE 7 EFFECTIVE DATE: date on which the organization reporting structure was valid.
EXPIRY_DATE DATE 7 EXPIRY DATE: Date on which the organization reporting structure was not valid.
ORGANIZATION_NAME VARCHAR2 255 ORGANIZATION NAME: The name given to the organization, such as Western
Development Unit.
ORGANIZATION_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_BA_ORGANIZATION_TYPE R BA ORGANIZATION TYPE: may be department, division, cost center, business
unit, franchise etc.
REMOVED_DATE DATE 7 REMOVED DATE: Date on which the organization structure was removed
Page 75
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: BA_ORGANIZATION

Page 76
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: BA_ORGANIZATION_COMP

BA ORGANIZATION COMPONENT: allows relationships in internal corporate structure of a business associate to be tracked at whatever level is appropriate to the user
site.
BA_ORGANIZATION
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE
ORGANIZATION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BA_ORGANIZATION ORGANIZATION IDENTIFIER: The unique identifier for an organization within a
business unit. These organizations may be formal or informal, long term or
temporary.
ORGANIZATION_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P BA_ORGANIZATION ORGANIZATION SEQUENCE NUMBER: a unique number added to allow
COMPONENT_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P COMPONENT OBSERVATION NUMBER: observation number for the
component.
active.
etc.
BA_ORGANIZATION_COMPONENT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_BA_ORGANIZATION_COMP_TYPE BA ORGANIZATION COMPONENT TYPE: The type of component associated
with the organization.
information.
Page 77
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 240 DESCRIPTION: describes the organization reporting structure.
found in it.
an organization.
working for it.
table.
Page 78
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

related incident.
obligation
ORGANIZATION_ID2 VARCHAR2 20 BA_ORGANIZATION ORGANIZATION IDENTIFIER: The unique identifier for an organization within a
business unit. These organizations may be formal or informal, long term or
temporary.
ORGANIZATION_SEQ_NO2 NUMBER 8, 0 BA_ORGANIZATION ORGANIZATION SEQUENCE NUMBER: a unique number added to allow
that is captured.
Page 79
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 REMARK: Narrative remarks about this row of data. Page 80
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

SEIS_SURVEY.
SOURCE_DOCUMENT VARCHAR2 20 SOURCE_DOCUMENT SOURCE DOCUMENT: unique identifier for the document. For example
government and regulatory agency forms, operator reports or scout tickets,
publications, reference books etc.
description.
permitted to hold.
Page 81
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

Webster Online)
thesaurus.
WELL_ACTIVITY
WELL
Page 82
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: BA_PERMIT

BUSINESS ASSOCIATE PERMIT: Describes the permits held by a business associate to conduct various operations in different jurisdictions. Permits may be held for well
drilling operations, seismic operations etc. Could also include certifications, such as those from professional associattions or educational institutions.
JURISDICTION Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business associate, such as a
PERMIT_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R_BA_PERMIT_TYPE BUSINSS ASSOCIATE PERMIT TYPE: the type of permit that the business
associate has, such as drilling, seismic exploration etc.
PERMIT_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P PERMIT OBS NO: A sequencer allowed to permit a permit to be held more than
once, with difference numbers.
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating whether this permit is presently
active for the business associate.
PERMIT_NUM VARCHAR2 40 PERMIT NUMBER: The number shown on the permit described.
REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 REMARK: Geneal remarks about this row of data
Page 83
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: BA_PREFERENCE

BUSINESS ASSOCIATE PREFERENCE: This set of tables may be used to track the preferences of a user for application settings, negotiation environments, meeting times
or places, report format types or anything else you can think of.
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: the unique identifier for the business associate.
PREFERENCE_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R_BA_PREF_TYPE PREFERENCE TYPE: The type of preference documented, such as preference for
meeting times, well log curve selection, parameter useage etc.
PREFERENCE_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P PREFERENCE OBS NO: unique identifier for the specific preference for this
business associate and preference type.
active.
DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 240 DESCRIPTION: textual description of the preference.
LANGUAGE VARCHAR2 20 R_LANGUAGE LANGUAGE: The form of a means of communicating ideas or feelings by the use
SW_APPLICATION_ID VARCHAR2 20 R_SW_APPLICATION APPLICATION NAME: Unique name code for the software application.
WL_CURVE_CLASS_ID VARCHAR2 20 WELL_LOG_CURVE_CLASS WELL LOG CURVE CLASS IDENTIFIER: A valid class of well log that are used
to group specific curve types. Examples include gamma ray, somic, density, calliper,
neutron, conductivity, formation density etc.
WL_PARAMETER_CLASS_ID VARCHAR2 20 WELL_LOG_PARM_CLASS WELL LOG PARAMETER CLASS: the class or type of well log parameter, such as
well name, surface temperature etc.
Page 84
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: BA_PREFERENCE_LEVEL

BUSINESS ASSOCIATE PREFERENCE LEVEL: Use this table to rank specific preferences in order of desirability.
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BA_PREFERENCE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: the unique identifier for the business associate.
PREFERENCE_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BA_PREFERENCE PREFERENCE TYPE: The type of preference documented, such as preference for
PREFERENCE_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P BA_PREFERENCE PREFERENCE OBS NO: unique identifier for the specific preference for this
business associate and preference type.
LEVEL_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LEVEL IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for this level in the preference.
active.
CURRENCY_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE PREFERRED CURRENCY: Indicates for the business associate, the type of
currency preferred for this type of transaction. Note that different preferences can be
set for various types of transactions.
DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 240 DESCRIPTION: text description of the level of this preference, could be explanitory
remarks, locations etc.
PREFERENCE_LEVEL NUMBER 3, 0 PREFERENCE LEVEL: Use this column to order each preference from first to last.
For each preference type, more than one entry may share the same preference level;
this implies that these are equally preferred.
PREFERENCE_RULE VARCHAR2 240 PREFERENCE RULE: where preferences may be rule based, the rule or a call to a
procedure that manages the rule may be placed in this column.
PREFERRED_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE PREFERRED BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for a
business associate who is preferred for some service or performing some function.
WL_DICTIONARY_ID VARCHAR2 20 WELL_LOG_DICT_CURVE WELL LOG DICTIONARY: The dictionary contains a set of curve names, property
WELL_LOG_DICT_PARM names and parameters that are used by a well logging contracter during a specified
period of time. At any given time, a contractor may have one or more dictionaries in
use.
WL_DICT_CURVE_ID VARCHAR2 20 WELL_LOG_DICT_CURVE CURVE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the curve that has been defined in this
dictionary.
WL_PARAMETER_ID VARCHAR2 20 WELL_LOG_DICT_PARM WELL LOG PARAMETER IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the parameter that
is found in the dictionary.
Page 85
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: BA_PREFERENCE_LEVEL

Page 86
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: BA_SERVICE

BUSINESS ASSOCIATE SERVICE: Describes the primary services provided by a business associate. For example drilling contractor, logging com pany, seismic broker etc.
BA_SERVICE_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R_BA_SERVICE_TYPE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE SERVICE TYPE: The service that a business associate
provides. For example well logging, drilling, application development. (For land,
may be address for service, brokerage, maintainor, etc.)
BA_SERVICE_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P BUSINESS ASSOCIATE SERVICE SEQUENCE NUMBER: This column is added
to allow a business associate to offer the same service off and on over a period of
time.
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: A yes / no flag indicating whether this data is currently
active.
EFFECTIVE_DATE DATE 7 EFFECTIVE DATE: The date on which the service began to be offered.
Page 87
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: BA_SERVICE_ADDRESS

BA SERVICE ADDRESS: a cross reference which allows a connection between the services provided by a business associate and the addresses at which that service is
provided.
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BA_ALIAS BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business associate, such as a
BA_ADDRESS person, company, regulatory agency, government or consortium.
BA_SERVICE
ADDRESS_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P BA_ADDRESS ADDRESS OBSERVATION NUMBER: A number used to uniquely identifying an
BA_SERVICE_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BA_SERVICE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE SERVICE TYPE: The service that a business associate
BA_SERVICE_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P BA_SERVICE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE SERVICE SEQUENCE NUMBER: This column is added
time.
active.
ALIAS_SOURCE VARCHAR2 20 BA_ALIAS ALIAS SOURCE: The source of the BA Alias. This is part of a foreign key used to
indicate the working business associate name used at a particular branch office. This
may not be the same name as used by the legal corporate entity in general.
BA_ALIAS_ID VARCHAR2 20 BA_ALIAS NAME ALIAS: An alias name by which the business associate is known. This is
part of a foreign key used to indicate the working business associate name used at a
particular branch office. This may not be the same name as used by the legal
corporate entity in general.
BA_SERVICE_SOURCE VARCHAR2 20 SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated as the
ROW_CREATED_DATE DATE 7 ROW CREATED DATE: Date that the row was created on. Page 88
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: BA_SERVICE_ADDRESS

Page 89
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: BA_XREF

BUSINESS ASSOCIATE CROSS REFERENCE: represents historical connections between business associates, such as mergers, buy outs, name changes, amalgamations,
etc.
NEW_BA_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business associate, such as a
BA_XREF_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P BA CROSS REFERENCE SEQUENCE NUMBER: unique identifier for the BA
cross ref, allowing versioning of the relationship information.
active.
BA_XREF_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_BA_XREF_TYPE R BA XREF TYPE: may be buy-out, name change, merger etc. NOT to be used for
the organizational structure, or to track employee/employer relationships (this goes
in BA organization)
EFFECTIVE_DATE DATE 7 EFFFECTIVE DATE: date on which the cross reference to another business
associate became valid.
EXPIRY_DATE DATE 7 EXPIRY DATE: date on which the cross reference to another business associate is
no longer valid.
Page 90
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE

BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: The Business Associate table serves as a validation/lookup table associating the code values for each business associate with their full name and
information about company partners and other parties with whom business is conducted (e.g., oil companies, applicants, owners, contractors, operators, original operators,
previous operators, etc.). BUSINESS ASSOCIATE COMPANY: A valid sub-type of BUSINESS ASSOCIATE. BUSINESS ASSOCIATE CONSORTIUM: A valid subtype
of BUSINESS ASSOCIATE that is a consortium composed of other BUSINESS ASSOCIATES. Members of the consortium, with their interest and roles in it, are tracked as
an INTEREST SET. BUSINESS ASSOCIATE GOVERNMENT: A valid sub type of BUSINESS ASSOCIATE that is a governmenta, regulaltory or jurisdictional body.
BUSINESS ASSOCIATE PERSON: A valid sub-type of BUSINESS ASSOCIATE that is an individual person. Relationships of the person to a company or jurisdiction or
organizational structure may be captured in the table BA XREF.
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business associate, such as a
active.
BA_ABBREVIATION VARCHAR2 12 BUSINESS ASSOCIATE ABBREVIATION: Abbreviated name of the business
associate. (usually used in reporting applications to provide a short name for a
business associate for efficient use of space in a report on data)
BA_CATEGORY VARCHAR2 20 R_BA_CATEGORY BA CATEGORY: The category that the business associate is in. For a company,
may be legal company, sole proprietership, corporation etc
BA_CODE VARCHAR2 20 BA CODE: Special code assigned to the BA by a company for internal reference
purposes
BA_NAME VARCHAR2 255 BUSINESS ASSOCIATE LONG NAME: The legal name of a business associate.
(that which has been registered with a corporate registry).
BA_SHORT_NAME VARCHAR2 30 BUSINESS ASSOCIATE SHORT NAME: Common short name used for business
associate. (can be used by reporting applications to make effective use of space in a
report)
BA_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_BA_TYPE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE TYPE: This value is validated by check constraint to
ensure the value is in COMPANY, CONSORTIUM, GOVERNMENT or PERSON.
Indicates which of the valid sub-types of business associate is referenced.
CREDIT_CHECK_DATE DATE 7 CREDIT CHECK DATE: The date on which the credit rating for the company was
last obtained.
CREDIT_CHECK_IND VARCHAR2 1 CREDIT CHECK INDICATOR: a yes / no flag to indicate that a credit check has
been run. The actual rating may or may not be inserted into the database.
CREDIT_CHECK_SOURCE VARCHAR2 20 R_SOURCE SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated as the
CREDIT_RATING VARCHAR2 20 CREDIT RATING: The credit rating assigned to the company by an appropriate
outside credit review company, such as Dunn and Bradstreet.
CREDIT_RATING_SOURCE VARCHAR2 20 CREDIT RATING SOURCE: the name of the outisde company that assigned the
credit rating, such as Dunn and Bradstreet.
CURRENT_STATUS VARCHAR2 20 R_BA_STATUS BUSINESS ASSOCIATE STATUS: The current status of the Business Associate,
such as Active, In Receivership, Sold, Merged.
EFFECTIVE_DATE DATE 7 EFFECTIVE DATE: Date on which the business associate become a viable entity.
Page 91
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE

Only used where BA CATEGORY is not person
EXPIRY_DATE DATE 7 EXPIRY DATE: Date on which the BA ceased to be a valid Business associate.
FIRST_NAME VARCHAR2 255 FIRST NAME: where the Business Associate is a person, the usual first name.
LAST_NAME VARCHAR2 255 LAST NAME: where the Business Associate is a person, the last name in full.
MIDDLE_INITIAL VARCHAR2 3 MIDDLE INITIAL: where the Business Associate is a person, the middle initial.
SERVICE_PERIOD VARCHAR2 240 SERVICE PERIOD OR HOURS OF OPERATION: the time period each day when
the business associate is open for business. Should be assumed to be the time in the
local time zone.
Page 92
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CAT_ADDITIVE

CATALOGUE ADDITIVE: Use this table and its children to list and describe the kinds of additives that you need. Think of this as a catalogue or brochure that shows all the
kinds of additive that you may use, but may or may not actually have.
CATALOGUE_ADDITIVE_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CATALOGUE ADDITIVE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the list of kinds of
purchased or created. This table can be used to store information about the
packaging and quantity per package.
active.
ADDITIVE_GROUP VARCHAR2 20 R_CAT_ADDITIVE_GROUP CATALOGUE ADDITIVE GROUP: The class or group of additives that this
additive belongs to, such as drill mud additive, treatment additive, processing
additive etc. Within each group of additives, many types of additives may be
described using CAT ADDITIVE TYPE. Note that the function of this table may
also be assumed by the CLASSIFICATION module for more robust and complete
classifications. Note that if you use this column in this table, you may be storing
data that is redundant to the data in CAT ADDITIVE TYPE. Please use good data
managment practices to avoid data confusion. Usually this column is used only
when the specific type of additive is not known.
ADDITIVE_NAME VARCHAR2 255 ADDITIVE NAME: The common name given to this kind of additive.
ADDITIVE_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 CAT_ADDITIVE_TYPE CATALOGUE ADDITIVE TYPE: A material added to a fluid to perform one or
more specific functions, such as a weighting agent, viscosifier or lubricant.
(Schlumberger Oilfield Glossary). Note that the function of this table may also be
assumed by the CLASSIFICATION module for more robust and complete
classifications.
MANUFACTURER VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE MANUFACTURER: the unique identifier for the business associate who
manufactures this kind of equipment.
PURCHASE_QUANTITY NUMBER , PURCHASE QUANTITY: the quantity of the additive that is purchased for this
item. Works in concert with PURCHASE QUANTIFY (how much), PURCHASE
QUANTITY UOM (kilograms, pounds), PURCHASE TYPE (sacks, bags, blocks,
pails). For example an additive may be available in 20 Kg sacks, or 50 Kg bales.
PURCHASE_QUANTITY_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_CAT_ADDITIVE_QUANTITY PURCHASE QUANTITY TYPE: the type of quantity of the additive that is
purchased for this item, such as sacks, bails, pails etc. Works in concert with
PURCHASE QUANTIFY (how much), PURCHASE QUANTITY UOM
(kilograms, pounds), PURCHASE TYPE (sacks, bags, blocks, pails).
PURCHASE_QUANTITY_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE PURCHASE QUANTITY UNIT OF MEASURE: Works in concert with
PURCHASE QUANTIFY (how much), PURCHASE QUANTITY UOM
(kilograms, pounds), PURCHASE TYPE (sacks, bags, blocks, pails).
Page 93
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CAT_ADDITIVE

UPC_CODE VARCHAR2 255 UNIVERSAL PRODUCT CODE: The UPC code for this additive.
Page 94
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CAT_ADDITIVE_ALIAS

CATALOGUE ADDITIVE ALIAS: Additives that is listed in catalogues may have more than one name, code or identifier, particularly if it is distributed by more than one
vendor. Care should be taken to ensure that these listings are actually for the same product and not similar products. All possible names, codes and other identifiers can be
stored here.
CATALOGUE_ADDITIVE_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CAT_ADDITIVE CATALOGUE ADDITIVE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the list of kinds of
CAT_ADDITIVE_ALIAS_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CATALOGUE ADDITIVE ALIAS IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the alias.
active or valid.
ALIAS_REASON_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 ALIAS REASON: The reason why the alias was created, such as government
ALIAS_SHORT_NAME VARCHAR2 30 ALIAS SHORT NAME: Short name given to this alias.
AMENDED_DATE DATE 7 ALIAS AMMENDED DATE: the date on which a name has been ammended.
Often, this is used for official or legal changes to a name.
name or code.
SOURCE_DOCUMENT VARCHAR2 20 SOURCE DOCUMENT: References the document where this alias has been given.
Page 95
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CAT_ADDITIVE_ALIAS

Page 96
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CAT_ADDITIVE_SPEC

CATALOGUE ADDITIVE SPECIFICATIONS: Use this table to capture the published specifications for kinds of additives, especially the composition of the additive.
additives.
SPEC_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P SPECIFICATION IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a specification for an
additive.
active.
ADDITIVE_COMPONENT_ID VARCHAR2 20 CAT_ADDITIVE CATALOGUE ADDITIVE IDENTIFIER COMPONENT: Unique identifier for the
list of kinds of additives. In this case, the additive that is a component of a new
additive.
ADDITIVE_SPEC_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_CAT_ADDITIVE_SPEC ADDITIVE SPECIFICATION TYPE: A list of the kinds of specifications that may
be defined for an additive, such as the volume added, weight added, mixing method,
preparation method etc. For each ADDITIVE COMPONENT ID, more than one
specificataion could be defined.
AVERAGE_VALUE NUMBER , VALUES: Use the values columns to capture numeric values such as weights,
AVERAGE_VALUE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNITS OF MEASURE and ORIGINAL UNITS OF MEASURE
AVERAGE_VALUE_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNITS OF MEASURE and ORIGINAL UNITS OF MEASURE
cost.
CURRENCY_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNITS OF MEASURE and ORIGINAL UNITS OF MEASURE
YYYYMMDD
MAX_VALUE NUMBER , VALUES: Use the values columns to capture numeric values such as weights,
MAX_VALUE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNITS OF MEASURE and ORIGINAL UNITS OF MEASURE
MAX_VALUE_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNITS OF MEASURE and ORIGINAL UNITS OF MEASURE
MIN_VALUE NUMBER , VALUES: Use the values columns to capture numeric values such as weights,
this is defined in the PPDM PROPERTY SET for the governing reference values.Page 97
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CAT_ADDITIVE_SPEC

MIN_VALUE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNITS OF MEASURE and ORIGINAL UNITS OF MEASURE
MIN_VALUE_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNITS OF MEASURE and ORIGINAL UNITS OF MEASURE
SPEC_CODE VARCHAR2 20 SPECIFICATION CODE: A code assigned to the value of this spec, such as a steel
grade. Used when values are assigned as text rather than as numbers.
SPEC_DESC VARCHAR2 1024 SPECIFICATION DESCRIPTION: A textual description of the specification
property.
Page 98
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CAT_ADDITIVE_TYPE

CATALOGUE ADDITIVE TYPE: A material added to a fluid to perform one or more specific functions, such as a weighting agent, viscosifier or lubricant. (Schlumberger
Oilfield Glossary). Note that the function of this table may also be assumed by the CLASSIFICATION module for more robust and complete classifications.
ADDITIVE_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CATALOGUE ADDITIVE TYPE: A material added to a fluid to perform one or
more specific functions, such as a weighting agent, viscosifier or lubricant.
(Schlumberger Oilfield Glossary). Note that the function of this table may also be
assumed by the CLASSIFICATION module for more robust and complete
classifications.
active or valid.
ADDITIVE_GROUP VARCHAR2 20 R_CAT_ADDITIVE_GROUP CATALOGUE ADDITIVE GROUP: The class or group of additives that this
described using R CAT ADDITIVE TYPE. Note that the function of this table may
classifications.
Page 99
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CAT_ADDITIVE_XREF

ADDITIVE CATALOGUE CROSS REFERENCE: Use this table to list relationships between additives. For example, a new additive may be developed to replace an older
product, or two products may be equivalent.
CATALOGUE_ADDITIVE_ID2 Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CAT_ADDITIVE CATALOGUE ADDITIVE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the list of kinds of
XREF_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P XREF OBSERVATION NUMBER: Use this column to indicate more than one kind
of relationship between two additives. For example, one product may be the
equivalent of another for several years, and then it may actually replace the other.
active.
ADDITIVE_XREF_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_CAT_ADDITIVE_XREF ADDITIVE CATALOGUE CROSS REFERENCE TYPE: Use this column to
identify the kind of relationship between additives. For example, a new additive may
be developed to replace an older product, or two products may be equivalent.
Page 100
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CAT_EQUIP_ALIAS

CATALOGUE EQUIPMENT ALIAS: Equipment that is listed in catalogues may have more than one name, particularly if it is distributed by more than one vendor. Care
should be taken to ensure that these listings are actually for the same equipment and not similar equipment. All possible names, codes and other identifiers can be stored here.
CATALOGUE_EQUIP_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CAT_EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT CATALOGUE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the list of kinds
CAT_EQUIP_ALIAS_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CATALOGUE EQUIPMENT ALIAS IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the alias.
active or valid.
AMENDED_DATE DATE 7 AMENDED DATE: the date on which a name has been ammended. Often, this is
used for official or legal changes to a name.
name or code.
Page 101
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CAT_EQUIP_ALIAS

Page 102
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CAT_EQUIP_SPEC

EQUIPMENT CATALOGUE SPECIFICATIONS: Use this table to capture the published specifications for kinds of equipment, such as lengths, diameters, weights and so
on.
SPEC_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P SPECIFICATION IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a specification measured for
a peice of equipment.
active.
cost.
YYYYMMDD
product.
MIN_VALUE_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNIT OF MEASURE Page 103
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CAT_EQUIP_SPEC

permitted.
REFERENCE_VALUE_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_EQUIP_SPEC_REF_TYPE EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATION REFERENCE TYPE: Use this table to indicate
specifications being captured are tank strappings, the SPEC TYPE = TANK
STRAPPING and SPEC REF TYPE = STRAPPING MARKERS and the
REFERENCED VALUE = the height measure on the tank.
SPEC_CODE VARCHAR2 20 R_CAT_EQUIP_SPEC_CODE SPECIFICATION CODE: a descriptive code allowed for a particular kind of
specificaiton. For example, For Rock bit classificaitons, the IADC rock bit
classification code designates feature descriptions using codes from 1 - 7.
property.
SPEC_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_CAT_EQUIP_SPEC SPECIFICATION TYPE: The type of specification, such as diameter, strength,
R_CAT_EQUIP_SPEC_CODE length, resonating frequency etc.
Page 104
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CAT_EQUIPMENT

EQUIPMENT CATALOGUE: Use this table and its children to list and describe the kinds of equipment that you need. Think of this as a catalogue or brochure that shows all
the kinds of equipment that you may use, but may or may not actually have. Actual peices of equipment that exist are defined in the table EQUIPMENT.
CATALOGUE_EQUIP_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P EQUIPMENT CATALOGUE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the list of kinds
active.
CAT_EQUIP_GROUP VARCHAR2 20 R_CAT_EQUIP_GROUP CATALOGUE EQUIPMENT GROUP: The functional group of equipment types,
such as vehicles, drilling rigs, measuring equipment, monitoring equipment etc.
Note that the function of this table may also be assumed by the CLASSIFICATION
module for more robust and complete classifications.
CAT_EQUIP_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_CAT_EQUIP_TYPE CATALOGUE EQUIPMENT TYPE: the type of equipment that is listed, can be
grouped into broad classifications with R CAT EQUIP GROUP if you wish. Note
that the function of this table may also be assumed by the CLASSIFICATION
EQUIPMENT_NAME VARCHAR2 255 EQUIPMENT NAME: the name given to this type of equipment.
INSTALL_LOC_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_EQUIP_INSTALL_LOC TYPICAL EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION TYPE: Indicates where this type of
equipment would normally be used, such as on the drilling assembly, in the well
bore, on well site, on rig, in processing facility.
MANUFACTURER VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE MANUFACTURER: the unique identifier for the business associate who
manufactures this kind of equipment.
MODEL_NUM VARCHAR2 30 MODEL NUMBER: The model number assigned to this kind of equipment.
Page 105
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CLASS_LEVEL

CLASSIFICATION LEVEL: This table is used to capture the levels in classification systems, such as those that describe types of equipment. A number of classification
schemes are availabe, including the UNSPSC code set. Typically, these classification systems are hierarchical. Objects may be classified at any level of the classification
system, and through more than one classification system.
CLASSIFICATION_SYSTEM_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CLASS_LEVEL_TYPE CLASSIFICATION: SYSTEM: Identifies and describes the classification system
CLASS_SYSTEM that is used. The UNSPSC code set is a useful and practical source of classification
information.
CLASS_LEVEL_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CLASSIFICATION LEVEL IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier used to capture the
level in classification systems, such as those that describe types of equipment. A
number of classification schemes are availabe, including the UNSPSC code set.
Typically, these classification systems are hierarchical. Objects may be classified at
any level of the classification system, and through more than one classification
system.
active.
LEVEL_DEFINITION VARCHAR2 2000 LEVEL DEFINITION: A Narrative definition of the contents of this level in the
classification system hierarchy.
LEVEL_NAME VARCHAR2 255 LEVEL NAME: The name assigned to this level of the classification system.
LEVEL_REF_NUM VARCHAR2 30 LEVEL REFERENCE NUMBER: the reference number assigned to anm object in
the classification system by the system owner. Some reference numbers contain
embedded inferences as to the hierarchy, by assigning block or serial numbers to
each level in the system.
LEVEL_SEQ_NO NUMBER 8, 0 LEVEL SEQUENCE NUMBER: The level in the classification system, numbered
from the top (level 1) down to the detailed levels (n). While a classification system
may have as many levels as desired, it is usually preferable to maintain fewer levels.
LEVEL_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 CLASS_LEVEL_TYPE CLASSIFICATION LEVEL TYPE: The type of level that has been assigned in the
classification system. Typically, these levels are assigned names. In the UPSPSC
code set, the parent level is termed the Segment, with subordinate levels family,
class and commodity. In other systems, the level may be named COUNTRY,
BUSINESS UNIT etc.
RETENTION_PERIOD VARCHAR2 20 R_RETENTION_PERIOD RETENTION PERIOD: The length of time records or materials should be kept in a
certain location or form for administrative, legal, fiscal, historical, or other purposes.
Retention periods are determined by balancing the potential value of the information
to the agency against the costs of storing the records containing that information.
Retention periods are often set for record series or classification levels, but specific
records within that level or series may need to be retained longer because they are
required for litigation or because circumstances give those records unexpected
Page 106
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CLASS_LEVEL

archival value.
Page 107
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CLASS_LEVEL_ALIAS

CLASSIFICATION LEVEL ALIAS: An alternate name, code or identifier for a classification level. We recommend that all names, codes and identifiers be stored in this
table and denormalized elsewhere as required by performance or other issues. You may also use this table to identify classification or granularity and hierarchies among
values in a reference table.
CLASSIFICATION_SYSTEM_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CLASS_LEVEL CLASSIFICATION: SYSTEM: Identifies and describes the classification system
information.
CLASS_LEVEL_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CLASS_LEVEL CLASSIFICATION LEVEL IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier used to capture the
system.
CLASS_LEVEL_ALIAS_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CLASSIFICATION LEVEL ALIAS IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for an
alternate name, code or identifier for a classification system level. We recommend
that all names, codes and identifiers be stored in this table and denormalized
elsewhere as required by performance or other issues.
active.
ALIAS_CODE VARCHAR2 30 CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM REFERENCE NUMBER: A reference number
assigned to a classification system, possibly by the owner. These reference numbers
may not be unique.
ALIAS_FULL_NAME VARCHAR2 255 CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM ALIAS NAME: The name assigned to the
classificaiton system in this alias version.
ALIAS_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_ALIAS_TYPE ALIAS TYPE: The type of alias, such as partner, historical, records etc
ALIAS_VERSION VARCHAR2 20 ALIAS VERSION: The version number assigned in this alias system.
COLUMN_NAME VARCHAR2 30 PPDM_COLUMN COLUMN NAME: the name of a column in a database schema.
Page 108
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CLASS_LEVEL_ALIAS

OWNER_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM ALIAS OWNER: the business associate who is the
owner or custodian of the alias for the classification system level.
PREFERRED_IND VARCHAR2 1 PREFERRED INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating that this alias version is the
preferred for usual use. If you wish, the preferred version may be replicated in the
CLASS SYSTEM table for ease of query and reporting.
REFERENCED_GUID VARCHAR2 38 REFERENCED GUID: the GUID in the reference like table that is included in the
classification. Use this to identify how the values in a reference table fit into a
hierarchy of values.
SCHEMA_ENTITY_ID VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_SCHEMA_ENTITY SCHEMA ENTITY IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for an entity or object in an
XML or EDI schema.
SOURCE_DOCUMENT VARCHAR2 20 SOURCE_DOCUMENT SOURCE DOCUMENT: Foreign key from the table that captures bibliographic or
source information. This could be a URL, book, publication or other document.
SW_APPLICATION_ID VARCHAR2 20 R_SW_APPLICATION APPLICATION NAME: The name of the software application that uses this alias.
SYSTEM_ID VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_COLUMN SYSTEM IDENTIFIER: A unique identifier for a data storage system, such as a
PPDM_SCHEMA_ENTITY database or XML schema.
PPDM_TABLE
TABLE_NAME VARCHAR2 30 PPDM_COLUMN SYSTEM TABLE NAME: the name of a table in a database schema.
PPDM_TABLE
Page 109
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CLASS_LEVEL_COMPONENT

CLASSIFICATION LEVEL COMPONENT: This table is used to capture the relationships between specific levels of the classification systems and busines objects, such as
wells, equipment, documents, seismic sets and land rights. You can also use Classification Systems to embed hierarchies into reference tables, by indicating the name of the
reference table that has been classified. In this case, the values in the Classification system should correspond to the values in the reference table (see CLASS LEVEL
ALIAS).
information.
object that is associated with the level of the classification system.
active.
etc.
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE
Page 110
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

CLASS_LEVEL_COMPONENT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_CLASS_LEV_COMP_TYPE CLASSIFICATION LEVEL COMPONENT TYPE: The type of component that is
associated with a level in the classification system.
found in it.
an organization.
working for it.
table.
related incident. Page 111
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

INCIDENT_SET_ID VARCHAR2 20 HSE_INCIDENT_TYPE INCIDENT SET IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a set of incident types that may
INCIDENT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 HSE_INCIDENT_TYPE INCIDENT TYPE: The type of indicent that may have occurred, such as roll-over,
obligation
that is captured.
Page 112
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

REFERENCED_SYSTEM_ID VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_TABLE SYSTEM IDENTIFIER: A unique identifier for a data storage system, such as a
REFERENCED_TABLE_NAME VARCHAR2 30 PPDM_TABLE PPDM TABLE NAME: The name of a table that has an association with this level
SEIS_SURVEY.
Page 113
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

description.
permitted to hold.
within a well.
Webster Online)
thesaurus.
WELL_ACTIVITY_SET_ID VARCHAR2 20 WELL_ACTIVITY_TYPE WELL ACTIVITY SET IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a valid set of activity
Page 114
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

WELL_ACTIVITY_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 WELL_ACTIVITY_TYPE WELL ACTIVITY TYPE: The type of activity that is tracked, such as drilling,
Page 115
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CLASS_LEVEL_DESC

CLASSIFICATION LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS: Use this table to define what kinds of descriptions are relevant for objects at a level in the classification system. For example,
use this table to describe the range of sizes for tubing classification etc.
information.
DESC_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P DESCRIPTION OBSERVATION NUMBER: Unique identifier for the type of
description for the level in a classification system.
active.
AVERAGE_VALUE NUMBER , AVERAGE, MINIMUM and MAXIMUIM VALUES: Use these columns to capture
numeric description information. For each possible kind of description, use the
PPDM_PROPERTY_SET defined in CLASS DESC PROPERTY table to define
how values are to be stored (precision, length, units etc).
AVERAGE_VALUE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNIT OF MEASURE: use these columns to define units of measure as stored, or
original units of measure for a value. For each possible kind of description, use the
AVERAGE_VALUE_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNIT OF MEASURE: use these columns to define units of measure as stored, or
YYYYMMDD
DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 1024 DESCRIPTION: textual description information for this property.
DESC_CODE VARCHAR2 20 DESCRIPTION CODE: The code that is used to describe this classification level.
For different kinds of descriptions, different reference tables may serve as the
source. For each possible kind of description, use the PPDM_PROPERTY_SET
defined in CLASS DESC PROPERTY table to define how values are to be stored
and what tables should be used to validate entries.
DESC_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_CLASS_DESC_PROPERTY CLASSIFICATION SPECIFICATION or PROPERTY TYPE: The identifier for the
kinds of properties that are used, such as size, costs, function etc.
MAX_DATE DATE 7 MAXIMUM AND MINIMUM DATES: Use these columns to define a date range
for descriptions, such as dates to be used. Page 116
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CLASS_LEVEL_DESC

MAX_VALUE NUMBER , AVERAGE, MINIMUM and MAXIMUIM VALUES: Use these columns to capture
MAX_VALUE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNIT OF MEASURE: use these columns to define units of measure as stored, or
MAX_VALUE_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNIT OF MEASURE: use these columns to define units of measure as stored, or
MIN_DATE DATE 7 MAXIMUM AND MINIMUM DATES: Use these columns to define a date range
for descriptions, such as dates to be used.
MIN_VALUE NUMBER , AVERAGE, MINIMUM and MAXIMUIM VALUES: Use these columns to capture
MIN_VALUE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNIT OF MEASURE: use these columns to define units of measure as stored, or
MIN_VALUE_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNIT OF MEASURE: use these columns to define units of measure as stored, or
Page 117
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CLASS_LEVEL_TYPE

REFERENCE CLASSIFICATION LEVEL TYPE: The type of level that has been assigned in the classification system. Typically, these levels are assigned names. In the
UPSPSC code set, the parent level is termed the Segment, with subordinate levels family, class and commodity. In other systems, the level may be named COUNTRY,
BUSINESS UNIT etc.
CLASSIFICATION_SYSTEM_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CLASS_SYSTEM CLASSIFICATION: SYSTEM: Identifies and describes the classification system
information.
LEVEL_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LEVEL TYPE: The type of level that has been assigned in the classification system.
Typically, these levels are assigned names. In the UPSPSC code set, the parent level
is termed the Segment, with subordinate levels family, class and commodity.
active or valid.
LEVEL_ORDER_SEQ_NO NUMBER 8, 0 LEVEL ORDER SEQUENCE NUMBER: The number indicating the order in the
sequence of levels in the classification hierarchy, with number 1 assigned to the
highest level of the hierarchy.
PPDM_SYSTEM_ID VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_TABLE SYSTEM IDENTIFIER: A unique identifier for a data storage system, such as a
database or XML schema. Used in cases where the taxonomy may be derived from a
PPDM table.
PPDM_TABLE_NAME VARCHAR2 30 PPDM_TABLE PPDM TABLE NAME: In cases where the contents for a level in a classification
system are derived from the contents of a table in PPDM (such as a table of country
names, or the AREA module), use this to indicate which table is used. The column
SELECTION CRITERIA may be used to store the criterion for selecting a row in
that table for a classification level.
SELECTION_CRITERIA VARCHAR2 2000 SELECTION CRITERIA: The criteria used to select objects into a layer of the
classification system. May be constructed as a SQL statement, a procedure call or a
plain text description. For example, SELECT * FROM AREA WHERE
AREA_TYPE = BASIN. Each return from this selection may generate a row in
CLASS LEVEL.
Page 118
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CLASS_LEVEL_TYPE

Page 119
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CLASS_LEVEL_XREF

CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM CROSS REFERENCE: This table may be used to indicate relationships between levels of a classification system, such as to establish
similarity, granularity, overlap or equivalence in content, or to indicate the parent(s) of a level.
information.
system.
CLASSIFICATION_SYSTEM_ID2 Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CLASS_LEVEL CLASSIFICATION: SYSTEM: Identifies and describes the classification system
information.
CLASS_LEVEL_ID2 Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CLASS_LEVEL CLASSIFICATION LEVEL IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier used to capture the
system.
XREF_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM CROSS REFERENCE IDENTIFIER: Unique
identifier for the relationship between two classification levels.
active.
LEVEL_XREF_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_CLASS_LEV_XREF_TYPE LEVEL CROSS REFERENCE TYPE: Capture the type of equivalence between the
levels of various classification systems. For example, you can use this table to
indicate that the levels are exactly the same, or that one overlaps a portion of
another.
Page 120
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CLASS_LEVEL_XREF

Page 121
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CLASS_SYSTEM

CLASSIFICATION: SYSTEM: Identifies and describes the classification system that is used. The UNSPSC code set is a useful and practical source of classification
information.
CLASSIFICATION_SYSTEM_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CLASSIFICATION: SYSTEM: Identifies and describes the classification system
information.
active.
CLASS_DIMENSION VARCHAR2 20 R_CLASS_SYSTEM_DIMENSION CLASS SYSTEM DIMENSION: The type of dimension or facet that is in this
taxomony or classification system. For example, a taxonomy may exist for an
organization, or for geographic areas, or for tools and equipment or materials. By
prefrence, taxonomies should contain one dimension or as few dimensions as
possible. For classification purposes, each business object can refer to as many
classification systems as necessary.
SYSTEM_DEFINITION VARCHAR2 2000 SYSTEM DEFINITION: A textual definition of this classification system.
SYSTEM_NAME VARCHAR2 255 CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM NAME: The name assigned to the classificaiton
system.
SYSTEM_OWNER VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM OWNER: the business associate who is the owner or
custodian of the classification system.
SYSTEM_REF_NUM VARCHAR2 30 CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM REFERENCE NUMBER: A reference number
may not be unique.
SYSTEM_VERSION VARCHAR2 20 SYSTEM VERSION: The version number of the classification system.
Page 122
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CLASS_SYSTEM_ALIAS

CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM ALIAS: An alternate name, code or identifier for a classification system. We recommend that all names, codes and identifiers be stored in this
table and denormalized elsewhere as required by performance or other issues.
information.
CLASS_SYSTEM_ALIAS_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM ALIAS IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for an
alternate name, code or identifier for a classification system. We recommend that all
names, codes and identifiers be stored in this table and denormalized elsewhere as
required by performance or other issues.
active.
ALIAS_CODE VARCHAR2 30 CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM REFERENCE NUMBER: A reference number
may not be unique.
ALIAS_FULL_NAME VARCHAR2 255 CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM ALIAS NAME: The name assigned to the
classificaiton system in this alias version.
ALIAS_VERSION VARCHAR2 20 ALIAS VERSION: The version number assigned in this alias system.
OWNER_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM ALIAS OWNER: the business associate who is the
owner or custodian of the alias for the classification system.
PREFERRED_IND VARCHAR2 1 PREFERRED INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating that this alias version is the
preferred for usual use. If you wish, the preferred version may be replicated in the
CLASS SYSTEM table for ease of query and reporting.
REASON_DESC VARCHAR2 2000 REASON DESCRIPTION: A narrative explanation about the alias being used. Page 123
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CLASS_SYSTEM_ALIAS

SW_APPLICATION_ID VARCHAR2 20 R_SW_APPLICATION APPLICATION NAME: The name of the software application that uses this alias.
Page 124
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CLASS_SYSTEM_XREF

CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM CROSS REFERENCE: Use this table to capture the relationships between classification systems, such as replacements, enhancements, or
systems with more (or less) detail.
information.
CLASSIFICATION_SYSTEM_ID2 Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CLASS_SYSTEM CLASSIFICATION: SYSTEM: Identifies and describes the classification system
information.
EQUIV_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM EQUIVALENCE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier
for the equivalance between two classification systems.
active.
SYSTEM_XREF_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_CLASS_SYST_XREF_TYPE EQUIVALENCE TYPE: Use this table to indicate types of equivalence between
classification systems. For example, you may indicate that a classification system is
approximately the same, or that one is a newer version of another.
Page 125
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CONSENT

CONSENT: Consents grant permission to conduct operations based on approval of what is done or proposed by another. Conditions, including actions to be taken or fees to
be paid, may or may not be applied against the consent. Could include road use agreements, trapper consents, land owner consents etc.
CONSENT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CONSENT IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the consent. Consents grant
active.
CONSENT_DESC VARCHAR2 240 CONSENT DESCSRIPTION: a short text description of the reason this consent is
sought or what the consent will achieve.
CONSENT_METHOD_DESC VARCHAR2 240 CONSENT METHOD: the form in which this consent was granted, such as
telephone, written, email etc.
CONSENT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_CONSENT_TYPE CONSENT TYPE: the type of consent sought, such as proximity consent, crossing
consent, trapper consent, road use agreement.
CURRENT_STATUS VARCHAR2 20 R_CONSENT_STATUS CURRENT CONSENT STATUS: the current status of this consent such as
approved, pending, denied, waiting for report etc.
RECEIVE_DATE DATE 7 RECEIVE DATE: the date that the consent was received.
REQUEST_DATE DATE 7 REQUEST DATE: the date that the consent was requested
STATUS_REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 STATUS REMARK: Narrative remarks about this consent status.,
Page 126
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CONSENT_BA

CONSENT BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: This table is added to allow people or companies to be associated with the consent. These people or companies may be validated
against the business associates table or simple stored in an unvalidated column depending what you need to do with the data.
CONSENT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CONSENT LAND RIGHT CONSENT: Consents grant permission to conduct operations based
on approval of what is done or proposed by another. Conditions, including actions to
be taken or fees to be paid, may or may not be applied against the consent.
CONSENT_BA_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P CONSENT BA IDENTIFIER: a unique identifier added to allow people or
companies to be associated with the consent. These people or companies may be
validated against the business associates table or simple stored in an unvalidated
column depending what you need to do with the data.
active.
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: unique identifier for the business associate who is
involved with the consent. This column and FK are optional, if desired this validated
column may be used or an unvalidated column (FULL NAME) may be used instead.
DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 2000 DESCRIPTION: Narrative description about the role played by a business associate
in the consent.
FULL_NAME VARCHAR2 255 FULL NAME: unvalidated column to allow associations between persons and
companies that are not in the BA table.
ROLE VARCHAR2 20 R_CONSENT_BA_ROLE CONSENT BUSINESS ASSOCIATE ROLE: Describes the role played by a
business associate in obtaining a consent, such as signing authority, chief negotiator
etc.
Page 127
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CONSENT_COMPONENT

CONSENT COMPONENT: use this table to associate the land rights, seismic sets, facilities, support facilities etc that are affected by the consent.
COMPONENT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CONSENT COMPONENT IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for a component
associated with a consent. These components may be associated with the consent in
general or with a specific condition of the consent.
active.
APPLICATION_ID VARCHAR2 20 APPLICATION APPLICATION IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the application that was made
pursuant to this consent.
etc.
BA_LICENSEE_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BA_LICENSE LICENSEE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFER: unique identifier for the
business associate to whom the license or approval has been granted.
BA_LICENSE_ID VARCHAR2 20 BA_LICENSE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE LICENSE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a license
or approval that is issued to a business associate to conduct operations.
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE
Page 128
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

information.
CONSENT_COMPONENT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_CONSENT_COMP_TYPE CONSENT COMPONENT TYPE: The type of component that this row of data is
associated with.
found in it.
an organization.
working for it.
table.
FACILITY_ID VARCHAR2 20 FACILITY_LICENSE FACILITY ID: Number or code uniquely identifying the Facility.
FACILITY
FACILITY_LICENSE_ID VARCHAR2 20 FACILITY_LICENSE FACILITY LICENSE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a license or approval
issued for a facility.
FACILITY_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 FACILITY_LICENSE FACILITY TYPE: A reference table identifying the codes classifying the facility
FACILITY according to its physical equipment or principal service performed.
Page 129
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

related incident.
obligation
that is captured.
PDEN_ID VARCHAR2 40 PDEN PRODUCTION ENTITY IDENTIFIER: An identifier that is unique within a Page 130
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

PROD_STRING_ID VARCHAR2 20 PROD_STRING STRING IDENTIFIER: Number or code uniquely identifying a production string
within a well.
PROD_STRING_SOURCE VARCHAR2 20 PROD_STRING SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated as the
reserves entity may be comprised of a single business object (such as a well) orPage
a 131
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

RESTRICTION_ID VARCHAR2 20 RESTRICTION RESTRICTION ID: Unique identifier for the restriction.
SEIS_LICENSE_ID VARCHAR2 20 SEIS_LICENSE SEISMIC LICENSE IDENTIFIER: license identifier for a license issued for seismc
operations.
SEIS_SET_ID VARCHAR2 20 SEIS_LICENSE SEISMIC SET: A seismic set is a super type of various types of seismic collections.
SEIS_SET Valid types of seismic sets include SEIS_LINE, SEIS_3D, SEIS_SEGMENT and
SEIS_SURVEY.
SEIS_SET_TYPE VARCHAR2 30 SEIS_LICENSE SEISMIC SET TYPE: The seismic set type column is used to enforce a relationship
SEIS_SET between the SEIS SET supertype and its valid sub types. Values for this column
description.
permitted to hold.
Page 132
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

Webster Online)
thesaurus.
UWI VARCHAR2 20 PROD_STRING UNIQUE WELL IDENTIFIER: A unique name, code or number designated as the
WELL_ACTIVITY primary key for this row.
WELL_LICENSE
WELL
WELL_LICENSE_ID VARCHAR2 20 WELL_LICENSE WELL LICENSE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the well license granted.
WELL_LICENSE_SOURCE VARCHAR2 20 WELL_LICENSE WELL LICENSE SOURCE: source of the well license data.
Page 133
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CONSENT_COND

CONSENT CONDITIONS: conditions that are attached to the consent, such as closing fences, making reports etc. Can result in an obligation to be fulfilled.
CONSENT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CONSENT_COMPONENT LAND RIGHT CONSENT: Consents grant permission to conduct operations based
CONSENT on approval of what is done or proposed by another. Conditions, including actions to
CONDITION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CONDITION IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the condition that has been
applied to the consent.
active.
COMPONENT_ID VARCHAR2 20 CONSENT_COMPONENT CONSENT COMPONENT IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for a component
associated with a consent. These components may be associated with the consent in
general or with a specific condition of the consent.
CONSENT_CONDITION VARCHAR2 20 R_CONSENT_CONDITION CONSENT CONDITION: A condition that has been imposed as a result of the
consent granted. Each condition is based on the condition type, so that a set of
conditions for road access may be kept seperate from conditions for dock usage.
CONSENT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_CONSENT_CONDITION CONSENT TYPE: the type of consent sought, such as proximity consent, crossing
consent, trapper consent, road use agreement.
Page 134
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CONSENT_REMARK

CONSENT REMARK: remarks about the consent and the process of obtaining it. Can be used to track progress notes and comments.
REMARK_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P REMARK IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the remark associated with the
consent.
active.
MADE_ABOUT_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE REMARK ABOUT BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: Identifier for the
business associate for whom this remark was made.
MADE_BY_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE REMARK MADE BY BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: unique identifier
for the business associate who made this remark.
MADE_FOR_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE MADE FOR BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: Identifier for the business
associate for whom this remark was made.
REMARK_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_CONSENT_REMARK CONSENT REMARK TYPE: a code classifying the remark or type of remark.
Page 135
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CONSULT

CONSULTATION: This table is used to capture the process of consultation through the life cycle of business objects (cradle to grave). Consultation often occurs in order to
develop agreements about how field operations should be undertaken and may involve E and P companies, regulatory agencies and various local organizations or residents.
CONSULT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CONSULTATION IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for this consultation as it
active.
COMPLETE_DATE DATE 7 COMPLETE DATE: the date that this consultation was completed.
CONSULT_REASON VARCHAR2 20 R_CONSULT_REASON CONSULTATION REASON: the reason the consultation has been undertaken.
Could be to obtain compliance with a specific regulation or to negotiate a contract
etc.
CONSULT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_CONSULT_TYPE CONSULTATION TYPE: A list of valid consultation types that are undertaken.
Could be for negotiating a benefits agreement, obtaining surface access, use of a
support facility etc.
PERIOD_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PERIOD_TYPE REFERENCE PERIOD TYPE: A reference table identifying the periods of time.
Possible values include DAY, MONTH, YEAR. Frequency with which a repeating
consultation must occur.
START_DATE DATE 7 START DATE: the date that this consultation started.
Page 136
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CONSULT_BA

CONSULTATION BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Use this table to keep track of all the parties involved in a consultation over time.
CONSULT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CONSULT CONSULTATION IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for this consultation as it
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for each business associate of any type
involved in this consultation.
active.
CONSULT_ROLE VARCHAR2 20 R_CONSULT_ROLE CONSULTATION BA ROLE: A list of valid roles that can be played by
participants in a consultation. Examples include counsil, observer, jurisdiction that
mandates the consultation etc.
REPRESENTED_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE REPRESENTED BUSINESS ASSOCIATE ID: The unique identifier for the
business associate who is represented in the disucssion.
Page 137
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CONSULT_COMPONENT

CONSULTATION COMPONENT: Use this table to track the business objects and other components that are related to a consultation, such as seismic to be shot, facilities to
be built, roads to be accessed etc.
COMPONENT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P COMPONENT IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for each row in the componet table.
Each row identifies a business object that is associated with this consultation.
active.
etc.
BA_LICENSEE_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BA_LICENSE BA LICENSE FOREIGN KEY: Foreign key for the business associate license that
is associated with the consultation.
BA_LICENSE_ID VARCHAR2 20 BA_LICENSE BA LICENSE FOREIGN KEY: Foreign key for the business associate license that
is associated with the consultation.
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE
equipment that exist are defined in the table EQUIPMENT. Page 138
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

information.
COMPONENT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_CONSULT_COMP_TYPE CONSULTATION COMPONENT TYPE: the type of component that is associated
with the consultation. Could be a land right, seismic set, contract, facility etc.
CONTRACT
found in it.
an organization.
working for it.
table.
FACILITY
FACILITY_LICENSE_ID VARCHAR2 20 FACILITY_LICENSE FACILITY LICENSE IDENTIFIER: Uniqe identifier for the facility license. Page 139
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

FIELD_STATION_ID NUMBER 10, 0 STRAT_FIELD_STATION FIELD STATION ID: unique identifier for the stratigraphic field station.
HSE_INCIDENT_ID VARCHAR2 20 HSE_INCIDENT INCIDENT IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for an health safety or environment
related incident.
LAND_SALE_JURISDICTION VARCHAR2 20 LAND_SALE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for the jurisdiction that is managing the
obligation
Page 140
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

that is captured.
PLATFORM_ID VARCHAR2 20 SF_PLATFORM PLATFORM IDENTIFIER: Unique number assigned to the offshore drilling
platform or onshore drilling pad.
PLATFORM_SOURCE VARCHAR2 20 SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated as the
within a well.
PROVISION_ID VARCHAR2 20 CONT_PROVISION PROVISION IDENTIFIER: Unique code identifying the provision in the contract.
(could be same as clause number e.g. 16 or entered as 16 even though clause is
actually numbered XVI - facilitates easier query)
Page 141
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

RESTRICTION_ID VARCHAR2 20 RESTRICTION RESTRICTION ID: Unique identifier for the surface restriction.
SEIS_LICENSE_ID VARCHAR2 20 SEIS_LICENSE SEISMIC LICENSE IDENTIFIER; Unique identifer for the seismic license.
SEIS_SURVEY.
SF_TYPE VARCHAR2 30 SF_PLATFORM SUPPORT FACILITY TYPE: The type of support facility that is described by this
SF_SUPPORT_FACILITY row of data. These values are managed by check constraint, and may only be the
description.
STORE_ID VARCHAR2 20 RM_DATA_STORE_STRUCTURE DATA STORE ID: Used to identify the kinds of items that a data store structurePage
is 142
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

permitted to hold.
Webster Online)
thesaurus.
WELL_LICENSE
WELL
WELL_LICENSE_ID VARCHAR2 20 WELL_LICENSE WELL LICENSE IDENTIFIER; Unique identifier for the well license.
WELL_LICENSE_SOURCE VARCHAR2 20 WELL_LICENSE WELL LICENSE SOURCE: part of the FK from WELL LICENSE.
Page 143
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CONSULT_DISC

CONSULTATION DISCUSSION: Use this table to keep track of the discussions that occur during a consultation. these discussions could be meetings, phone calls,
electronic communication, mail and so on.
DISCUSSION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P DISCUSSION IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for each discussion held during the
consultation.
active.
COMPLETE_DATE DATE 7 COMPLETE DATE: Date on which this discussion was complete.
DISCUSSION_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_CONSULT_DISC_TYPE CONSULTATION DISCUSSION TYPE: the nominal type of discussion that was
held, such as phone, mail, email, chat or in person.
START_DATE DATE 7 START DATE: the date that this discussion started.
Page 144
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CONSULT_DISC_BA

CONSULTATION DISCUSSION BUSINESS ASSOCIATES: Use this table to keep track of all the business associates who are involved in each discussion.
CONSULT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CONSULT_BA CONSULTATION IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for this consultation as it
CONSULT_DISC pertains to an activity or request for an activity. Consultation discussions may occur
DISCUSSION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CONSULT_DISC DISCUSSION IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for each discussion held during the
consultation.
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CONSULT_BA BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for each business associate of any type
involved in this consultation.
active.
ATTEND_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_CONSULT_ATTEND_TYPE CONSULTATION ATTENDANCE TYPE: the type of attendance at a discussion,
such as regrets, in person, by phone connection, represented in written document etc.
END_DATE DATE 7 END DATE: the last date that this BA attended the discussion.
START_DATE DATE 7 START DATE: date that the BA first attended this discussion.
Page 145
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CONSULT_DISC_ISSUE

CONSULTATION DISCUSSION ISSUE: Use this table to keep track of the issues that are rasied as part of the consultation, and the discussions at which these were
reviewed or resolved etc.
CONSULT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CONSULT_DISC CONSULTATION IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for this consultation as it
CONSULT_ISSUE pertains to an activity or request for an activity. Consultation discussions may occur
DISCUSSION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CONSULT_DISC DISCUSSION IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for each discussion held during the
consultation.
DETAIL_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CONSULT_ISSUE DETAIL IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for an issue or detail record for the
consultation.
active.
Page 146
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CONSULT_ISSUE

CONSULTATION ISSUE: this table is used to track details about the consultation process. Each row may relate to the entire consultation or to a specific discussion related
to that consultation and identifies and issue and its resolution.
DETAIL_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P DETAIL IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for each detail relevant to the
consultation.
active.
DETAIL_DESC VARCHAR2 240 DETAIL DESCRIPTION: textual comments about the details of this consultation or
discussion.
DISCUSSION_ID VARCHAR2 20 DISCUSSION IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for each discussion held during the
consultation.
ISSUE_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_CONSULT_ISSUE_TYPE CONSULTATION DETAIL TYPE: A list of valid consultation detail types. Details
may include the results of discussions, issues that are raised or resolved etc.
REMARK_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_REMARK_TYPE REFERENCE REMARK TYPE: A reference table describing remark types. This is
an open reference table commonly used to categorize remarks.
RESOLUTION VARCHAR2 20 R_CONSULT_RESOLUTION CONSULTATION RESOLUTION: a valid type of resolution to an issue raised in
consultation, such as built fence, purchase equipment, provide training. Generally,
the results of these consultations become conditions on a license or approval.
Page 147
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CONSULT_XREF

CONSULTATION CROSS REFERENCE: this table is used to track relationships between consultations. Some consultations are associated with each other because of
regulatory issues, others may be annual iterations of a master consultation and others may supplement or replace consultations.
CONSULT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CONSULT CONSULTATION IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the consultation
CONSULT_ID2 Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CONSULT CONSULTATION IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the consultation
active.
CONSULT_XREF_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_CONSULT_XREF_TYPE CONSULTATION CROSS REFERENCE TYPE: the type of consultation
relationship that exists. For example, a consultation may be a component of a larger
consultation project, or can replace or supplement another consultation.
Page 148
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CONT_ACCOUNT_PROC

CONTRACT ACCOUNTING PROCEDURE: The accounting procedure defines those terms and conditions that must be adhered to by all business assoicates having a
working interest in the lands convered by the contract. Accounting Procudures may be industry standard forms (e.g. PASC 1988 or COPAS 1986) or unique to a contract
CONTRACT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CONTRACT CONTRACT ID: Unique identifier for the contract table.
ACCOUNT_PROC_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R_ACCOUNT_PROC_TYPE ACCOUNTING PROCEDURE TYPE: The type of accounting procedure,
especially in the case where a standard accounting procedure is used. (e.g. PASC
1988 or COPAS 1986)
ACCOUNT_PROC_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P ACCOUNTING PROCEDURE OBSERVATION NUMBER: A sequence number
added to allow more than one occurance of an accounting procedure to be stored for
a contract. The ACTIVE IND is used to flag the procedure that is currently in use.
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: a yes / no flag indicating that an accounting procedure is
the current one being used.
ADVANCE_PERCENT NUMBER 15, 12 ADVANCE PERCENT: the percent of total holdings that must be represented for an
operatorto be granted an advance on upcoming expenses on behalf of the joint
account.
EFFECTIVE_DATE DATE 7 EFFECTIVE DATE: The date on which the accounting procedure became effective.
EXPIRY_DATE DATE 7 EXPIRY DATE: the date on which the accounting procedure ceased to be in effect.
INVENTORY_PERIOD NUMBER 3, 0 INVENTORY PERIOD: The interval expressed as the frequency in number of years
in which periodic inventory is performed for the joint account on controllable
material.
INVENTORY_PERIOD_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE INVENTORY PERIOD ORIGINAL UNITS OF MEASURE: the unit of measure
for the original contractual agreement for the taking of inventory. (e.g. years,
months) Default UOM is tracked in PPDM COLUMN.
MATERIAL_SALE_LIMIT NUMBER 12, 2 SALE OF MATERIALS LIMIT: the cost of materials that may be sold without the
consent of partners. Any sale of material in excess of this amount requires approval
of the partners.
QUORUM_COUNT NUMBER 5, 1 QUORUM COUNT: the minimum number of business associates (partners)
required for approvals under the accounting procedure. (e.g. 2 or more business
associates totalling 50% or more)
QUORUM_PERCENT NUMBER 15, 12 QUORUM PERCENT: the percent of participants who must be represented for
quorum to exist.
REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 REMARK: narrative remarks about the contract accounting procedure.
Page 149
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CONT_ACCOUNT_PROC

Page 150
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CONT_ALIAS

CONTRACT ALIAS: a contract reference number related to another business associates internal contract reference.
ALIAS_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CONTRACT ALIAS ID: the identifier for the alias of the contract.
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: a yes / no flag indicating whether the alias for the contract
is currently valid or in use.
ALIAS_FULL_NAME VARCHAR2 255 ALIAS NAME: name or code that the contract is known by.
EFFECTIVE_DATE DATE 7 EFFECTIVE DATE: the date on which the alias became effective for the contract.
EXPIRY_DATE DATE 7 EXPIRY DATE: The date on which the contract alias is no longer valid, or is no
longer in use.
OWNER_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE ALIAS OWNER: the business associate who is the owner of the alias or alternate
identifier for the contract.
name or code.
Page 151
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CONT_ALIAS

Page 152
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CONT_ALLOW_EXPENSE

CONTRACT ALLOWABLE EXPENSE: an amount or percent or description of a type of expense(s) that are agreed to and usually derived from the accounting procedure.
CONTRACT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CONT_ACCOUNT_PROC CONTRACT ID: Unique identifier for the contract table.
CONTRACT
ALLOW_EXPENSE_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R_ALLOWABLE_EXPENSE ALLOWABLE EXPENSE TYPE: the type of an expense allowed to be charged to
the joint interest account by the operator
ALLOW_EXPENSE_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P ALLOWABLE EXPENSE OBSERVATION NUMBER: A unique identifier added
to allow an expense to be allowable off and on throughout the life time of a contract.
Use the ACTIVE IND to determine which expenses are currently allowable.
ACCOUNT_PROC_OBS_NO NUMBER 8, 0 CONT_ACCOUNT_PROC ACCOUNTING PROCEDURE OBS NO: Unique number added to allow
procedures of the same type to be re-used.
ACCOUNT_PROC_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 CONT_ACCOUNT_PROC ACCOUNTING PROCEDURE TYPE: The type of accounting procedure,
1988 or COPAS 1986)
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: A yes / no flag indicating whether the allowable expense is
currently active or allowed.
ALLOW_PERCENT NUMBER 15, 12 ALLOWABLE PERCENT: a percentage of the total dollars for a specified
allowable expense to be charged to the joint interest account by the operator.
ALLOW_PERCENT_QUALIFIER VARCHAR2 20 ALLOWABLE PERCENT QUALIFIER: A qualifier to indicate a
maximum/minimum percentage to be charged to the joint account by the operator.
(e.g. not to exceed, less than, etc.)
CURRENCY_CONVERSION NUMBER 10, 5 CURRENCY CONVERSION: the currency conversion factor for the original units
of currency at the time of the contract.
CURRENCY_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE CURRENCY ORIGINAL UNITS OF MEASURE: The units of measure used to
define the currency in the original contract. This value, when multiplied by the
factor in the CURRENCY CONVERSION column, will produce the original value
of the currency at the time the contract was signed.
EFFECTIVE_DATE DATE 7 EFFECTIVE DATE: date on which the expense was allowable for the contract.
EXPENSE_FREQUENCY NUMBER 5, 2 EXPENSE FREQUENCY: the frequency or interval in which an expense may be
claimed, such as annually, monthly etc.
EXPENSE_FREQUENCY_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE EXPENSE FREQUENCY ORIGINAL UNITS OF MEASURE: The original units
of measure (years, months) for the expense frequency; usually the frequency is
defined in the contract. The default storage unit of measure is defined in PPDM
COLUMN.
EXPENSE_RATE NUMBER 12, 2 EXPENSE RATE: a dollar rate associated with a frequency for a specified allowable
expense to be charged to the joint interest account by the operator.
EXPENSE_RATE_QUALIFIER VARCHAR2 20 EXPENSE RATE QUALIFIER: A qualifier to indicate a threshold amount to be
charged to the joint account for a specified allowable expense. (e.g. not to exceed
$3000.00, etc.)
EXPIRY_DATE DATE 7 EXPIRY DATE: The date on which the allowable expense ceased to be valid to be
charged to the joint account by the operator.
Page 153
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CONT_ALLOW_EXPENSE

INELIGIBLE_IND VARCHAR2 1 INELIGIBLE INDICATOR: a yes / no flag indicating that the listed expense has
been declared ineligible by the terms of the contract.
REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 REMARK: narrative remark about the allowable expense.
Page 154
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CONT_AREA

CONTRACT AREA: Use this table to list the areas into which a contract falls. Note that the list may contain geographic overlaps and jurisdicational or regulatory overlaps.
AREA_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P AREA AREA IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for an area, such as a country, province,
state, county, district, area of interest etc.
AREA_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P AREA AREA TYPE: Unique identifer for the type of area, such as COUNTY, PROVINCE
or STATE.
active.
Page 155
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CONT_BA

CONTRACT BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: This table lists all the business associates involved in a contract and describes their role in contract creation, management or
termination.
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for the busienss associate who is
involved with the contract.
ROLE_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P ROLE OBSERVATION NUMBER: unique identifier for the role played by a
business associate.
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: A yes / no flag indicating that this is currently a valid type
of a contract. (e.g. Y if contract is Pending, executed or unexecuted or N if
Cancelled or Terminated)
BA_ROLE VARCHAR2 20 R_CONT_BA_ROLE CONTRACT BUSINESS ASSOCIATE ROLE: A role that is played by a business
associate for the support of a contract.
REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 REMARK: narrative remark about the type of a specified contract. (e.g. if there is
something unusual about associating a particular contract with a contract type)
Page 156
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CONT_BA_SERVICE

CONTRACT BUSINESS ASSOCIATE SERVICE: A cross reference table allowing services provided by a business associate for the management or maintenance of the
contract. This table should not be used to track partners.
CONTRACT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CONT_PROVISION CONTRACT ID: Unique identifier for the contract table.
CONTRACT
PROVIDED_BY Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business associate, such as a
SERVICE_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P SERVICE SEQUENCE NUMBER: unique number indicating the service that was
provided
active or valid.
BA_SERVICE_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_BA_SERVICE_TYPE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE SERVICE TYPE: A valid list of services for a business
CONTACT_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE CONTACT BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the
business associate who is the contact for this service.
DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 2000 DESCRIPTION: text description of the service that was provided.
ORIGINAL_PARTY_NAME VARCHAR2 240 ORIGINAL PARTY NAME: The name of party as it was when the service was
provided, in text form.
RATE_SCHEDULE_ID VARCHAR2 20 RATE_SCHEDULE RATE AND FEE SCHEDULE: A schedule for payments as set up by a business
are often used to administer the rates for rentals or for services provided. .
REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 REMARK: a text description about the service provided by a Business Associate for
a contract.
SERVICE_QUALITY VARCHAR2 20 R_SERVICE_QUALITY SERVICE QUALITY: The quality of service provided by this BUSINESS
ASSOCIATE, either for a specified address, a service or a service at an address.
Page 157
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CONT_BA_SERVICE

Page 158
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CONT_EXEMPTION

CONTRACT EXEMPTION: Describes which business associates are exempt from specific contractual obligations or other provisions.
CONTRACT
EXEMPTION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CONTRACT EXEMPTION IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the contract
exemption.
active.
EXEMPTION_DESC VARCHAR2 240 EXEMPTION DESCRIPTION: textual description of the exemption.
PROVISION_ID VARCHAR2 20 CONT_PROVISION PROVISION ID: unique identifier for a contract provision
REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 REMARK: narrative comments or remarks about the exemption.
Page 159
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CONT_EXTENSION

CONTRACT EXTENSION: this table is used to describe extensions beyond the primary term that are granted to an contract. In some cases, these are granted through a
application process (LR CONT APPLICATION) and in some cases they are granted automatically.
EXTENSION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CONTRACT EXTENSION IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the contract
extension.
active.
DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 240 DESCRIPTION: Textual description of the extension.
EXTENSION_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_CONT_EXTEND_TYPE CONTRACT EXTENSION TYPE: the type of extension that has been granted for
the contract. May be based on production status, statute, contract conditions etc.
ISSUED_BY VARCHAR2 20 ISSUED BY: The business associate who issued the extension.
ISSUED_DATE DATE 7 ISSUED DATE: The date that the extension was issued.
valid subtypes: LAND TITLE, LAND LEASE, LAND GRANTED RIGHT, LAND
UNIT, LAND UNIT TRACT, LAND AGREEMENT, LAND AGREE PART.
Page 160
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CONT_JURISDICTION

CONTRACT JURISDICTION: a specified area determined by a governing agency, such as Alberta, Texas, Venezuela, municipalities or counties.
active.
Page 161
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CONT_KEY_WORD

CONTRACT KEY WORD: a searchable key word found in the contract.
PROVISION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CONT_PROVISION PROVISION ID: unique identifier for a contract provision
KEY_WORD Not Null VARCHAR2 60 P CONTRACT PROVISION KEY WORD: a searchable key word found in the
contract. Used to assist in data retrievals.
active or valid.
PAGE_REFERENCE VARCHAR2 20 PAGE REFERENCE: The page numbers on the original contract where the key
word is found.
Page 162
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CONT_MKTG_ELECT_SUBST

CONTRACT MARKETING ELECTION SUBSTANCE: the producing substance(s) to be marketed by the operator on behalf of the joint account.
CONTRACT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CONT_OPER_PROC CONTRACT ID: Unique identifier for the contract table.
OPERATING_PROCEDURE_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CONT_OPER_PROC OPERATING PROCEDURE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the operating
procedure.
SUBSTANCE_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P SUBSTANCE SUBSTANCE: scientifically refers to chemical element or compound occurring
naturally as a product of inorganic processes found beneath the earths surface and
possessing some commercial value.
SUBSTANCE_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P SUBSTANCE OBSERVATION NUMBER: A unique number allowing a substance
to be a marketing election substance off and on throughout the lifetime of the
contract. Use the ACTIVE IND to determine which rows of data are currently valid.
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: a yes / no flag indicating whether the sustance is currently
an allowed marketing election substance.
BOTH_IND VARCHAR2 1 BOTH INDICATOR: A yes / no flag indicating whether the election cost and the
election percent must be added to obtain the complete sum for the election. If set to
Y, they must be added. If set to N, only the populated column is relevant.
EFFECTIVE_DATE DATE 7 EFFECTIVE DATE: The date that an associated substance(s) was valid to be
marketed by the operator on behalf of the joint account.
ELECTION_COST NUMBER 12, 2 ELECTION COST: an amount or fee associated with a specified business associate
election (e.g. marketing fee is equal to a specified flat fee of M3 production of
natural gas liquids - CAPL 1990 Operating Procedure)
ELECTION_COST_QUALIFIER VARCHAR2 20 ELECTION COST QUALIFIER: a restriction on the amount to be charged for
marketing substances on behalf of a business associate by the operator. (e.g. not to
exceed, etc.)
ELECTION_PERCENT NUMBER 15, 12 ELECTION PERCENT: a percentage marketing fee to be charged by the operator
on all production produced on behalf of a business associate not taking produced
substance in kind.
ELECTION_PERCENT_QUALIFIER VARCHAR2 20 ELECTION PERCENT QUALIFIER: a restriction on the percentage of the
marketing fee to be charged on produced substance(s) by the operator. (e.g. not to
exceed, etc.)
SUBSTANCE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE SUBSTANCE ORIGINAL UNITS OF MEASURE: the original units of measure
declared for the substance in the contract. (e.g. contract may state bbls.)
SUBSTANCE_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE SUBSTANCE UOM: The current units of measure for a specified substance that is
being used in the conduct of business. (not indicated in contract) Page 163
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CONT_MKTG_ELECT_SUBST

Page 164
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CONT_OPER_PROC

CONTRACT OPERATING PROCEDURE: This table outlines the operating procedure defined in the contract. Specific clauses may be stored in the CONT PROVISION
TEXT table if desired.
OPERATING_PROCEDURE_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P OPERATING PROCEDURE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the operating
procedure.
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: a yes / no flag indicating whether this contract is currently
active.
ADJUST_13_MONTH_DESC VARCHAR2 240 13th MONTH ADJUSTMENT DESCRIPTION: A short description of the 13th
month adjustment allowed in the contract.
ADJUST_13_MONTH_IND VARCHAR2 1 13th MONTH ADJUSTMENT INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating whether the
contract allows a 13th month adjustment.
CASING_POINT_ELECTION VARCHAR2 20 CASING POINT ELECTION: A decision is made by all business associates at the
agreed objective depth ( either a specified depth or the depth at which a specific
zone is penetrated) whether or not they are participating in the costs associated with
setting a production string of casing. (Non-participation either creates a penalty
position or forfeiture of interest in the zone)
CLAIM_AMOUNT_LIMIT NUMBER 12, 2 CLAIM AMOUNT LIMIT: the limit on the amount that can be claimed under the
terms of this operating agreement.
CLAIM_AMOUNT_LIMIT_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE
DEV_PENALTY_COST NUMBER 12, 2 DEVELOPMENT PENALTY COST: The maximum amount of development costs
that are allowed for recovery by participants before non-participants can begin
sharing in future revenue and expenses of well.
DEV_PENALTY_COST_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE DEV_PENALTY_OUOM
DEV_PENALTY_PERCENT NUMBER 15, 12 DEVELOPMENT PENALTY PERCENT: The percentage penalty for
non-participation by one or more business associates for a development well. (i.e.
the participants are allowed to recover 300% of development costs before
non-participant can share in future revenue and expenses)
EQUIP_PENALTY_COST NUMBER 12, 2 EQUIPPING PENALTY COST: The penalty amount of equipping costs to be
recovered by participants for an independent operation, development or exploratory
well before non-participants are allowed to share in revenue and expenses for the
well.
EQUIP_PENALTY_COST_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE
EQUIP_PENALTY_PERCENT NUMBER 15, 12 EQUIPPING PENALTY PERCENT: The percentage penalty on equipping costs for
an independent operation, development or exploratory well to be recovered by
participants before non-participants share in revenue and expenses for the well.
(CAPL 71,74,81 is 100% and CAPL 90 is 200%)
business perspective. Page 165
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

EXPL_PENALTY_COST NUMBER 12, 2 EXPLORATORY PENALTY COST: The maximum amount allowed to be
recovered on an exploratory well by the participants before non-participants are
allowed to share in revenue and expenses on the well.
EXPL_PENALTY_COST_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNITS OF MEASURE
EXPL_PENALTY_PERCENT NUMBER 15, 12 EXPLORATORY WELL PENALTY: The percentage penalty for non-participation
in an exploratory well by a business associate for the recovery of costs by
participants before non-participant(s) are allowed to share in revenue and expenses
of the well. (e.g. CAPL 71 is 400%)
INFLATION_ADJUSTMENT_IND VARCHAR2 1 INFLATION ADJUSTMENT INDICATOR: A yes / no flag indicating that the
contract is subject to inflation adjustment. Part of the operating procedure.
INSURANCE_ELECTION VARCHAR2 20 R_CONT_INSUR_ELECT INSURANCE ELECTION: All parties of the contract agree that they are self
insured, and additional coverage is not necessary. This means that if there is an
actionable problem during operations, the operator may be required to pay own legal
costs without recourse to reimbursement.
MKTG_FEE_ELECT_COST NUMBER 12, 2 MARKETING FEE ELECTION: This flag indicates whether alternate A or B of an
article is applicable. (A= flat percentage marketing fee on all production produced
on behalf of business associate not taking in kind and B= percentage or fee based on
various substances produced on behalf of a business associate not taking in kind (i.e.
fee would vary depending on the substance produced.)
MKTG_FEE_ELECT_COST_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE
MKTG_FEE_ELECT_PERCENT NUMBER 15, 12 MARKETING FEE ELECTION PERCENT: The percent that is associated with this
marketing fee election.
NAT_CURRENCY_CONVERSION NUMBER 10, 5 NATIONAL CURRENCY CONVERSION: The conversion rate required to convert
the stored currency to the national currency using the conversion rate at the time the
contract was in effect. This value is relevant for all contract rows subordinate to this
one.
NAT_CURRENCY_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE NATIONAL CURRENCY UNITS OF MEASURE: The units of measure for the
national currency.
OPERATING_PROCEDURE_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_CONT_OPERATING_PROC OPERATING PROCEDURE CODE: the version of a standard operating procedure
that you are using.
RECOG_ON_ASSIGNMENT_IND VARCHAR2 1 RECOGNITION ON ASSIGNMENT: A flag to determine when the assignee is
recognized as a party to the operating agreement. (e.g. A=assignment/novation
totally executed or B= assignment/novation deemed executed after 90 days unless
within the 90 days a party registers an objection. (e.g. CAPL 90)
ROFR_IND VARCHAR2 1 RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL INDICATOR: A yes / no flag indicating that there is
a right of first refusal associated with this contract. (N=consent cannot be
unreasonably held and Y=right to exercise right of first refusal) Right of first refusal
for assignment, sale or disposition of interest.
ROFR_REPLY_TERM NUMBER 5, 0 RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL TERM: the period of time given for response to Page
be 166
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

made in the event the ROFR is offered to a business associate in the contract.
ROFR_REPLY_TERM_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL REPLY TERM ORIGINAL UNITS OF MEASURE:
the original units of storage for the reply term as stated in the contract. (e.g. days,
weeks, months or years)
STATUTE_LIMIT_PERIOD NUMBER 4, 0 STATUTE OF LIMITATIONS PERIOD: the applicable period of statue of
llimitations.
STATUTE_LIMIT_PERIOD_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE STATUTE PERIOD LIMITATIONS UNIT OF MEASURE
SURRENDER_NOTICE NUMBER 4, 0 SURRENDER NOTICE PERIOD: The period when notification must be served to
surrender an interest in joint holdings.
SURRENDER_NOTICE_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNIT OF MEASURE
TITLE_PRESERVE_DESC VARCHAR2 240 TITLE PRESERVE DESCRIPTION: A clause in the operating procedure in which
title prserving provisions are outlined under independant operations. This is a textual
description, such as the shorter of 1/6 of the term of the joint lands or 365 days when
the operating procedure type is CAPL 1974.
UNAUTHORIZED_AMOUNT NUMBER 12, 2 UNATHORIZED AMOUNT: the amount that can be spent under the terms of this
agreement without serving notice or voting on the expenditure.
UNAUTHORIZED_AMOUNT_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE
Page 167
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CONT_PROVISION

CONTRACT PROVISION: an article or clause that introduces a condition or term which the fulfillment of an agreement depends (provides operational and/or earning
requirements)
PROVISION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PROVISION IDENTIFIER: Unique code identifying the provision in the contract.
active or valid.
CLAUSE_HEADING VARCHAR2 100 CLAUSE HEADING: The heading for a distinct article in a formal document.
CLAUSE_NUMBER VARCHAR2 20 CLAUSE NUMBER: the number assigned to a distinct article in the formal
document. (e.g. 16, XVI,11(a))
CONT_PROVISION_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_CONT_PROVISION_TYPE CONT PROVISION TYPE: A provision that is attached to the contract.
EFFECTIVE_DATE DATE 7 EFFECTIVE DATE: The date that the provision came into effect, if different from
the effective date of the contract.
MODIFIED_IND VARCHAR2 1 MODIFIED IND: An indicator field that shows if the contract provision has been
changed.
PROVISION_DESC VARCHAR2 240 PROVISION DESCRIPTION: A general description of the provision. The full text
content may be input to CONT PROVISION TEXT. (e.g. could be description of the
intent of the clause)
Page 168
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CONT_PROVISION_TEXT

CONTRACT PROVISION TEXT: the actual text used in the distinct article in the formal document.
PROVISION_TEXT_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P PROVISION TEXT SEQUENCE NUMBER: A number used to order the rows for
the provision text.
active or valid.
PROVISION_TEXT VARCHAR2 240 PROVISION TEXT: A 240 character record of the text of the provision. When more
than one row of text is required, use the SEQ NO to order the rows.
REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 REMARK: a text remark related to the provision text. (could be used to describe the
intent of the provision)
Page 169
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CONT_PROVISION_XREF

CONTRACT PROVISION CROSS REFERENCE: tracks relationships between distinct articles in the formal document. (one proviso fulfillment relies on another proviso)
CONTRACT_ID_2 Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CONT_PROVISION CONTRACT ID: Unique identifier for the contract table.
PROVISION_ID_2 Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CONT_PROVISION PROVISION IDENTIFIER: Unique code identifying the provision in the contract.
active.
EFFECTIVE_DATE DATE 7 EFFECITVE DATE: The date on which the reference between the contract and
provision(s) became effective.
EXPIRY_DATE DATE 7 EXPIRY DATE: The date on which the reference between contract and a
provision(s) was no longer in effect.
PROVISION_XREF_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_CONT_PROV_XREF_TYPE CONTRACT PROVISION CROSS REFERENCE TYPE: reason why the contract
provisions are reference, such as when an stipulation in one contract overrides
another stipulation, or to refer to other relevant information.
REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 REMARK: narrative remarks about the relationship between the contract provisions.
Page 170
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CONT_REMARK

CONTRACT REMARK: a text description to record general comments on the contract tracking when remark was made, who is the author and the type of remark.
REMARK_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P REMARK ID: unique identifier for the remark about the contract.
remark.
active.
contract.
Page 171
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CONT_STATUS

CONTRACT STATUS: This table may be used to track the status of the contract as it changes over time. Various types of statuses may be captured, such as the operating
status, financial status or legal status.
active.
CONTRACT_STATUS VARCHAR2 20 R_CONT_STATUS CONTRACT STATUS TYPE: valid value for the type of status for the contract,
such as working status, legal status etc.
CONTRACT_STATUS_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_CONT_STATUS_TYPE CONTRACT STATUS TYPE: valid value for the type of status for the contract,
such as working status, legal status etc.
Page 172
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CONT_TYPE

CONTRACT TYPE: List of valid types for a specific contract, such as pooling agreement, joint venture, joint operating agreement, farm-out, etc.
CONTRACT_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R_CONT_TYPE CONTRACT TYPE: List of valid types of contract, such as pooling agreement, joint
venture, joint operating agreement, farm-out.
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: A yes / no flag indicating that this is currently a valid type
of a contract. (e.g. Y if contract is Pending, executed or unexecuted or N if
Cancelled or Terminated)
REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 REMARK: narrative remark about the type of a specified contract. (e.g. if there is
something unusual about associating a particular contract with a contract type)
Page 173
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CONT_VOTING_PROC

CONTRACT VOTING PROCEDURE: The table outlines the voting procedure set forth in a contract.
VOTING_PROCEDURE_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P VOTING PROCEDURE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the voting procedure.
active.
DEFEAT_COUNT NUMBER 4, 0 DEFEAT COUNT: the number of negative otes that must be received in order to
defeat a vote.
DEFEAT_PERCENT NUMBER 15, 12 DEFEAT PERCENT: The percent of votes that must be received in the negative to
defeat a vote.
INTEREST_PERCENT NUMBER 15, 12 PERCENT INTEREST: the percentage of interest that must be represented in order
for a vote to be passed or defeated - similar to quorum except that this represents
interest, rather than number of parties.
NO_VOTE_RESPONSE VARCHAR2 20 R_CONT_VOTE_RESPONSE NO VOTE RESPONSE: In the event that a response is not received from a party,
the response that is deemed to have been made. May be Postive or Negative, agree
or disagree, for or against etc.
QUORUM_COUNT NUMBER 4, 0 QUORUM COUNT: The number of voters who must be represented to achieve
quorum.
RESPONSE_PERIOD NUMBER 5, 2 RESPONSE PERIOD: The time that participants have to respond to the vote.
RESPONSE_PERIOD_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE RESPONSE PERIOD UNIT OF MEASURE
VOTE_PROCEDURE_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_CONT_VOTE_TYPE CONTRACT VOTING PROCEDURE TYPE: The type of voting procedure that is
captured, such as general operations, enlargment, exhibits.
ROW_QUALITY VARCHAR2 20 R_PPDM_ROW_QUALITY PPDM ROW QUALILTY: A set of values indicating the quality of data in this Page
row, 174
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CONT_VOTING_PROC

Page 175
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CONT_XREF

CONTRACT CROSS REFERENCE: this table may be used to track relationships between contracts. Under certain conditions, a new contract may supercede, govern or
replace another contract. Clauses or conditions in some contracts may clarify, define, elaborate on or specify the operation of clauses on another contract.
CONTRACT_ID_2 Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CONTRACT CONTRACT ID: Unique identifier for the contract table.
active.
CONTRACT_XREF_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_CONT_XREF_TYPE REFERENCE CONTRACT CROSS REFERENCE TYPE: The type of relationship
between two contracts, such as supercedence or governing relationship.
EFFECTIVE_DATE DATE 7 EFFECTIVE DATE: The date on which the relationship between the contracts
became effective.
EXPIRY_DATE DATE 7 EXPIRY DATE: the date on which the relationship between the contracts was no
longer valid.
ORDER_OF_SUPERCEDENCE VARCHAR2 20 ORDER OF SUPERCEDENCE: The numerical order of relationships between
contracts (e.g.a pooling agreement that is superceded by a farm-out agreement).
Page 176
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CONTEST

LAND RIGHT CONTESTED: representation of information about contested land rights. Contestation may be internal (within a country) or external (between countries).
Summary information about the cause and resolution of each contest may be tracked. In support of the business requriements, land contests are associated only with land
rights - they cannot be described as an independant entity. If business requirements exist for more detailed and complete information about land contests, additional modeling
will be required.
CONTEST_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CONTEST ID: Unique identifier to track a contestment between companies,
active.
END_DATE DATE 7 END DATE: Date contest was resolved
LR_CONTEST_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_CONTEST_TYPE R LR CONTEST TYPE: The type of contest over land ownership or rights dispute.
REASON VARCHAR2 2000 REASON: Text description of dispute
RESOLUTION_DATE DATE 7 RESOLUTION DATE: the date on which this contest was resolved.
RESOLUTION_METHOD VARCHAR2 20 R_CONTEST_RESOLUTION CONTEST RESOLUTION METHOD: the method used to arrive at the resolution
of the land right contest, such as binding arbitration, court ruling, mutual accord etc.
RESOLUTION_REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 RESOLUTION: Text description of resolution e.g. war, world court arbitration,
guided missile, elimination of contestor, law suit,
START_DATE DATE 7 START DATE: Start date of dispute
Page 177
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CONTEST_COMPONENT

CONTEST COMPONENT: the business objects that are associated with a contest.
CONTEST_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CONTEST CONTEST IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the legal contest.
COMPONENT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P COMPONENT IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the record describing what
business objects such as land rights or wells are associated with a legal contest.
active.
etc.
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE
information.
Page 178
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

CONTEST_COMPONENT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_CONTEST_COMP_TYPE CONTEST COMPONENT TYPE: The type of component association for this row
of data.
found in it.
an organization.
working for it.
table.
related incident.
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

obligation
that is captured.
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

within a well.
SEIS_SURVEY.
Page 181
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

description.
permitted to hold.
Webster Online)
thesaurus.
WELL
Page 182
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

Page 183
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CONTEST_PARTY

CONTEST PARTY: tracks the parties (Business Associates) who are involved with the contest. Parties may be litigators, defendants, plaintiffs, contractors or consultants,
companies etc.
CONTEST_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CONTEST CONTEST ID: Unique identifier to track a contestment between companies,
BA_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P LR CONTEST PARTY OBSERVATION NUMBER: unique identifier added to
enable a Business Associate to have more than one role in the LR CONTEST.
active.
EFFECTIVE_DATE DATE 7 EFFECTIVE DATE: the date that the party became involved with the contest in the
role defined.
PARTY_ROLE VARCHAR2 20 R_CONTEST_PARTY_ROLE CONTEST PARTY ROLE: the role the party played in the contest, such as
mediator, plaintiff, defendant, arbitrator etc.
Page 184
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CONTEST_REMARK

CONTEST REMARK: narrative remarks about the contest.
CONTEST_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CONTEST CONTEST ID: Unique identifier to track a contestment between companies,
REMARK_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P REMARK IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the remark.
active or valid.
MADE_BY VARCHAR2 30 MADE BY: unvalidated name of the person who made the remark.
REMARK_DATE DATE 7 REMARK DATE: the date that the remark was made.
REMARK_SEQ_NO NUMBER 8, 0 REMARK SEQUENCE NUMBER: a unique sequencer added to allow long
comments to be added and retrieved in the correct sequence.
comments, well comments, deficiencies, rental billing comments,
Page 185
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CONTRACT

CONTRACT: a binding agreement between two or more parties for the express purpose of sharing risk with associated revenue and expenses in a exploitation or exploration
undertaking or the joint building of a oil and gas production facility. An agreement for exploration or expoitation is always associated with substance(s) and zone(s) which
have been granted by the mineral rights owner.
CONTRACT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CONTRACT ID: Unique identifier for the contract table.
active.
AMI_AOE_IND VARCHAR2 1 AREA OF MUTUAL INTEREST OR AREA OF EXCLUSION INDICATOR:
indicates that this contract is subject to an AREA OF MUTUAL INTEREST OR
AN AREA OF EXCLUSION. The type of contract is found in the CONTRACT
TYPE table. This denormallized value is added for query performance.
ASSIGNMENT_PROC_IND VARCHAR2 1 ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE INDICATOR: A yes / no flag indicating that an
industry standard assignment procedure is allowed to be used by current parties in
the contract to assign interests in the contract which greatly reduces the cycle time of
business associate recognition in a contract. (i.e. only signatures of assignor and
assignee are required with c.c. to all other current parties in the master agreement)
(This is currently only used in Canada, Notice of Assignment Procedure)
CASING_POINT_ELECTION VARCHAR2 20 CASING POINT ELECTION: A decision is made by all business associates at the
agreed objective depth ( either a specified depth or the depth at which a specific
zone is penetrated) whether or not they are participating in the costs associated with
setting a production string of casing. (Non-participation either creates a penalty
position or forfeiture of interest in the zone)
CLOSING_DATE DATE 7 CLOSING DATE: the date at which an agreement was conummated by performing
something previously agreed upon. (used in Purchase and Sale Agreements)
CONFIDENTIAL_IND VARCHAR2 1 CONFIDENTIAL INDICATOR: a yes/no flag indicating that the contract is
considered confidential.
CONTRACT_NAME VARCHAR2 100 CONTRACT NAME: The full name of the contract as it appears on the formal
document.
CONTRACT_NUM VARCHAR2 20 CONTRACT NUMBER: the primary or usually accessed file number assigned to
the contract. Alternate name and numbers reside in the CONT ALIAS table.
COUNTRY VARCHAR2 20 Z_R_COUNTRY REFERENCE COUNTRY: A reference table identifying a division of land, political
nation or territory. For example Austria, Canada, United Kingdom, USA, Venezula.
CURRENCY_CONVERSION NUMBER 10, 5 CURRENCY CONVERSION RATE: the rate of conversion so that the stored
currency value multiplied by the conversion rate will obtain the currency in the
original units of measure at the time of conversion. This conversion rate is valid for
all subordinate tables as well.
CURRENCY_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE CURRENCY ORIGINAL UNITS OF MEASURE: the original units of measure for
the contract. The default storage UOM is tracked in PPDM COLUMN.
EFFECTIVE_DATE DATE 7 EFFECTIVE DATE: the date on which the contract was first in effect.
Page 186
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

EXTENSION_CONDITION VARCHAR2 20 R_CONT_EXTEND_COND EXTENSION CONDITION: The method by which the contract may be managed or
extended over its life time. For example, a contract may be held by production, held
for the life of the lease, evergreen (goes year to year until one party terminates) or
must be renegotiated at the end of the primary term. In some cases, specific
conditions must be met for the contract to extend past the primary term.
GOVERNING_CONTRACT_IND VARCHAR2 1 GOVERNING CONTRACT INDICATOR: a yes / no flag indicating that the
contract is a governing contract FOR A FACILITY, OPERATIONS AND
INTERESTS or for specified zones and substances described by a location.
LIABILITY_PERIOD NUMBER 5, 0 LIABILITY PERIOD: the period of time that you are responsible for any
obligations that have not yet been met. May be financial or non-financial.
LIABILITY_PERIOD_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE LIBIALITY PERIOD ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE: The original unit of
measure for the liablity period
LIABILITY_RELEASE_DATE DATE 7 LIABILITY RELEASE DATE: The date that you are no longer liable for
obligations related to the contract.
NAT_CURRENCY_CONVERSION NUMBER 10, 5 NATIONAL CURRENCY CONVERSION: The conversion rate required to convert
the stored currency to the national currency using the conversion rate at the time the
contract was in effect. This value is relevant for all contract rows subordinate to this
one.
NAT_CURRENCY_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE NATIONAL CURRENCY UNITS OF MEASURE: The units of measure for the
national currency.
OPERATING_PROC_IND VARCHAR2 1 OPERATING PROCEDURE INDICATOR: a Y/N flag indicating whether this
contract has an operating procedure in effect. See CONT OPER PROC for details.
PRIMARY_TERM NUMBER 5, 0 PRIMARY TERM: usually used for special types of contracts where a specified
time period is required for the conduct of business.
PRIMARY_TERM_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE PRIMARY TERM OUOM: An original unit of measure in terms of days, months or
years for a contract.
ROFR_IND VARCHAR2 1 RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL INDICATOR: A yes / no flag indicating that there is
a right of first refusal associated with this contract. (N=consent cannot be
unreasonably held and Y=right to exercise right of first refusal) Right of first refusal
for assignment, sale or disposition of interest.
SECONDARY_TERM NUMBER 5, 0 SECONDARY TERM: secondary or additional term of the agreement for special
types of contracts in which the term of the contract is extended.
SECONDARY_TERM_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE SECONDARY TERM ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE: the original units for the
secondary term of the contract as defined in the contract. The stored unit of measure
can be found in the PPDM COLUMN table.
Page 187
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

SURRENDER_NOTICE_TERM VARCHAR2 20 SURRENDER NOTICE TERM: The time period which notification must be served
to surrender an interest in the joint lands. (e.g. before the next rental date: 60 days)
SURRENDER_NOTICE_TERM_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE SURRENDER NOTICE TERM ORIGINAL UNITS OF MEASURE: The unit of
measure for the surrender notice term as defined in the contract. The stored units can
be found in PPDM COLUMN.
TERMINATION_DATE DATE 7 TERMINATION DATE: The date on which the contract was terminated. (e.g.
occurs when all associated land rights have expired or when all obligations of a
contract have been met and no further operations are required)
VOTING_PROC_IND VARCHAR2 1 VOTING PROCEDURE INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating whether this contract
has a voting procedure in effect. See CONT VOTING PROC for details.
Page 188
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CONTRACT_COMPONENT

CONTRACT COMPONENT: a table that associates a contract with land rights, seismic lines, projects, wells etc.
CONTRACT
COMPONENT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CONTRACT COMPONENT ID: unique identifier for the component of the
contract. Each component is a PPDM item that is associated with the contract.
active.
etc.
BA_SERVICE_SEQ_NO NUMBER 8, 0 LAND_BA_SERVICE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE SERVICE SEQUENCE NUMBER: This column is added
time.
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE
LAND_BA_SERVICE
Page 189
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

information.
CONTRACT_COMPONENT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_CONTRACT_COMP_TYPE CONTRACT COMPONENT TYPE: Type of contractual component for this row of
data.
found in it.
an organization.
working for it.
table.
Page 190
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

related incident.
JURISDICTION VARCHAR2 20 LAND_SALE_BID BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for the jurisdiction that is managing the
LAND_SALE land sale or bidding round.
LAND_OFFERING_BID_ID VARCHAR2 20 LAND_SALE_BID LAND OFFERING BID: Unique identifier for a bid. Within the bid, individual
components may be sequenced using PRIORITY ORDER. This enables grouped,
contingent, sliding and other types of grouped bids to be tracked.
LAND_REQUEST_ID VARCHAR2 20 LAND_SALE_REQUEST LAND REQUEST ID: Unique identifier for the land request.
LAND_RIGHT_ACQTN_ID VARCHAR2 20 LAND RIGHT ACQTN ID: Unique identifier for the land right acquisition
LAND_RIGHT_ID VARCHAR2 20 LAND_BA_SERVICE LAND RIGHT ID: Unique Identifier for the land right. A land right is the rights you
LAND_RIGHT have to land, regardless of how obtained. It may be owned outright, rented, aquired
LAND_RIGHT_TYPE VARCHAR2 30 LAND_BA_SERVICE LAND RIGHT TYPE: column indicating the type of land right. Must be one of the
LAND_RIGHT valid subtypes: LAND TITLE, LAND UNIT, LAND UNIT TRACT, LAND
LAND_SALE_NUMBER VARCHAR2 30 LAND_SALE_BID LAND SALE NUMBER: A unique identifier for the land sale.
LAND_SALE
LAND_SALE_OFFERING_ID VARCHAR2 20 LAND_SALE_BID LAND SALE OFFERING ID: Unique identifier for the land sale offering.
OBLIGATION_ID VARCHAR2 20 OBLIGATION OBLIGATION ID: Unique identifier for each obligation Page 191
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

obligation
that is captured.
within a well.
REASON_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_CONT_COMP_REASON CONTRACT COMPONENT REASON TYPE: The reason why the component is
associated with the contract, such as acquired under terms of the contract, governed
by the contract, part of litigation process etc.
Page 192
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

SEIS_PROC_PLAN_ID VARCHAR2 20 SEIS_PROC_PLAN SEISMIC PROCESSING PLAN IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the seismic
processing plan that was prepared. This plan may be referenced in a contract with a
processing house and should form the starting point of most processing sequences.
SEIS_SURVEY.
SEIS_TRANSACTION_ID VARCHAR2 20 SEIS_TRANSACTION SEISMIC TRANSACTION; A transaction in which seismic data is exchanged, sold
or traded according to the terms of an agreement.
SEIS_TRANSACTION_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 SEIS_TRANSACTION SEISMIC TRANSACTION TYPE: The type of transaction, such as purchase, trade,
farm in agreement etc.
description.
permitted to hold.
Page 193
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

SUPPORT_FACILITY_TYPE VARCHAR2 30 SF_SUPPORT_FACILITY SUPPORT FACILITY TYPE: The type of support facility that is described by this
Webster Online)
thesaurus.
WELL
Page 194
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CS_ALIAS

COORDINATE SYSTEM ALIAS: Allows users to refer to the coordinate systems by common use names, codes or acronyms.
COORD_SYSTEM_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CS_COORDINATE_SYSTEM COORDINATE SYSTEM ID: unique identifier for the coordinate system.
COORD_SYSTEM_ALIAS_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P COORDINATE SYSTEM ALIAS IDENTIFIER: Common code, name or acronym
used for the coordinate system.
active.
ALIAS_FULL_NAME VARCHAR2 255 COORDINATE SYSTEM ALIAS NAME: Common name used with the alias for
the coordinate system.
ALIAS_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_ALIAS_TYPE ALIAS TYPE: This reference table describes the type of alia s. For example a well
may be assigned a government alias, contract alias or project alias. Business
associates may be assigned a stock exchange symbol alias.
LANGUAGE_ID VARCHAR2 20 LANGUAGE IDENTIFIER: The language of the alias.
OWNER_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE OWNER BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: The business associate who is
the owner of this particular alias for the coordinate system.
PREFERRED_IND VARCHAR2 1 PREFERRED INDICATOR: a Y/N flag indicating that this alias version is preferred
for use.
STRUCKOFF_DATE DATE 7 STRUCK OFF DATE: Date on which the legal name was struck from corporatePage 195
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CS_ALIAS

Page 196
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CS_COORD_ACQUISITION

COORD ACQUISITION: identifies an assembly of coordinate data that must be grouped together. It should be acquired together at the same time, from the same source,
using the same method and at the same accuracy. May be used to indicate the level of accuracy of a set of coordinates.
ACQUISITION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P COORD ACQUISITION: identifies an assembly of coordinate data that must be
source, using the same method and at the same accuracy. Is typically used to
indicate the level of accuracy of a set of coordinates.
ACQUIRED_BY_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE ACQUIRED BY BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFER: Unique identifier for the
business association who did the coordinate acquisition such as the surveyor,
digitizer etc.
active or valid.
CAPTURE_METHOD VARCHAR2 20 R_COORD_CAPTURE CAPTURE METHOD: The method of capturing coodinate data. For example:
Digitizing, Surveying, ...
COMPUTE_METHOD VARCHAR2 20 R_COORD_COMPUTE COMPUTE METHOD: The method of computing coordinate values. For example:
ATS21 (using bilinear interpolation and the Alberta Township System Version 2.1
grid nodes.)
COORDINATE_QUALITY VARCHAR2 20 R_COORD_QUALITY COORDINATE QUALITY: the quality of the coordiante
DATA_CREATE_DATE DATE 7 DATA CREATE DATE: The date on which the acquisition data was originally
created.
DIGITIZED_SCALE NUMBER 10, 0 DIGITIZED SCALE: For digitized data, the natural scape of the map digitized. i.e.
1:63360. Since a map can be enlarged prior to digitizing, the Digitized scale can be
different from the source scale.
HORIZONTAL_ACCURACY NUMBER 10, 0 HORIZONTAL ACCURACY: Absolute accuracy in real world units of measure for
the horizontal data in the acquisition set.
HORIZONTAL_ACCURACY_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE HORIZONTAL ACCURACY ORIGINAL UNITS OF MEASURE: the original
units of measure used for the Horizontal Accuracy.
REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 REMARK: Comments pertaining to the acquisition set.
SOURCE_SCALE NUMBER 10, 0 SOURCE SCALE: for digitized data, the scale of the original map used for
digitizing. Note: Source scale represents the scale of the original map, whereas
digitzed scale represents the scale of the actual map digitized.
SURVEY_ACCURACY NUMBER 10, 0 SURVEY ACCURACY: For survey data, the survey accuracy used. i.e. 1:10000
accurate to 1 part in 10000.
TRANSFORM_ID VARCHAR2 20 CS_COORD_TRANSFORM TRANSFORMATION IDENTIFER: Unique identifier for a transformation between
Page 197
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CS_COORD_ACQUISITION

coordinate systems.
VERTICAL_ACCURACY NUMBER 7, 2 VERTICAL ACCURACY: Absolute accuracy in real world units of measure for the
vertical data in the acquisition set.
VERTICAL_ACCURACY_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE VERTICAL ACCURACY ORIGINAL UNITS OF MEASURE: the original units of
measure used for the Vertical Accuracy.
Page 198
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CS_COORD_TRANS_PARM

COORDINATE SYSTEM TRANSFORMATION PARAMETERS: Parameter associated with a transformation between coordinate systems. This information is usually
derived from the EPSG. Note that this model is not designed to support actual coordinate transformation, but to provide a reference as to the conversions that are done.
TRANSFORM_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R_CS_TRANSFORM_TYPE REFERENCE TRANSFORM TYPE: A reference table identifying valid Geodetic
Transformation types. For example, Bursa-Wolfe, Molodensky, Cartesian,
Geocentric or Grid.
PARAMETER_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PARAMETER IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the transform parameter lists for
this transformation type.
active.
DIGITAL_OUTPUT VARCHAR2 20 R_DIGITAL_OUTPUT DIGITAL OUTPUT: The format that a parameter or value is to be output as when
reporting or recreating a digital file.
SOURCE_DOCUMENT VARCHAR2 20 SOURCE_DOCUMENT SOURCE DOCUMENT: A reference to the source document that names this
parameter as used for the type of transform specified.
TRANSFORM_PARM VARCHAR2 20 R_CS_TRANSFORM_PARM REFERENCE TRANSFORM PARAMETERS: A valid transform parameter that
may be applied during a conversion between coordinate systems. In this table,
provides a list of transform parameters that are allowed in a conversion of the type
specified.
Page 199
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CS_COORD_TRANS_VALUE

COORDINATE TRANSFORMATION VALUE: the value assigned to a parameter for a coordinate transformation. Sample data is derived from the EPSG.
TRANSFORM_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CS_COORD_TRANSFORM TRANSFORMATION IDENTIFER: Unique identifier for a transformation between
coordinate systems.
TRANSFORM_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CS_COORD_TRANS_PARM TRANSFORM TYPE: A reference table identifying valid Geodetic Transformation
types. For example, Bursa-Wolfe, Molodensky, Cartesian, Geocentric or Grid.
PARAMETER_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CS_COORD_TRANS_PARM PARAMETER IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the transform parameter lists for
this transformation type.
VALUE_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PARAMETER VALUE IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the parameter value
used in this transformation.
active.
SOURCE_DOCUMENT VARCHAR2 20 SOURCE_DOCUMENT SOURCE DOCUMENT: Reference to the document that lists this parameter value
as used for the transformation.
TEXT_VALUE VARCHAR2 240 TEXT VALUE: the value of the parameter in the case where the value is a string.
TRANS_VALUE NUMBER 15, 5 PARAMETER VALUE: The numeric value of a parameter.
TRANS_VALUE_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNIT OF MEASURE
Page 200
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CS_COORD_TRANSFORM

COORDINATE SYSTEM COORDINATE TRANSFORMATIONS: This table and its subordinates are used to capture details about how values in one coordinate system are
transformed into another. Users should be aware that the contents of these tables are generally provided for reference only; they do not provide the full suite of functionality
necessary to perform conversions. This function is best left to specialized software and service providers.
TRANSFORM_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P TRANSFORMATION IDENTIFER: Unique identifier for a transformation between
coordinate systems.
active.
PREFERRED_IND VARCHAR2 1 PREFERRED INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating that this transform is the
preferred one.
SOURCE_COORD_SYSTEM_ID VARCHAR2 20 CS_COORDINATE_SYSTEM SOURCE COORDINATE SYSTEM IDENTIFIER: the unique identifier for the
coordinate system that is the source for new values.
SOURCE_DOCUMENT VARCHAR2 20 SOURCE_DOCUMENT SOURCE DOCUMENT: The document reference from which transform
information was used.
TARGET_COORD_SYSTEM_ID VARCHAR2 20 CS_COORDINATE_SYSTEM TARGET COORDINATE SYSTEM IDENTIFIER: the unique identifier for the
coordinate system that is the target for new values.
TRANSFORM_NAME VARCHAR2 255 TRANSFORMATION NAME: Name assigned to this transformation.
TRANSFORM_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_CS_TRANSFORM_TYPE REFERENCE TRANSFORM TYPE: A reference table identifying valid Geodetic
Transformation types. For example, Bursa-Wolfe, Molodensky, Cartesian,
Geocentric or Grid.
Page 201
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CS_COORDINATE_SYSTEM

COORDINATE SYSTEM: a supertype representing all the types of coordinate sytems allowed in PPDM. Included Vertical, Geographic, Geocentric, Map Grid, Local Spatial
and other coordinate systems. Tables are projected at the super type level. Details about the possilbe types of coordinate systems follow. GEOCENTRIC COORDINATE
SYSTEM: Coordinate system based on the center of the earth where X, Y and Z are based on positions on the ellipsoid. GEOGRAPHIC COORDINATE SYSTEM: Latitude,
longitude based horizontal coordinate system. LOCAL SPATIAL COORDINATE SYSTEM: Locally defined horizontal coordinate system, such as ATS 2.1. MAP GRID
SYSTEM: Definition of a planar grid coordinate system for X,Y or Northing-Easting coordinate pairs. Also includes the projection type and the projection parameters used to
project from the associated geodetic datum used to this g rid projection. OTHER COORDINATE SYSTEM: May include other non-spatial coordinate systems. VERTICAL
DATUM: A reference surface used as the basis of elevation and depth measurements.
COORD_SYSTEM_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P COORDINATE SYSTEM ID: unique identifier for the coordinate system.
active.
COORDINATE_SYSTEM_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_COORD_SYSTEM_TYPE COORDINATE SYSTEM TYPE: the type of coordinate system. Will include
Geographic coordinate system, local spatial coordinate system, Geocentric
coordinate system, Map Grid coordinate system, and vertical coordinate system.
Geocentric is typically not used and it is strongly recommended not to use vertical
coordinate systems, as the model is not complete in this area.
COORD_SYSTEM_ABBREVIATION VARCHAR2 12 COORD SYSTEM ABBREVIATION: common abbreviation for the coordinate
system.
COORD_SYSTEM_AREA VARCHAR2 60 COORDINATE SYSTEM AREA: name of the area over which the coordinate
system is valid.
COORD_SYSTEM_NAME VARCHAR2 255 COORDINATE SYSTEM NAME: The name of the coordinate system.
COORD_SYSTEM_SHORT_NAME VARCHAR2 30 COORDINATE SYSTEM SHORT NAME: short name for the coordinate system.
COORD_SYSTEM_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE COORDINATE SYSTEM UNITS OF MEASURE: The unit of measure associated
with this coordinate system (i.e. meters for UTM, decimal degrees for WGS 84)
DATUM_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE DATUM ORGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE: DATUM_OUOM needs to be kept to
track special units of measure (such as the Chinese Li). Do not delete this column.
GEODETIC_DATUM VARCHAR2 20 CS_GEODETIC_DATUM GEODETIC DATUM IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the geodetic datum.
N_VALUE NUMBER 13, 9 N VALUE: Difference in elevation between the ellipsoid and the geoid at the
monument at which the datum is defined.
N_VALUE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE N VALUE OUOM: Original units of measure for N value
OWNER_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE OWNER BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the
business associate who is the owner or custodian of this coordinate system. Often a
government or regulatory agency, but can be private companies or even individuals.
PARENT_COORD_SYSTEM_ID VARCHAR2 20 CS_COORDINATE_SYSTEM COORDINATE SYSTEM ID: unique identifier for the coordinate system.
PERSPECTIVE_HEIGHT NUMBER 15, 7 PERSPECTIVE HEIGHT: Associated with LanSat projections.
row of data. If used, optional PPDM NOT NULL constraints should be created.Page 202
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CS_COORDINATE_SYSTEM

PRIME_MERIDIAN VARCHAR2 20 CS_PRIME_MERIDIAN PRIME MERIDIAN IDENTIFER: Unique identifier for the Prime Meridian.
PRINCIPAL_MERIDIAN VARCHAR2 20 CS_PRINCIPAL_MERIDIAN PRINICPAL MERIDIAN CODE: A reference table identifying the valid principal
meridians used for legal survey descriptions. This is the f irst meridian in the survey
from which all other meridians are numbere d. For example Black Hi lls 1878, Boise
1867, Chicksaw 1833, ...
PROJECTION_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PROJECTION_TYPE PROJECTION TYPE: A reference table identifying valid classifications of
projections used by individual map projections. For example, Mercator, Lambert,
Polyconic, ...
REFERENCE_ELEV NUMBER 10, 5 REFERENCE ELEVATION: The height above mean sea level for the location that
defines the Vertical Datum.
REFERENCE_ELEV_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE REFERENCE ELEVATION OUOM: The original UOM for the Reference
Elevation.
ROTATION_IND VARCHAR2 1 GRID SYSTEM ROTATION INDICATOR: Indicates whether this map grid system
is rotated from another map grid system.
VERTICAL_DATUM_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_VERTICAL_DATUM_TYPE VERTICAL DATUM TYPE: The types of vertical datum. For example, geoidal
height the height above the geoid, elevation the height above mean sea level...
Page 203
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CS_ELLIPSOID

ELLIPSOID: The ellipsoid of revolution, that describes the physical shape of the Earth. The ellipsoidal model is used by the geodetic datums and used to determine their
mathematical coefficient sets.
ELLIPSOID_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P ELLIPSOID IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the ellipsoids of revolution.
active or valid.
AXIS_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE AXIS OUOM: The original unit of measure for the semi major and semi minor axis
ECCENTRICITY NUMBER 18, 17 ECCENTRICITY: The eccentricity of the ellipsoid of revolution.
ELLIPSOID_NAME VARCHAR2 255 ELLIPSOID NAME: Common name given to the ellipsoid.
INVERSE_FLATTENING NUMBER 15, 11 INVERSE FLATTENING VALUE: The degree of flattening of the ellipsoid from a
spherical shape. The flattening value f=(a-b)/a where a is the semi-major axis and b
is the semi-minor axis of the ellipsoid.
SEMI_MAJOR_AXIS NUMBER 22, 9 SEMI MAJOR AXIS: The length (in meters) of the semi-major axis of the ellipsoid.
SEMI_MAJOR_AXIS_ACCURACY NUMBER 3, 0 SEMI MAJOR AXIS ACCURACY: Integer value representing the number of valid
decimal places. Note negative values are valid indicating the values to left of the
decimal place have no significance
SEMI_MINOR_AXIS NUMBER 22, 9 SEMI MINOR AXIS: The length (in meters) of the semi-minor axis of the ellipsoid.
SEMI_MINOR_AXIS_ACCURACY NUMBER 3, 0 SEMI MINOR AXIS ACCURACY: Integer value representing the number of valid
decimal places. Note negative values are valid indicating the values to left of the
decimal place have no significance
SOURCE_DOCUMENT VARCHAR2 20 SOUIRCE DOCUMENT: The document that was the source of the information for
this row. For example government and regulatory agency forms, operator reports or
scout tickets.
Page 204
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CS_GEODETIC_DATUM

GEODETIC DATUM: A coordinate system used to reference latitude and longitude values. Geodetic Datums are comprised of an Ellipsoid of Revolution, that is fixed in
some manner to the physical Earth.
GEODETIC_DATUM Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P GEODETIC DATUM IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the geodetic datum.
active or valid.
DATUM_ORIGIN VARCHAR2 20 R_DATUM_ORIGIN DATUM ORIGIN: Entries in this column identify the valid origins for Geodetic
Datums. For example, Geocentric, Local Origin, Local Meridian.
ELLIPSOID VARCHAR2 20 CS_ELLIPSOID ELLIPSOID IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the ellipsoids of revolution.
GEODETIC_DATUM_AREA_ID VARCHAR2 20 AREA GEODETIC DATUM AREA: The area over which the Geodetic Datum is valid.
GEODETIC_DATUM_AREA_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 AREA GEODETIC DATUM AREA TYPE: The type of area over which the datum is
valid, such as country or continent.
GEODETIC_DATUM_NAME VARCHAR2 255 GEODETIC DATUM NAME: Common name given to the geodetic datum.
ORIGIN_ANGULAR_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGIN ANGULAR OUOM: The original UOM for the latitude, longitude values
of the geodetic datum origin.
ORIGIN_LATITUDE NUMBER 14, 9 ORIGIN LATITUDE: The latitude of the point of origin for a local datum or local
meridian. This is a historical artifact and is scheduled to be dropped in PPDM 3.8.
ORIGIN_LONGITUDE NUMBER 14, 9 ORIGIN LONGITUDE: The longitude of the point of origin for a local datum or
local meridian. This is a historical artifact and is scheduled to be dropped in PPDM
3.8.
ORIGIN_NAME VARCHAR2 60 DATUM ORIGIN NAME: Name given to the point of origin for a local datum or
local meridian. This is a historical artifact and is scheduled to be dropped in PPDM
3.8.
SOURCE_DOCUMENT VARCHAR2 20 DOCUMENT SOURCE: A list of document types that are used as the source for
supplying data. For example government and regulatory forms, oper ator reports or
scout tickets.
Page 205
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CS_GEODETIC_DATUM

Page 206
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CS_PRIME_MERIDIAN

PRIME MERIDIAN: The identification and definition of the starting longitude of a Geodetic coordinate system. Includes an offset longitude from the Greenwich Meridian.
PRIME_MERIDIAN_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PRIME MERIDIAN IDENTIFER: Unique identifier for the Prime Meridian.
active or valid.
GREENWICH_LONGITUDE NUMBER 14, 9 GREENWICH LONGITUDE: Longitude of the Prime Meridian as reckoned from
the Greenwich meridian. East longitude are positive, West longitude are negative.
LONGITUDE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE LONGITUDE OUOM: The original units of measure for the Greenwich longitude
offset. The values may be Decimal Degrees, Degrees-Minutes-Seconds or Grads.
PRIME_MERIDIAN_ABBREVIATION VARCHAR2 20 PRIME MERIDIAN ABBREVIATION: Common abbreviation for the Prime
Meridian.
PRIME_MERIDIAN_NAME VARCHAR2 255 PRIME MERIDIAN NAME: Common name for the Prime Meridian.
SOURCE_DOCUMENT VARCHAR2 20 REFERENCE DOCUMENT SOURCE: A list of document types that are used as
the source for supplying data. For example government and regulatory forms,
operator reports or scout tickets.
Page 207
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: CS_PRINCIPAL_MERIDIAN

PRINICPAL MERIDIAN CODE: A reference table identifying the valid principal meridians used for legal survey descriptions. This is the f irst meridian in the survey from
which all other meridians are numbere d. For example Black Hi lls 1878, Boise 1867, Chicksaw 1833, ...
PRINCIPAL_MERIDIAN Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PRINICPAL MERIDIAN CODE: A reference table identifying the valid principal
1867, Chicksaw 1833, ...
ABBREVIATION VARCHAR2 12 ABBREVIATION: Abbreviation used for reference type or code
active or valid.
LONGITUDE NUMBER 14, 9 LONGITUDE: longitude of the principle meridian as reckoned from the Greenwich
central meridian.
Page 208
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: ECOZONE

ECOZONE: A sedimentary rock unit or environment in which fossil deposition occurs. Often, these ecozones are marine or fresh water. Marine ecozones include the
category of marine benthic zones, namely shelf, slope, and abyssal zones. The ecozone is defined by the organisms that are found in it.
ECOZONE_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P ECOZONE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a sedimentary rock unit or
found in it.
active.
BASE_DEPTH NUMBER 10, 5 BASE DEPTH: the lower or bottom depth at which this ecozone exists.
DEPTH_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE
ECOZONE_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_ECOZONE_TYPE ECOZONE TYPE: the type of ecozone that has been referenced, such as marine,
terrestrial, lake atmospheric etc.
PREFERRED_NAME VARCHAR2 255 PREFERRED NAME: The preferred name for this ecozone, denormalized from
ECOZONE ALIAS.
TOP_DEPTH NUMBER 10, 5 TOP DEPTH: the top or upper depth at which this ecozone exists.
Page 209
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: ECOZONE_ALIAS

ECOZONE ALIAS: Alternate names, codes or identifiers for an ecozone. The preferred version of the name should also be loaded into this table. Use a trigger or procedure
to update PREFERRED NAME in ECOZONE. navigation.
ECOZONE_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P ECOZONE ECOZONE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a sedimentary rock unit or
found in it.
ECOZONE_ALIAS_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P SEISMIC LINE ALIAS ID: Unique identifier for the seismic line alias.
active or valid.
ALIAS_CODE VARCHAR2 30 ECOZONE CODE: the code assigned to this ecozone or depositional environment
assigned by the owner.
ALIAS_FULL_NAME VARCHAR2 255 ECOZONE NAME: The name given to this ecozone (or depositional environment)
assigned by the owner.
ALIAS_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_ALIAS_TYPE ALIAS TYPE: the type of alias given to this ecozone. May be official name, full
name, code etc.
EFFECTIVE_DATE DATE 7 EFFECTIVE DATE: Date on which the alias become a valid name for the seismic
line.
EXPIRY_DATE DATE 7 EXPIRY DATE: date on which the alias is no longer a valid name for the seismic
line.
ORIGINAL_IND VARCHAR2 1 ORIGINAL_INDICATOR: indicates that the name is the original assigned
OWNER_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE ALIAS OWNER: the business associate who is the owner of the alias or alternate
identifier.
PREFERRED_IND VARCHAR2 1 PREFERRED INDICATOR: flag indicating that this name is the preferred name for
the seismic line, to be used for reports, maps etc unless otherwise specified.
REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 REMARK: comments about the alias, such as why the name was developed
Page 210
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: ECOZONE_ALIAS

SOURCE_DOCUMENT VARCHAR2 20 SOURCE DOCUMENT: References the document where this alias has been given.
Page 211
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: ECOZONE_HIERARCHY

ECOZONE SET HIERARCHY: Ecozones in a set are arranged in hierarchical order in this table, so that you can determine which ecozone is a parent or supertype of which.
ECOZONE_SET_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P ECOZONE_SET_PART ECOZONE SET IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a set of ecozone definitions
ECOZONE_SET_PART that are used by an organization such as the MMS or E and P company.
PARENT_ECOZONE_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P ECOZONE_SET_PART ECOZONE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a sedimentary rock unit or
found in it.
CHILD_ECOZONE_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P ECOZONE_SET_PART CHILD ECOZONE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the ecozone that is a child,
or lower in the hierarchy than a parent.
active.
HIERARCHY_LEVEL VARCHAR2 20 R_ECOZONE_HIER_LEVEL ECOZONE HIERARCHY LEVEL: Indicates whether the relationship between
parent and child is parent child, grandparent child (two levels apart), great
grandparent (3 levels apart) etc. Used for implemnetations who choose to populate
all levels of a hierarchy explicitly and avoid the need to query using connect by
syntax.
Page 212
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: ECOZONE_SET

ECOZONE SET: this table is used to group ecozone definitions into sets used by an organization, for a project or over time. Associate each ecozone set with the ecozones it
uses via the ECOZONE SET PART table.
ECOZONE_SET_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P ECOZONE SET IDENTIFER: unique identifier for the set of ecozone definitions
gathered together into a single set that is used for common reference in analysis. A
set definition may belong to a regulatory agency (USGS or MMS) or to a survey
organization (AGSO) or to a data vendor.
active.
OWNER_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE OWNER BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: unique identifier for the business associate who
is the owner of this ecozone set definition.
SOURCE_DOCUMENT VARCHAR2 20 SOURCE_DOCUMENT SOURCE DOCUMENT: unique identifier for the source document in which this
ecozone set is described.
Page 213
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: ECOZONE_SET_PART

ECOZONE SET PART: Ecozone sets are associated with the relevant ecozones in this table.
ECOZONE_SET_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P ECOZONE_SET ECOZONE SET IDENTIFER: unique identifier for the set of ecozone definitions
gathered together into a single set that is used for common reference in analysis. A
set definition may belong to a regulatory agency (USGS or MMS) or to a survey
organization (AGSO) or to a data vendor.
ECOZONE_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P ECOZONE ECOZONE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a sedimentary rock unit or
found in it.
active.
Page 214
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: ECOZONE_XREF

ECOZONE CROSS REFERENCE: Ecozones may be related to each other in this table. For example, ecozones defined by one organization may overlap or correspond to
other ecozone definitions.
ECOZONE_ID1 Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P ECOZONE ECOZONE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a sedimentary rock unit or
found in it.
ECOZONE_ID2 Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P ECOZONE ECOZONE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a sedimentary rock unit or
found in it.
ECOZONE_XREF_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P ECOZONE CROSS REFERENCE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a cross
reference between two ecozones. Usually used for associating ecozone defintions
that overlap or are nearly the same.
active.
ECOZONE_XREF_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_ECOZONE_XREF ECOZONE CROSS REFERENCE TYPE: the type of cross reference between
ecozones, such as superceded, replacement etc.
Page 215
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: ENT_COMPONENT

ENTITLEMENT COMPONENT: The business objects defined in PPDM whose entitlement properties are managed by this entitlement description. May include wells,
components of wells, seismic data, land rights etc.
ENTITLEMENT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P ENTITLEMENT ENTITLEMENT IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the row in the entitlement
table.
COMPONENT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P COMPONENT IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the row containing a foreign key
to the object that is associated with this entitlement.
COMPONENT_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P COMPONENT OBSERVATION NUMBER: An additional unique component
observation number for the entitlement that allows each component to be versioned
over time if so desired.
ACCESS_COND_CODE VARCHAR2 20 R_ACCESS_CONDITION ACCESS CONDITION CODE: a set of codified instructions regarding access to a
business object.
active.
etc.
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE
information.
Page 216
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 2000 DESCRIPTION: a textual description of this component of the entitlement. For
example if only a portion of an information item is included, that portion can be
described here.
found in it.
an organization.
working for it.
ENT_COMP_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_ENT_COMPONENT_TYPE ENTITLEMENT COMPONENT TYPE: the type of entitlement component, or the
reason why a business object is associated with this entitlement. For example, a
contract may be associated because it governs the conditions of the entitlement, or a
seismic set may be associated because access to its acquisition products are
controled by the entitlement.
ENT_RULE VARCHAR2 2000 ENTITLEMENT RULE: Business or logical rule that the data must adhere to for the
entitlement to be enforced. Can be a SQL select statement, a procedure call or a
description.
EXPIRY_ACTION VARCHAR2 20 R_ENT_EXPIRY_ACTION ENTITLEMENT EXIRY ACTION: an action that must occur after the entitlement
has expired. For example all copies of the relevant data must be destroyed.
Page 217
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

related incident.
OBLIGATION_ID VARCHAR2 20 OBLIGATION OBLIGATION ID: Unique identifier for each obligation Page 218
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

obligation
ORGANIZATION_ID VARCHAR2 20 BA_ORGANIZATION BUSINESS ASSOCIATE ORGANIZATION IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for an
ORGANIZATION_SEQ_NO NUMBER 8, 0 BA_ORGANIZATION ORGANIZATION SEQUENCE NUMBER: a unique number added to allow
that is captured.
within a well.
Page 219
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

REPORT_HIERARCHY_ID VARCHAR2 20 REPORT_HIER_LEVEL RESERVE ENTITY HIERARCHY IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for a reserves
hierarchy. These hierarchies are created in order to support rollup and detail
breakdown reporting of reserves. In this case, authorization is typically handled at
the level of each component in the hierarchy. Use the remaining two components of
this foreign key to complete the relationship.
REPORT_HIER_COMPONENT_ID VARCHAR2 20 REPORT_HIER_LEVEL RESERVE ENTITY HIERARCHY COMPONENT IDENTIFIER: unique identifier
for a component of a reserves hierarchy, such as a land parcel, facility or well. These
hierarchies are created in order to support rollup and detail breakdown reporting of
reserves. In this case, authorization is typically handled at the level of each
component in the hierarchy. Use the remaining two components of this foreign key
to complete the relationship.
SEIS_SURVEY.
surface description may be stated in terms of a legal survey system, metes and Page 220
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

description.
permitted to hold.
Webster Online)
thesaurus.
TRANSACTION_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 SEIS_TRANSACTION TRANSACTION TYPE: The type of transaction, such as purchase, trade, farm in
agreement etc.
WELL_LOG_CURVE
WELL_LOG
WELL
WELL_LOG_CURVE_ID VARCHAR2 20 WELL_LOG_CURVE CURVE IDENTIFIER: Unique identification number assigned to the curve or trace.
WELL_LOG_ID VARCHAR2 20 WELL_LOG WELL LOG IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the well log.
WELL_LOG_SOURCE VARCHAR2 20 WELL_LOG WELL LOG SOURCE: The source of this well log data. Page 221
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

Page 222
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: ENT_GROUP

ENTITLEMENT SECURITY GROUP: This table is used to capture which security groups have access of varying types to the entitlement type.
ENTITLEMENT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P ENTITLEMENT ENTITLEMENT IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the row in the entitlement
table.
SECURITY_GROUP_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P ENT_SECURITY_GROUP SECURITY GROUP ID: Unique identifier for the security group. A security group
identifies a set of users (or companies or organizations) who have a defined set of
access attributes based on a business function or activity.
GROUP_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P GROUP OBSERVATION NUMBER: A unique value that allows a security group
to be associated with an entitlement in different ways over time. This number should
be reset to 0 for each new occurrence of entitlement and security group.
ACCESS_CONDITION VARCHAR2 1024 ACCESS CONDITION: Narrative description of the access conditions that may be
placed on an object. May be that data cannot be removed from premises, or that
written consent must be obtained.
ACCESS_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_ENT_ACCESS_TYPE ACCESS TYPE: The type of access that has been granted to this group for the
entitlement.
active.
RESTRICTION_DESC VARCHAR2 2000 RESTRICTION DESCRIPTION: description of the restrictions that are applied to
this groups entitlement.
SECURITY_DESC VARCHAR2 1024 SECURITY DESCRIPTION: A narrative description of the security for this group,
supplemented by additional columns to describe access conditions and usage
conditions.
USE_DESC VARCHAR2 1024 USE DESCRIPTION: Narrative description of the uses that an object may be put to
by this group.
Page 223
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: ENT_SECURITY_BA

ENTITLEMENT SECURITY BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: The business associates (users, companies, organizations) who are part of an ENT_SECURITY_GROUP.
SECURITY_GROUP_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P ENT_SECURITY_GROUP ENTITLEMENT SECURITY GROUP IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the
entitlement security group.
BA_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P BA OBSERVATION NUMBER: Unique identifier for this instance of the
relationship between a business associate and a security group. Used to allow
relationships to change over time.
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating whether this business associate is
currently active in the group.
Page 224
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: ENT_SECURITY_GROUP

ENTITLEMENT SECURITY: This table is used to capture information about various security groups defined by an organization. Each group can be granted different types
of access to data based on their entitlements.
SECURITY_GROUP_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P SECURITY GROUP ID: Unique identifier for the security group. A security group
identifies a set of users (or companies or organizations) who have a defined set of
access attributes based on a business function or activity.
ABBREVIATION VARCHAR2 12 ABBREVIATION: Short version of the security group name.
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: a Y/N flag indicating whether this security group is active
or not.
EXPIRY_DATE DATE 7 EXIPRY DATE: the date that this information was no longer in effect.
GROUP_DESC VARCHAR2 1024 DESCRIPTION: A general description of the function of this group.
GROUP_NAME VARCHAR2 255 NAME: The name given to this entitlement security group.
GROUP_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_ENT_SEC_GROUP_TYPE ENTITLEMENT SECURITY GROUP TYPE: The kind of security group that has
been created, such as reference table updaters, land administrators, project teams,
committees etc.
SHORT_NAME VARCHAR2 30 SHORT NAME: short name given to the security group.
Page 225
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: ENT_SECURITY_GROUP_XREF

ENTITLEMENT SECURITY GROUP CROSS REFERENCE: Use this table to track relationships between security groups, such as groups that overlap, replace, are part of
etc.
SECURITY_GROUP_ID1 Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P ENT_SECURITY_GROUP ENTITLEMENT SECURITY GROUP IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the
SECURITY_GROUP_ID2 Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P ENT_SECURITY_GROUP ENTITLEMENT SECURITY GROUP IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the
XREF_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P XREF OBSERVATION NUMBER: Unique identifier for the instance of the
relationship between two security groups.
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating whether this business associate is
currently active in the group.
XREF_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_ENT_SEC_GROUP_XREF ENTITLEMENT SECURITY GROUP CROSS REFERENCE: The type of
relationship between groups, such as a group that governs another, or is part of
another, turns into another, or replaces another or works in conjunction with
(perhaps with a slightly different role).
Page 226
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: ENTITLEMENT

ENTITLEMENT: This table describes access and use priveledges or rights that are held by a person or organization.
ENTITLEMENT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P ENTITLEMENT IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the row in the entitlement
table.
ACCESS_CONDITION VARCHAR2 1024 ACCESS CONDITION: A textual description of the conditions for access to an
object, in the case where this information is not to be validated. Note that the other
tables in this module allow more precise control.
ACCESS_COND_CODE VARCHAR2 20 R_ENT_ACCESS_TYPE ACCESS CONDITION CODE: a set of codified instructions regarding access to a
business object.
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: A yes / no flag indicating whether this entitlement is
currently active or in use.
DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 2000 DESCRIPTION: a textual description of the type of entitlement.
ENTITLEMENT_NAME VARCHAR2 255 ENTITLEMENT_NAME: The name of the Entitlement.
ENTITLEMENT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_ENT_TYPE ENTITLEMENT TYPE: the type of entitlement that is described in the row, such as
a seismic lease data entitlement, a security based entitlement etc.
EXPIRY_ACTION VARCHAR2 20 R_ENT_EXPIRY_ACTION EXPIRY ACTION: The action that must be undertaken when the entitlement
expires. This may involve destruction or return of materials.
PRIMARY_TERM NUMBER 4, 0 PRIMARY TERM: The primary term for which this entitlement is in effect.
PRIMARY_TERM_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE
REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 REMARK: narrative remarks about this row of data.
SECURITY_DESC VARCHAR2 1024 SECURITY DESCRIPTION: A narrative description of the security set on this
entitlement. Supplementary information may be stored in access condition and use
condition.
USE_CONDITION VARCHAR2 1024 USE CONDITIONS: Describes the uses that this object may be put to, based on the
entitlement or security condistions.
Page 227
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: ENTITLEMENT

Page 228
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: EQUIPMENT

EQUIPMENT: Use this table to describe pieces of equipment that are real, as opposed to represented in a catalogue. May be any kind of equipment, such as trucks, rigs,
computers, microscopes, gaugues etc.
EQUIPMENT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P EQUIPMENT IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a specific peice of equipment.
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: A Y / N flag indicating if this row of data is currently in
effect.
COMMISSION_DATE DATE 7 COMMISSION DATE: The date when this peice of eqipment was commissioned.
DECOMMISSION_DATE DATE 7 DECOMMISSION DATE: The date when this peice of equipment was
decommissioned.
DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 1024 DESCRIPTION: a textual description of the equipment.
EQUIPMENT_GROUP VARCHAR2 20 R_CAT_EQUIP_GROUP EQUIPMENT GROUP: The functional group of equipment types, such as vehicles,
drilling rigs, measuring equipment, monitoring equipment etc. Note that the function
of this table may also be assumed by the CLASSIFICATION module for more
robust and complete classifications. If you are using CAT EQUIPMENT modules,
you may not need to populate this column, as the information will be in CAT
EQUIPMENT already.
EQUIPMENT_NAME VARCHAR2 255 EQUIPMENT NAME: For specific types of equipment that are assigned names,
such as rigs. This column should not be used to identify the type of equipment this
is.
EQUIPMENT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_CAT_EQUIP_TYPE EQUIPMENT TYPE: the type of equipment that is listed, can be grouped into broad
classifications with R CAT EQUIP GROUP if you wish. Note that the function of
this table may also be assumed by the CLASSIFICATION module for more robust
and complete classifications. If you are using CAT EQUIPMENT modules, you may
not need to populate this column, as the information will be in CAT EQUIPMENT
already.
OWNER_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE OWNER BA ID: Unique identifier for the current owner of this equipment.
PURCHASE_DATE DATE 7 PURCHASE DATE: The date that this peice of equipment was purchased.
REFERENCE_NUM VARCHAR2 255 EQUIPMENT REFERENCE NUMBER: A reference number that is assigned to
equipment, particularly if that number is not the same as the serial number.
SERIAL_NUM VARCHAR2 255 SERIAL NUMBER: For equipment that is assigned a serial number, usually Page 229
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: EQUIPMENT

permanently affixed to a peice of equipment.
Page 230
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: EQUIPMENT_ALIAS

EQUIPMENT ALIAS: Equipment may have more than one name, code or identifier. Codes such as the UPC code or serial numbers may be stored in this table. Care should
be taken to ensure that these listings are actually for the same equipment and not similar equipment. All possible names, codes and other identifiers can be stored here.
EQUIPMENT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a specific peice of equipment.
EQUIP_ALIAS_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P EQUIPMENT ALIAS IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the alias.
active or valid.
name or code.
Page 231
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: EQUIPMENT_ALIAS

Page 232
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: EQUIPMENT_BA

EQUIPMENT BUSINESS ASSOCIATES: Use this table to track business associates who are involved with a piece of equipement, such as owners or people who lease or
operate equipment.
BA_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P EQUIPMENT BUSINESS ASSOCIATE OBSERVATION NUMBER: a unique
number assigned to this row. Note that BUSINESS ASSOCIATE is not in the PK
for privacy reasons.
ACQUIRE_DATE DATE 7 ACQUIRED DATE: the date this equipment was acquired or purchased.
active.
EQUIP_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE EQUIPMENT BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: Identifier for the business
associate who may be the owner or leasor or operator of a piece of equipment.
PREFERRED_NAME VARCHAR2 255 PREFERRED NAME: Usual or identifying name assigned to this business
associate, in the event that the BA is not in the validated list of names. Given as
reported.
RELEASE_DATE DATE 7 RELEASE DATE: The date that this equipment was sold or released by the business
associate.
ROLE_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_EQUIP_BA_ROLE_TYPE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE ROLE TYPE: The role of the business associate, such as
rentor, owner etc.
Page 233
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: EQUIPMENT_COMPONENT

EQUIPMENT COMPONENT: This table is used to capture the relationships between equipment and busines objects, such as wells, documents, seismic sets and contracts.
object that is associated with a piece of equipment.
active.
etc.
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE
information.
Page 234
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

found in it.
an organization.
working for it.
table.
EQUIPMENT_COMPONENT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_EQUIP_COMPONENT_TYPE EQUIPMENT COMPONENT TYPE: The type of component that is associated with
a piece of equipment.
related incident.
Page 235
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

obligation
that is captured.
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

SEIS_SURVEY.
Page 237
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

description.
permitted to hold.
within a well.
Webster Online)
thesaurus.
Page 238
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

Page 239
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: EQUIPMENT_MAINT_STATUS

EQUIPMENT MAINTAIN STATUS: Use this table to keep track of the status of various phases of maintenance activities for a piece of equipment. For example, you may
want to track when the activity was approved, when the equipment was sent out (or when a crew arrived), when the work was started, when it was tested, when it was
finalized etc. This table can be used to help create metrics for equipment performance and maintenance schedules.
EQUIPMENT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P EQUIPMENT_MAINTAIN EQUIPMENT IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a specific peice of equipment.
EQUIP_MAINT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P EQUIPMENT_MAINTAIN EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a maintenance
activity.
STATUS_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P STATUS IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a status of the maintenance event.
active.
MAINTAIN_STATUS VARCHAR2 20 R_EQUIP_MAINT_STATUS EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE STATUS: The status of a maintenance event for a
piece of equipment, such as a pump. Examples include started, underway,
completed, being tested, sent for new parts etc. the status is described in a specific
context (MAINT STATUS TYPE), such as financial, operational, or preventative.
MAINTAIN_STATUS_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_EQUIP_MAINT_STATUS REFERENCE MAINTAIN STATUS TYPE: the type of status, or perspective, from
which the status of a maintenance event is viewed, such as operational, financial etc.
Page 240
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: EQUIPMENT_MAINT_TYPE

EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE TYPE: Use this table to track the various types of maintenace that may occur on equipment. This table has a two part primary key, so that
each kind of equipment lists only the maintenance activities that are relevant for it.
MAINT_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P MAINTENANCE TYPE: For each type of equipment, the kinds of maintenance that
can be performed on it, from oil changes to calibration or complete restoration.
active or valid.
Page 241
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: EQUIPMENT_MAINTAIN

EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE: Use this table to track scheduled and actual maintenance activities on a piece of equipment, such as cleaning, calibration, rebuilding etc.
For more detail about maintenance and associated processes, please use the PROJECTS module. Financial information (costs) should be stored in the FINANCE tables.
EQUIP_MAINT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a maintenance
activity.
active or valid.
ACTUAL_END_DATE DATE 7 ACTUAL END DATE: The date that a maintenance event was actually completed.
ACTUAL_START_DATE DATE 7 ACTUAL START DATE: The date that a maintenance event actually started.
CATALOGUE_EQUIP_ID VARCHAR2 20 EQUIPMENT_MAINT_TYPE EQUIPMENT CATALOGUE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the list of kinds
COMPLETED_BY_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE COMPLETED BY BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: unique identifier for the business
associate who did the actual maintenance.
END_DATE DATE 7 END DATE: the date that the maintenance was completed
FAILURE_IND VARCHAR2 1 FAILURE IND: A Y/N flag indicating that this maintenance occurred because of a
malfunction or other failure, and was not part of a regular maintenance schedule.
LOCATION_BA_ADDRESS_OBS_NO NUMBER 8, 0 BA_ADDRESS LOCATION BA ADDRESS OBSERVATION NUMBER: Unique identifier for the
business associate whose location the calibration work was completed. These
projects may be completed off site or on site, depending on how movable equipment
is. Part of Foreign key.
LOCATION_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BA_ADDRESS LOCATION BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the
business associate whose location the calibration work was completed. These
projects may be completed off site or on site, depending on how movable equipment
is.
LOCATION_BA_SOURCE VARCHAR2 20 BA_ADDRESS LOCATION BA ADDRESS SOURCE: Unique identifier for the business associate
whose location the calibration work was completed. These projects may be
completed off site or on site, depending on how movable equipment is. Part of
Foreign key.
MAINT_LOCATION_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_EQUIP_MAINT_LOC MAINTENANCE LOCATION TYPE: Whether the maintenance activity was
conducted on site, off site or in some specified location (Delaware warehouse) or
type of location (such a maintenance yard).
MAINT_REASON VARCHAR2 20 R_EQUIP_MAINT_REASON MAINTENANCE REASON: The reason why this maintenance activity was
undertaken, such as preventative maintenance, predictive maintenance, failure etc.
MAINT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 EQUIPMENT_MAINT_TYPE MAINTENANCE TYPE: For each type of equipment, the kinds of maintenance that
can be performed on it, from oil changes to calibration or complete restoration.
Page 242
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: EQUIPMENT_MAINTAIN

PROJECT_ID VARCHAR2 20 PROJECT PROJECT IDENTIFIER: Unique id for the project that describes the details of a
maintenance run that is too complex for this table to handle fully.
SCHEDULED_DATE DATE 7 SCHEDULED DATE: The date that maintenance is scheduled to be performed. You
can create a row in this table for maintenance scheduled in the future if you wish.
SCHEDULED_IND VARCHAR2 1 SCHEDULED IND: A Y/N flag indicating that this maintenance occurred according
to a schedule and was not the consequence of a failure.
START_DATE DATE 7 START DATE: the date that the maintenance was started.
SYSTEM_CONDITION VARCHAR2 20 R_EQUIP_SYSTEM_CONDITION EQUIPMENT SYSTEM CONDITION: A list of conditions that equipment must be
in for maintenance to occur, such as shut down, moved to repair yard etc.
Page 243
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: EQUIPMENT_SPEC

EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS: Use this table to capture specifications for specific pieces of equipment. These specifications may vary among specific manufactured
peices, such as calibration specifications.
EQUIPMENT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P EQUIPMENT_MAINTAIN EQUIPMENT IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a specific peice of equipment.
EQUIPMENT
SPEC_SET_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATION SET IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a set of
specifications, such as a set created during a calibration operation, or for a specific
type of measure. You may group specifications as you wish.
active.
cost.
YYYYMMDD
EQUIP_MAINT_ID VARCHAR2 20 EQUIPMENT_MAINTAIN EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a maintenance
activity.
product.
Page 244
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: EQUIPMENT_SPEC

permitted.
SPEC_CODE VARCHAR2 20 SPECIFICATION CODE: a descriptive code allowed for a particular kind of
property.
SPEC_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_EQUIP_SPEC EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATION: Use this table to capture the specification or
callibration type of measurement that is captured for a specific piece of equipment.
Page 245
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: EQUIPMENT_SPEC_SET

EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATION SET: use this table to group together specifications into sets that are relevent for particular purposes, such as for a type of equipment.
SPEC_SET_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P SPECIFICATION SET IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for a row that groups
together specifications into sets that are relevent for particular purposes, such as for
a type of equipment.
active.
and complete classifications.
OWNER_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE OWNER BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: Identifier for the business
associate who may be the owner of a specification set.
PREFERRED_NAME VARCHAR2 255 PREFERRED NAME: Usual or identifying name assigned to this equipment set.
Page 246
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: EQUIPMENT_SPEC_SET_SPEC

EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATION SET SPECIFICATIONS: Use this table to track which specifications are in a set, such as the set of specifications used to describe a vehicle,
or a pipe.
SPEC_SET_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P EQUIPMENT_SPEC_SET SPECIFICATION SET IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for a row that groups
together specifications into sets that are relevent for particular purposes, such as for
a type of equipment.
SPEC_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R_EQUIP_SPEC SPECIFICATION TYPE: The type of specification, such as diameter, strength,
length, resonating frequency etc.
active.
PREFERRED_NAME VARCHAR2 255 PREFERRED NAME: Usual or identifying name assigned to this equipment
specification as used in this set.
Page 247
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: EQUIPMENT_STATUS

EQUIPMENT STATUS: Tracks the status or condition of a peice of equipment over time. Can include information about commissioning and informtion about the condition
of the equipment noted during inspections. May also be used to track DOWNTIMES using STATUS TYPE as downtime, and STATUS to track the kind of downtime.
EQUIP_STATUS_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P EQUIPMENT STATUS IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the occurance of a
status record.
active or valid.
END_TIME DATE 7 END TIME: Clock time that this status ended.
EQUIP_STATUS VARCHAR2 20 R_EQUIP_STATUS EQUIPMENT STATUS The status of the equipment, based on the STATUS TYPE
defined. Can include things such as condition types, operational statuses (working,
decommissioned).
EQUIP_STATUS_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_EQUIP_STATUS EQUIPMENT STATUS TYPE: A list of valid types for classifying or grouping
status information. Can include financial, operational condition etc.
PERCENT_CAPABILITY NUMBER 15, 12 PERCENT CAPABILITY: The working capability, compared to the maximum
possible expected. This will enable the capture of a measurement representing the
operational capacity associated with the status. Percent Capacity is normally
calculated at the well site or facility based on equipment manufacturer
specifications, well operations parameters, etc.
name or code.
START_TIME DATE 7 START TIME: The clock time that this status came into effect.
TIMEZONE VARCHAR2 20 R_TIMEZONE TIMEZONE: a valid list of time zones. You can obtain a list of timezones from
www.worldtimezone.com.
Page 248
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: EQUIPMENT_USE_STAT

EQUIPMENT USAGE STATISTICS: Use this table to track the usage of a specific piece of equipment, such as the distance driven by a truck, the total revolutions by a
pump or the total used distance for a piece of coiled tubing. This information is used to assist with maintenace and replacment scheduling.
active.
COST NUMBER 12, 2 COST: The cost of the equipment use so far, such as fuel cost, maintenance cost etc.
YYYYMMDD
END_DATE DATE 7 END DATE: The date that this statistical measurement ended.
END_TIME DATE 7 END TIME: The time that this statistical measurement ended.
EQUIP_USE_STAT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_EQUIP_USE_STAT_TYPE EQUIPMENT USE STATISTIC TYPE: Use statistics for equipment are widely
varied in nature, depending on the type of equipment you are tracking. You may
need to track distance driven, distance drilled, total revolutions, total cost of
operations etc.
MAX_DATE DATE 7 MAXIMUM DATE: the maximum date, that describes this use statistic, such as the
last date it was used.
MAX_VALUE NUMBER , MAXIMUM VALUE: the maximum value measured, such as the maximum RPM
for a pump.
MIN_DATE DATE 7 MINIMUM DATE: the minimum date that describes this use statistic, such as the
earliest date it was used.
MIN_VALUE NUMBER , MINIMUM VALUE: the minimum value measured, such as the minimum RPM for
Page 249
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: EQUIPMENT_USE_STAT

a pump.
PERCENT_CAPACITY NUMBER 15, 12 PERCENT CAPACITY: The amount of work or function of the equipment relative
to its total possible capacity. This is often calculated at a field site, using
manufacturer's specifications and performance metrics.
START_DATE DATE 7 START DATE: The date that this statistical measurement started.
START_TIME DATE 7 START TIME: The time that this statistical measurement started.
USE_CODE VARCHAR2 20 USAGE CODE: a descriptive code allowed for a particular kind of usage, such as
heavy, light, average etc.
USE_DESC VARCHAR2 1024 USE DESCRIPTION: a text based description of the usage of the equipment.
Page 250
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: EQUIPMENT_XREF

EQUIPMENT CROSS REFERENCE: This multi function table can keep track of peices of equipment that are part of the composition of a larger item, identify alternate or
interchangable parts, indicate new parts that replace parts that are no longer manufactured etc. The reference table controls the contents, and should be carefuly managed.
EQUIPMENT_PART_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT PART IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a peice of equipment that
is now part of a composite peice of equipment that is used as an whole. Over time,
parts of the whole object may be replaced, repaired or reconfigured.
EQUIPMENT_XREF_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P EQUIPMENT CROSS REFERENCE OBSERVATION NUMBER: A unique
primary key component added so that composite equipment may capture
relationships between specific components more than once over a life time. For
example, a rig may be comprised of many parts, some of which are in service from
time to time.
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: A Y / N flag indicating if this row of data is currently in
effect.
COMMISSION_DATE DATE 7 COMMISSION DATE: The date when this peice of equipment was commissioned
as a part of this composite.
DECOMMISSION_DATE DATE 7 DECOMMISSION DATE: The date when this peice of equipment was
decommissioned as a part of this composite.
DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 1024 DESCRIPTION: a textual description of the equipment.
EQUIP_XREF_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_EQUIP_XREF_TYPE EQUIPMENT CROSS REFERENCE TYPE: the type of relationship between two
pieces of equipment, often indicating one piece that can or has replaced another.
May also be used to indicate equipment that has the same function, and are therefore
equivalent. May be used to indicate the installation of one piece of equipment with
or in another.
INTERCHANGABLE_IND VARCHAR2 1 INTERCHANGABLE IND: A Y/N flag indicating whether this part can be
interchanged with another part once installed. Y indicates the part can be removed
and exchanged with another part. N indicates that it cannot be removed or
exchanged with another part.
Page 251
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: EQUIPMENT_XREF

Page 252
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FACILITY

FACILITY: A collection of surface equipment and meters which facilitate the production, injection or disposition of products. This equipment supports any operation in the
processing, development and transportation of products.
FACILITY_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P FACILITY ID: Number or code uniquely identifying the Facility.
FACILITY_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R_FACILITY_TYPE FACILITY TYPE: The type of facility that is described in this row of data, such as
ABANDONED_DATE DATE 7 ABANDONED DATE: the date that this facility was abandoned.
ACTIVE_DATE DATE 7 ACTIVE DATE: The date that the facility became acitve.
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: a yes / no flag indicating that this facility is currently in
active operations.
CONSTRUCTED_DATE DATE 7 CONSTRUCTED DATE: The date that the facility construction was completed.
CURRENT_OPERATOR VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business associate, such as a
DEPTH NUMBER 10, 5 FACILITY DEPTH: The depth of this facility.
DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 240 DESCRIPTION: Short descriptive information about the facility.
ELEVATION NUMBER 10, 5 ELEVATION: The elevation of this facility.
ELEVATION_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE
FACILITY_DIAMETER NUMBER 10, 5 FACILITY DIAMETER: the diameter of a facility, such as a pipeline or a tank.
FACILITY_DIAMETER_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE
FACILITY_FUNCTION VARCHAR2 20 R_FAC_FUNCTION FACILITY FUNCTION: A list of valid functions that are satisifed by a facility,
such as measurement, transportation, processing, storage, seperation etc.
FACILITY_NAME VARCHAR2 255 FACILITY NAME: Name assigned to the facility. This may be the legal or
registered name as it appears on a permit or a given name assigned by the operator.
FACILITY_NO NUMBER 20, 0 FACILITY NUMBER: the numeric value or code assigned to a peice of equipment.
Often this will correspond to the equipment tag number assigned in the production
accounting system, but this is not required. Could be any numeric value.
Page 253
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

FACILITY_SHORT_NAME VARCHAR2 30 FACILITY SHORT NAME: Common short name used for the facility.
H2S_IND VARCHAR2 1 H2S INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating whether this flag is able to handle
products containing H2S.
INACTIVE_DATE DATE 7 INACTIVE DATE: date when the facility was decommissioned or became inactive.
LAST_INJECTION_DATE DATE 7 LAST INJECTION DATE: The date that injection volumes were last reported for
this entity.
LAST_PRODUCTION_DATE DATE 7 LAST PRODUCTION DATE: The date that production was last reported for this
entity.
LAST_REPORTED_DATE DATE 7 LAST REPORTED DATE: The date that a production report was last submitted for
this entity.
LATITUDE NUMBER 14, 9 LATITUDE: Latitude of the facility location.
LONGITUDE NUMBER 14, 9 LONGITUDE: Longitude of the facility location.
MANUFACTURED_BY VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE MANUFACTURED BY BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: the unique
identifier for the business associate who manufactured this facility.
ON_INJECTION_DATE DATE 7 ON INJECTION DATE: The date that injection was first reported for this entity.
ON_PRODUCTION_DATE DATE 7 ON PRODUCTION DATE: The date that production was first reported for this
entity.
PIPELINE_MATERIAL VARCHAR2 20 R_FAC_PIPE_MATERIAL PIPELINE MATERIAL: The material that a pipeline is constructed from, such as 24
pound steel etc.
PIPELINE_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_FAC_PIPE_TYPE PIPELINE TYPE: A list of valid types of pipelines.
PIPE_COVER_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_FAC_PIPE_COVER PIPELINE COVER TYPE: A list of valid types of material that covers or surrounds
a pipeline that is buried below ground level (or sea level).
PLOT_NAME VARCHAR2 30 PLOT NAME: Name alias used when plotting the facility on a map.
PLOT_SYMBOL VARCHAR2 20 R_PLOT_SYMBOL PLOT SYMBOL: A character or symbol used to represent a facility. This may be
used in a particular mapping package coding scheme, or as a pointer to other
application dependent files.
PRIMARY_FIELD_ID VARCHAR2 20 FIELD FIELD IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the field. This is a denormalized column
used only by implementations where facilities service only one field. Where a
facility may service many fields, the table FACILITY FIELD should be used.
source of information for this row. Page 254
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

UNIT_OPERATED_IND VARCHAR2 1 UNIT OPERATED INDICATOR: a yes / no flag indicating that the facility is
operated by through a unit operating agreement.
Page 255
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FACILITY_ALIAS

FACILITY ALIAS: Alias or alternate name for the facility.
FACILITY_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P FACILITY FACILITY ID: Number or code uniquely identifying the Facility.
FACILITY_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P FACILITY FACILITY TYPE: The type of facility that is described in this row of data, such as
FACILITY_ALIAS_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P FACILITY ALIAS IDENTIFIER: unique ID for a Code identifying any other name
the facility is known by.
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: a Y / N flag indicating whether the row of data is currently
a
ALIAS_FULL_NAME VARCHAR2 255 FACILITY ALIAS: Code identifying any other name the facility is known by.
ALIAS_REASON_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_ALIAS_REASON_TYPE REASON TYPE: The purpose or reason for a given alias. For example a facility
alias may be assigned because of a name change.
EFFECTIVE_DATE DATE 7 EFFECTIVE DATE: Date on which the alias became effective
EXPIRY_DATE DATE 7 EXPIRY DATE: Date on which the alias is no longer valid.
name or code.
Page 256
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FACILITY_ALIAS

Page 257
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FACILITY_AREA

FACILITY AREA: this table tracks the relationships between facilities and all areas that they intersect with. These areas may be formal geopolitical areas, business or
regulatory areas, informal areas etc.
etc.
active.
Page 258
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FACILITY_BA_SERVICE

FACILITY SERVICE: this table may be used to track services that are provided for a facility, such as maintenance, inspections, supplies etc.
SERVICE_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P SERVICE SEQUENCE NUMBER: Unique identifier for the service provided by a
business associate for a facilities operation.
active or valid.
CONTACT_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE CONTACT BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the
CONTRACT
DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 2000 DESCRIPTION: A textual description of the service.

END_DATE DATE 7 END DATE: The date that this service was completed.
REPRESENTED_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE REPRESENTED BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: the Business Associate on whose
behalf the service was provided.
SERVICE_QUALITY VARCHAR2 20 R_SERVICE_QUALITY SERVICE QUALITY: The quality of service provided.
Page 259
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FACILITY_BA_SERVICE

Page 260
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FACILITY_CLASS

FACILITY CLASS: Classifications for the facility, most notably classifications relating to the emmissions of hazardous products, are captured here. These classifications
may change over time.
FACILITY_CLASS_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R_FACILITY_CLASS FACILITY CLASSIFICATION TYPE: The type of classification assigned to the
facility.
FACILITY_CLASS_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P FACILITY CLASSIFICATION SEQUENCE NUMBER: Added to allow a facility
to hold the same classification more than once in its life cycle.
active.
Page 261
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FACILITY_COMPONENT

FACILITY COMPONENT: This table is used to capture the relationships between facilities and busines objects, such as wells, equipment, documents, seismic sets and
contracts.
object that is associated with a facility.
active.
etc.
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE
information.
Page 262
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

found in it.
an organization.
working for it.
table.
FACILITY_COMPONENT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_FACILITY_COMP_TYPE FACILITY COMPONENT TYPE: The type of component that is associated with a
facility
related incident.
Page 263
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

obligation
that is captured.
Page 264
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

Page 265
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

SEIS_SURVEY.
description.
permitted to hold.
within a well.
Webster Online)
thesaurus.
Page 266
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

Page 267
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FACILITY_DESCRIPTION

FACILITY DESCRIPTION: Use this vertical table to capture descriptive information about a facility, such as size or dimensions and other information that is not specifically
supported in PPDM.
a facility.
active.
cost.
YYYYMMDD
product.
Page 268
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FACILITY_DESCRIPTION

facility is a tank for which tank strappings are measured, the reference point would
be the height measurement in the tank. The volume measure at the reference tank
strapping will usually be captured in AVERAGE VALUE. Other reference values,
such as pressures or temperatures that reference specifications are also permitted.
REFERENCE_VALUE_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_FAC_SPEC_REFERENCE FACILITY SPECIFICATION REFERENCE TYPE: the type of reference that a
specification is measured against. For examples, a tank may store various volumes at
specific pressures or temperatures.
SPEC_CODE VARCHAR2 20 R_FACILITY_SPEC_CODE FACILITY SPECIFICATION CODE: A code for a specification where the result is
a text string, rather than a number, and the text string should be validated against a
list of values. General narrative descriptions can be stored in
FACILITY_DESCRIPTION.SPEC_DESC.
property.
SPEC_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_FACILITY_SPEC_CODE FACILITY SPECIFICATION TYPE: Use this table to capture the specification
R_FACILITY_SPEC_TYPE measurement type that is captured for a specific facility.
Page 269
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FACILITY_EQUIPMENT

FACILITY EQUIPMENT: Generally, a facility is usually considered to be an object that exists somewhere on the earth (or under or over). In most systems, these facilities
are given identifiers that indicate a PLACE on a network, and not a specific piece of equipment. This table can be used to keep track of which equipment is occupying that
facility place at a given time. A single facility can thus be associated with many physical pieces of equipment over its life span.
pipeline, tank, battery etc. This value is managed by check constraint and may only
be equal to the name of one of the valid subtypes.
INSTALL_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P INSTALLATION OBSERVATION NUMBER: A unique number added to allow
the same piece of equipment to be installed at the same logical facility location more
than once over time (it can be removed and reinstalled later on).
a
EXPIRY_DATE DATE 7 EXPIRY DATE: Date on which the data is no longer valid.
INSTALL_DATE DATE 7 INSTALLED DATE: The date that this piece of equipment was installed in a logical
facility location. Over time, a piece of equipment may be installed in more than one
logical location, or a logical location may have equipment replacements or upgrades
over time.
REMOVE_DATE DATE 7 REMOVED DATE: The date this piece of equipment was removed from a logical
facility location.
REMOVE_REASON VARCHAR2 20 R_EQUIP_REMOVE_REASON REMOVE REASON: The reason why this particular piece of equipment was
removed or replaced, such as replace due to wear and tear (scheduled), replace due
to failure, upgrade.
USE_DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 1024 USE DESCRIPTION: Description of the use of the equipment, as narrative text.
Page 270
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FACILITY_FIELD

FACILITY FIELD: cross reference table indicating which fields a facility is associated with. In some cases, facilities must be associated with a specific field, and in others a
facility may serve more than one field.
FIELD_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P FIELD FIELD IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the field.
a
Page 271
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FACILITY_LIC_ALIAS

FACILITY LICENSE NAME ALIAS: The alias table stores multiple alias names for a given license name.
FACILITY_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P FACILITY_LICENSE FACILITY ID: Number or code uniquely identifying the Facility.
FACILITY_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P FACILITY_LICENSE FACILITY TYPE: The type of facility that is described in this row of data, such as
LICENSE_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P FACILITY_LICENSE LICENSE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for this facility license.
is known.
active.
AMENDED_DATE DATE 7 ALIAS AMENDED DATE: the date on which the name was amended.
OWNER_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE OWNER BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business associate, such
as a person, company, regulatory agency, government or consortium.
name or code.
STRUCKOFF_DATE DATE 7 STRUCK OFF DATE: Date on which the legal name was struck from corporatePage 272
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FACILITY_LIC_ALIAS

Page 273
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FACILITY_LIC_AREA

FACILITY LICENSE AREA: This table provides a list of the areas into which a facility license falls.
license.
DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 240 DESCRIPTION: Narrative descriptive remarks about the area and license.
Page 274
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FACILITY_LIC_COND

FACILITY LICENSE CONDITION: lists the conditions under which the license or approval has been granted. May include payment of fees, development of agreements,
performance of work etc. If desired, the project module may be used to track fulfillment of operational conditions. The obligations module is used to track payment of fees.
CONDITION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CONDITION IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the condition that is applied to the
facility license.
license.
CONDITION_CODE VARCHAR2 20 R_FAC_LIC_COND_CODE FACILITY LICENSE CONDITION CODE: A validated code associated with a
type of condition applied to the facility license.
CONDITION_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_FAC_LIC_COND_CODE FACILITY LICENSE CONDITION TYPE: the type of condition applied to the
R_FAC_LIC_COND facility license, such as flaring rate, venting rate, production rate, H2S content limit,
emissions etc.
CONDITION_VALUE NUMBER 12, 2 CONDITION VALUE: the value applied to this condition. For example, an NOX
emmission limitation may be set at 0.02 kg / hr and the production rate for oil set at
10 m3/day.
CONDITION_VALUE_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE CONDITION VALUE UNIT OF MEASURE: the units of measure applied to the
condition value, often expressed as a rate such as m3/day or mol/kmol.
CONTACT_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE CONTACT BUSINESS ASSOCIATE ID: the unique identifier for the contact for
this condition.
YYYYMMDD
DUE_CONDITION VARCHAR2 20 R_FAC_LIC_DUE_CONDITION DUE CONDITION: The state that must be achieved for the condition to become
cease).
DUE_DATE DATE 7 DUE DATE: The date that this condition must be fulfilled.
DUE_FREQUENCY VARCHAR2 20 DUE FREQUENCY: the frequency with which this condition must be met, such as
an annual review. Where conditions are cycling in this way, please use the project
(for work flow) or obligations ( for payments) module to track completions.
DUE_TERM NUMBER 3, 0 DUE TERM: the period within which this condition must be satisfied, usually
following completion of operations.
DUE_TERM_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE DUE TERM UNIT OF MEASURE: the unit of measure for the term, such as days,
weeeks, months.
Page 275
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FACILITY_LIC_COND

EXEMPT_IND VARCHAR2 1 EXEMPT INDICATOR: a Y/N flag indicating that the holder of the license is
exempt from this condition.
FULFILLED_BY_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE FULFILLED BY BUSINESS ASSOCIATE ID: unique identifier for the business
associate who fulfilled this condition.
FULFILLED_DATE DATE 7 FULFILLED DATE: the date that this condition was fulfilled.
FULFILLED_IND VARCHAR2 1 FULFILLED INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating that this condition has been
fulfilled.
PRODUCT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 PRODUCT PRODUCT TYPE: Indicates the type of product (fluid) such as GAS, OIL,
WATER, NGL, etc. Includes the less common products like STEAM, METHANE ,
BUTANE, HELIUM, etc. Used to indicate the product that the condition refers to.
RESTRICTION_ID VARCHAR2 20 RESTRICTION RESTRICTION IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a restriction.
Page 276
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FACILITY_LIC_REMARK

FACILITY LICENSE REMARK: a text description to record general comments on the license tracking when remark was made, who is the author and the type of remark.
REMARK_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P REMARK ID: unique identifier for the remark about the license.
remark.
active.
contract.
Page 277
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FACILITY_LIC_STATUS

FACILITY LICENSE STATUS: Tracks the status of a license throughout its lifetime. Various types of status may be included at the discretion of the implementor.
active.
LICENSE_STATUS VARCHAR2 20 R_LICENSE_STATUS LICENSE STATUS: the status of the license, such as pending, approved,
terminated, cancelled by operator, denied, extended etc.
LICENSE_STATUS_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_LICENSE_STATUS LICENSE STATUS TYPE: the type of status described for the license. Could be
regulatory, environmental etc. Used to track the situation where multiple types of
statuses are to be tracked.
Page 278
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FACILITY_LIC_TYPE

FACILITY LICENSE TYPE: The type of facility license that is granted, such as processing, flaring, sales, venting etc. In some cases, all types may be combined into a single
license and in others, multiple licenses may be granted.
GRANTED_BY_BA_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE GRANTED BY BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: the unique identifier for
the business associate, usually a regulatory agency, that grants this type of license.
FACILITY_LICENSE_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P FACILITY LICENSE TYPE: The type of facility license that is granted, such as
processing, flaring, sales, venting etc. In some cases, all types may be combined into
a single license and in others, multiple licenses may be granted.
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating that this type of license or
authorization is currenty in effect.
Page 279
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FACILITY_LIC_VIOLATION

FACILITY LICENSE VIOLATION: Use this table to track incidents where the terms of a license have been violated (or perhaps are claimed to be violated). At this time the
table is relatively simple in content.
LICENSE_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P FACILITY_LIC_COND LICENSE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for this facility license.
FACILITY_LICENSE
FACILITY_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P FACILITY_LIC_COND FACILITY TYPE: The type of facility that is described in this row of data, such as
FACILITY_LICENSE pipeline, tank, battery etc.
FACILITY_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P FACILITY_LIC_COND FACILITY ID: Number or code uniquely identifying the Facility.
FACILITY_LICENSE
VIOLATION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P VIOLATION IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a violation of a license
agreement.
active.
CONDITION_ID VARCHAR2 20 FACILITY_LIC_COND LICENSE CONDITION IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the condition that is
applied to this license. Populate only if you need a direct relationship to the
condition that was violated.
RESOLVE_DATE DATE 7 RESOLVED DATE: The date that this violation was resolved by submitting
required information, paying fines, amending procedures etc.
RESOLVE_DESC VARCHAR2 1024 RESOLVE DESCRIPTION: A short narrative description of the resolution of the
violation, such as procedures modified, report submitted, fine paid.
RESOLVE_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_FAC_LIC_VIOL_RESOL LICENSE VIOLATION RESOLUTION TYPE: The type of resolution to a
processes.
VIOLATION_DATE DATE 7 VIOLATION DATE: The date on which the violation was first on record, such as
the date that the regulatory agency notified you about a problem, or the date when
something such as a report was overdue.
VIOLATION_DESC VARCHAR2 1024 VIOLATION DESCRIPTION: a narrative description of the license violation that
has been recorded.
VIOLATION_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_FAC_LIC_VIOLATION_TYPE VIOLATION TYPE: The type of violation of a license that is being recorded. Can
Page 280
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FACILITY_LIC_VIOLATION

Page 281
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FACILITY_LICENSE

FACILITY LICENSE: Tacks authorizations of various types to conduct activities and operations related to a facility such as a pipeline, battery, pumping station etc. These
authorizations may be called licenses, approvals, permits etc by various regulatory agencies.
FACILITY
FACILITY pipeline, tank, battery etc.
LICENSE_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LICENSE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for this facility license.
active.
ADJUST_13_MONTH_DESC VARCHAR2 240 13th MONTH ADJUSTMENT DESCRIPTION: A short textual description of the
13th month adjustment. Details about this should be managed in an accounting
system.
ADJUST_13_MONTH_IND VARCHAR2 1 13th MONTH ADJUSTMENT INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating whether the
contract governing operations for the facility allows a 13th month adjustment.
APPROVED_FACILITY_CLASS VARCHAR2 20 R_FACILITY_CLASS FACILITY CLASSIFICATION TYPE: The type of classification assigned to the
facility, such as sour gas. Often has a bearing on environmental restrictions and
requirements.
ASSIGNED_FIELD_ID VARCHAR2 20 FIELD ASSIGNED FIELD IDENTIFIER: The unique identifier for field assigned to the
facility in the licence document.
DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 240 DESCRIPTION: Narrative descriptive remarks that accompany the license.
FACILITY_LICENSE_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 FACILITY_LIC_TYPE FACILITY LICENSE TYPE: The type of facility license or approval that is granted,
such as processing, flaring, sales, venting etc. In some cases, all types may be
combined into a single license and in others, multiple licenses may be granted.
FEES_PAID_IND VARCHAR2 1 FEES PAID INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating whether the fees reuqired for this
license or authorization have been paid.
GRANTED_BY_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE GRANTED BY BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: the unique identifier for
FACILITY_LIC_TYPE the business associate, usually a regulatory agency, that grants this type of license.
GRANTED_BY_CONTACT_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE GRANTED BY CONTACT ID: unique identifier for the person who is the contact
for the grantor of this license.
GRANTED_DATE DATE 7 GRANTED DATE: The date that this license was granted.
GRANTED_TO_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE GRANTED TO BA ID: the business associate that this license was granted to.
GRANTED_TO_CONTACT_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE GRANTED TO CONTACT ID: unique identifier for the person who is the contact
for the grantee of this license.
Page 282
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FACILITY_LICENSE

LICENSE_EXTENSION_COND VARCHAR2 20 R_FAC_LIC_EXTEND_TYPE FACILITY LICENSE EXTENSION CONDITION: The criteria that must be
addressed in order for the primary term of the license to be extended. For example,
construction must be started etc.
LICENSE_LATITUDE NUMBER 14, 9 LICENSE LATITUDE: The latitude coordinate referenced in the license document.
LICENSE_LOCATION VARCHAR2 60 LICENSE LOCATION: The location, generally in local referenced system, assigned
to this facility in the license document.
LICENSE_LONGITUDE NUMBER 14, 9 LICENSE LONGITUDE: the longitude location referenced on the license
document.
LICENSE_NUM VARCHAR2 30 LICENSE NUMBER: The number assigned to this license by the granting agency,
usually a regulatory authority.
LICENSE_TERM NUMBER 5, 2 LICENSE TERM: the term over which this license is granted, such as one year, 5
years etc.
LICENSE_TERM_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE LICENSE TERM UNIT OF MEASURE: the unit of measure for the term of the
license, such as year or month.
REL_LICENSE_ID VARCHAR2 20 FACILITY_LICENSE RELATED FACILITY LICENSE ID
RENEWAL_CONDITION VARCHAR2 20 RENEWAL CONDITION: The condition that must be met for the license to be
renewed at the end of term.
SECONDARY_TERM NUMBER 5, 3 SECONDARY TERM: the secondary or extended term granted for this license.
SECONDARY_TERM_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNIT OF MEASURE
VIOLATION_IND VARCHAR2 1 VIOLATION INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating that this license has been in
violation of at least one requirement. Details are captured in the FACILLITY
LICENSE FAIL table.
Page 283
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FACILITY_MAINT_STATUS

FACILITY MAINTAIN STATUS: Use this table to keep track of the status of various phases of maintenance activities for a facility. For example, you may want to track
when the activity was approved, when equipment was sent out (or when a crew arrived), when the work was started, when it was tested, when it was finalized etc. This table
can be used to help create metrics for performance and maintenance schedules.
FACILITY_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P FACILITY_MAINTAIN FACILITY ID: Number or code uniquely identifying the Facility.
FACILITY_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P FACILITY_MAINTAIN FACILITY TYPE: The type of facility that is described in this row of data, such as
MAINTAIN_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P FACILITY_MAINTAIN MAINTENANCE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a facility maintenance event.
STATUS_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P STATUS IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a status of the maintenance event.
active.
MAINTAIN_STATUS VARCHAR2 20 R_FAC_MAINT_STATUS FACILITY MAINTAIN STATUS: the status of a facility maintenace event, such as
approved, started, underway, completed, inspected etc. Note that statuses are defined
within the framework of a point of view, such as operational, financial etc.
MAINTAIN_STATUS_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_FAC_MAINT_STATUS FACILITY MAINTAIN STATUS TYPE: The type or perspective of status for a
facility maintenance event, such as operational, financial, legal etc.
Page 284
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FACILITY_MAINTAIN

FACILITY MAINTAINANCE RECORD: General details about maintenace on the facility can be captured here.
R_FAC_MAINTAIN_TYPE pipeline, tank, battery etc.
MAINTAIN_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P MAINTENANCE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a facility maintenance event.
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: A Y / N flag indicating whether this status is currently in
effect.
ACTUAL_END_DATE DATE 7 ACTUAL COMPLETED DATE: The date that this maintenance was actually
completed.
ACTUAL_START_DATE DATE 7 ACTUAL START DATE: The date that this maintenance actually started.
MAINTAIN_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE MAINTENANCE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for
the business associate who completed this maintenance.
MAINTAIN_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_FAC_MAINTAIN_TYPE MAINTAINENCE TYPE: the type of maintenace that will be done on this support
facility, such as repaving, painting, surfacing etc.
REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 REMARK: narrative remarks aobut this maintenance.
SCHEDULE_END_DATE DATE 7 SCHEDULED COMPLETE DATE: The date that this maintenance is scheduled to
be completed.
SCHEDULE_START_DATE DATE 7 SCHEDULED START DATE: the date that this maintenance is scheduled to occur.
Page 285
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FACILITY_RATE

FACILITY RATE: this table may be used to capture which rate schedules apply to use of a faciility.
RATE_SCHEDULE_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P RATE_SCHEDULE RATE OR FEE SCHEDULE IDENTIFIER: unique indentifier for the schedule.
active.
Page 286
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FACILITY_RESTRICTION

FACILITY RESTRICTION: Describes surface restrictions of various sorts, as defined and enforced by a jurisdictional body, such as a government or its agency. Detailed
information about the surface restriction, such as its areal extent, restricted activities, contact information and descriptions can be found in associated tables.
RESTRICTION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P RESTRICTION RESTRICTION ID: Unique identifier for the restriction.
RESTRICTION_VERSION Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P RESTRICTION RESTRICTION VERSION: The version number of the restriction. In some areas,
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: a yes / no flag indicating that this version of the surface
restriction is currently in effect.
DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 2000 DESCRIPTION: A textual description of the surface restriction, as found in the
regulatory documentation.
EFFECTIVE_DATE DATE 7 EFFECTIVE DATE: the date that the restriction first came into effect. Start and end
dates for individual cycles are tracked as START and END DATE.
REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 REMARK: general remark about the surface restriction. Detailed remarks may be
tracked in the table LD SURF REST REMARK.
Page 287
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FACILITY_STATUS

FACILITY STATUS: Tracks the status of a facility throughout its lifetime. Various types of status may be included at the discretion of the implementor. May also include
downtimes, using STATUS TYPE as downtime and the Status as the specific kind of downtime being tracked.
active.
FACILITY_STATUS VARCHAR2 20 R_FACILITY_STATUS FACILITY STATUS: The status of the facility, such as ACTIVE, PENDING,
DECOMMISSIONED etc. Defined in terms of a type of status.
STATUS_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_FACILITY_STATUS FACILITY STATUS TYPE: A list of the types of status that may be tracked for a
facility, such as construction, production, reclamation, operational, flaring etc. Used
to track the situation where multiple types of statuses are to be tracked.
Page 288
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FACILITY_SUBSTANCE

FACILITY SUBSTANCE: This table may be used to track the ability of a facility to handle substances. Supporting information, such as capacity, is also provided.
SUBSTANCE_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P SUBSTANCE SUBSTANCE: scientifically refers to chemical element or compound occurring
naturally as a product of inorganic processes found beneath the earths surface and
possessing some commercial value.
a
AVERAGE_CAPACITY NUMBER 14, 4 AVERAGE VOLUME CAPACITY: the average volume or rate for the substance
that can be handled by the facility.
CAPACITY_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE CAPACITY ORIGINAL UNITS OF MEASURE: Original units of measure for the
capacity of the substance.
CAPACITY_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE CAPACITY UNITS OF MEASURE: the unit of measure that the substance is
measured in. Added explicitly because the UOM depends on the substance
measured.
EFFECTIVE_DATE DATE 7 EFFECTIVE DATE: the date that the facility was first able to accomodate this
substance.
MAX_CAPACITY NUMBER 14, 4 MAXIMUM CAPACITY: the maximum capacity of the substance that the facility
can manage.
REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 REMARK: Narrative remark about the ability of the facility to manage the
substance.
STRAT_NAME_SET_ID VARCHAR2 20 STRAT_UNIT STRATIGRAPHIC NAME SET NAME: a unique name of the the set of
stratigrapahic names to which the STRAT UNITS belong. A stratigraphic name set
is a collection of stratigraphic units, such as may be in use for a geographic area, a
project, a company etc.
SUBSTANCE_EXCLUDED_IND VARCHAR2 1 SUBSTANCE EXCLUDED INDICATOR: A yes / no flag indicating that the
substance named is explicitly not handled by the facility. Added to make query
writing simpler.
SUBSTANCE_INCLUDED_IND VARCHAR2 1 SUBSTANCE INCLUDED INDICATOR: a yes / no flag indicating that the named
substance is handled by the facility. Added to make query writing easier.
Page 289
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FACILITY_SUBSTANCE

Page 290
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FACILITY_VERSION

FACILITY VERSION: information about the facility from alternate sources. The Preferred version is stored in the FACILITY table.
ACTIVE_DATE DATE 7 ACTIVE DATE: The date when the facility was first active.
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: a yes / no flag indicating that the facility is currently active.
CONSTRUCTED_DATE DATE 7 CONSTRUCTED DATE: the date when construction of the facility was completed.
CURRENT_STATUS_DATE DATE 7 CURRENT STATUS DATE: Date of the current status for the facility.
DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 240 DESCRIPTION; a description of the facility.
FACILITY_NAME VARCHAR2 255 FACILITY NAME: Name assigned to the facility. This may be the legal or
FACILITY_SHORT_NAME VARCHAR2 30 FACILITY SHORT NAME: Common short name used for the facility.
FACILITY_STATUS VARCHAR2 20 R_FACILITY_STATUS FACILITY STATUS: The operational state of the facility.
INACTIVE_DATE DATE 7 INACTIVE DATE: the date when the facility became inactive or was no longer in
use.
this entity.
entity.
LAST_REPORTED_DATE DATE 7 LAST REPORTED DATE: The date that a production report was last submitted for
this entity.
LATITUDE NUMBER 14, 9 LATITUDE: Latitude of the facility location.
LONGITUDE NUMBER 14, 9 LONGITUDE: Longitude of the facility location.
entity.
PLOT_NAME VARCHAR2 20 PLOT NAME: Name alias used when plotting the facility on a map.
PLOT_SYMBOL VARCHAR2 20 R_PLOT_SYMBOL PLOT SYMBOL: A character or symbol used to represent a facility. This may be
used in a particular mapping package coding scheme, or as a pointer to other
PPDM_GUID VARCHAR2 38 PPDM GUID: This value may be used to provide a global unique identifier for Page
this 291
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FACILITY_VERSION

STATUS_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_FACILITY_STATUS FACILITY STATUS TYPE: A list of the types of status that may be tracked for a
facility, such as construction, production, reclamation, operational, flaring etc.
Page 292
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FACILITY_XREF

FACILITY CROSS REFERENCE: this table may be used to track the relationships between facilities. Use to track which tanks are in tank groups, which pipelines feed into
which tanks, which processing units accept product from which tanks (or which storage tanks product can be sent to), which units have replaced worn out equipment etc.
FACILITY_ID_2 Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P FACILITY FACILITY ID: Number or code uniquely identifying the Facility.
FACILITY_TYPE_2 Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P FACILITY FACILITY TYPE: The type of facility that is described in this row of data, such as
XREF_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P CROSS REFERENCE OBSERVATION NUMBER: a unique component added to
allow relationships between facilities to span time or tooccur for more than one
reason.
a
FACILITY_XREF_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_FACILITY_XREF_TYPE FACILITY CROSS REFERENCE TYPE: the type of relationship between facilities,
such as a component facility comprising part of a larger facility, a facility attached
to another facility etc.
Page 293
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FIELD

FIELD: A geographical area defined for administrative and legal purposes. The field name refers to the surface area, although at times it may refer to both the surface and the
underground productive zones. In the United States a field is often an area consisting of a single reservoir or multiple reservoirs all grouped on, or related to, the same
individual geological structural feature and/or stratigraphic condition. Fields are usually defined at a province/state level but possibly are done at the district level.
FIELD_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P FIELD IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the field.
a
Z_R_PROVINCE_STATE nation or territory. For example Austria, Canada, United Kingdom, USA, Venezula.
DISCOVERY_DATE DATE 7 DISCOVERY DATE: The date that the field was discovered. This may be different
than effective date.
DISTRICT VARCHAR2 20 Z_R_DISTRICT DISTRICT: The area designated as a district by a regulatory agency. For example
RR District 8A designated by the Texas Railroad Commission.
FIELD_ABBREVIATION VARCHAR2 20 FIELD NAME ABBREVIATION: Common abbreviated field name.
FIELD_NAME VARCHAR2 60 FIELD NAME: Legal or common given name of the field.
FIELD_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_FIELD_TYPE FIELD TYPE: Identifies the type of field. For example regulatory or locally
assigned.
GROUP_FIELD_ID VARCHAR2 20 FIELD GROUP FIELD IDENTIFIERl: Used in cases where a field crosses jurisdictional
boundaries, and different codes are assigned to each portion. The group code relates
to the entire field and is independant of the jurisdicational segmentation.
PROVINCE_STATE VARCHAR2 20 Z_R_PROVINCE_STATE PROVINCE STATE: A reference table identifying valid states, provinces or other
political subdivisions of countries. For example, Colorado, Texas in the US, Alberta
in Canada
Page 294
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FIELD_ALIAS

FIELD NAME ALIAS: The Field Name Alias table stores multiple field names assigned to a given field name. For example, the Hugoton Gas Field may have many versions
of the name assigned by a regulatory body, such as, Hugoton G. Field etc. This table can translate all multiple field names into one common name.
FIELD_ALIAS_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P FIELD NAME ALIAS IDENTIFIER: Code identifying any other name the field is
known by.
active.
ALIAS_FULL_NAME VARCHAR2 255 FIELD NAME ALIAS IDENTIFIER: Code identifying any other name the field is
known by.
ALIAS_REASON_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_ALIAS_REASON_TYPE REASON TYPE: The purpose or reason for a given alias. For example a well alias
may be assigned to the well because of a name change or amendment to the
identifier. A business associate alias may be created as a result of a merger or name
change.
AREA_ID VARCHAR2 20 AREA AREA IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the area, such as a country or state, for
which this alias is valid.
AREA_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 AREA AREA TYPE: The type of area, such as province, state or country.
name or code.
REASON_DESC VARCHAR2 2000 REASON DESCRIPTION: A narrative explanation about the alias being used. Page 295
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FIELD_ALIAS

Page 296
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FIELD_AREA

FIELD AREA: this table tracks the relationships between fields and all areas that they intersect with. These areas may be formal geopolitical areas, business or regulatory
areas, informal areas etc.
etc.
AREA_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P FIELD AREA OBSERVATION NUMBER: Unique number added to allow a field
to be associated with areas over time as they change in shape over time.
active.
Page 297
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FIELD_COMPONENT

FIELD COMPONENT: This table is used to capture the relationships between fields and busines objects, such as wells, equipment, documents, seismic sets and contracts.
object that is associated with a field.
active.
etc.
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE
information.
Page 298
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

found in it.
an organization.
working for it.
table.
FIELD_COMPONENT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_FIELD_COMPONENT_TYPE FIELD COMPONENT TYPE: The type of component that is associated with the
field.
related incident.
Page 299
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

obligation
that is captured.
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

SEIS_SURVEY.
Page 301
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

description.
permitted to hold.
within a well.
Webster Online)
thesaurus.
Page 302
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

Page 303
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FIELD_INSTRUMENT

FIELD INSTRUMENT: This table may be used to track the relationship between fields and instruments. An instument may be regarded as a document that registers interest
in something.
INSTRUMENT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P INSTRUMENT INSTRUMENT ID: Unique identifier for the instrument.
active.
Page 304
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FIELD_VERSION

FIELD VERSION: a version of field information from a specific source. The Preferred version is inserted into the FIELD table.
active.
DISCOVERY_DATE DATE 7 DISCOVERY DATE: The date that the field was discovered. This may be different
FIELD_ABBREVIATION VARCHAR2 20 FIELD NAME ABBREVIATION: Common abbreviated field name.
FIELD_NAME VARCHAR2 60 FIELD NAME: Legal or common given name of the field.
FIELD_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_FIELD_TYPE FIELD TYPE: Identifies the type of field. For example regulatory or locally
assigned.
in Canada
Page 305
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FIN_COMPONENT

FINANCE COMPONENT: The business objects in PPDM that are related to this financial summary. May be land rights, seismic acquisition or processing, well drilling,
completions etc.
FINANCE_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P FINANCE FINANCE SUIMMARY IDENTIFIER: Summary information about a financial
FINANCE_COMPONENT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P AFE COMPONENT IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the AFE Component. Each
business object that is associated with this AFE should have its own component ID.
ACQUISITION_COST_ID VARCHAR2 20 ACQUISITION COST ID: unique identifier for each acquisition cost.
active.
etc.
BA_LICENSEE_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BA_LICENSE LICENSEE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE
Page 306
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

information.
found in it.
an organization.
working for it.
table.
EQUIPMENT_ID VARCHAR2 20 EQUIPMENT_MAINTAIN EQUIPMENT IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a specific peice of equipment.
EQUIPMENT
EQUIP_MAINT_ID VARCHAR2 20 EQUIPMENT_MAINTAIN EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a maintenance
activity.
FACILITY
Page 307
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

FACILITY_LICENSE_ID VARCHAR2 20 FACILITY_LICENSE FACILITY LICENSE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the facility license.
FINANCE_ID2 VARCHAR2 20 FINANCE FINANCE IDENTIFIER (Associated): FK to another finance id that this one is
related to, such as in the case where a finance is supplemented by another, or part of
another.
FIN_COMPONENT_TABLE VARCHAR2 30 COMPONENT TABLE: the type of component that is associated with the financial
reference, such as seismic line, well, land right etc. Must be input as the name of the
table from which the FK is derived.
FIN_COMPONENT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_FIN_COMPONENT_TYPE FINANCE COMPONENT TYPE: the reason why the component is associated with
the AFE, such as drilling costs, processing costs, land bid costs etc.
related incident.
LAND_SALE_BID_SET_ID VARCHAR2 20 LAND_SALE_BID_SET LAND SALE BID SET IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a land sale bidding set.
LAND_SALE_JURISDICTION VARCHAR2 20 LAND_SALE_BID JURISDICTION: The unique identifier for the business associate (regulator or
LAND_SALE jurisdiction) who is responsible for the land sale.
LAND_SALE
Page 308
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

LAND_SALE_OFFERING_BID VARCHAR2 20 LAND_SALE_BID LAND OFFERING BID: Unique identifier for a bid. Within the bid, individual
obligation
that is captured.
RESENT_VOL_REVISION GAS, OIL, WATER, NGL, etc. Includes the less common products like STEAM,
Page 309
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

RESENT_VOL_REVISION reserves entity may be comprised of a single business object (such as a well) or a
RESENT_VOL_REVISION confidence level and producing status of the reserve volumes.
RESTRICTION_ID VARCHAR2 20 RESTRICTION RESTRICTION IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a restriction.
RESTRICTION_VERSION NUMBER 8, 0 RESTRICTION RESTRICTION VERSION: part of the fk from RESTRICTION. this component is
added to allow restrictions to be versioned over time.
REVISION_ID VARCHAR2 20 RESENT_VOL_REVISION REVISION IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the reserves estimate revision.
REVISION_OBS_NO NUMBER 8, 0 RESENT_VOL_REVISION REVISION OBSERVATION NUMBER: A unique numeric component to connect
all revisions (net and gross) associated with a single revision occurrence.
REVISION ID is used to group the revision event and REVISION OBS NO is set
back to 1 each time a new revision event is created.
SEIS_LICENSE_ID VARCHAR2 20 SEIS_LICENSE SEISMIC SET LICENSE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the approval granted
to conduct seismic or geophysical operations.
SEIS_SURVEY.
SEIS_SET between the SEIS SET supertype and its valid sub types. Values for this columnPage 310
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

SEIS_TRANSACTION_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 SEIS_TRANSACTION SEISMIC TRANSACTION TYPE: The type of transaction, such as purchase, trade,
farm in agreement etc.
description.
permitted to hold.
Webster Online)
thesaurus.
WELL_ACTIVITY
Page 311
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

WELL_BA_SERVICE
WELL_DRILL_PERIOD_SERV
WELL_LICENSE
WELL
WELL_DRILL_PERIOD_OBS_NO NUMBER 8, 0 WELL_DRILL_PERIOD_SERV WELL DRILLING PERIOD OBSERVATION NUMBER: unique identifier for a
reporting period for well operations. Internationally, there may be 1, 2 or 3 periods
each 24 hours. In some jurisdictions, reporting may occur for more than one period,
such as for an 8 hour tour shift and a 24 daily summary.
WELL_LICENSE_ID VARCHAR2 20 WELL_LICENSE WELL LICENSE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for this well license.
WELL_LICENSE_SOURCE VARCHAR2 20 WELL_LICENSE SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated as the
WELL_SERVICE_PROVIDED_BY VARCHAR2 20 WELL_BA_SERVICE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: unique identifier for the business associate who did the
WELL_DRILL_PERIOD_SERV service.
WELL_SERVICE_SEG_OBS_NO NUMBER 8, 0 WELL_DRILL_PERIOD_SERV WELL SERVICE SEGMENT OBSERVATION NUMBER: a unique sequence
added to allow a service to be associated with a drill period more than once.
Although rare, this may be needed from time to time in order to properly allocate the
costs to more than one cost center or AFE, via the foreign key to FIN
COMPONENT.
WELL_SERVICE_SEQ_NO NUMBER 8, 0 WELL_BA_SERVICE SERVICE SEQUENCE NUMBER: unique number assiged to this instance of the
WELL_DRILL_PERIOD_SERV service. Note that the use of the SEQ_NO domain indicates that order or sequence
may be implied by this sequence.
Page 312
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FIN_COST_SUMMARY

FINANCE COST SUMMARY: this table is added to allow summaries of costs to be reported and allocated to various business objects. This table is not intended to be used
as an accounting system, but may contain summaries derived from the accounting system.
COST_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P COST ID: unique identifier for each cost.
active or valid.
AMI_IND VARCHAR2 1 AMI IND: Indicates the cost was incurred for an AMI created under a contract
CONFIDENTIAL_IND VARCHAR2 1 CONFIDENTIAL IND: Indicates the cost is confidential and should not be
disclosed to other parties.
COST_AMOUNT NUMBER 12, 2 COST AMOUNT: The gross cost.
COST_PER_SIZE NUMBER 12, 2 COST PER SIZE: The cost per size unit (such as dollars per km)
COST_PER_SIZE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE COST PER SIZE OUOM: original unit of measure used, such as Cdn dollars per km
COST_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_FIN_COST_TYPE FINANCE CENTER COST TYPE: the type of cost associated with the AFE or cost
center.
CURRENCY_CONVERSION NUMBER 10, 5 CURRENCY CONVERSION RATE: the rate applied to convert the currency from
its original monetary UOM to the stored UOM. This value is valid for this row in
this table only. When this value is multiplied by the STORED currency value, the
original value of the transaction in the original currency is obtained.
CURRENCY_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE CURRENCY ORIGINAL UNITS OF MEASURE: the currency in which the funds
were initially received. When the Stored currency is multiplied by the CURRENCY
CONVERSION, the value of the transaction in the original currency is obtained.
FINANCE_COMPONENT_ID VARCHAR2 20 FIN_COMPONENT AFE COMPONENT IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the AFE Component. Each
business object that is associated with this AFE should have its own component ID.
FINANCE_ID VARCHAR2 20 FIN_COMPONENT FINANCE SUIMMARY IDENTIFIER: Summary information about a financial
FINANCE reference, such as an AFE for an activity, such as seismic acquisition or processing.
PAID_DATE DATE 7 PAID DATE: The date that this cost was paid. For details on fulfillment, use the
obligation module.
PARENT_COST_ID VARCHAR2 20 FIN_COST_SUMMARY PARENT COST IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the cost that is the parent of
this reported cost. Used in the case where cost breakdowns and summaries are
reported. Use the REPORT COST IND flag to ensure that costs are not reported or
added more than once in summaries.
PERCENT_OF_PARENT NUMBER 15, 12 PERCENT OF PARENT: If you are using the parent costs relationship to track the
allocation of costs this value is used to record how much of the parent costs have
been allocated to the subordinate cost.
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FIN_COST_SUMMARY

REPORT_COST_IND VARCHAR2 1 REPORT COSTS INDICATOR: A yes / no flag indicating whether these costs are
included in a cost report. If you are using the parent costs relationship to track the
allocation of costs, this flag is used to ensure that you do not reports costs twice.
SUBMIT_DATE DATE 7 SUBMIT DATE: the date that this cost was submitted.
Page 314
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FIN_XREF

AFE OR COST CENTER CROSS REFERENCE: this table is used to create relationships between AFE or cost center information. For example, the associated AFE may be
a part of or a replacement for the parent.
FINANCE_ID1 Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P FINANCE FINANCE SUIMMARY: Summary information about a financial reference, such as
an AFE for an activity, such as seismic acquisition or processing. Could be a cost
center or any other reference number.
FINANCE_ID2 Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P FINANCE FINANCE SUIMMARY: Summary information about a financial reference, such as
an AFE for an activity, such as seismic acquisition or processing. Could be a cost
center or any other reference number.
active.
DISTRIBUTION_PERCENT NUMBER 15, 12 DISTRIBUTION PERCENT: the percent of the total original or parent AFE or cost
center that is allocated to the new one, in the case where costs are distributed. Note
that not all relationships will require this information.
FIN_XREF_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_FIN_XREF_TYPE FINANCE CROSS REFERENCE TYPE: The type of relationship between cost
center numbers or AFEs. Could be subordinate, replacement or a detail AFE for
example.
Page 315
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FINANCE

FINANCE SUMMARY: Summary information about a financial reference, such as an AFE for an activity, such as seismic acquisition or processing. Could be a cost center
or any other reference number.
FINANCE_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P FINANCE SUIMMARY IDENTIFIER: Summary information about a financial
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: A Y / N flag indicating whether this AFE or cost center is
currently active.
ACTUAL_COST NUMBER 12, 2 ACTUAL COST: the actual cost attributed to the AFE
AUTHORIZED_BY_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE AUTHORIZED BY BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER; Unique identifier for
the business associate who authorized this AFE or cost center.
BUDGET_COST NUMBER 12, 2 BUDGET COST: The funds originally allocated to the AFE.
EFFECTIVE_DATE DATE 7 EFFECTIVE DATE: date on which the AFE or cost center number was effective.
EXPIRY_DATE DATE 7 EXPIRY DATE: Date on which the AFE expires
FINANCE_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_FIN_TYPE FINANCE TYPE: The type of financial information this is, such as AFE, Cost
Center, Chart of Accounts reference etc.
FIN_STATUS VARCHAR2 20 REFERENCE FINANCE STATUS: the current status of the financial reference,
such as waiting for approval, closed out, active etc.
ISSUE_DATE DATE 7 ISSUED DATE: the date that this AFE or cost center number was issued.
LIMIT_AMOUNT NUMBER 12, 2 LIMIT AMOUNT: The maximum that can be charged to this cost center or AFE.
REFERENCE_NUMBER VARCHAR2 40 REFERENCE NUMBER: the number of the financial reference. Where natural
Identifiers are used, may be the same as the ID. If surrogate ID is used, the actual
number goes in this field.
TAX_CREDIT_CODE VARCHAR2 20 R_TAX_CREDIT_CODE TAX CREDIT CODE: Code indicating the well qualifies for a tax credit. "C" =
credit for the well being permitted for coalbed methane gas.
Page 316
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FINANCE

Page 317
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FOSSIL

FOSSIL: The remains or traces of animals or plants which have been preserved by natural causes in the earths crust exclusive of organisms which have been buried since the
beginning of historic times.
FOSSIL_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P FOSSIL IDENTIFIER: Unique Identifier for a fossil.
active.
CLIMATE_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_CLIMATE CLIMATE: a type of environmental climate that existed in past or exists today.
Examples include tropical, arctic, tundra or arid.
LIFE_HABIT VARCHAR2 20 R_FOS_LIFE_HABIT FOSSIL LIFE HABIT: The life habit of the fossil, or where it typically is found
during life, such as benthic, planctonic etc.
LOWER_ECOZONE_ID VARCHAR2 20 ECOZONE ECOZONE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a sedimentary rock unit or
found in it.
PREFERRED_IND VARCHAR2 1 PREFERRED INDICATOR: A Y / N flag indicating whether this fossil is part of
the preferred set of fossils. By default, these fossils should be used for most queries
and reports.
TAXON_GROUP VARCHAR2 20 R_FOS_TAXON_GROUP FOSSILTAXONOMIC GROUP: The taxonomic group that has been assigned to a
fossil. Fossils may belong to a genus, subgenus, species or subspecies.
TAXON_LEAF_ID VARCHAR2 20 FOSSIL_TAXON_LEAF TAXONOMIC LEAF IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a taxonomic leaf, which
identifies a fossil species to an identified level, such as species or genus.
UPPER_ECOZONE_ID VARCHAR2 20 ECOZONE ECOZONE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a sedimentary rock unit or
found in it.
Page 318
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FOSSIL

Page 319
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FOSSIL_AGE

FOSSIL AGE: the age of a fossil Ages may be described in ordinal or chronological terms.
FOSSIL_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P FOSSIL FOSSIL IDENTIFIER: Unique Identifier for a fossil.
AGE_INTERP_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P FOSSIL AGE IDENTIFIER: A unique identifier for this interpretation of the age of
a fossil.
active or valid.
AGE_CONFIDENCE_ID VARCHAR2 20 PALEO_CONFIDENCE AGE CONFIDENCE IDENTIFIER: The confidence that is assigned to this fossil
age.
AVERAGE_AGE NUMBER 15, 5 AVERAGE AGE: The average age, in years, of the stratigraphic unit.
AVERAGE_AGE_ERROR_MINUS NUMBER 15, 5 AVERAGE AGE ERROR MINUS: The negative error in the average age reference
AVERAGE_AGE_ERROR_PLUS NUMBER 15, 5 AVERAGE AGE ERROR PLUS: The positive error in the average age reference.
AVERAGE_REL_STRAT_NAME_SET VARCHAR2 20 STRAT_UNIT STRAT NAME SET IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the stratigraphic name set.
AVERAGE_REL_STRAT_UNIT_ID VARCHAR2 20 STRAT_UNIT AVERAGE RELATIVE STRATIGRAPHIC UNIT ID: unique identifier for the
stratigraphic unit that represents the relative (chronologic) age of this stratigraphic
unit.
LOWER_MAX_AGE NUMBER 15, 5 LOWER MAXIMUM AGE: The maximum lower age, in years, of the stratigraphic
unit.
LOWER_MAX_AGE_ERROR_MINUS NUMBER 15, 5 AGE ERROR MINUS: the negative error in the age.
LOWER_MAX_AGE_ERROR_PLUS NUMBER 15, 5 AGE ERROR PLUS: the positive error in the age.
LOWER_MIN_AGE NUMBER 15, 5 LOWER MINIMUM AGE: The minimum lower age, in years, of the stratigraphic
unit.
LOWER_MIN_AGE_ERROR_MINUS NUMBER 15, 5 AGE ERROR MINUS: the negative error in the age.
LOWER_MIN_AGE_ERROR_PLUS NUMBER 15, 5 AGE ERROR PLUS: the positive error in the age.
LOWER_REL_STRAT_NAME_SET VARCHAR2 20 STRAT_UNIT STRAT NAME SET IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the stratigraphic name set.
LOWER_REL_STRAT_UNIT_ID VARCHAR2 20 STRAT_UNIT LOWER RELATIVE STRAT UNIT ID: The name of the chronostratigraphic age
that is the equivalent of the age.
MAX_AGE NUMBER 15, 5 MAXIMUM AGE: Maximum geochronological age of the strat unit. Defines the
earliest existance of a unit within the geologic record and positions the lower
boundary of the unit within a geologic column and on a stratigraphic chart.
MAX_AGE_ERROR_MINUS NUMBER 15, 5 MAXIMUM AGE ERROR MINUS: Negative bound of error estimate of maximum
age.
MAX_AGE_ERROR_PLUS NUMBER 15, 5 MAXIMUN AGE ERROR PLUS: Positive bound of error estimate of maximum
Page 320
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

age.
MIN_AGE NUMBER 15, 5 MINIMUM AGE: Minimum geochronological age of the strat unit -defines the end
of deposition (or other rock building process) of a unit within the geologic record
and positions the upper boundary of the unit within a geologic column and on a
stratigraphic chart.
MIN_AGE_ERROR_MINUS NUMBER 15, 5 MINIMIM AGE ERROR MINUS: Negative bound of error estimate of minimum
age.
MIN_AGE_ERROR_PLUS NUMBER 15, 5 MINIMUN AGE ERROR PLUS: Positive bound of error estimate of minimum age.
POST_QUALIFIER VARCHAR2 20 POST QUALIFIER: qualifier for the end of the row of data.
PREFERRED_IND VARCHAR2 1 PREFERRED INDICATOR: a yes / no flag that indicates whether this data is a
preferred version that should be used for reports and maps
PRE_QUALIFIER VARCHAR2 20 PRE QUALIFIER: qualifying statement for the beginning of the row of data.
REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 REMARK: narrative comments about the age.
UPPER_MAX_AGE NUMBER 15, 5 UPPER MAXIMUM AGE: The maximum upper age, in years, of the stratigraphic
unit.
UPPER_MAX_AGE_ERROR_MINUS NUMBER 15, 5 AGE ERROR MINUS: the negative error in the age.
UPPER_MAX_AGE_ERROR_PLUS NUMBER 15, 5 AGE ERROR PLUS: the positive error in the age.
UPPER_MIN_AGE NUMBER 15, 5 UPPER MINIMUM AGE: The minimum upper age, in years, of the stratigraphic
unit.
UPPER_MIN_AGE_ERROR_MINUS NUMBER 15, 5 AGE ERROR MINUS: the negative error in the age.
UPPER_MIN_AGE_ERROR_PLUS NUMBER 15, 5 AGE ERROR PLUS: the positive error in the age.
UPPER_REL_STRAT_NAME_SET VARCHAR2 20 STRAT_UNIT STRAT NAME SET IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the stratigraphic name set.
UPPER_REL_STRAT_UNIT_ID VARCHAR2 20 STRAT_UNIT UPPER RELATIVE STRAT UNIT ID: The chronostratigraphic unit that is the
upper equivalent age.
Page 321
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

Page 322
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FOSSIL_ASSEMBLAGE

FOSSIL ASSEMBLAGE: A grouping of fossils that are found to occur together in a sample. Can be autochthonous or allochthonous. Generally used interchangeably with
the term biofacies. Assemblage zones are usually environmentally controlled and are useful only in local correlation. In a given sample, such as one collected over a
thirty-foot interval, several biofacies may be grouped together; the sample is identified by the oldest biofacies, a characteristic fossil or an index fossil.
STRAT_NAME_SET_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P STRAT_UNIT STRAT NAME SET IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the stratigraphic name set.
STRAT_UNIT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P STRAT_UNIT STRATIGRAPHIC UNIT IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the stratigraphic unit.
TAXON_LEAF_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P FOSSIL_TAXON_LEAF TAXONOMIC LEAF IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a taxonomic leaf, which
INTERP_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P INTERPRETATION IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier assigned to a fossil
intepretation.
active.
ASSEMBLAGE_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_FOS_ASSEMBLAGE_TYPE ASSEMBLAGE TYPE: a type of fossil assemblage, such as formal, zonal, working,
informal etc.
OLDEST_IND VARCHAR2 1 OLDEST INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating whether this is the oldest fossil
identified in the assemblage.
PRIMARY_MARKER_IND VARCHAR2 1 PRIMARY MARKER INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating whether this fossil is
the primary marker for the assemblage.
Page 323
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FOSSIL_DESC

FOSSIL DESCRIPTION: Use this table to list morphological descriptive information about a fossil, such as length, height, width, number of spines, color.
FOSSIL_DESC_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P FOSSIL DESCRIPTION IDENTIFER: Unique identifier for the fossil description
active.
YYYYMMDD
DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 2000 DESCRIPTION: Text description of the fossil.
DESCRIPTION_CODE VARCHAR2 20 R_FOS_DESC_CODE FOSSIL DESCRIPTION CODE: A list of valid code values for each type of fossil
description type. Note the two part primary key allows each description type to have
its own specific lists of code values.
DESCRIPTION_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_FOS_DESC_CODE FOSSIL DESCRIPTION TYPE: A list of valid description types for fossils. May
R_FOS_DESC_TYPE include descriptors such as color, size, spines, shape, composition etc.
MAX_VALUE NUMBER , MAXIMUM VALUE: the maximum value for this description, usually used for a
range of values. If the value is single, use MAXIMUM VALUE or copy the same
value into both MIN and MAX columns.
MIN_VALUE NUMBER , MINIMUM VALUE: the minimum value for this description, usually used for a
range of values. If the value is single, use MAXIMUM VALUE or copy the same
value into both columns.
SOURCE_DOCUMENT VARCHAR2 20 SOURCE_DOCUMENT SOURCE DOCUMENT: reference to the document in which the description was
originally published.
VALUE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE VALUE ORIGINAL UNITS OF MEASURE: for both MIN and MAX VALUE.
row, 324
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FOSSIL_DESC

Page 325
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FOSSIL_DOCUMENT

FOSSIL DOCUMENT: Lists the scientific literature in which a fossil has been described. These sources may be textbooks, journals or other publications.
SOURCE_DOCUMENT Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P SOURCE_DOCUMENT SOURCE DOCUMENT: A list of documents that are used as the source for
active or valid.
Page 326
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FOSSIL_EQUIVALENCE

FOSSIL EQUIVALENCE: Use this table to indicate that two fossils, separately identified, are actually the same fossil.
EQUIV_FOSSIL_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P FOSSIL ALIAS FOSSIL IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a fossil that has been identified
as an alias of this one. Interpretations under the previous alias may exist; generally
these interpretations need to be cross referenced to the currently accepted fossil.
When this cross reference is created, the previous fossil name is set to inactive but
previous interpretations will continue to be referenced to the expired version.
active.
Page 327
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FOSSIL_NAME_SET

FOSSIL NAME SET: a set of fossils that has been grouped together for for a common purpose. For example, the MMS may define a standardized list of fossils that are used
for all interpretations, a project may define a smaller set of fossils that will be used for the purposes of the project or a company may define a standard set of preferred fossils.
FOSSIL_NAME_SET_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P FOSSIL NAME SET IDENTIFIER: Unique Identifier for a fossil name set.
active.
AREA_ID VARCHAR2 20 AREA AREA IDENTIFIER: The unique identifier for the area in which this fossil name set
is valid.
AREA_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 AREA AREA TYPE: the type of area described. In this case, could be FOSSIL NAME SET
or BIOSTRATIGRAPHIC BASIN.
CERTIFIED_IND VARCHAR2 1 CERTIFIED INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating whether this fossil name set has
been certified by an appropriate scientific authority. Uncertified name sets may be
used for working purposes or preliminary analysis. Final work should be converted
to a certified name set before archival.
FOSSIL_NAME_SET_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_FOS_NAME_SET_TYPE FOSSIL NAME SET TYPE: The type of fossil name set, such as MMS, GSC,
working or archival.
NAME_SET_NAME VARCHAR2 240 FOSSIL NAME SET NAME: the common name given to this fossil name set.
OWNER_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE OWNER: the unique identifier for the business associate
who is the owner of this stratigraphic name set, such as the MMS, AGSO, USGS,
GSC etc.
PREFERRED_IND VARCHAR2 1 PREFERRED INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating whether this is the name set that
is preferred for use at this installation. Generally, the preferred name set will also be
certified.
Page 328
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FOSSIL_NAME_SET_FOSSIL

FOSSIL NAME SET FOSSIL: the set of fossils that are used within a specified fossil name set.
FOSSIL_NAME_SET_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P FOSSIL_NAME_SET FOSSIL NAME SET IDENTIFIER: Unique Identifier for a fossil name set.
active.
Page 329
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FOSSIL_TAXON_ALIAS

FOSSIL ALIAS: Alternate names, codes or identifiers for a fossil. The preferred version of the name should also be loaded into this table. Use this table to indicate the
merging of two fossils into a single fossil, such as two fossils previously thought to be seperate that are identified later to be the same fossil.
TAXON_LEAF_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P FOSSIL_TAXON_LEAF TAXONOMIC LEAF IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a taxonomic leaf, which
FOSSIL_ALIAS_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P FOSSIL ALIAS IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a fossil alias
active.
ALIAS_CODE VARCHAR2 30 ALIAS CODE: Used in the case where an alias is a codified name, either numeric or
alphanumeric. May correspond to a full length taxonomic name if necessary.
ALIAS_FULL_NAME VARCHAR2 255 TAXONOMIC FULL NAME: Full taxonomic name of the fossil. This may be
created by concatenating the name elements and can also include specific qualifiers
if required.
ALIAS_FOSSIL_ID VARCHAR2 20 ALIAS FOSSIL IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a fossil that has been identified
as an alias of this one. Interpretations under the previous alias may exist; generally
these interpretations need to be cross referenced to the currently accepted fossil.
When this cross reference is created, the previous fossil name is set to inactive but
previous interpretations will continue to be referenced to the expired version.
ALIAS_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_FOS_ALIAS_TYPE FOSSILTAXON LEAF NAME ALIAS REASON or TYPE: The type of taxon leaf
alias name that has been created.
associate who is the owner of this fossil name or code. Most often applicable to
codes and short names, as these may be assigned by an organization such as the
MMS, AGSO or the GSC.
PREFERRED_IND VARCHAR2 1 PREFERRED INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating whether this particular name or
Page 330
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FOSSIL_TAXON_ALIAS

code is preferred for use at the organization that owns the database.
Page 331
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FOSSIL_TAXON_HIER

FOSSIL TAXON HIERARCHY: Use this table to describe the hierarchy between fossils. It is only necessary to populate these tables to the point that is useful for your
implementation.
PARENT_TAXON_LEAF_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P FOSSIL_TAXON_LEAF PARENT TAXONOMIC LEAF IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the taxon leaf
that is that hierarchical parent of the child leaf, as defined in a taxonomic structure.
CHILD_TAXON_LEAF_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P FOSSIL_TAXON_LEAF CHILD TAXONOMIC LEAF IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the taxon leaf
that is that hierarchical child of the parent leaf, as defined in a taxonomic structure.
active.
TAXON_NAME VARCHAR2 240 TAXONOMIC NAME: taxonomic name of the level. This may be created by
concatenating the name elements and can also include specific qualifiers if required.
Page 332
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FOSSIL_TAXON_LEAF

FOSSIL TAXONOMIC LEAF: This table is used to store fossil name information at various levels of the taxonomic hierarchy, such as group, species, genus etc.
TAXON_LEAF_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P TAXONOMIC LEAF IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a taxonomic leaf, which
active.
TAXON_LEVEL VARCHAR2 20 R_FOS_TAXON_LEVEL TAXONOMIC LEVEL: The level of the taxonomic hierarchy at which this leaf has
been identified, such as species, sub species, genus, sub genus etc.
TAXON_NAME VARCHAR2 240 TAXONOMIC NAME: taxonomic name of the level. This may be created by
concatenating the name elements and can also include specific qualifiers if required.
Page 333
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: FOSSIL_XREF

FOSSIL CROSS REFERENCE: This table is used to capture relationships between fossils that have been described or defined. Fossils with an affinity with each other may
be described in this table. May also be used to indicate a single fossil that is later identified to be more than one fossil.
FOSSIL_ID1 Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P FOSSIL FOSSIL IDENTIFIER: Unique Identifier for a fossil.
FOSSIL_ID2 Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P FOSSIL FOSSIL IDENTIFIER: Unique Identifier for a fossil.
FOSSIL_XREF_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P FOSSIL CROSS REFERENCE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the instance of
this cross reference between fossils. Added to the primary key to allow fossils to be
cross referenced more than once in time, for a variety of reasons.
active.
FOSSIL_XREF_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_FOS_XREF FOSSILCROSS REFERENCE TYPE: the type of cross reference between fossils.
Affinity is a common type.
SOURCE_DOCUMENT VARCHAR2 20 SOURCE_DOCUMENT SOURCE DOCUMENT: the document in which this cross reference is described.
Page 334
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: HSE_INCIDENT

HSE INCIDENT: Use this table to track incidents involving lost time or injuries to the crew.
INCIDENT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P INCIDENT IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for an health safety or environment
related incident.
active.
INCIDENT_CLASS_ID VARCHAR2 20 HSE_INCIDENT_CLASS HSE INCIDENT CLASS: Use this table to broadly classify the type of incident,
usually in reporting terms. The detailed types of incidents are linked to the details, as
various components of the incident may be classified differently.
INCIDENT_DATE DATE 7 INCIDENT DATE: The date on which the incident occured, or if it spans multiple
dates, the date when it started.
INCIDENT_DURATION NUMBER 10, 5 INCIDENT DURATION: The length of time that the incident continued. Usually
measured in a time period, such as minutes, hours, seconds or days.
INCIDENT_DURATION_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE
INCIDENT_DURATION_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNIT OF MEASURE
LOST_TIME_IND VARCHAR2 1 LOST TIME INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating whether lost time occurred
because of this incident.
RECORDED_TIME DATE 7 RECORDED TIME: The time at which this condition was recorded.
RECORDED_TIMEZONE VARCHAR2 20 R_TIMEZONE TIMEZONE: a valid list of time zones. You can obtain a list of timezones from
REPORTED_BY_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE REPORTED BY BA ID: the identifier for the Business associate who is reported
this incident.
REPORTED_BY_NAME VARCHAR2 255 REPORTED BY NAME: The name or initials of the person who reported this
incident.
REPORTED_IND VARCHAR2 1 REPORTED INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating that this incident was reported.
WORK_RELATED_IND VARCHAR2 1 WORK RELATED INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating whether this incident was
work related.
Page 335
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: HSE_INCIDENT

Page 336
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: HSE_INCIDENT_BA

HSE INCIDENT BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Use this table to track the involvement of crew members and crews or other involved parties (police, emergecy crews, inspectors
etc) in incidents.
INCIDENT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P HSE_INCIDENT INCIDENT IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for an health safety or environment
related incident.
PARTY_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P PARTY OBSERVATION NUMBER: An identifier for the party involved in the
incident. Not a PK to the BUSINESS ASSOCIATE table because of privacy issues.
In some cases, it is only possible to track the class (employee or consultant) of the
party involved in the incident.
PARTY_ROLE_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P PARTY ROLE OBSERVATION NUMBER: Use this column to allow a party to
carry more than one role in an incident. For example, the safety inspection officer
may also be the first aid officer in the event of an injury.
active.
COMPANY_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 WELL_DRILL_PERIOD_CREW CREW COMPANY BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for
the company that runs this crew. Not all members of a crew may be employees, but
DETAIL_OBS_NO NUMBER 8, 0 WELL_DRILL_PERIOD_CREW DETAIL OBSERVATION NUMBER: Unique sequence number that allows more
than one record about a crew to be captured for every drill period
INVOLVED_BA_ROLE VARCHAR2 20 R_INCIDENT_BA_ROLE INCIDENT BA ROLE: The role or function of a party in an incident, such as
victim, medic, safety officer etc.
INVOLVED_BA_STATUS VARCHAR2 20 R_EMPLOYEE_STATUS INVOLVED BA STATUS: The status of the BA involved in the incident, such as
employee or contractor.
INVOLVED_PARTY_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE INVOLVED PARTY BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: The unique
identifier for a business associate who is a party to this incident.
PERIOD_OBS_NO NUMBER 8, 0 WELL_DRILL_PERIOD_CREW WELL DRILLING PERIOD: unique identifier for a reporting period for well
operations. Internationally, there may be 1, 2 or 3 periods each 24 hours. In some
jurisdictions, reporting may occur for more than one period, such as for an 8 hour
tour shift and a 24 daily summary.
UWI VARCHAR2 20 WELL_DRILL_PERIOD_CREW UNIQUE WELL IDENTIFIER: A unique name, code or number designated as the
Page 337
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: HSE_INCIDENT_BA

Page 338
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: HSE_INCIDENT_CAUSE

HSE INCIDENT CAUSE: Describes the causes of an incident, or a part of an incident (INCIDENT DETAIL). Can be negligence, equipment failure, weather, act of God, Act
of Terrorism etc.
related incident.
CAUSE_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P CAUSE OBS NO: a unique identifier for an incident cause. Some incidents may
have more than one cause, or a combination of causes.
active.
CAUSE_CODE VARCHAR2 20 R_INCIDENT_CAUSE_CODE INCIDENT CAUSE CODE: a code that refines the general cause of an incident.
CAUSE_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_INCIDENT_CAUSE_CODE INCIDENT CAUSE TYPE: A list of valid causes of an event, such as negligence,
R_INCIDENT_CAUSE_TYPE equipment failure, act of God, Act of Terrorism, vandalism or human error.
Page 339
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: HSE_INCIDENT_CLASS

HSE INCIDENT CLASS: Use this table to broadly classify the type of incident, usually in reporting terms. The detailed types of incidents are linked to the details, as various
components of the incident may be classified differently.
INCIDENT_CLASS_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P HSE INCIDENT CLASS: Use this table to broadly classify the incident, usually in
reporting terms. The detailed types of incidents are linked to the details, as various
active or valid.
FULL_NAME VARCHAR2 255 LONG NAME: Common long name given to reference type or code.
OWNER_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE OWNER BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for the regulatory agency or
company that is the owner of this class of incidents
REFERENCE_NUM VARCHAR2 255 REFERENCE NUMBER: Reference number that is given to this set of checks,
usually as assigned by the owning business associate.
Page 340
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: HSE_INCIDENT_CLASS_ALIAS

INCIDENT CLASS ALIAS: Use this table to capture all the names, codes and identifiers assigned to an incident class.
INCIDENT_CLASS_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P HSE_INCIDENT_CLASS HSE INCIDENT CLASS: Use this table to broadly classify the incident, usually in
reporting terms. The detailed types of incidents are linked to the details, as various
ALIAS_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P INCIDENT CLASS ALIAS OBS NO: Unique identifier given to each alias version
for the incident class.
active.
ALIAS_CODE VARCHAR2 30 ALIAS CODE: Code or numeric value given to represent the alias.
ALIAS_FULL_NAME VARCHAR2 255 ALIAS FULL NAME: The full version of this alias name.
name or code.
registry and is no longer used. Page 341
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: HSE_INCIDENT_CLASS_ALIAS

Page 342
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: HSE_INCIDENT_COMPONENT

HSE INCIDENT COMPONENT: This table is used to associate business objects, such as wells, seismic sets, facilities, building addresses etc to HSE incidents of any kind.
An incident may involve one or more business objects. Use the TOTAL columns to calculate and store rolled up numbers for each crew or for each object, as your business
rules dictate.
related incident.
COMPONENT_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P HSE COMPONENT OBS NO: a unique identifier that allows more than one
business object to be associated with an HSE event. Use the COMPONENT TYPE
Column to describe how the object is associated with the event.
active.
etc.
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE VARCHAR2 20 BA_AUTHORITY BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a business associate
BA_ADDRESS who is involved in an HSE incident, such as a company or an individual.
BA_ORGANIZATION
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE
Page 343
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

information.
COMPONENT_ROLE VARCHAR2 20 R_HSE_COMP_ROLE REFERENCE INCIDENT COMPONENT ROLE: Use this table to keep track of the
role that an object plays in an HSE incident.
COMPONENT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_HSE_INCIDENT_COMP_TYPE INCIDENT COMPONENT TYPE: Use this column to describe the type of
component associated with the incident, such as well, building, facility etc. Use the
foreign keys to create associations to the specific objects.
CREW_COMPANY_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BA_CREW_MEMBER CREW COMPANY BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for
BA_CREW the company that runs this crew. Not all members of a crew may be employees, but
CREW_ID VARCHAR2 20 BA_CREW_MEMBER CREW IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the crew.
BA_CREW
CREW_MEMBER_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BA_CREW_MEMBER CREW MEMBER BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for
the member of a crew. Each member may be assigned on and off a crew, using
MEMBER OBS NO to sequence the occurrences.
CREW_MEMBER_OBS_NO NUMBER 8, 0 BA_CREW_MEMBER MEMBER OBSERVATION NUMBER: Unique identifier for each occurrence of a
member of a crew. Use EFFECTIVE and EXPIRY DATES to indicate the time
periods when each individual is on or off the crew.
found in it.
Page 344
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

an organization.
working for it.
table.
Page 345
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

obligation
that is captured.
PDEN_ACTIVITY_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 PDEN_VOL_SUMMARY ACTIVITY TYPE: The type of activity that caused the movement of fluid s to occur
such as production, injection, flaring, sales, etc.
PDEN_AMENDMENT_SEQ_NO NUMBER 8, 0 PDEN_VOL_SUMMARY AMENDMENT SEQUENCE NUMBER: used to order amendment events for
production volumes. For each PDEN, volume method, acitivity type, period type
and volume date, the first row is 0. Subsequent rows are sequenced by 1, so that the
full amendment history may be recreated. When supporting amendments, rows are
usually not editable once entered. Instead, new rows are created that track the
amended record.
PDEN_ID VARCHAR2 40 PDEN_VOL_SUMMARY PRODUCTION ENTITY IDENTIFIER: An identifier that is unique within a
PDEN specific production entity source and type.
PDEN_PERIOD_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 PDEN_VOL_SUMMARY PERIOD TYPE: A reference table identifying the length of time for which a volume
is recorded. Possible values are DAY, MONTH, YEAR.
PDEN_SOURCE VARCHAR2 20 PDEN_VOL_SUMMARY PDEN SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated
PDEN as the source of information for this row
PDEN_TYPE VARCHAR2 30 PDEN_VOL_SUMMARY PRODUCTION ENTITY TYPE: the type of production entity may be equal to one
PDEN of the table names of the PDEN subtype tables, such as PDEN_WELL,
PDEN_VOLUME_DATE VARCHAR2 12 PDEN_VOL_SUMMARY VOLUME DATE: The effective or reporting date of this volume summary.
PDEN_VOLUME_METHOD VARCHAR2 20 PDEN_VOL_SUMMARY VOLUME METHOD: The type of method used to determine the volume of flu ids
moved. Examples would be measured, prorated, engineering study, e tc.
PPDM_TABLE_NAME VARCHAR2 30 PPDM_TABLE TABLE NAME: The name of the table within the schema. Page 346
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

PROJECT_PLAN_ID VARCHAR2 20 PROJECT_PLAN PROJECT PLAN IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the project plan.
Page 347
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

SEIS_SURVEY.
description.
permitted to hold.
Webster Online)
thesaurus.
TOTAL_INCIDENT_COUNT NUMBER 10, 0 TOTAL INCIDENT COUNT: The total number of incidents (of this type) that have
been reported on this job for this crew or for this object.
TOTAL_INCIDENT_PERIOD NUMBER 10, 5 TOTAL INCIDENT PERIOD: the length of time since the last incident of this type
Page 348
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

on this job for this crew or for this object. After an incident of this type occurs, the
timer is set back to zero.
TOTAL_INCIDENT_PERIOD_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNIT OF MEASURE
WELL_ACTIVITY
WELL_DRILL_PERIOD
WELL
WELL_DRILL_PERIOD_OBS_NO NUMBER 8, 0 WELL_DRILL_PERIOD WELL DRILLING PERIOD OBSERVATION NUMBER: unique identifier for a
reporting period for well operations. Internationally, there may be 1, 2 or 3 periods
each 24 hours. In some jurisdictions, reporting may occur for more than one period,
such as for an 8 hour tour shift and a 24 daily summary.
Page 349
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: HSE_INCIDENT_DETAIL

HSE INCIDENT DETAIL: Use this table to describe the things that happen as a result of the incident. Results can include fire, well collapse, evacuation etc. Use the WELL
INCIDENT RESONSE table to track what you did in response to the result.
related incident.
DETAIL_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P DETAIL OBSERVATION NUMBER: Unique number for the detail about the
consequnce or result of the incident. A list of things that happened.
active.
DETAIL_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_HSE_INCIDENT_DETAIL REFERENCE INCIDENT DETAIL: The details about the incident, such as specific
things that happened. Each thing that happened should be tracked at the level
necessary for reporting and analysis.
INCIDENT_DATE DATE 7 INCIDENT DATE: The date that this portion of an incident began.
INCIDENT_DURATION NUMBER 10, 5 INCIDENT DURATION: The amount of time that this component of the incident
continued, usually measured in secords, minutes, hours or days.
INCIDENT_DURATION_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE
INCIDENT_DURATION_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNIT OF MEASURE
INCIDENT_SET_ID VARCHAR2 20 HSE_INCIDENT_SEVERITY INCIDENT SET IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a set of incident types that may
HSE_INCIDENT_TYPE be mandated by an operating company, regulatory agency or contract.
INCIDENT_SEVERITY_ID VARCHAR2 20 HSE_INCIDENT_SEVERITY HSE INCIDENT SEVERITY: ID for the severity of an actual incident, usually
measured with a scale specific to the kind of incidents. For example, a vehicle
incident could be an unsafe action, a near miss, or a hit. Incidents can be rated as
minor, moderate or severe or according to any scale necessary.
INCIDENT_TYPE_ID VARCHAR2 20 HSE_INCIDENT_SEVERITY INCIDENT TYPE: The type of indicent that may have occurred, such as roll-over,
HSE_INCIDENT_TYPE or explosion, or unsafe materials handling.
other types of quality reference are permitted. Page 350
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: HSE_INCIDENT_EQUIP

HSE INCIDENT EQUIPMENT: Use this table to track the involvement of equipment and incidents.
related incident.
EQUIP_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P EQUIPMENT OBSERVATION NUMBER: Unique identifier assigned to the
equipment involved in an incident, not usually the EQUIPMENT ID. In some cases
specific pieces or kinds of equipment cannot be identified, although you may be able
to identify the type of equipment involved.
EQUIP_ROLE_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P EQUIPMENT ROLE OBSERVATION NUMBER: Use this column to allow
equipment to carry more than one role in an incident. For example, a vehicle may be
used to evacuate staff and to transport materials.
active.
CREW_ROLE VARCHAR2 20 INCIDENT BA ROLE: The role or function of a party in an incident, such as
victim, medic, safety officer etc.
EQUIPMENT_GROUP VARCHAR2 20 R_CAT_EQUIP_GROUP EQUIPMENT GROUP: The functional group of equipment types, such as vehicles,
drilling rigs, measuring equipment, monitoring equipment etc. Note that the function
of this table may also be assumed by the CLASSIFICATION module for more
robust and complete classifications. If you are using CAT EQUIPMENT modules,
you may not need to populate this column, as the information will be in CAT
EQUIPMENT already.
WELL_DRILL_PERIOD_EQUIP
and complete classifications. If you are using CAT EQUIPMENT modules, you may
not need to populate this column, as the information will be in CAT EQUIPMENT
already.
PERIOD_OBS_NO NUMBER 8, 0 WELL_DRILL_PERIOD_EQUIP PERIOD OBSERVATION NUMBER: Unique observation number assigned to each
period.
UWI VARCHAR2 20 WELL_DRILL_PERIOD_EQUIP UNIQUE WELL IDENTIFIER: A unique name, code or number designated as the
Page 351
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: HSE_INCIDENT_EQUIP

Page 352
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: HSE_INCIDENT_EQUIV

HSE INCIDENT EQUIVALENCE: Indicates equivalence types between various kinds of incidents, particularly when the reporting schedules for various organizations or
jurisdications are being used.
INCIDENT_SET_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P HSE_INCIDENT_TYPE INCIDENT SET IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a set of incident types that may
INCIDENT_TYPE_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P HSE_INCIDENT_TYPE INCIDENT TYPE: The type of indicent that may have occurred, such as roll-over,
INCIDENT_SET_ID2 Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P HSE_INCIDENT_TYPE INCIDENT SET IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a set of incident types that may
INCIDENT_TYPE_ID2 Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P HSE_INCIDENT_TYPE INCIDENT TYPE: The type of indicent that may have occurred, such as roll-over,
active.
DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 2000 DESCRIPTION: Narrative description of the check to be peformed.
SOURCE_DOCUMENT VARCHAR2 20 SOURCE_DOCUMENT SOURCE DOCUMENT: The identifier for the source document in which the drill
checks are described, often a body of legislation, an agreement or recommendations
created by a professional body, such as the CAODC or the IADC.
Page 353
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: HSE_INCIDENT_INTERACTION

HSE INCIDENT INTERACTION: Use this table to create the complex relationships that describe an incident. For example, John was the crew chief who was driving the rig
supply truck during the afternoon shift of September 20th. He was involved in a roll over accident in which his leg was injured. Details about each component of this report
are stored in the associated table; the function of this table is to bring them together in a meaningful way.
INCIDENT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P HSE_INCIDENT_BA INCIDENT IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for an health safety or environment
HSE_INCIDENT_CAUSE related incident.
HSE_INCIDENT_DETAIL
HSE_INCIDENT_EQUIP
HSE_INCIDENT_RESPONSE
HSE_INCIDENT_SUBSTANCE
HSE_INCIDENT
INTERACTION_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P INTERACTION OBSERVATION NUMBER: Unique number that identifies the
interactions between details and responses, people and equipment. Each new set of
interactions should be assigned a new number within the same incident.
active.
CAUSE_OBS_NO NUMBER 8, 0 HSE_INCIDENT_CAUSE CAUSE OBS NO: a unique identifier for an incident cause. Some incidents may
have more than one cause, or a combination of causes.
DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 1024 DESCRIPTION: Narrative description of the interaction.
DETAIL_OBS_NO NUMBER 8, 0 HSE_INCIDENT_DETAIL DETAIL OBSERVATION NUMBER: Unique number for the detail about the
consequnce or result of the incident. A list of things that happened.
EQUIP_OBS_NO NUMBER 8, 0 HSE_INCIDENT_EQUIP EQUIPMENT OBSERVATION NUMBER: Unique identifier assigned to the
equipment involved in an incident, not usually the EQUIPMENT ID. In some cases
specific pieces or kinds of equipment cannot be identified, although you may be able
to identify the type of equipment involved.
EQUIP_ROLE_OBS_NO NUMBER 8, 0 HSE_INCIDENT_EQUIP EQUIPMENT ROLE OBSERVATION NUMBER: Use this column to allow
equipment to carry more than one role in an incident. For example, a vehicle may be
used to evacuate staff and to transport materials.
INCIDENT_SUBSTANCE VARCHAR2 20 HSE_INCIDENT_SUBSTANCE REFERENCE HSE INCIDENT SUBSTANCE: Identifies any substance involved
with an HSE incident. This may be a hydrocarbon, a drilling fluid, fire retardent etc.
INTERACTION_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_INCIDENT_INTERACT_TYPE INCIDENT INTERACTION TYPE: the type of interaction among components of
an incident.
PARTY_OBS_NO NUMBER 8, 0 HSE_INCIDENT_BA PARTY OBSERVATION NUMBER: An identifier for the party involved in the
incident. Not a PK to the BUSINESS ASSOCIATE table because of privacy issues.
In some cases, it is only possible to track the class (employee or consultant) of the
party involved in the incident.
PARTY_ROLE_OBS_NO NUMBER 8, 0 HSE_INCIDENT_BA PARTY ROLE OBSERVATION NUMBER: Use this column to allow a party to
carry more than one role in an incident. For example, the safety inspection officer
may also be the first aid officer in the event of an injury.
Page 354
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: HSE_INCIDENT_INTERACTION

RESPONSE_OBS_NO NUMBER 8, 0 HSE_INCIDENT_RESPONSE RESPONSE OBS NO: a unique identifier for an action taken as a result of what
happened at an incident. For example, an ambulance may be called, a reprimand
entered into a file etc. For details about the work flow related to actions, we
recommend you use the PROJECTS module.
SUBSTANCE_SEQ_NO NUMBER 8, 0 HSE_INCIDENT_SUBSTANCE INCIDENT SUBSTANCE SEQ NO: Track the occurence of the substance
relationship to an incident.
Page 355
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: HSE_INCIDENT_REMARK

HSE INCIDENT REMARK: Use this table to capture narrative or classified remarks relating to the HSE Incident. For example, remarks made by safety inspectors etc may
be stored here. To capture things like incident reports, please use the RM Module.
related incident.
REMARK_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P REMARK SEQUENCE NUMBER: Number in sequence for multiple observations
of a remark type.
active.
REMARK_BY_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE REMARK BY BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTFIER: Unique identifier for the
Business Associate who made this remark.
REMARK_DATE DATE 7 REMARK DATE: Date the remarks or comments were made.
Page 356
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: HSE_INCIDENT_RESPONSE

HSE INCIDENT RESPONSE: Describes an action taken as a result of what happened at an incident. For example, an ambulance may be called, a reprimand entered into a
file etc. For details about the work flow related to actions, we recommend you use the PROJECTS module.
related incident.
RESPONSE_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P RESPONSE OBS NO: a unique identifier for an action taken as a result of what
happened at an incident. For example, an ambulance may be called, a reprimand
entered into a file etc. For details about the work flow related to actions, we
recommend you use the PROJECTS module.
active.
PROJECT_ID VARCHAR2 20 PROJECT PROJECT IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the project that was implmented to
capture details about the response to the project. This can describe detailed response
over a period of time, and may be based on the project plan defined for the type of
incident that occurred.
RESPONSE_RESULT VARCHAR2 20 R_INCIDENT_RESP_RESULT INCIDENT RESPONSE RESULT: The result of the action taken, where applicable.
May be used to indicate what actions are successful and have the desired result.
RESPONSE_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_HSE_RESPONSE_TYPE INCIDENT RESPONSE TYPE: A valid type of action taken in response to an
incident, such as evacuation, called air ambulance, shut down, apply first aid etc.
Page 357
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: HSE_INCIDENT_SET

HSE INCIDENT SET: Use this table to define sets of incidents that are recorded during well operations, usually according to reporting specifications laid out by regulation,
best practice or corporate policy.
INCIDENT_SET_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P INCIDENT SET IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a set of incident types that may
active.
FULL_NAME VARCHAR2 255 LONG or FULL NAME: name that is given to this set of checks.
OWNER_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE OWNER BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for the regulatory agency or
company that is the owner of this set of incidents
REFERENCE_NUM VARCHAR2 255 REFERENCE NUMBER: Reference number that is given to this set of checks,
usually as assigned by the owning business associate.
Page 358
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: HSE_INCIDENT_SEV_ALIAS

HSE INCIDENT SEVERITY ALIAS: A table containing all of the names, codes and identifiers given to describe the severity of an incident detail type.
INCIDENT_SET_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P HSE_INCIDENT_SEVERITY INCIDENT SET IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a set of incident types that may
INCIDENT_TYPE_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P HSE_INCIDENT_SEVERITY INCIDENT TYPE: The type of indicent that may have occurred, such as roll-over,
INCIDENT_SEVERITY_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P HSE_INCIDENT_SEVERITY HSE INCIDENT SEVERITY: ID for the severity of an actual incident, usually
SEVERITY_ALIAS_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P SEVERITY ALIAS OBS NO: Unique identifier for the alias, alternate name code or
identifier for the severity of an incident.
active.
name or code.
SOURCE VARCHAR2 20 R_SOURCE SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated asPage
the 359
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: HSE_INCIDENT_SEV_ALIAS

Page 360
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: HSE_INCIDENT_SEVERITY

HSE INCIDENT SEVERITY: The severity of an actual incident, usually measured with a scale specific to the kind of incidents. For example, a vehicle incident could be an
unsafe action, a near miss, or a hit. Incidents can be rated as minor, moderate or severe or according to any scale necessary.
INCIDENT_SEVERITY_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P HSE INCIDENT SEVERITY: ID for the severity of an actual incident, usually
active.
DETERMINATION_METHOD VARCHAR2 2000 DETERMINATION METHOD: a narrative description about how these cases are to
be measured and defined. To be expanded by future work groups.
REPORT_IND VARCHAR2 1 REPORT IND: A Y/N flag added to allow users to keep track of rows that should be
included in reporting.
Page 361
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: HSE_INCIDENT_SUBSTANCE

HSE INCIDENT SUBSTANCE: Use this table to describe the various susbstances involved in an incident. Not all substances may be hydrocarbons, as they may also be fire
retardants etc. Note that volumes should generally be captured in the PDEN tables, although columns have been created to allow you to capture amounts of NON
HYDROCARBON substances (such as the amount of fire retardent).
related incident.
INCIDENT_SUBSTANCE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R_INCIDENT_SUBSTANCE REFERENCE HSE INCIDENT SUBSTANCE: Identifies any substance involved
with an HSE incident. This may be a hydrocarbon, a drilling fluid, fire retardent etc.
SUBSTANCE_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P INCIDENT SUBSTANCE SEQ NO: Track the occurence of the substance
relationship to an incident.
active.
SUBSTANCE_ROLE VARCHAR2 20 R_INCIDENT_SUBST_ROLE HSE INCIDENT SUBSTANCE ROLE: Identifies the role played by a substance in
an HSE Incident. Could be a spilled substance, used as fire retardant or used in first
aid.
VOLUME NUMBER 14, 4 VOLUME: the volume of substance involved in the HSE incident. Note that in
many cases it is more appropriate to capture volumes of hydrocarbons using the
PDEN VOL tables (such as for amount of raw oil spilled etc). This column is more
appropriate for use in capturing volumes of fire retardant or other safety products,
rather than hydrocarbon volumes.
VOLUME_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE
VOLUME_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNIT OF MEASURE
Page 362
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: HSE_INCIDENT_TYPE

HSE INCIDENT TYPE: The type of incident that has been reported, such as crash, automotive accident, fall from rig etc.
INCIDENT_SET_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P HSE_INCIDENT_SET INCIDENT SET IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a set of incident types that may
INCIDENT_TYPE_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P INCIDENT TYPE: The type of indicent that may have occurred, such as roll-over,
active.
DETERMINATION_METHOD VARCHAR2 2000 DETERMINATION METHOD: a narrative description about how these cases are to
be measured and defined. To be expanded by future work groups.
PROJECT_PLAN_ID VARCHAR2 20 PROJECT_PLAN PROJECT PLAN IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the project plan that should be
put into effect should this type of incident occur.
Page 363
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: HSE_INCIDENT_TYPE_ALIAS

INCIDENT TYPE ALIAS: Use this table to capture all the names, codes and identifiers assigned to an incident type.
INCIDENT_ALIAS_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P INCIDENT TYPE ALIAS OBS NO: Unique identifier given to each alias version
for the incident type.
active.
ALIAS_REASON_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_ALIAS_REASON_TYPE ALIAS REASON TYPE: This reference table describes the purpose or reason for a
given alias. For example a well alias may be assigned to the well because of a name
change or amendment to the identifier. A business associate alias may be created as
a result of a merger or name change.
name or code.
SOURCE_DOCUMENT VARCHAR2 20 SOURCE_DOCUMENT SOURCE DOCUMENT: A list of documents that are used as the source for Page 364
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: HSE_INCIDENT_TYPE_ALIAS

Page 365
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: HSE_INCIDENT_WEATHER

HSE INCIDENT WEATHER: Use this table to capture weather or oceanic conditions during an HSE Incident. During the indicint, changes in the weather may be recorded
as new records.
related incident.
WEATHER_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P WEATHER OBSERVATION NUMBER: Unique observation number for a weather
or conditions reading. May be used to indicate ocean conditions, weather conditions
etc.
active.
HEAVE NUMBER 10, 5 HEAVE: The oscillatory vertical rise and fall, due to the entire hull being lifted by
the force of the sea. Also called HEAVING. See also SHIPMOTIONS.
(www.chron.com/content/interactive/voyager/sail/glossary)
PITCH NUMBER 10, 5 PITCH: A fore and aft rocking motion of a boat.
RECORDED_TIME DATE 7 RECORDED TIME: The time at which this condition was recorded.
RECORDED_TIMEZONE VARCHAR2 20 R_TIMEZONE TIMEZONE: a valid list of time zones. You can obtain a list of timezones from
ROAD_CONDITION VARCHAR2 20 R_ROAD_CONDITION REFERENCE ROAD CONDITION: a valid list of road conditions. Road conditions
provide important environmental, safety and billing information. A sample list of
values may be found at
http://www.highways.gov.sk.ca/docs/travelers_info/road_terminology.asp
ROLL NUMBER 10, 5 ROLL: A side-to-side motion of the boat, usually caused by waves.
SWELL_HEIGHT NUMBER 10, 5 SWELL HEIGHT: Hieght of Large smooth waves that do not break. Swells are
formed by wind action over a long distance.
TEMPERATURE NUMBER 10, 5 TEMPERATURE: the temperature reading taken with the weather observation.
TEMPERATURE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE
WATER_CONDITION VARCHAR2 20 R_WATER_CONDITION WATER CONDITION TYPE: A list of valid conditions of a large water body, such
as an ocean, sea, gulf or lake. Could include values such as choppy, high swell,
rough.
WAVE_HEIGHT NUMBER 10, 5 WAVE HEIGHT: The height of the waves, on top of the swell. Page 366
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: HSE_INCIDENT_WEATHER

WEATHER_CONDITION VARCHAR2 20 R_WEATHER_CONDITION WEATHER CONDITION TYPE: Valid kinds of weather conditions such as sunny
and calm, rain showers, snow, ice fog etc.
WIND_DIRECTION VARCHAR2 20 R_DIRECTION WIND DIRECTION: The direction the wind is coming from.
WIND_STRENGTH VARCHAR2 20 R_WIND_STRENGTH WIND STRENGTH: The strength of the wind, often measured according to a
standard list of wind strengths, such as the Beaufort Wind Scale
(www.bom.gov.au/lam/glossary/beaufort.shtml)
Page 367
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: INSTRUMENT

INSTRUMENT: a legal document registered on the Mineral Title indicating an interest in the lands. e.g. mortgages, assignments, caveat, lein, Certificate of Title etc. One
instrument may cover one or more leases or land rights etc. Discharge of instruments against specific land rights is captured in LAND_RIGHT_INSTRUMENT.
INSTRUMENT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P INSTRUMENT ID: Unique identifier for the legal document registered on the Cert.
active or valid.
ADD_FOR_SERVICE_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business associate, such as a
BOOK_NAME VARCHAR2 30 BOOK NAME: Name of book in county office (U.S.A.)
BOOK_NUMBER VARCHAR2 20 BOOK NUMBER: Book number in county office (U.S.A.)
CAVEATOR_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business associate, such as a
COMPLETION_REPORT_IND VARCHAR2 1 COMPLETION REPORT IND: Whether or not a completion report has been filed
with the regulatory agency. Supplied by the government (U.S.A.)
COUNTRY VARCHAR2 20 Z_R_COUNTY REFERENCE COUNTRY: A reference table identifying a division of land, political
COUNTY VARCHAR2 20 Z_R_COUNTY COUNTY: A reference table identifying the primary geographic division within a
state or province. For example Harris County in Texas, M.D. of Rockyview in
Alberta
DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 240 DESCRIPTION: Text description of document for registration (e.g. P and NG lease
dated Aug 1, 1956 between A and B)
DISCHARGE_DATE DATE 7 DISCHARGE DATE: Date instrument was fully discharged. Note that in some
cases, an instrument may relate to more than one business object (such as a land
right). The LAND RIGHT INSTRUMENT table captures when the instrument is
discharged for that specific land right. When every component of the instrument is
discharged, set this date.
DISCHARGE_IND VARCHAR2 1 DISCHARGE INDICATOR: A Y/N flag that is set when the instrument has been
fully discharged (including all of the land rights or other business objects associated
with the instrument).
DISCHARGE_NUM VARCHAR2 30 DISCHARGE NUM: Registration number of the discharge instrument. Discharge
instruments include discharge of caveat, terminating board order etc. Note that in
some cases, an instrument may relate to more than one business object (such as a
land right). The LAND RIGHT INSTRUMENT table captures when the instrument
is discharged for that specific land right. When every component of the instrument is
discharged, set this value.
DOCUMENT_NUM VARCHAR2 30 DOCUMENT NUM: the number on the document itself, which has been registered
as an instrument. Could be a plan number or a reference number on a lease granted
on mineral rights by a corporation.
DRILLING_INTENT_IND VARCHAR2 1 DRILLING INTENT IND: Whether or not the lease has been certified to be
Page 368
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

developed. Supplied by the government (U.S.A.)
INSTRUMENT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_INSTRUMENT_TYPE R LAND INSTRUMNT TYPE: may be caveat, Cert of non dev, assnignment,
mortgage, discharge etc
JURISDICTION VARCHAR2 20 BA_ADDRESS BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business associate, such as a
JURISDICTION_ADD_OBS_NO NUMBER 8, 0 BA_ADDRESS JURISDICTION ADDRESS OBSERVATION NUMBER: part of the FK from BA
ADDRESS
JURISDICTION_ADD_SOURCE VARCHAR2 20 BA_ADDRESS JURISDICTION ADDRESS SOURCE: part of the FK from BA ADDRESS
LINE_NUMBER VARCHAR2 20 LINE NUMBER: the line number reference for the instrument registration.
PAGE_NUMBER VARCHAR2 20 PAGE NUMBER: Page number in book number and book name in county (US
PLUG_AND_ABANDON_IND VARCHAR2 1 PLUG AND ABANDON IND: Indicates that a plug and abandon has been filed for
this lease. Supplied by the government. (U.S.A.)
PRODUCTION_LEASE_IND VARCHAR2 1 PRODUCTION LEASE IND: Whether or not the lease has been certified as
producing. Supplied by the government. (U.S.A.)
PROVINCE_STATE VARCHAR2 20 Z_R_COUNTY PROVINCE STATE: A reference table identifying valid states, provinces or other
Z_R_PROVINCE_STATE political subdivisions of countries. For example, Colorado, Texas in the US, Alberta
in Canada
RECEIVED_DATE DATE 7 RECEIVED DATE: Date on which the instrument was received for recording
RECORDED_DATE DATE 7 RECORDED DATE: Date on which instrument was recorded (USA)
REGISTERED_BY_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE REGISTERED BY BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER; Unique identifier for
the business associate who registered this instrument.
REGISTRATION_DATE DATE 7 REGISTRATION DATE: Date on which instrument was registered
REGISTRATION_NUM VARCHAR2 30 REGISTRATION NUM: The number assigned to the instrument. May be called a
reception or file number. Assigned by the registration office.
VALID_LEASE_IND VARCHAR2 1 VALID LEASE IND: Indicates whether there is a valid lease on lands filed.
Supplied by the government. (U.S.A.)
row, 369
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

Page 370
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: INSTRUMENT_AREA

INSTRUMENT AREA: this table tracks the relationships between instruments and all named areas that they intersect with. These areas may be formal geopolitical areas,
business or regulatory areas, informal areas etc.
INSTRUMENT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P INSTRUMENT INSTRUMENT ID: Unique number for the legal document registered such as a
Cert. Of Title indicating interest in lands e.g. charge, lien, mortgage, caveat. May be
etc.
active.
Page 371
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: INSTRUMENT_COMPONENT

INSRUMENT COMPONENT: This table is used to capture the relationships between instruments.
INSTRUMENT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P INSTRUMENT INSTRUMENT ID: Unique number for the legal document registered on the Cert.
object that is associated with a product.
active.
etc.
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE
information.
Page 372
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

found in it.
an organization.
working for it.
table.
related incident.
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

INSTRUMENT_COMPONENT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_INSTRUMENT_COMP_TYPE INSTRUMENT COMPONENT TYPE: the type of component or object that is
being associated with this instrument. Note that relationships with land rights, pools,
spacing units and fields are handled by specific cross reference tables.
obligation
that is captured.
Page 374
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

PPDM_SYSTEM_ID VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_TABLE SYSTEM IDENTIFIER: A unique identifier for a data storage system, such as a
Valid types of seismic sets include SEIS_LINE, SEIS_3D, SEIS_SEGMENT and Page 375
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

SEIS_SURVEY.
description.
permitted to hold.
within a well.
Webster Online)
thesaurus.
Page 376
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

ROW_QUALITY VARCHAR2 20 PPDM ROW QUALILTY: A set of values indicating the quality of data in this row,
Page 377
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: INSTRUMENT_DETAIL

INSTRUMENT DETAIL: Use this table to capture specific information that is captured on an instrument, or about the instrument. Where specific columns exist for
commonly used information, please use them. This table covers exceptions not handled by PPDM.
DETAIL_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P DETAIL IDENTIFER: Unique identifier for detail record about an instrument.
active.
COST_VALUE NUMBER 12, 2 COST: A value associated with the cost of a specification, such as annual operating
cost.
DETAIL_DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 1024 DETAIL DESCRIPTION: A narrative version of the detail in the instrument.
INSTRUMENT_DETAIL_CODE VARCHAR2 20 R_INST_DETAIL_CODE INSTRUMENT DETAIL CODE: In the case that the instrument detail is described
as a coded value, this provides the valid code for each type of detail.
INSTRUMENT_DETAIL_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_INST_DETAIL_CODE INSTRUMENT DETAIL TYPE: The kind of detail information about the
R_INST_DETAIL_TYPE instrument that has been stored.
product.
Page 378
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: INSTRUMENT_DETAIL

REFERENCE_VALUE NUMBER , REFERENCE VALUE: the value of a reference point. For example may be a date or
event, or a process.
REFERENCE_VALUE_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_INST_DETAIL_REF_VALUE INSTRUMENT DETAIL REFERENCE VALUE TYPE: In the case where a detail
is referenced to some other value (such as a submission due after a certain period, or
a date or an activity), the type of reference value is captured here. The values, if
relevant, are stored in associated column
Page 379
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: INSTRUMENT_XREF

INSTRUMENT CROSS REFERENCE: Allows relationships between instruments to be captured.
PARENT_INSTRUMENT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P INSTRUMENT INSTRUMENT ID: Unique number for the legal document registered on the Cert.
active or valid.
AMMENDMENT_DESC VARCHAR2 2000 AMMENDMENT DESCRIPTION: description of the ammendments in the new
instruments. In some cases, the wording of the new clauses may be included. If full
modeling of clauses is required, this should be reviewed.
XREF_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 XREF TYPE: the type of relationship between new and old instruments. Most
common is an instrument ammendment.
Page 380
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: INT_SET_COMPONENT

BUSINESS ASSOCIATE INTEREST SET COMPONENT: This table serves as a multi-node many to many breakout table allowing production, seismic, land rights, wells,
facilities, fields etc to be associated with an interest set. Designates a unique set of interests for a specified asset(s) determined by the contract.
INTEREST_SET_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P INTEREST_SET INTEREST SET IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the interest set.
INTEREST_SET_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P INTEREST_SET INTEREST SET SEQUENCE NUMBER: unique sequencing component to allow
COMPONENT_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P COMPONENT OBSERVATION NUMBER: unique number for the component
active.
etc.
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE
information.
Page 381
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

COMPONENT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_INT_SET_COMPONENT INTEREST SET COMPONENT TYPE: this table allows relationships between an
interest set and the items it relates to it to be managed. Relationships to contracts,
land rights, seismic, well or production data etc are allowed.
CONTRACT
found in it.
an organization.
working for it.
table.
Could be a cost center or any other reference number. Page 382
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

related incident.
JURISDICTION VARCHAR2 20 LAND_SALE_BID BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for the jurisdiction that is managing the
LAND_OFFERING_BID VARCHAR2 20 LAND_SALE_BID LAND OFFERING BID: Unique identifier for a bid. Within the bid, individual
LAND_SALE
obligation
that is captured.
PDEN_ACTIVITY_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 PDEN_VOL_DISPOSITION ACTIVITY TYPE: The type of activity that caused the movement of fluid s to occur
Page 383
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

PDEN_VOL_SUMMARY
PDEN_AMENDMENT_SEQ_NO NUMBER 8, 0 PDEN_VOL_DISPOSITION AMENDMENT SEQUENCE NUMBER: used to order amendment events for
PDEN_VOL_SUMMARY production volumes. For each PDEN, volume method, acitivity type, period type
amended record.
PDEN_DISPOSITION_OBS_NO NUMBER 8, 0 PDEN_VOL_DISPOSITION VOLUME DISPOSITION OBSERVATION NUMBER: A number that is used to
uniquely identify a reported movement of fluid between two production entities.
PDEN_ID VARCHAR2 40 PDEN_VOL_DISPOSITION PRODUCTION ENTITY IDENTIFIER: An identifier that is unique within a
PDEN_VOL_SUMMARY specific production entity source and type.
PDEN
PDEN_PERIOD_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 PDEN_VOL_DISPOSITION PERIOD TYPE: A reference table identifying the length of time for which a volume
PDEN_VOL_SUMMARY is recorded. Possible values are DAY, MONTH, YEAR.
PDEN_PRODUCT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 PDEN_VOL_DISPOSITION PRODUCT TYPE: A reference table identifying the type of product (fluid) such as
PDEN_SOURCE VARCHAR2 20 PDEN_VOL_DISPOSITION PDEN SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated
PDEN_VOL_SUMMARY as the source of information for this row
PDEN
PDEN_TYPE VARCHAR2 30 PDEN_VOL_DISPOSITION PRODUCTION ENTITY TYPE: the type of production entity may be equal to one
PDEN_VOL_SUMMARY of the table names of the PDEN subtype tables, such as PDEN_WELL,
PDEN PDEN_COUNTY or PDEN_FIELD. Validated by check constraint.
PDEN_VOLUME_DATE VARCHAR2 12 PDEN_VOL_SUMMARY VOLUME DATE: The effective or reporting date of this volume summary.
PDEN_VOLUME_METHOD VARCHAR2 20 PDEN_VOL_DISPOSITION VOLUME METHOD: The type of method used to determine the volume of flu ids
PDEN_VOL_SUMMARY moved. Examples would be measured, prorated, engineering study, e tc.
PROD_STRING Page 384
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

RESENT_ID VARCHAR2 20 RESENT_CLASS RESERVE ENTITY IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the reserves entity.
RESERVE_ENTITY
RESENT_CLASS confidence level and producing status of the reserve volumes.
SEIS_SURVEY.
Page 385
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

description.
permitted to hold.
Webster Online)
thesaurus.
TRIGGER_DESC VARCHAR2 240 BA INTEREST SET TRIGGER EVENT DESCRIPTION: A short description of the
event that triggered a change in the interest set shares or roles.
TRIGGER_EVENT VARCHAR2 20 R_INT_SET_TRIGGER BA INTEREST SET TRIGGER: the event that triggered a change in the interest set
shares or roles. When the event occurs, a new row in INTEREST SET is created
using a new SEQUENCE NUMBER to identify the new version of the interest set.
WELL_ACTIVITY
WELL_LOG_CURVE
WELL_LOG
WELL
Page 386
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

WELL_LOG_CURVE_ID VARCHAR2 20 WELL_LOG_CURVE CURVE IDENTIFIER: Unique identification number assigned to the curve or trace.
WELL_LOG_ID VARCHAR2 20 WELL_LOG WELL LOG IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the well log.
WELL_LOG_SOURCE VARCHAR2 20 WELL_LOG WELL LOG SOURCE: the source for this well log data.
Page 387
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: INT_SET_PARTNER

BUSINESS ASSOCIATE INTEREST SET PARTNER: A partner in the Interest set.
INTEREST_SET_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P INTEREST_SET BA INTEREST SET SEQUENCE NUMBER: unique sequencing component to
allow verioning of the interest set over time.
PARTNER_BA_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BA_ADDRESS PARTNER BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE business associate, such as a person, company, regulatory agency, government or
consortium. Unique identifier for the business associate who is a partner in an
interest set.
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: a yes / no flag indicating that this row of data describes the
partners current participation in the interest set.
BREACH_DESC VARCHAR2 240 BREACH OF CONTRACT DESCRIPTION: a textual description describing the
breach of a term or condition of a contract the partner is involved in.
BREACH_IND VARCHAR2 1 BREACH OF CONTRACT INDICATOR: a yes / no flag that indicates the partner
is in breach of a term or condition of the contract for this interest set.
CHANGE_REASON VARCHAR2 240 CHANGE REASON: textual description of why the partners role or interest in the
interest set has changed.
CONFIDENTIAL_IND VARCHAR2 1 CONFIDENTIAL INDICATOR: a yes / no flag indicating that the partners
participation in this interest set is confidential to other partners.
CONTRACT
ESCROW_DESC VARCHAR2 240 EXCROW DESCRIPTION: Description of a deed, bond, money or a piece of
property held in trust by a third party for this partner to be turned over to the grantee
only upon the fulfillment of a condition.
ESCROW_IND VARCHAR2 1 ESCROW INDICATOR: a yes/no flag that indicates that this partner is in an escrow
condition
GROSS_FRACT_INTEREST VARCHAR2 100 GROSS FRACTIONAL INTEREST: the gross interest the partner has in this
interest set, described as a fractional, such as 1/2 of 1/8.
GROSS_PERCENT_INTEREST NUMBER 15, 12 GROSS PERCENT INTEREST: the percent interest the partner has in the interest
set, described as a percent, derived from the fractional interest.
INACTIVE_DATE DATE 7 INACTIVE DATE: The date that the row of data describing the partner's
participation in the interest set became inactive. Any change to partner information
Page 388
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

requires that a new interest set be created.
INSTRUMENT_ID VARCHAR2 20 INSTRUMENT INSTRUMENT ID: Unique identifier for the instrument. In this case, this FK is
used to capture the instrument that describes the partnership. Do not use it to capture
instruments that this partnership is in effect for - these relationships should be
captured in either INT SET COMPONENT or INSTRUMENT COMPONENT.
INTEREST_SET_ROLE VARCHAR2 20 R_INT_SET_ROLE INTEREST SET ROLE: the role played by a partner in the interest set. such as
operator. When the role changes, a new Interest Set SEQ NO must be initiated for
the entire set, as by definition, this changes the partnership.
NET_FRACT_INTEREST VARCHAR2 100 NET FRACTIONAL INTEREST: the interest result expressed as a fraction
calculated as the gross fractional interest minus any encumbrance burden (also
expressed as a fraction) (e.g. gross partner interest is 100/100 minus a gorr
encumbrance of 15/100 = net interest of 85/100)
NET_PERCENT_INTEREST NUMBER 15, 12 NET PERCENT INTEREST: the interest result expressed as a percent calculated as
the gross percentage interest minus any encumbrance burden (also expressed as a
percent) (e.g. gross partner interest is 100% minus a gorr encumbrance of 15% = net
interest of 85%)
PENALTY_IND VARCHAR2 1 PENALTY INDICATOR: a yes / no flag indicating that the partner is in a penalty
position for this interest set. ( a forfeiture of a partner(s) interest for capital cost(s)
expenditures until payout of such costs are recovered by participating parties) (e.g. a
partner electing not to participate in the drilling, casing, completion and tie-in of a
well when served with an independent operation notice.)
RIGHT_TO_EARN_DESC VARCHAR2 240 RIGHT TO EARN DESCRIPTION: textual description of the work to be done in
order to earn a specified interest..
RIGHT_TO_EARN_IND VARCHAR2 1 RIGHT TO EARN INDICATOR: a yes / no flag indicating that the partner has a
potential to earn a specified interest upon the completion of work completed as
specified in terms and conditions of a contract. If desired, this concept can also be
captured as an INTERE ST SET, with type RIGHT TO EARN. In this case, the
interest set can capture the potential interests for each party (e.g. after earning
interests).
TITLE_OWN_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_TITLE_OWN_TYPE R TITLE OWNERSHIP TYPE: used to refer to type of ownership for titles only.
May be life estate holder, joint tenant, tentan in common...
UNIT_OPERATED_IND VARCHAR2 1 UNIT OPERATED INDICATOR: a yes / no flag indicating that the partner interest
is derived through a unit agreement.
Page 389
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

Page 390
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: INT_SET_PARTNER_CONT

BUSINESS ASSOCIATE INTEREST SET PARTNER CONTACT: A business associate who is a contact person for an interest set.
INTEREST_SET_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P INT_SET_PARTNER INTEREST SET IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the interest set.
INTEREST_SET_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P INT_SET_PARTNER BA INTEREST SET SEQUENCE NUMBER: unique sequencing component to
PARTNER_BA_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P INT_SET_PARTNER PARTNER BUSINESS ASSOCIATE ID: the business associate who is a parter.
CONTACT_BA_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BA_ADDRESS BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business associate, such as a
CONTACT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CONTACT_ID: The unique BA ID for the contact for the interest set.
CONTACT_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P CONTACT OBSERVATION NUMBER: a unique number for the occurence of the
contact for the interest set.
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: a yes / no flag indicating that the contact information for
the partner is currently active.
CONTACT_ORG_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BA_ORGANIZATION CONTACT ORG BA ID: Unique identifer for the contact business associate.
CONTACT_ORG_BA_SEQ_NO NUMBER 8, 0 BA_ORGANIZATION ORGANIZATION SEQUENCE NUMBER: a unique number added to allow
CONTACT_ORG_ORGANIZATION_ID VARCHAR2 20 BA_ORGANIZATION BUSINESS ASSOCIATE ORGANIZATION IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for an
organization of a company or organization
CONTACT_ROLE VARCHAR2 20 R_CONTACT_ROLE BA INTEREST SET PARTNER CONTACT ROLE: the role played by the contact
for the partner in the interest set, such as negotiator, authorization, legal
representative etc.
CONTRACT
INACTIVE_DATE DATE 7 INACTIVE DATE: the date when the contact actually was no longer assigned to be
a contact for the interest set.
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: INT_SET_PARTNER_CONT

Page 392
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: INT_SET_STATUS

INTEREST SET STATUS: The status of a partnership, from a planning and approval perspective or an operational perspective. The status of the partnership from various
perspectives (legal, finance, operations, land managers etc) may be tracked.
INTEREST_SET_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P INTEREST_SET INTEREST SET SEQUENCE NUMBER: unique sequencing component to allow
STATUS_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P LAND RIGHT STATUS SEQUENCE NUMBER: A unique sequencer added to
allow a land right to have the same status more than once in its life time.
active.
EFFECTIVE_TERM VARCHAR2 240 EFFECTIVE TERM: The effective length of the status term
EFFECTIVE_TERM_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE EFFECTIVE TERM ORIGINAL UNITS OF MEASURE: The original units used,
Usually in days, months or years
INT_SET_STATUS VARCHAR2 20 R_INT_SET_STATUS INTEREST SET STATUS: The status of a partnership, from a planning and
approval perspective or an operational perspective. The status of the partnership
from various perspectives (legal, finance, operations, land managers etc) may be
tracked.
REASON VARCHAR2 240 REASON: Reason why status changed
STATUS_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_INT_SET_STATUS INTEREST SET STATUS TYPE: Identifies the perspective from which the status is
measured, such as financial, operational, legal, regulatory etc.
UNDETERMINED_TERM_IND VARCHAR2 1 UNDETERMINED TERM IND: Indicates the term is of undetermined duration. Y=
undetermined term.
Page 393
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: INT_SET_XREF

BUSINESS ASSOCIATE INTEREST SET CROSS REFERENCE: This table allows relationships between interest sets to be tracked.
INTEREST_SET_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P INT_SET_PARTNER INTEREST SET IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the interest set.
INTEREST_SET
INTEREST_SET_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P INT_SET_PARTNER BA INTEREST SET SEQUENCE NUMBER: unique sequencing component to
INTEREST_SET allow verioning of the interest set over time.
INTEREST_SET_ID_2 Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P INT_SET_PARTNER INTEREST SET IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the interest set.
INTEREST_SET
INTEREST_SET_SEQ_NO_2 Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P INT_SET_PARTNER BA INTEREST SET SEQUENCE NUMBER: unique sequencing component to
INTEREST_SET allow verioning of the interest set over time.
INT_SET_XREF_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P INTEREST SET CROSS REFERENCE OBSERVATION NUMBER: Surrogate
component added to allow interest sets to relate to each other multiple ways.
active.
CONTRACT
INT_SET_XREF_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_INT_SET_XREF_TYPE BA INTEREST SET CROSS REFERENCE TYPE: The type of relationship
between interest sets. Interest sets may supercede each other, have an impact on the
net worth of the interest set etc.
PARTNER_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 INT_SET_PARTNER BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business associate, such as a
PARTNER_BA_ID_2 VARCHAR2 20 INT_SET_PARTNER BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business associate, such as a
Page 394
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: INT_SET_XREF

Page 395
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: INTEREST_SET

BUSINESS ASSOCIATE INTEREST SET: An interest set is a bundle of interests that govern the operation of land rights, facilities, production, wells etc. Each interest set
describes a single type of interest (working, royalty etc) and may desribe a partners key roles within the interest set (operatorship, address for service etc.). If the interest
values or roles change, a new interest set must be created. The SEQ_NO is used to track versioning of the interest set over time.
INTEREST_SET_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P INTEREST SET IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the interest set.
INTEREST_SET_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P INTEREST SET SEQUENCE NUMBER: unique sequencing component to allow
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: a yes / no flag indicating that this interest set, or this
version of the interest set, is currently active. (e.g. indicator is yes if there is no
expiry date on interest set)
INTEREST_SET_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_INT_SET_TYPE BA INTEREST SET TYPE: the type of interest set, such as working, royalty etc.
Page 396
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_AGREE_PART

LAND AGREEMENT PART: a portion of a valid LAND AGREEMENT that has been created for a specific reason, such as creation of a new partnership (interest set) etc.
LAND_RIGHT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LAND_RIGHT LAND RIGHT ID: Unique Identifier for the land right. A land right is the rights you
LAND_RIGHT_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 30 P LAND_RIGHT LAND RIGHT TYPE: this column is used to enforce the relationship between
LAND RIGHT and its subtypes. For this table, the value must be
LAND_AGREE_PART.
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: a yes / no flag indicating that this portion of the land
agreement is currently active.
DEC_OF_TRUST_IND VARCHAR2 1 DECLARATION OF TRUST INDICATOR: A yes/no flag to indicate that an
interest of a business associate is held in trust by another business associate.
DEC_OF_TRUST_REMARK VARCHAR2 240 DECLARATION OF TRUST REMARK: Narrative remarks about a declaration of
trust.
LAND_AGREE_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_LAND_AGREE_TYPE LAND AGREEMENT TYPE: The type of land agreement, can be an additional
qualification of LAND RIGHT.GRANTED RIGHT TYPE, for more descriptive
details about the type of granted right.
ROFR_IND VARCHAR2 1 RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL INDICATOR: a yes / no flag indicating that there is a
ROFR clause associated with this portion of an agreement.
Page 397
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_AGREEMENT

LAND AGREEMENT: a legal agreement between business associates for the completion of business, such as drilling, maintenance of surface or mineral rights, granted
rights etc. LAND AGREEMENT is a valid type of LAND RIGHT.
LAND_RIGHT_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 30 P LAND_RIGHT LAND RIGHT TYPE: this column is used to enforce the relationship between
LAND_AGREEMENT.
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: a yes / no flag indicating that this land agreement is
currently active.
LAND_AGREE_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_LAND_AGREE_TYPE LAND AGREEMENT TYPE: The type of land agreement, can be an additional
qualification of LAND RIGHT.GRANTED RIGHT TYPE, for more descriptive
details about the type of granted right.
ROFR_IND VARCHAR2 1 RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL INDICATOR: a yes / no flag indicating that there is a
right of first refusal (ROFR) associated with this agreement.
Page 398
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_ALIAS

LAND RIGHT ALIAS: An alternate name or file number by which the land right may be known.
LAND_RIGHT_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 30 P LAND_RIGHT LAND RIGHT TYPE: This column is used to enforce the relationship between
LAND RIGHT and its subtypes. The value must be equal to the name of one of the
valid subtypes: LAND_AGREEMENT, LAND_AGREE_PART, LAND_LEASE,
LAND_GRANTED_RIGHT, LAND_UNIT, LAND_UNIT_TRACT or
LAND_TITLE.
LR_ALIAS_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LR ALIAS ID: Unique identifier for the land right alias
active.
ALIAS_FULL_NAME VARCHAR2 255 ALIAS NAME: Alias name by which the land right may be known.
ALIAS_NUMBER VARCHAR2 30 ALIAS NUMBER: Alias number by which the land right may be known. May be an
internal file number, previous reference number etc.
LAND_REF_NUM_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_LAND_REF_NUM_TYPE R LAND REF NUM TYPE: The type of reference number, such as previous title
number, government number etc.
PREFERRED_IND VARCHAR2 1 Page 399
PREFERRED INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating whether this alias is a preferred
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_ALIAS

name or code.
REFERENCE_NUM VARCHAR2 30 REFERENCE NUM: Alias reference number by which the land right may be
known, such as a partners reference number.
Page 400
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_AREA

LAND RIGHT AREA: this table may be used to track the relationship between a land right and various types of areas. Could be offshore areas, offshore intersect areas, areas
of divestiture, areas of interest etc.
LAND_TITLE.
AREA_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P AREA AREA ID: Unique identifier for the area that is associated with the land right.
AREA_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P AREA AREA TYPE: Unique identifier for an area type that is associated with the land
right. Could be an offshore area, an offshore intersect area, project area, area of
divestiture etc.
active.
GROSS_SIZE NUMBER 20, 10 GROSS SIZE: The gross size of the intersection as calculated or agreed. Please note
that in some jurisdictions, the gross and net size of the intersection is not calculated
but is agreed and captured in legal documentation.
GROSS_SIZE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE
NET_SIZE NUMBER 20, 10 NET SIZE: The net size of the intersection as calculated or agreed. Please note that
in some jurisdictions, the gross and net size of the intersection is not calculated but
is agreed and captured in legal documentation.
NET_SIZE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE
Page 401
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_BA_SERVICE

LAND RIGHT BUSINESS ASSOCIATE SERVICE: representation of the service provided for a land right by a business associate, such as mineral title search, brokerage
service etc.
LAND_TITLE.
PROVIDED_BY Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE PROVIDED BY BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business
associate, such as a person, company, regulatory agency, government or consortium
who provided this service.
SERVICE_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P BUSINESS ASSOCIATE SERVICE SEQUENCE NUMBER: This column is added
time.
active or valid.
CONTACT_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BA_ORGANIZATION CONTACT BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: the person who provides a contact for the
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE completion of this service.
CONTRACT
END_DATE DATE 7 SERVICE END DATE: the date that this service was completed.
PROVIDED_FOR_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 PROVIDED FOR BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the
business associate that this service is provided for. For example, may be used in
cases where the responsible party may third party a necessary service.
Page 402
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_BA_SERVICE

REPRESENTED_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business associate, such as a
START_DATE DATE 7 SERVICE START DATE: Date service was provided
Page 403
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_OCCUPANT

LAND RIGHT OCCUPANT: This table is used to keep track of occupants on lands, usually surface lands such as grazing leases. At any given time, one or more business
associates may be occupants, and the same business associate can be an occupant more than once in a span of time.
LAND_RIGHT_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 30 P LAND_RIGHT LAND RIGHT TYPE: column indicating the type of land right. Must be one of the
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: The business associate who is an occupant, could be a
person, company, jurisdiction or consortium.
OCCUPANCY_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P OCCUPANCY SEQUENCE NUMBER: a number added to allow the same business
associate to be an occupant on a land right (such as a grazing lease) more than once
over a span of time.
active.
Page 404
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_REMARK

LAND RIGHT REMARK: comments or text description for information pertaining to the Mineral Agreement. All remarks are qualified by a remarks type. Some remarks
may be recommendations about the disposition of the land right - additional information about this type of remark is captured.
REMARK_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P REMARK ID: unique identifier for the remark.
REMARK_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P REMARK SEQ NO: Unique identifer added to allow sequencing of very long
remarks, which may require multiple entries.
active or valid.
RECOMMEND_IMPL_IND VARCHAR2 1 RECOMMEND IMPL IND: Indicates whether recommendation was implemented
when the remark is a recommendation.
REMARK_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business associate, such as a
REMARK_DATE DATE 7 REMARK DATE: Date recommendation was made
REMARK_USER VARCHAR2 30 REMARK USER: Name of the person who made the recommendation
Page 405
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_RIGHT

LAND RIGHT: Describes the right to land, either the surface and/ or the mineral rights (track using LAND RIGHT CATEGORY). Land rights may be owned outright
(Certificate of Title) or leased through an agreement. Agreements may be either primary (made directly with lessor) or secondary (made with other lessees). Relationships
between land rights are found in LR XREF.
LAND_RIGHT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LAND RIGHT ID: Unique Identifier for the land right. A land right is the rights you
LAND_RIGHT_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 30 P LAND RIGHT TYPE: column indicating the type of land right. Must be one of the
ACQTN_DATE DATE 7 ACQTN DATE: Date on which the agreement was acquired and brought in house
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: a yes / no flag indicating that this land right is currently
active.
CALCULATED_INTEREST NUMBER 15, 12 LAND RIGHT CALCULATED INTEREST: Derived from LR BA Partner Interest.
This is your net value, as determined from the fractional interest held through the
chain of title. Also called derived gross interest. Denormalized through recursive
query from BA_INT_SET_PARTNER. This derived value may be stored here rather
than requiring a complex query to be run that determines the fractional interest on
the fly. If used, ensure that it will be automatically updated when the source
information in LR INT SET PARTNER is updated.
CASE_SERIAL_NUM VARCHAR2 30 CASE SERIAL NUM: CASE is a US Bureau of Land Management element which
provides a coded number system to identify any type of CASE, such as sales of land,
mineral and timber land disposal by occupancy, grant of sale, surface authorization f
or right of way, land use, etc.
CONFIDENTIAL_IND VARCHAR2 1 CONFIDENTIAL IND: Indicates the agreement is confidential; ownership of the
agreement is not public knowledge.
COST_CENTER_NUM VARCHAR2 20 COST CENTER NUM: A code linking the land right to a cost center system. May
be an AFE number, property code, or whatever is used to connect to the source of
funding.
Z_R_COUNTY nation or territory. For example Austria, Canada, United Kingdom, USA, Venezula.
Z_R_PROVINCE_STATE
Alberta
FIRST_PLATFORM_APPROVE_DATE DATE 7 FIRST PLATFORM APPROVED DATE: Date on which the first platform was
approved for a lease. Reported by jurisdiction.
Page 406
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

FIRST_PLATFORM_INSTALL_DATE DATE 7 FIRST PLATFORM INSTALLED DATE: Date on which the first platform was
installed for a lease. Reported by jurisdiction.
FIRST_PRODUCTION_DATE DATE 7 FIRST PRODUCTION DATE: Date on which the qualifying well was placed on
continuous production. Reported by jurisdiction.
FRACTIONAL_INTEREST VARCHAR2 100 LAND RIGHT FRACTIONAL INTEREST: Denormalized through recursive query
from BA_INT_SET_PARTNER. This is your net value or derived gross interest.
May be 1/3 of 1/2 of 1/2 etc. This derived value may be stored here rather than
requiring a complex query to be run that determines the fractional interest on the fly.
If used, ensure that it will be automatically updated when the source information in
LR INT SET PARTNER is updated.
GRANTED_RIGHT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_GRANTED_RIGHT_TYPE GRANTED RIGHT TYPE: The type of right granted to the holder. May include
title, lease, P and NG lease, license, Permit P and NG, SDL, SDA, Exploration
license, production license, drilling license, JOA, Pooling agreement etc. Called
Document type by some systems.
GROSS_SIZE NUMBER 20, 10 GROSS SIZE: Total amount of land measured in hectares/acres in the land right
GROSS_SIZE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE GROSS SIZE OUOM: Usually hectares or acres
HIGH_WATER_DEPTH NUMBER 10, 2 HIGH WATER DEPTH: Highest mean sea level to the sea floor
HIGH_WATER_DEPTH_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE HIGH WATER DEPTH OUOM:
INACTIVATION_DATE DATE 7 INACTIVATION DATE: Date on which the land right was inactivated due to
expiry, surrender, sale etc.
INCENT_CERT_NO NUMBER 5, 0 INCENTIVE CERTIFICATE NUMBER: Number on the incentive certificate.
ISSUE_DATE DATE 7 ISSUE DATE: Date on which the land right was issued.
JURISDICTION VARCHAR2 20 LAND_SALE_OFFERING BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business associate, such as a
LAND_ACQTN_METHOD VARCHAR2 20 R_LAND_ACQTN_METHOD LAND ACQUISITION MEHOD: the method used to acquire the rights to this land
right. May be purchase, lease, license, partnership, farmin, farmout, rental etc.
LAND_CASE_ACTION VARCHAR2 20 R_LAND_CASE_ACTION R LAND CASE ACTION: last action made to the case file.
LAND_CASE_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_LAND_CASE_TYPE R LAND CASE TYPE: timber, geothermal....
LAND_DISTRICT VARCHAR2 20 Z_R_LAND_DISTRICT R LAND DISTRICT: the name of the district in which the land rights agreement is
located.
LAND_PROPERTY_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_LAND_PROPERTY_TYPE R LAND PROPERTY TYPE: the property designation for reporting acreages, such
as core, non core, core developed, core non developed etc.
LAND_RIGHT_CATEGORY VARCHAR2 20 R_LAND_RIGHT_CATEGORY LAND RIGHT CATEGORY: The category of land right. May be Mineral or
Surface or both Mineral and surface.
LAND_SALE_NUMBER VARCHAR2 30 LAND_SALE_OFFERING LAND SALE NUMBER: A unique identifier for the land sale
LAND_SALE_OFFERING_ID VARCHAR2 20 LAND_SALE_OFFERING LAND SALE OFFERING ID: Unique identifier for the land sale offering.
LAST_ACTION_DATE DATE 7 LAST ACTION DATE: Date actions affected a change or a notation to a CASE file.
LESSOR_NAME VARCHAR2 30 LESSOR NAME: Un-validated name of lessor company
LESSOR_NUM VARCHAR2 30 LESSOR NUM: The reference number assigned by the lessor by which the Page 407
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

agreement is known.
LESSOR_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_LAND_LESSOR_TYPE R LAND LESSOR TYPE: the type of lessor, such as federal, indian, public, BIA,
Aboriginal
LOW_WATER_DEPTH NUMBER 10, 2 LOW WATER DEPTH: Lowest mean sea level to the sea floor
LOW_WATER_DEPTH_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE LOW WATER DEPTH OUOM:
MUNICIPALITY VARCHAR2 20 R_MUNICIPALITY R MUNICIPALITY: name of the municipality
OCCUPANT_NAME VARCHAR2 30 OCCUPANT NAME the unvalidated name of the occupant on this land right.
OFFSHORE_DISTANCE NUMBER 10, 3 OFFSHORE DISTANCE: The approximate distance from the lease to the nearest
coastline.
OFFSHORE_DISTANCE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE OFFSHORE DISTANCE OUOM: original units of The approximate distance from
the lease to the nearest coastline.
OIL_SAND_DEPOSIT VARCHAR2 20 OIL SANDS DEPOSIT: Code identifying the natural reservoir of oil sands.
OVERLAP_IND VARCHAR2 1 OVERLAP IND: Indicates if the agreements creates overlap acreage with another
agreement. Details in LR XREF
PLATFORM_COUNT NUMBER 3, 0 PLATFORM COUNT: Number of platforms on the lease
PRIMARY_TERM NUMBER 4, 0 PRIMARY TERM DURATION: Length of primary term for the agreement
PRIMARY_TERM_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE PRIMARY TERM DURATION OUOM: original units of whether the term of the
agreement is years or months
PRODUCING_IND VARCHAR2 1 PRODUCING IND: Whether the MA is producing. Derived from the Well status.
Put in for performance only. Y = producing
PROPRIETARY_NUM VARCHAR2 30 PROPRIETARY NUM: Number by which the agreement is known by the owner of
the database. Other reference numbers are stored in LR ALIAS
in Canada
QUALIFICATION_DATE DATE 7 QUALIFICATION DATE: Date when the lease is deemed capable of producing in
paying quantities. When this condition has been met, the lease qualifies for
continuation beyond the primary term. Can be called a declaration date.
RECLAMATION_CERT_NUM VARCHAR2 40 RECLAMATION CERTIFICATE NUMBR: reference number for the certificate of
environmental reclamation completed for the land right. Assigned by a regulatory or
jurisdicational agency.
RECLAMATION_END_DATE DATE 7 RECLAMATION END DATE: the date that reclamation on this land right was
complete. If there are subordinate land rights, this is generally tracked only at one
level; use the LR XREF table to ensure that every part of the surface is properly
reclaimed.
RECLAMATION_START_DATE DATE 7 RECLAMATION START DATE: the date that reclamation on this land right began.
If there are subordinate land rights, this is generally tracked only at one level; use
the LR XREF table to ensure that every part of the surface is properly reclaimed. Page 408
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

RELINQUISHABLE_IND VARCHAR2 1 RELINQUISHABLE INDICATOR: a yes / no flag indicating whether the land right
can be relinquished back to the lessor. In some areas, the lessor may not permit the
lessee to relinquish a land right before the end of the primary term.
RENTAL_ALLOCATION_IND VARCHAR2 1 RENTAL ALLOCATION INDICATOR: a yes / no flag indicating that rentals are
allocated and paid at this level. Usually for a land lease or a land granted right.
REPORT_ACREAGE_IND VARCHAR2 1 REPORT ACREAGE INDICATOR: Indicates whether acreage reports should be
created using this land right.
SCHEME_APPROVAL_NUM VARCHAR2 6 SCHEME APPROVAL NUMBER: Number assigned to a scheme application after
being approved.
SCHEME_EXPIRY_DATE DATE 7 SCHEME EXPIRY DATE: Date a particular scheme approval expires.
SECONDARY_TERM NUMBER 4, 0 SECONDARY TERM DURATION: the length of time that the secondary term will
be valid for, as defined in the agreement. Not all land rights have secondary terms.
SECONDARY_TERM_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNITS OF MEASURE
SUBSURFACE_IND VARCHAR2 1 SUB SURFACE RIGHTS INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating that this land right
includes subsurface (mineral) rights.
SURFACE_IND VARCHAR2 1 SURFACE RIGHTS INDICATOR: a Y/N flag indicating that this land right
includes surface rights.
TERMIN_NOTICE_PERIOD NUMBER 4, 0 TERMINATION NOTICE PERIOD: Length of notice required for termination of
lease
TERMIN_NOTICE_PERIOD_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE TERMINATION NOTICE PERIOD OUOM: original units ofusually days, months
or years.
TERM_EXIRY_DATE DATE 7 TERM EXPIRY DATE: the date that the current term for this land right will expire,
to be used for planning purposes. Can be derived from the EFFECTIVE DATE and
the PRIMARY TERM.
UNIT_OPERATED_IND VARCHAR2 1 UNIT OPERATED INDICATOR: a yes / no flag indicating that this land right is
owned and operated by a unit.
WELL_QUALIFIC_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_WELL_QUALIFIC_TYPE R WELL QUALIFICATION TYPE: defines the type of method used to determine
that the well is capable of producing in paying quantities.
Page 409
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_RIGHT_APPLIC

LAND RIGHT APPLICATION: this table associates a land right with applications that are associated with it, either through management of contractual obligations or
through application for permission to conduct activities.
active.
Page 410
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_RIGHT_BA_LIC

LAND RIGHT BA LICENSE: This table associates a land right (surface, mineral or both) with licenses that are associated with them.
active.
Page 411
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_RIGHT_COMPONENT

LAND RIGHT COMPONENT: This table is used to capture the relationships between land rights and busines objects, such as wells, equipment, documents, seismic sets and
contracts.
object that is associated with the land right.
active.
etc.
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE
Page 412
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

information.
found in it.
an organization.
working for it.
table.
Page 413
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

related incident.
LAND_COMPONENT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_LAND_COMPONENT_TYPE LAND COMPONENT TYPE: the type of component that is associated with the land
right, such as a contract or a facility.
obligation
that is captured.
PDEN_COUNTY or PDEN_FIELD. Validated by check constraint. Page 414
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

within a well.
Page 415
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

SEIS_SURVEY.
description.
permitted to hold.
Webster Online)
thesaurus.
WELL
Page 416
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

Page 417
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_RIGHT_FACILITY

LAND RIGHT FACILITY: To track the relationship of a well to a Unit.
LAND_TITLE.
FACILITY_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P FACILITY FACILITY TYPE: A reference table identifying the codes classifying the facility
active or valid.
UNIT_OPERATED_IND VARCHAR2 1 UNIT OPERATED INDICATOR: a yes / no flag indicating that this relationship
results from unit operation.
XREF_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_LR_FACILITY_XREF LAND RIGHT FACILILTY CROSS REFERENCE TYPE: the type of relationship
between the land right and a facility, such as production, operations etc.
Page 418
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_RIGHT_FIELD

LAND RIGHT FIELD: a direct relationship specifiying the fields that are associated with a Land Right (e.g. Bellshill, Ricinos).
active or valid.
XREF_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_LR_FIELD_XREF LAND RIGHT FIELD RELATIONSHHIP TYPE: the type of relationship between
the land right and the feild, such as produciton, operations etc.
Page 419
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_RIGHT_INSTRUMENT

LAND RIGHT INSTRUMENT CROSS REFERENCE: Cross reference between the land right and the relevant instrument, in the case where there are many instruments for
a land right, and each instrument may reference more than one land right. Occurs in the USA, for CASE registrations.
LAND_TITLE.
LR_INST_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P LAND RIGHT INSTRUMENT SEQUENCE NUMBER: unique identifier for the
land right instrument cross reference.
active or valid.
DISCHARGE_DATE DATE 7 DISCHARGE DATE: the data that for this land right, the instrument has been
discharged. When all of the land rights for an instrument have been discharged, the
instrument itself may be discharged.
DISCHARGE_IND VARCHAR2 1 DISCHARGE INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating that for this land right, the
instrument has been discharged. When all of the land rights for an instrument have
been discharged, the instrument itself may be discharged.
DISCHARGE_INSTRUMENT_ID VARCHAR2 20 INSTRUMENT DISCHARGE INSTRUMENT IDENTIFIER: Unique identifer for the instrument
that discharged this one. If you use this column, please do not also use the
DISCHARGE NUM column, as this creates data redundancy.
DISCHARGE_NUM VARCHAR2 30 DISCHARGE NUMBER: the instrument number that, for this land right, documents
that the instrument has been discharged. If you have captured the discharge
instrument as a new row in the INSTRUMENT table, use the FK relationship to
capture this information and DO NOT use this column. When all of the land rights
for an instrument have been discharged, the instrument itself may be discharged.
Page 420
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_RIGHT_INSTRUMENT

Page 421
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_RIGHT_POOL

LAND RIGHT POOL: This cross reference table allows relationships between pools and the land rights they are associated with to be maintained explicitly.
LAND_TITLE.
POOL_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P POOL POOL IDENTIFIER: Number or code uniquely identifying the pool.
OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P OBSERVATION NUMBER: unique component added to the primary key to ensure
uniqueness in special circumstances.
active or valid.
REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 REMARK: narrative remarks about the pool associated with the land right.
Page 422
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_RIGHT_REST

LAND RIGHT RESTRICTION: a cross reference table that identifies what restrictions are applied to a specific land right.
LAND_TITLE.
RESTRICTION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P RESTRICTION RESTRICTION ID: unique identifier for the restriction.
RESTRICTION_VERSION Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P RESTRICTION RESTRICTION VERSION: allows the restriction to be versioned over time.
Various lands may be subject to different version of the restriction.
active.
Page 423
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_RIGHT_REST_REM

LAND RIGHT RESTRICTION REMARK: narrative remarks about a land restriction as it is applied to a land right.
LAND_RIGHT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LAND_RIGHT_REST LAND RIGHT ID: Unique Identifier for the land right. A land right is the rights you
LAND_RIGHT_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 30 P LAND_RIGHT_REST LAND RIGHT TYPE: This column is used to enforce the relationship between
LAND_TITLE.
RESTRICTION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LAND_RIGHT_REST RESTRICTION ID: unique identifier for the restriction.
RESTRICTION_VERSION Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P LAND_RIGHT_REST RESTRICTION VERSION: allows the restriction to be versioned over time.
REMARK_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P REMARK IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the land restriciton remark.
REMARK_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P REMARK SEQUENCE NUMBER: a unique sequence number to allow long
remarks to be created and retrieved in the correct sequence.
active or valid.
REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 REMARK: narrative remarks about the land right restriction.
RESTRICTION_REMARK_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_REST_REMARK LAND RESTRICTION REMARK: Remarks about a land restriction that have been
coded can be entered using this reference table. This allows regulatory agencies to
list which remarks are relevant to the restriction.
Page 424
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_RIGHT_WELL

LAND RIGHT WELL: Tracks which wells are located on or producing from specific land rights. The entity PROD STRING is used as an alternate foreign key, so that
specific well strings may be identified when necessary.
UWI Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PROD_STRING_FORMATION UNIQUE WELL IDENTIFIER: A unique name, code or number designated as the
WELL
LR_WELL_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P LR WELL SEQ NO: Unique identifier for the land right cross reference. Added to
allow chronological sequencing of entries.
active or valid.
COMPLETION_OBS_NO NUMBER 8, 0 COMPLETION OBSERVATION NUMBER: A sequential observation number
used to uniquely identify each completed (perforated) interval.
GAS_PERCENT_PSU NUMBER 15, 12 GAS PERCENT PSU: The percentage of the gas production spacing unit for the
well which is credited to the Land Right.
KEY_WELL_IND VARCHAR2 1 KEY WELL IND: A yes/no indicator to indicate if the well has been used as a
benchmark to identify a mineral zone.
OIL_PERCENT_PSU NUMBER 15, 12 OIL PERCENT PSU: The percentage of the oil production spacing unit for the well
which is credited to the Land Right.
PR_STR_SOURCE VARCHAR2 20 PROD_STRING_FORMATION PRODUCTION STRING SOURCE: the source of the production string data.
PROD_STRING
SPACING_COMPLETE_IND VARCHAR2 1 SPACING COMPLETE IND: Whether the well string completes the spacing unit
SPACING_UNIT_ID VARCHAR2 20 SPACING_UNIT SPACING UNIT ID: unique identifier for the spacing unit.
STRING_ID VARCHAR2 20 PROD_STRING_FORMATION STRING IDENTIFIER: Number or code uniquely identifying a production string
PROD_STRING Page 425
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_RIGHT_WELL

within a well.
WELL_IN_TRACT_IND VARCHAR2 1 WELL IN TRACT IND: Whether the well string, at the producing formation, is
physically located on the tract
WELL_RELATIONSHIP_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_LAND_WELL_REL_TYPE WELL RELATIONSHIP TYPE: the type of relationship between the well and the
land right. For example, a well may be inferred to be related to a land right because
of its location, or the relationship may be explicitly stated in an agreement. In some
cases, a well may not be located physically in a land right in order to have an
association. Use this column in conjunction with WELL_IN_TRACT_IND and
KEY_WELL_IND to provide complete contextual information.
Page 426
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_RIGHT_WELL_SUBST

LAND RIGHT WELL SUBSTANCE: Describes the percent production spacing unit for a particular substance which is occupied by the land right. Oil and gas are captured
in LAND RIGHT WELL; all other substances are captured here as required.
UWI Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LAND_RIGHT_WELL UNIQUE WELL IDENTIFIER: A unique name, code or number designated as the
LAND_RIGHT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LAND_RIGHT_WELL LAND RIGHT ID: Unique Identifier for the land right. A land right is the rights you
LAND_RIGHT_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 30 P LAND_RIGHT_WELL LAND RIGHT TYPE: This column is used to enforce the relationship between
LAND_TITLE.
LR_WELL_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P LAND_RIGHT_WELL LR WELL SEQ NO: Unique identifier for the land right cross reference. Added to
allow chronological sequencing of entries.
SUBSTANCE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P SUBSTANCE SUBSTANCE: A substance (organic or inorganic) to which mineral rights apply, or
for which land has been leased with the purpose of drilling, mining, refining, or
transporting this substance. May also refer to refined substances.
active or valid.
PERCENT_PSU NUMBER 15, 12 PERCENT PSU: The percentage of the total hectares/acres required to produce a
substance that is contributed by this land right.
REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 REMARK: A text description to provide more information regarding a particular
production spacing unit.
Page 427
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_SALE

LAND SALE: A public offering of lands for lease. Government lessors usually offer leases through land sales so that resources can be developed. A land sale may be
composed of one or many land parcels.
JURISDICTION Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for the jurisdiction that is managing the
LAND_SALE_NUMBER Not Null VARCHAR2 30 P LAND SALE NUMBER: A unique identifier for the land sale.
active or valid.
CLOSE_DATE DATE 7 CLOSE DATE: The end date for postings to be submitted for the land sales
DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 2000 DESCRIPTION: General description of the land sale
LAND_SALE_NAME VARCHAR2 240 LAND SALE NAME: name assigned to the land sale, bidding round, concession
offering etc.
OPEN_DATE DATE 7 OPEN DATE: The start date for submissions to be submitted for posting requests on
a particular land sale.
PUBLISH_DATE DATE 7 PUBLISH DATE: The date the land sale postings are published and made available
to the public
SALE_DATE DATE 7 SALE DATE: The date the actual sale occurs
SOLD_SIZE NUMBER 20, 10 SOLD SIZE: Total amount of land measured in hectares/acres in the parcel that was
sold.
SOLD_SIZE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE SOLD SIZE OUOM: Original units, Usually hectares or acres
TOTAL_BONUS NUMBER 12, 2 TOTAL BONUS: The total cash payment by the lessee for the execution of a lease
by the mineral owner, expressed as dollars per hectare/acre.
TOTAL_BONUS_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE TOTAL BONUS OUOM: Original units, Currency type
TOTAL_SIZE NUMBER 20, 10 TOTAL SIZE: Total amount of land measured in hectares/acres in the parcel
published on the land sale.
TOTAL_SIZE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE TOTAL SIZE OUOM: Original units, Usually hectares or acres
Page 428
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_SALE

Page 429
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_SALE_BA_SERVICE

LAND RIGHT SALE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE SERVICE: representation of the service provided for a land sale or bidding rounc by a business associate, such as mineral
title search, brokerage service etc.
JURISDICTION Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LAND_SALE_OFFERING JURISDICTION: Unique identifier for the business associate who has sponsored the
land sale, such as the regulatory authority.
LAND_SALE_NUMBER Not Null VARCHAR2 30 P LAND_SALE_OFFERING LAND SALE NUMBER: A unique identifier for the land sale
LAND_SALE_OFFERING_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LAND_SALE_OFFERING LAND SALE OFFERING IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a parcel of land that
is offered as a part of a land sale.
PROVIDED_BY Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE PROVIDED BY BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business
SERVICE_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P BUSINESS ASSOCIATE SERVICE SEQUENCE NUMBER: This column is added
time.
active or valid.
CONTACT_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BA_ORGANIZATION CONTACT BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: the person who provides a contact for the
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE completion of this service.
END_DATE DATE 7 SERVICE END DATE: the date that this service was completed.
PROVIDED_FOR_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 PROVIDED FOR BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the
business associate that this service is provided for. For example, may be used in
cases where the responsible party may third party a necessary service.
REPRESENTED_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business associate, such as a
person, company, regulatory agency, government or consortium. Page 430
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_SALE_BA_SERVICE

START_DATE DATE 7 SERVICE START DATE: Date service was provided
Page 431
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_SALE_BID

LAND SALE OFFERING BID: the entity is used when bids placed on land offerings are complex. In some areas, bids may be placed contingent on success of other bids,
sliding bids / offers may be applied or grouped bids may be offered. This entity allows tracking of the structure of a complex bid.
JURISDICTION Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LAND_SALE_OFFERING JURISDICTION: The unique identifier for the business associate (regulator or
jurisdiction) who is responsible for the land sale.
LAND_SALE_OFFERING_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LAND_SALE_OFFERING LAND SALE OFFERING ID: Unique identifier for the land sale offering.
LAND_OFFERING_BID_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LAND OFFERING BID: Unique identifier for a bid. Within the bid, individual
active or valid.
ADDRESS_FOR_SERVICE VARCHAR2 20 BA_ADDRESS ADDRESS FOR SERVICE: The address for service used for this land bid.
ADDRESS_SOURCE VARCHAR2 20 BA_ADDRESS ADDRESS SOURCE: The source of the BA Address used.
BIDDER VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE BIDDER: the identifier for the Business Associate who has submitted the bid.
OBLIG_PAYMENT_INSTR
BIDDER_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_LAND_BIDDER_TYPE R LAND BIDDER TYPE: he type of bidder, such as third party broker, self, partner.
BID_STATUS VARCHAR2 20 R_LAND_BID_STATUS R LAND BID STATUS: The current status of the bid, such as pending, successful,
unsucessful etc.
BID_STATUS_DATE DATE 7 BID STATUS DATE: the date that the status indicated in the BID STATUS column
was effective.
BID_SUBMIT_DATE DATE 7 BID SUBMITTED DATE: the date that the bid was submitted.
BID_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_LAND_BID_TYPE R LAND BID TYPE: The type of bid that has been submitted. May be sliding scale,
grouped, straight.
CASH_BID_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_LAND_CASH_BID_TYPE CASH BID TYPE: The type of cash bid. This is used to determine the method used
to process the complete bid. May be a sliding scale bid, group bid... In a sliding
scale bid, bids are placed on parcels in order of importance - if the first priority bid
is accepted, the second bid may or may not be considered (depending on whether the
bid is contingent on acceptance). In a grouped bid, all parcels with the same priority
must be accepted or rejected together. Not to be used for Work bids.
CONFIDENTIAL_IND VARCHAR2 1 CONFIDENTIAL_IND: Indicates that a bid is confidential, usually done through a
broker.
CONTINGENCY_DESC VARCHAR2 240 CONTINGENCY DESCRIPTION: A textual description of the type of contingency
placed on processing the bids.
CONTINGENCY_IND VARCHAR2 1 CONTINGENCY INDICATOR: If set to yes, the bids next in the priority order are
to be considered when the current level is accepted. If set to no, the next priority
level is considered regardelss of the success of the current level.
Page 432
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_SALE_BID

PAYMENT_INSTRUCTION_ID VARCHAR2 20 OBLIG_PAYMENT_INSTR PAYMENT INSTRUCTION ID: unique identifier for the payment instructions.
PRIORITY_ORDER NUMBER 4, 0 PRIORITY SEQUENCE NUMBER: the priority of the bid seqence for that bid.
There may be more than one priority number 1, but each will relate to a different
land sale offering.
RESPONSE VARCHAR2 240 RESPONSE: details of the lessors response to the bid offering.
RESPONSE_DATE DATE 7 RESPONSE DATE: The date that the lessor responded to the bid offering.
SUCCESSFUL_IND VARCHAR2 1 SUCCESSFUL INDICATOR: indicates whether the bid component was accepted.
WORK_BID_IND VARCHAR2 1 WORK BID INDICATOR: A flag indicating that the bid is a work bid. Work bids
contain promises to complete a certain amount of work or to spend a specified
amount of money in land development.
WORK_BID_REMARK VARCHAR2 240 WORK BID REMARK: contains a detailed description of the work committment
included in the bid. If the bid is successful, and the land is acquired, this field should
be copied directly into a corresponding row in
LR_OBLIGATION.WORK_OBLIGATION_REMARK.
Page 433
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_SALE_BID_SET

LAND SALE BID SET: the entity is used when bids placed on land offerings are grouped according to some requirement. A company may group bids to support a specific
play or project at a company, or financially, or organizationally. This table tracks the set or group of bids. Use LAND SALE BID SET BID to relate the set to individual bids.
LAND_SALE_BID_SET_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LAND SALE BID SET IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a land sale bidding set.
active or valid.
BID_STATUS VARCHAR2 20 R LAND BID STATUS: The current status of the bid, such as pending, successful,
unsucessful etc.
CONFIDENTIAL_IND VARCHAR2 1 CONFIDENTIAL_IND: Indicates that a bid set is confidential. In this case, bidding
is often handled through a broker.
CONTINGENCY_DESC VARCHAR2 240 CONTINGENCY DESCRIPTION: A textual description of the type of contingency
placed on processing the bids.
CONTINGENCY_IND VARCHAR2 1 CONTINGENCY INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating that dependencies exist
between bids. If set to yes, the bids are usually placed contingent to the success or
failure of other bids in the set.
OWNER_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE OWNER BUSINESS ASSOCIATE ID: The identifier for the business associate
who is the owner or manager of the bid set.
SET_STATUS_DATE DATE 7 BID STATUS DATE: the date that the status indicated in the BID STATUS column
was effective.
SUCCESSFUL_IND VARCHAR2 1 SUCCESSFUL INDICATOR: A Y/N flag that indicates whether the bid set was
successful or not. The success of individual bids may be tracked at the bid level in
LAND SALE BID.
Page 434
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_SALE_BID_SET_BID

LAND SALE OFFERING BID SET: the entity is used when bids placed on land offerings are grouped according to some requirement. A company may group bids to support
a specific play or project at a company, or financially, or organizationally.
LAND_SALE_BID_SET_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LAND_SALE_BID_SET LAND SALE BID SET IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a land sale bidding set.
JURISDICTION Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LAND_SALE_BID JURISDICTION: The unique identifier for the business associate (regulator or
jurisdiction) who is responsible for the land sale.
LAND_SALE_NUMBER Not Null VARCHAR2 30 P LAND_SALE_BID LAND SALE NUMBER: A unique identifier for the land sale
LAND_SALE_OFFERING_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LAND_SALE_BID LAND SALE OFFERING ID: Unique identifier for the land sale offering.
LAND_OFFERING_BID_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LAND_SALE_BID LAND OFFERING BID: Unique identifier for a bid. Within the bid, individual
active or valid.
CONFIDENTIAL_IND VARCHAR2 1 CONFIDENTIAL_IND: Indicates that a bid is confidential, usually done through a
broker.
Page 435
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_SALE_FEE

LAND SALE FEE: This table is used to associate the appropriate fee schedule(s) with each land sale. While many regulatory bodies have only one fee schedule associated
with a land sale, many others have multiple fee schedules.
JURISDICTION Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LAND_SALE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business associate, such as a
LAND_SALE_NUMBER Not Null VARCHAR2 30 P LAND_SALE LAND SALE NUMBER: A unique identifier for the land sale
RATE_SCHEDULE_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P RATE_SCHEDULE RATE AND FEE SCHEDULE IDENTIFIER: unique indentifier for the schedule.
active or valid.
Page 436
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_SALE_OFFERING

LAND SALE OFFERING: describes a parcel of land offered in public land sale. Many such offerings may be included in a single land sale.
JURISDICTION Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LAND_SALE JURISDICTION: The unique id for the business association who has jurisdictional
authority over the land sale.
LAND_SALE_NUMBER Not Null VARCHAR2 30 P LAND_SALE LAND SALE NUMBER: A unique identifier for the land sale
LAND_SALE_OFFERING_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LAND SALE OFFERING ID: Unique identifier for the land sale offering.
active or valid.
CANCEL_REASON VARCHAR2 20 R_L_OFFR_CANCEL_RSN LAND OFFER CANCEL REASON: reason why the land sale offering was
removed from the land sale, such as withdrawn, no bids, no acceptable bids.
GROSS_SIZE NUMBER 20, 10 GROSS SIZE: Total amount of land measured in hectares/acres in the offering
(parcel)
GROSS_SIZE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE GROSS SIZE UOM: Usually hectares or acres
INACTIVATION_DATE DATE 7 INACTIVATION DATE: The date that the land parcel offering is inactivated. The
offering may be re-posted at a future date.
LAND_OFFERING_STATUS VARCHAR2 20 R_LAND_OFFRING_STATUS R LAND OFFRING STATUS: The status of this offerning, such as postponed,
cancelled, withdrawn, active, sold, not sold.
LAND_OFFERING_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_LAND_OFFRING_TYPE LAND OFFERING TYPE: state, indian, federal, BLM, first nations, provincial,
OCS, crown
STATUS_DATE DATE 7 STATUS DATE: Date associated with the most current parcel status.
TERM_DURATION NUMBER 4, 0 TERM DURATION: The term length that is associated with the land parcel (e.g. 6
months, 5 years, etc.)
TERM_DURATION_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE TERM DURATION OUOM: Original units, usually days, months or years.
Page 437
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_SALE_OFFERING_AREA

LAND SALE OFFERING AREA: captures the relationships between areas and land sale offerings. Opportunities to indicate the gross and net overlapping sizes are also
provided. Note that these overlaps may be determined legally rather than spatially.
JURISDICTION Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LAND_SALE_OFFERING BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business associate, such as a
active or valid.
GROSS_SIZE NUMBER 20, 10 GROSS SIZE: The gross size of the overlap between the land sale offering and the
parcel. Note that these sizes may not necessarily be calculated spatially in all areas.
GROSS_SIZE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE GROSS SIZE UOM: Usually hectares or acres
NET_SIZE NUMBER 20, 10 NET SIZE: The net size of the overlap between the land sale offering and the parcel.
Note that these sizes may not necessarily be calculated spatially in all areas.
NET_SIZE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE
Page 438
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_SALE_REQUEST

LAND REQUEST: tracks requests by business associates to a lessor to have a particular land parcel or holding posted for public sale of the granted rights.
LAND_REQUEST_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LAND REQUEST ID: Unique identifier for the land request.
active.
ADVANCE_BOOKING_IND VARCHAR2 1 ADVANCE BOOKING INDICATOR: a yes / no flag indicating request by advance
booking, Alberta Crown request for land sale more than 15 weeks in advance. Must
be drilling a well adjacent to the lands more than 3000 m deep (every 100 m deeper
grants you another 2 weeks advance posting
AMI_IND VARCHAR2 1 AMI IND: Indicates that land parcel falls within an Area of Mutual Interest,
established in a land contract.
BID_IND VARCHAR2 1 BID INDICATOR: Indicator set to Y when a bid has been submitted for the
requested parcel. In Canada, a monetary penalty may be imposed if the requesting
company fails to submit a bid on an offering. This information can also be derived
through a join to the LAND SALE BID table.
BROKER_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business associate, such as a
CONTACT_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE CONTACT BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: the unique identifier for the Business
Associate who is the contact for the land request.
CRITICAL_DATE DATE 7 CRITICAL DATE: date by which land request must be submitted to government in
order to be included in the next land sale posting.
DRILLING_PRIORITY_IND VARCHAR2 1 DRILLING PRIORITY INDICATOR: a yes / no flag indicating that drilling priority
has been requested. Well drilling to sale - if you are drilling a well adjacent to the
lands, you may request priority over the configuration of the posting
GRANTED_RIGHT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_GRANTED_RIGHT_TYPE GRANTED RIGHT TYPE: The type of lease right that has been requested by the
requestor.
GROSS_SIZE NUMBER 20, 10 GROSS SIZE: Total amount of land measured in hectares/acres in the land request
in terms of working interest.
GROSS_SIZE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE GROSS SIZE OUOM: Usually hectares or acres
INVESTIGATOR VARCHAR2 30 INVESTIGATOR: Name of the person or group who investigated the posting
request at the receiving location.
JURISDICTION VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business associate, such as a
LAND_SALE_OFFERING person, company, regulatory agency, government or consortium.
LAND_REQ_STATUS VARCHAR2 20 R_LAND_REQ_STATUS R LAND REQUEST STATUS: pending, refused, accepted
Page 439
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

LAND_RIGHT_TYPE VARCHAR2 30 LAND_RIGHT LAND RIGHT TYPE: This column is used to enforce the relationship between
LAND_TITLE.
LESSOR_REFUSED_DATE DATE 7 LESSOR REFUSED DATE: Date on which the posting is refused by the lessor
ORIGINATOR_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business associate, such as a
PREVIOUS_REQUEST_ID VARCHAR2 20 LAND_SALE_REQUEST PREVIOUS REQUEST IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for a previous request that
is related to this request for posting.
PURPOSE VARCHAR2 240 PURPOSE: Explanation by requester indicating why request was initiated.
REFERENCE_NUM VARCHAR2 20 REFERENCE_NUM: Tracks the original reference number for the request.
REQUESTED_SALE_DATE DATE 7 REQUESTED SALE DATE: Land sale date requested by the requestor. The actual
date on which the posting is offered may not be the same as the date requested.
REQUESTED_SALE_NAME VARCHAR2 240 REQUESTED SALE NAME: The name of the land sale that was requested.
REQUESTER VARCHAR2 30 REQUESTER: Name of the person who requested the posting at the originating
company
REQUEST_CANCEL_DATE DATE 7 REQUEST CANCEL DATE: Date on which the request is canceled by the lessor.
REQUEST_DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 240 REQUEST DESCRIPTION: Text description of the posting request.
REQUEST_RECEIVED_DATE DATE 7 REQUEST RECEIVED DATE: Date on which the request was received by lessor
REQUEST_SIZE NUMBER 20, 10 REQUEST SIZE: The total (gross) size of the land request.
REQUEST_SIZE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNITS OF MEASURE
REQUEST_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_LAND_REQUEST_TYPE LAND REQUEST TYPE: The type of request that was made, such as a Call for
Nominations or a Posting Request. Typically, a Call for Nominations is created by a
regulatory agency (in Canada, this is done by Yukon, Nortwest Territory and
Nunuvit). Industry responds with posting requests; usually the company that creates
a posting request is obligated to bid on the resultant land sale offering.
RESPONSE_DATE DATE 7 RESPONSE DATE: Date lessor responded to the request
RESPONSE_DESC VARCHAR2 240 RESPONSE DESC: Response of the lessor to the request
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

SUBMITTED_DATE DATE 7 SUBMITTED DATE: Date on which the request was submitted to the lessor
TERM_DURATION NUMBER 4, 0 TERM DURATION: Duration which is requested
TERM_DURATION_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE TERM DURATION OUOM: Usually days, months or years.
UWI VARCHAR2 20 WELL_LICENSE UNIQUE WELL IDENTIFIER: A unique name, code or number designated as the
WELL primary key for this row.
WELL_LICENSE_ID VARCHAR2 20 WELL_LICENSE WELL LICENSE IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the well license.
WELL_SOURCE VARCHAR2 20 WELL_LICENSE SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated as the
WITHDRAWN_DATE DATE 7 WITHDRAWN DATE: Date on which the request was canceled by the requester.
Page 441
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_SALE_REST_REMARK

LAND SALE RESTRICTION REMARK: A text description to provide additional information about a surface restriction which could impact on operations. Remarks may be
used to clarify the times or seasons that the restriciton is active to to describe the administrative requirements for the restriction.
RESTRICTION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LAND_SALE_RESTRICTION RESTRICTION ID: unique identifier for the restriction.
RESTRICTION_VERSION Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P LAND_SALE_RESTRICTION RESTRICTION VERSION: allows the restriction to be versioned over time.
JURISDICTION Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LAND_SALE_RESTRICTION BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business associate, such as a
LAND_SALE_NUMBER Not Null VARCHAR2 30 P LAND_SALE_RESTRICTION LAND SALE NUMBER: A unique identifier for the land sale
LAND_SALE_OFFERING_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LAND_SALE_RESTRICTION LAND SALE OFFERING ID: Unique identifier for the land sale offering.
RESTRICTION_REMARK_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LAND SALE RESTRICTION REMARK IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the
land sale restriction remark. In some jurisdictions, the remarks used are codified -
this code should be input as REMARK TYPE, and validated.
active or valid.
REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 REMARK: A text description to provide additional information about a surface
restriction that could impact operations.
RESTRICTION_REMARK_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_REST_REMARK LAND RESTRICTION REMARK: Remarks about a land restriction that have been
coded can be entered using this reference table. This allows regulatory agencies to
list which remarks are relevant to the restriction.
Page 442
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_SALE_RESTRICTION

LAND SALE RESTRICTION: A cross-reference table to handle the relationship of specific surface restriction(s) to specified land sale offering(s) at a specified Land Sale.
RESTRICTION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P RESTRICTION RESTRICTION ID: unique identifier for the restriction.
RESTRICTION_VERSION Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P RESTRICTION RESTRICTION VERSION: allows the restriction to be versioned over time.
JURISDICTION Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LAND_SALE_OFFERING BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business associate, such as a
active or valid.
Page 443
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_SALE_WORK_BID

LAND WORK BID: describes the work that an organization commits to in return for land rights. Use this table to describe the number of wells to be drilled, km of seismic to
be shot or exploration value to be expended over the term of the work obligation.
JURISDICTION Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LAND_SALE_BID R JURISDICTION: name of province state or county responsible for activities, such
asAlberta crown, BC, Sask, BLM, federal
LAND_SALE_NUMBER Not Null VARCHAR2 30 P LAND_SALE_BID LAND SALE NUMBER: A unique identifier for the land sale.
LAND_SALE_OFFERING_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LAND_SALE_BID LAND SALE OFFERING ID: Unique identifier for the land sale offering.
LAND_OFFERING_BID_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LAND_SALE_BID LAND OFFERING BID: Unique identifier for a bid. Within the bid, individual
WORK_BID_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P WORK BID IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the work bid component
active or valid.
CRITICAL_DATE DATE 7 CRITICAL DATE: the date that the bid component is to be completed.
DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 240 DESCRIPTION: description of the work bid.
REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 REMARK: General remarks about the work bid component.
WORK_BID_COUNT NUMBER 4, 0 WORK BID COUNT: the number that is proposed in the work bid, such as the
number of wells to be drilled, km of seismic to be shot etc.
WORK_BID_COUNT_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE WORK BID UNIT OF MEASURE: the unit of measure that qualifies the count.
Where WORK BID TYPE is" record seismic data", WORK BID COUNT is 5,
UOM may be kilometers.
WORK_BID_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_WORK_BID_TYPE WORK BID TYPE: The type of bid component that is part of a work bid. Examples
may include drilling, shooting seismic etc.
WORK_BID_VALUE NUMBER 12, 2 WORK BID VALUE: the relative cost value of the work bid, or the amount that will
be spent on the work bid component. Page 444
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_SALE_WORK_BID

Page 445
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_SIZE

LAND RIGHT NET SIZE: representation of the relative amount of land held by a particular partner. In fact, the partner owns a percentage of the whole land, but for
reporting purposes, this percentage is often represented as the number of acres held. For example, if a partner owns 50% of 160 acres (the gross acreage), his net acreage is
reported as 80 acres.
LAND_TITLE.
SIZE_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R_LR_SIZE_TYPE SIZE TYPE: the type of size provides a contextual framework for the Gross and Net
sizes listed. May be on shore, off shore, deep water or may be based on interest type.
SIZE_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P NET SIZE SEQ NO: unique identifier for the land right net size.
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: a yes / no flag that indicates whether this row of data is
currently valid.
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE VARCHAR2 20 INT_SET_PARTNER BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business associate, such as a
GROSS_SIZE NUMBER 20, 10 GROSS SIZE: the gross size for the land right.
INTEREST_SET_ID VARCHAR2 20 INT_SET_PARTNER INTEREST SET IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the interest set.
INTEREST_SET_SEQ_NO NUMBER 8, 0 INT_SET_PARTNER BA INTEREST SET SEQUENCE NUMBER: unique sequencing component to
NET_SIZE NUMBER 20, 10 NET SIZE: Total amount of land measured in hectares/acres in the land right
SIZE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE SIZE OUOM: Usually hectares or acres
row, 446
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_SIZE

Page 447
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_STATUS

LAND RIGHT STATUS: describes the status of the land right. Status may include terminated, expired, active etc.
LAND_TITLE.
STATUS_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R_LAND_RIGHT_STATUS LAND STATUS TYPE: the type of status for a land right, such as legal, financial or
working.
LAND_RIGHT_STATUS Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R_LAND_RIGHT_STATUS R LAND RIGHT STATUS: continued, held by production, termination, inactvated
surrendered.
STATUS_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P LAND RIGHT STATUS SEQUENCE NUMBER: A unique sequencer added to
allow a land right to have the same status more than once in its life time.
active.
EFFECTIVE_TERM VARCHAR2 240 EFFECTIVE TERM: The effective length of the status term
EFFECTIVE_TERM_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE EFFECTIVE TERM ORIGINAL UNITS OF MEASURE: The original units used,
Usually in days, months or years
REASON VARCHAR2 240 REASON: Reason why status changed
SECTION_OF_ACT VARCHAR2 240 SECTION OF ACT: Legislated statute under which status is achieved.(Alberta
section 97, BC section 74, federal unit expansion of participating area)
SECTION_OF_ACT_DATE DATE 7 SECTION OF ACT DATE: Date which land right status was associated with a
regulation.
UNDETERMINED_TERM_IND VARCHAR2 1 UNDETERMINED TERM IND: Indicates the term is of undetermined duration. Y=
undetermined term.
ROW_CREATED_BY VARCHAR2 30 ROW CREATED BY: System user who created this row of data. Page 448
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_STATUS

Page 449
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_TERMINATION

LAND RIGHT TERMINATION: Verifies that all obligations have been met, and all legal or agreed upon requirements to terminate an agreement have been fulfilled.
LR_TERMINATION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LR TERMINATION ID: Unique identifier for a particular termination
LR_TERMINATION_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P LR TERMINATION SEQ NO: Added to allow multiple termination conditions to
be met for each termination.
active.
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business associate, such as a
DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 240 DESCRIPTION: Description of the action taken to fulfill the termination
requirement
FULFILLED_DATE DATE 7 FULFILLED DATE: Date on which the termination was compete and all
obligations fulfilled.
FULFILLED_USER VARCHAR2 30 FULFILLED USER: Name of the person who validated that the termination was
complete and all obligations fulfilled.
JURISDICTION VARCHAR2 20 LAND_SALE_OFFERING BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business associate, such as a
LAND_TITLE.
MINERAL_ZONE_ID VARCHAR2 20 SP_MINERAL_ZONE MINERAL ZONE ID: unique identifier for the mineral zone
SPATIAL_DESCRIPTION_ID VARCHAR2 20 SPATIAL_DESCRIPTION SPATIAL DESCRIPTION: The surface and sub-surface description of any object
SP_MINERAL_ZONE that occupies an area, such as a land right, field, facility or area of interest. The Page 450
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_TERMINATION

(substances) and subsurface definition (zones/formations) that are included in the
definition. For land rights, continuations may be described by generating a new
Spatial description.
SP_MINERAL_ZONE the spatial description, allowing the spatial description to be versioned over time.
TERMINATION_REQMT VARCHAR2 20 R_LR_TERMIN_REQMT R LAND RIGHTTERMINATION REQUIRMENTS: a valid list of requirments for
the termination of agreenents
TERMINATION_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_LR_TERMIN_TYPE R LR TERMIN TYPE: may be expiry, surrendor, trade, sale cancellation
Page 451
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_TITLE

LAND TITLE: Registered interest in land which is wholly owned by the person(s) named on the Certificate of Title. Land titles may refer to the SURFACE, MINERAL
RIGHTS or both.
LAND RIGHT and its subtypes. In this table, the value must be LAND_TITLE.
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: a yes / no flag indicating that the land title is currently in
effect.
CERTIFIED_DESC VARCHAR2 240 CERTIFIED DESCRIPTION; A description of the method used to certify the claim
to ownership of the title, such as eyewitness, affidavit signed, probate. This column
is not validated to allow you to input whatever process was used to substantiate a
claim.
REGISTRATION_DATE DATE 7 TITLE REGISTRATION DATE: Date on which the title was registered
TITLE_CHANGE_REASON VARCHAR2 20 R_LAND_TITLE_CHG_RSN R LAND TITLE CHANGE REASON: seperation, consolodation, transfer of land or
interest
TITLE_HOLDER VARCHAR2 500 TITLE HOLDER: Captures the name of the title holder as it appears on the
Certificate of Title. Details about individual holders appears in LR BA PARTNER
INT
TITLE_NUMBER VARCHAR2 30 TITLE NUMBER: The number assigned by the land titles jurisdiction to identify the
title
TITLE_REFERENCE_NUM VARCHAR2 30 TITLE REFERENCE NUM: Reference number of previous title on land, used when
re-issuing a title. The details of the prior title may be tracked as a title and
referenced to the new title via LR XREF. This column to be used for performance if
needed. By preference, alternate names should be loaded in LR ALIAS.
TITLE_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_LAND_TITLE_TYPE LAND TITLE TYPE: the type of land title held. Could be gifted lands, life estates,
trust estates etc.
Page 452
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_TITLE

Page 453
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_TRACT_FACTOR

LAND RIGHT TRACT UNIT FACTOR: Use this table to capture the tract factors applied to the land right portion contributed to the unitization. Tract factors are usually
assigned by substance.
LAND_RIGHT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LAND_UNIT_TRACT LAND RIGHT ID: Unique Identifier for the land right. A land right is the rights you
LAND_RIGHT_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 30 P LAND_UNIT_TRACT LAND RIGHT TYPE: This column is used to enforce the relationship between
LAND_TITLE.
TRACT_FACTOR_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P TRACT FACTOR OBSERVATION NUMBER: unique identifier for the tract
factor.
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: a yes / no flag indicating that the tract factor is currently
valid for the UNIT TRACT.
EFFECTIVE_DATE DATE 7 EFFECTIVE DATE: the date that the tract factor came into effect.
SUBSTANCE VARCHAR2 20 SUBSTANCE SUBSTANCE: A substance (organic or inorganic) to which mineral rights apply, or
TRACT_FACTOR NUMBER 15, 12 TRACT FACTOR: a number that indicates the relative percentage of produiction for
the unit that is allocated to the tract for a particular substance.
Page 454
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_UNIT

LAND UNIT: the area incorporated to consolidate numerous tracts to operate them as a single unit for allocating revenues, costs and expenses. A combination of leases,
usually contiguous, involving potential or producing mineral properties, for the purpose of efficient or economic operation.
LAND RIGHT and its subtypes. For this table, the value must be LAND_UNIT.
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: An indicator that the land unit is currently active.
LAND_UNIT_NAME VARCHAR2 100 LAND UNIT NAME: A name associated with the grouping of land rights to a Unit.
Recognized and registered with government agency or in County office. (e.g.
Caroline Viking Unit No. 6)
LAND_UNIT_NUMBER VARCHAR2 40 LAND UNIT NUMBER: a number allocated to a Unit by the governing agency.
LAND_UNIT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_LAND_UNIT_TYPE LAND UNIT TYPE: the type of land unitheld
Page 455
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_UNIT_TRACT

LAND UNIT TRACT: A land right that has been assigned to a LAND UNIT, and that has been assigned a relative value for the unit agreement, called a tract factor. Usually
an area of common ownership with respect to interest in minerals.
LAND_UNIT_TRACT.
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: An indicator that the land unit tract is currently active.
LAND_TRACT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_LAND_TRACT_TYPE LAND UNIT TRACT TYPE: the type of land UNIT TRACT held
LAND_UNIT_TRACT_NAME VARCHAR2 100 LAND UNIT TRACT NAME: name given to the land unit tract. May be the same as
land right name.
LAND_UNIT_TRACT_NUMBER VARCHAR2 40 LAND UNIT TRACT NUMBER: a file or reference number assigned to the LAND
UNIT TRACT. May be the same as the land right number.
PERCENT_CROWN NUMBER 15, 12 PERCENT CROWN: the percent of the tract that is attributed to the crown. This
value has impact on royalty payments.
PERCENT_FREEHOLD NUMBER 15, 12 PERCENT FREEHOLD: the percent of the tract that is attributed to freehold
ownership. This value impacts the royalty payments made.
Page 456
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LAND_XREF

LAND RIGHT CROSS REFERENCE: represents the relationships between different types of land right. For example, the agreements which pertain to specific mineral
agreements, or secondary agreements associated with the primary agreement may be tracked. May also be used to track relationships between various types of surface rights
such as road agreements and easements.
PARENT_LAND_RIGHT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LAND_RIGHT LAND RIGHT ID: UNIQUE IDENTIFIER FOR THE LAND RIGHT
PARENT_LAND_RIGHT_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 30 P LAND_RIGHT LAND RIGHT TYPE: This column is used to enforce the relationship between
LAND_TITLE.
CHILD_LAND_RIGHT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LAND_RIGHT LAND RIGHT ID: UNIQUE IDENTIFIER FOR THE LAND RIGHT
CHILD_LAND_RIGHT_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 30 P LAND_RIGHT LAND RIGHT TYPE: This column is used to enforce the relationship between
LAND_TITLE.
LR_XREF_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P LR XREF SEQ NO: Sequence number added to allow historical information about
cross references to be retained.
active.
LAND_XREF_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_LR_XREF_TYPE R LR XREF TYPE: may be history , overlap, chain of title, mineral to C of T, lease
to license etc. Can associate surface and mineral rights.
PERCENT_ALLOCATION NUMBER 15, 12 PERCENT ALLOCATION: the percent of the parent land right that is to be
allocated to the child land right, especially for distribution of costs.
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LEGAL_CARTER_LOC

LEGAL CARTER LOCATION: The Carter Location table describes the location of a cartographic object in reference to the Carter Grid Survey System which is a township,
range and section system using latitude and longitude lines for subdivision boundaries. This land survey system is primarily used in the United States for the states of
Kentucky and Tennessee.
LEGAL_CARTER_LOC Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LEGAL LOCATION ID: unique identifier for the legal location
LOCATION_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R_LOCATION_TYPE LOCATION TYPE: A reference table identifying the type of obj ect being given a
legal location. For example, node, well, ...
active or valid.
CARTER_RANGE NUMBER 5, 1 CARTER RANGE: Number designating a whole or partial range division.
CARTER_SECTION NUMBER 5, 1 CARTER SECTION: Number designating the Carter section within a township,
1-25.
CARTER_TOWNSHIP VARCHAR2 3 CARTER TOWNSHIP: Number designating the full or partial township division
north or south of the surveyed baseline, usually 5 miles by 5 miles wide.
COORD_SYSTEM_ID VARCHAR2 20 CS_COORDINATE_SYSTEM LOCAL COORDINATE SYSTEM IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the local
Z_R_PROVINCE_STATE
Alberta
EW_DIRECTION VARCHAR2 20 R_EW_DIRECTION EAST-WEST DIRECTION: A reference table identifying valid East-West
directions. For example, East, West.
EW_FOOTAGE NUMBER 7, 2 EAST WEST FOOTAGE: Distance measured in feet, from a east or west reference
line to the well location (e.g., 660FEL).
EW_FOOTAGE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE EAST WEST FOOTAGE OUOM: East/West footage original unit of measure.
EW_START_LINE VARCHAR2 20 R_EW_START_LINE EAST-WEST START LINE: The east-west starting lines for offset distances. These
descriptions are used primarily for non-orthonormal survey blocks such as Texas
surveys and California blocks. For example, entries could be FEL (first east line),
NEL (northmost east line),...
FOOTAGE_ORIGIN VARCHAR2 20 R_FOOTAGE_ORIGIN FOOTAGE ORIGIN: The point of origin used in measuring the survey footage calls
Page 458
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LEGAL_CARTER_LOC

to a well location.
MAP_QUAD_MIN NUMBER 3, 1 MAP QUADRANGLE MINUTE: Refers to the map quadrangle scale in 7.5 or 15
minute areas.
MAP_QUAD_NAME VARCHAR2 60 MAP QUADRANGLE NAME: Name of the USGS map quadrangle used if the well
is in Kentucky or Tennessee.
NS_DIRECTION VARCHAR2 20 R_NS_DIRECTION NORTH-SOUTH DIRECTION: A reference table identifying valid north-south
Directions. For example, North, South.
NS_FOOTAGE NUMBER 7, 2 NORTH SOUTH FOOTAGE: Distance measured in feet, from a north or south
reference line to the well location (e.g., 660FNL).
NS_FOOTAGE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE NORTH SOUTH FOOTAGE OUOM: North/South footage original unit of
measure.
NS_START_LINE VARCHAR2 20 R_NS_START_LINE NORTH-SOUTH START LINE: The north-south starting lines for offset distances.
These descriptions are used primarily for non-orthonormal survey blocks such as
Texas surveys and California blocks. For example, entries could be FSL (first south
line), ESL (eastmost south line), ...
in Canada
SCALED_FOOTAGE_IND VARCHAR2 1 SCALED FOOTAGE INDICATOR: A yes / no flag indicating that the operator
filed permit/plat well location footage is different from the clients interpreted
mapped footage. In this case, the clients well location footage is indicated as scaled
footage.
SPOT_CODE VARCHAR2 20 SPOT CODE: Code identifying a quartered division of a section, also known as the
aliquot description (e.g., NW SE NE, C SW, etc.).
WELL_NODE_ID VARCHAR2 20 WELL_NODE NODE IDENTIFIER: Unique identification number assigned to a specific point
(node)
Page 459
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LEGAL_CONGRESS_LOC

LEGAL CONGRESSIONAL LOCATION: The Congress Location table describes the location of an object in reference to the Congressional Land Survey System which
forms a grid system of townships, ranges and sections. This rectilinear system is also known as Congressional, Jeffersonian, Civil or Dominion Surveys. It is the basic survey
system used in the U.S. for surveying civil boundaries below the county level.
LEGAL_CONGRESS_LOC Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LEGAL LOCATION ID: unique identifier for the legal location
active or valid.
CONGRESS_LOT_NUM VARCHAR2 20 CONGRESSIONAL LOT NUMBER: Number assigned to a lot in the
Congressional survey system.
CONGRESS_RANGE NUMBER 5, 1 CONGRESS RANGE: Number designating a whole or partial range division east or
west of the principal meridian.
CONGRESS_SECTION NUMBER 5, 1 CONGRESS SECTION: Number designating the section within a township, 1-36.
CONGRESS_SECTION_SUFFIX VARCHAR2 1 CONGRESS SECTION SUFFIX: Letter suffix identifying the sub section with a
section. e.g., 23A
CONGRESS_TOWNSHIP NUMBER 6, 1 CONGRESS TOWNSHIP: Number designating the township division north or
south of the baseline.
CONGRESS_TWP_NAME VARCHAR2 60 CONGRESS TOWNSHIP NAME: The full legal name of the township if located in
Michigan state.
Z_R_PROVINCE_STATE
Alberta
EW_DIRECTION VARCHAR2 20 R_EW_DIRECTION EAST-WEST DIRECTION: A reference table identifying valid East-West
Page 460
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

to a well location.
measure.
1867, Chicksaw 1833, ...
in Canada
footage.
SECTION_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_SECTION_TYPE SECTION TYPE: Entries in this column identify valid types of section or equivalent
blocks. For example, block, bay, survey, militia donation, Michigan road land
section, ...
SPOT_CODE VARCHAR2 20 SPOT CODE: Code identifying a quartered division of a section, also known as
thealiquot description (e.g., NW SE NE, C SW, etc.).
(node)
Page 461
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

Page 462
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LEGAL_DLS_LOC

LEGAL DOMINION LAND SURVEY LOCATION: The DLS table describes the location of an objectbased on the Canadian Dominion Land Survey (DLS). This survey
system is used in the Canadian provinces of Manitoba, Saskatchewan, Alberta and in the Peac e River Block of British Columbia .
LEGAL_DLS_LOC Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LEGAL LOCATION ID: unique identifier for the legal location
active or valid.
DLS_EVENT_SEQUENCE NUMBER 1, 0 EVENT SEQUENCE: Number indicating the sequence for each well event (e.g.,
0=original oil well, 1=re-entry, etc.).
DLS_LEGAL_SUBDIVISION NUMBER 2, 0 LEGAL SUBDIVISION: Number for the Legal Subdivision (LSD) within a
Canadian section. Sections are divided into 16 legal subdivisions.
DLS_LOC_EXCEPTION VARCHAR2 2 LOCATION EXCEPTION: Code designating a well location not conforming to
normal well spacing and only with government authorization.
DLS_MERIDIAN NUMBER 2, 0 MERIDIAN: DLS meridian number. Values lie between 1-6.
DLS_MERIDIAN_DIRECTION VARCHAR2 1 MERIDIAN DIRECTION: E(ast) or W(est) indicating the direction of the principal
meridian.
DLS_RANGE NUMBER 2, 0 RANGE: Number identifying the whole or partial range. Values lie between 1 - 34.
DLS_RANGE_MODIFIER VARCHAR2 1 RANGE MODIFIER: The letter A differentiates duplicate range numbers (located
only in Saskatchewan). Occurs when DLS survey systems 1 and 3 overlap causing
duplicate Range numbers.
DLS_SECTION NUMBER 2, 0 SECTION: Number designating the section within a township (1-36).
DLS_TOWNSHIP NUMBER 3, 0 TOWNSHIP: Number identifying a whole or partial township. Values lie between
1-120.
DLS_TOWNSHIP_MODIFIER VARCHAR2 1 TOWNSHIP MODIFIER: The letter A differentiates duplicate township numbers
(located only in Saskatchewan). Occurs where DLS survey systems 1 and 3 overlap
creating duplicate township numbers.
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LEGAL_DLS_LOC

(node)
Page 464
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LEGAL_FPS_LOC

LEGAL FEDERAL PERMIT SYSTEM LOCATION: The description of locations in the Federal Permit System used in Canada. This system is used in all Canadian Federal
Lands in both the offshore and the northern territories.
LEGAL_FPS_LOC Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LEGAL LOCATION ID: unique identifier for the legal location
active or valid.
FPS_EVENT_SEQUENCE NUMBER 1, 0 EVENT SEQUENCE: Number indicating the sequence for each well event (e. g.,
FPS_LOC_EXCEPTION VARCHAR2 2 LOCATION EXCEPTION: Code designating a well location not conforming to
GRID VARCHAR2 20 GRID: A grid is the largest area, 10 minutes by 15 minutes south of latitude 70, and
10 minutes by 30 minutes north of latitude 70. Approximately 11 miles NS and 5 -
11 miles EW. It is identified as follows: Degrees latitude (40 - 83), Minutes latitude
(00, 10, 20, 30, 40, or 50), Degrees longitude (42 - 141), Minutes longitude (00, 15,
30, 45, 60). FORMAT is (DD-MM-DDD-MM). Latitude to be first (DD-MM) and
longitude second (DDD-MM).
REFERENCE_LATITUDE NUMBER 14, 9 REFERENCE LATITUDE: The north bounding latitude of the grid. A reference
latitude is drawn every 10 minutes.
REFERENCE_LONGITUDE NUMBER 14, 9 REFERENCE LONGITUDE: The east bounding longitude of the grid. A reference
longitude is drawn every 15 minutes.
SECTION NUMBER 3, 0 SECTION: Intermediate area. 16 units or 1/60, 1/80 or 1/100 or the largest area
according to latitude. From 600 - 800 acres, 1 minute north south and from 1.5
minutes to 5 minutes east west. Numbered 1 - 100
UNIT VARCHAR2 1 UNIT: Unit letter for the FPS location, 1/16th of an intermediata area. From 35 - 50
acres. Value must be between A - P.
UWI VARCHAR2 20 WELL UNIQUE WELL IDENTIFIER: A unique name, code or number designated as Page
the 465
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LEGAL_FPS_LOC

(node)
Page 466
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LEGAL_GEODETIC_LOC

GEODETIC LOCATION: Describes a location in the virtual Geodetic System. It incorporates latitude and longitude values directly, rather than referencing them to a
theoretical system. It may be used where the civil land survey system is not suited to the petroleum industry. For example, it is used in all the Canadian provinces east of
Manitoba.
LEGAL_GEODETIC_LOC Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LEGAL LOCATION ID: unique identifier for the legal location
active or valid.
GEODETIC_EVENT_SEQUENCE NUMBER 1, 0 EVENT SEQUENCE: Number indicating the sequence for each well event (e. g.,
GEODETIC_LOC_EXCEPTION VARCHAR2 2 LOCATION EXCEPTION: Code designating a well location not conforming to
LATITUDE NUMBER 5, 3 LATITUDE: The latitude of the node location, only accurate to 3 decimal places.
LONGITUDE NUMBER 6, 3 LONGITUDE: The longitude of the node location, accurate only to 3 decimal
places.
NODE_ID VARCHAR2 20 WELL_NODE NODE IDENTIFIER: Unique identification number assigned to a specific point
(node)
Page 467
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LEGAL_LOC_REMARK

LEGAL LOCATION REMARK: Contains information about the narrative description of the location. Typically, this data is miscellaneous comments about the location
which does not fit into fixed fields.
LEGAL_LOC_REMARK Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LEGAL LOCATION REMARK: unique identifier for the land parcel remark. If
desired, can be set to the ID of the land parcel described. However, the appropriate
FK should also be populated to retain integrity.
LOCATION_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LEGAL_CONGRESS_LOC LOCATION TYPE: A reference table identifying the type of obj ect being given a
LEGAL_CARTER_LOC legal location. For example, node, well, ...
LEGAL_DLS_LOC
LEGAL_FPS_LOC
LEGAL_GEODETIC_LOC
LEGAL_NE_LOC
LEGAL_NORTH_SEA_LOC
LEGAL_NTS_LOC
LEGAL_OFFSHORE_LOC
LEGAL_OHIO_LOC
LEGAL_TEXAS_LOC
R_LOCATION_TYPE
SOURCE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LEGAL_CONGRESS_LOC SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated as the
LEGAL_CARTER_LOC source of information for this row.
LEGAL_DLS_LOC
LEGAL_FPS_LOC
LEGAL_GEODETIC_LOC
LEGAL_NE_LOC
LEGAL_NORTH_SEA_LOC
LEGAL_NTS_LOC
LEGAL_OFFSHORE_LOC
LEGAL_OHIO_LOC
LEGAL_TEXAS_LOC
R_SOURCE
REMARK_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P REMARK OBSERVATION NUMBER: Sequence number used for multiple
observations of a remark type.
active or valid.
LAND_PARCEL_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PARCEL_TYPE LAND PARCELTYPE: Type of Land parcel, such as Ohio, Congress, DLS, FPS,
Texas etc
LEGAL_CARTER_LOC VARCHAR2 20 LEGAL_CARTER_LOC LEGAL LOCATION ID: unique identifier for the legal location
LEGAL_CONGRESS_LOC VARCHAR2 20 LEGAL_CONGRESS_LOC LEGAL LOCATION ID: unique identifier for the legal location
LEGAL_DLS_LOC VARCHAR2 20 LEGAL_DLS_LOC LEGAL LOCATION ID: unique identifier for the legal location Page 468
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LEGAL_LOC_REMARK

LEGAL_FPS_LOC VARCHAR2 20 LEGAL_FPS_LOC LEGAL LOCATION ID: unique identifier for the legal location
LEGAL_GEODETIC_LOC VARCHAR2 20 LEGAL_GEODETIC_LOC LEGAL LOCATION ID: unique identifier for the legal location
LEGAL_NE_LOC VARCHAR2 20 LEGAL_NE_LOC LEGAL LOCATION ID: unique identifier for the legal location
LEGAL_NORTH_SEA_LOC VARCHAR2 20 LEGAL_NORTH_SEA_LOC LEGAL LOCATION ID: unique identifier for the legal location
LEGAL_NTS_LOC VARCHAR2 20 LEGAL_NTS_LOC LEGAL LOCATION ID: unique identifier for the legal location
LEGAL_OFFSHORE_LOC VARCHAR2 20 LEGAL_OFFSHORE_LOC LEGAL LOCATION ID: unique identifier for the legal location
LEGAL_OHIO_LOC VARCHAR2 20 LEGAL_OHIO_LOC LEGAL LOCATION ID: unique identifier for the legal location
LEGAL_TEXAS_LOC VARCHAR2 20 LEGAL_TEXAS_LOC LEGAL LOCATION ID: unique identifier for the legal location
(node)
Page 469
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LEGAL_NE_LOC

LEGAL NORTHEAST US LOCATION: The North East Location table contains location information pertaining to States located in the North East region of the United
States.
LEGAL_NE_LOC Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LEGAL LOCATION ID: unique identifier for the legal location
active or valid.
Z_R_PROVINCE_STATE
Alberta
EW_FOOTAGE NUMBER 7, 2 EAST/WEST FOOTAGE: Distance measured in feet, from a east or west reference
EW_FOOTAGE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE EAST/WEST FOOTAGE OUOM: East/West footage original unit of measure.
to a well location.
NE_DISTRICT VARCHAR2 16 NORTH/EAST DISTRICT: Name of the district the wells in Virginia and West
Virginia are located in.
NE_LOT_CODE VARCHAR2 20 NORTH/EAST LOT CODE: Code describing the land-lot in Georgia which is a
subdivision of a land district.
NE_MAP_QUAD_MIN NUMBER 3, 1 NORTH/EAST MAP QUADRANGLE MIN: USGS map quadrangle scale, either
7.5 or 15 minute area sizes.
NE_MAP_QUAD_NAME VARCHAR2 30 NORTH/EAST MAP QUADRANGLE NAME: Name of the USGS quadrangle in
which the well location falls.
NE_MAP_QUAD_SECTION VARCHAR2 2 NORTH/EAST MAP QUADRANGLE SECTION: USGS map quadrangle section
which is made up of 9 alpha sections.
NE_TOWNSHIP_NAME VARCHAR2 30 NORTH/EAST TOWNSHIP NAME: Name of the township.
Page 470
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LEGAL_NE_LOC

NS_FOOTAGE NUMBER 7, 2 NORTH/SOUTH FOOTAGE: Distance measured in feet, from a north or south
NS_FOOTAGE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE NORTH/SOUTH FOOTAGE OUOM: North/South footage original unit of
measure.
in Canada
REFERENCE_LATITUDE NUMBER 12, 7 REFERENCE LATITUDE: Reference latitude line, the well location is measured
from.
REFERENCE_LONGITUDE NUMBER 12, 7 REFERENCE LONGITUDE: Reference longitude line, the well location is
measured from.
footage.
(node)
Page 471
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LEGAL_NORTH_SEA_LOC

LEGAL NORTH SEA LOCATION: This table describes the European locations and is primarily used to store the coordinates of an Object surveyed within the North Sea
system of offshore areas, blocks, and block subdivisions.
LEGAL_NORTH_SEA_LOC Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LEGAL LOCATION ID: unique identifier for the legal location
active or valid.
BLOCK_NO NUMBER 4, 0 BLOCK NUMBER: Number identifying the block within a specified quadrant.
BLOCK_SUFFIX VARCHAR2 2 BLOCK SUFFIX: Number relating the block suffix to relinquishment and/or license
of the block.
LAND_WELL_IND VARCHAR2 1 LAND WELL INDICATOR: Indicates whether a well is located onshore in the
United Kingdom.
1867, Chicksaw 1833, ...
QUADRANT NUMBER 4, 0 QUADRANT: Quadrant number.
QUADRANT_PREFIX VARCHAR2 2 QUADRANT PREFIX: A two letter code prefix denoting the quadrant name in
Netherlands, Germany or United Kingdom.
(node)
WELL_NO_PREFIX VARCHAR2 4 WELL NUMBER PREFIX: Number identifying production platforms and/or
development wells with a four character code prefix.
WELL_NO_SUFFIX VARCHAR2 6 WELL NUMBER SUFFIX: Number identifying sidetrack, re-entry, and workover
wells with a six character code suffix.
WELL_SEQ_NO NUMBER 8, 0 WELL SEQUENCE NUMBER: A number assigned to each well in chronological
order by spud date and is unique to a specified quadrant and block.
Page 472
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LEGAL_NORTH_SEA_LOC

Page 473
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LEGAL_NTS_LOC

LEGAL NATIONAL TOPOGRAPHIC SERIES LOCATION: Describes a location in reference to the National Topographic Series survey system used in British Columbia,
Canada.
LEGAL_NTS_LOC Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LEGAL LOCATION ID: unique identifier for the legal location
active or valid.
BLOCK VARCHAR2 1 BLOCK: Character value between A - L. A grid area is divided into 6 blocks. A
block describes an area bounded by 5 minutes of latitude and by 7.5 minutes of
longitude.
EVENT_SEQUENCE NUMBER 1, 0 EVENT SEQUENCE: one character code indicating the chronological sequence of a
significant drilling event or completion operation of a drill hole which yields a
seperate and unique set of geology and/ or production data. (e.g., 0=original oil well,
1=re-entry, etc.).
LETTER_QUADRANGLE VARCHAR2 1 LETTER QUADRANGLE: Letter quadrangle, values between A: P. The Primary
Quadrangle is divided into 16 lettered quadrangles. Describes an area bounded by 1
degree of latitude and 2 degrees of longitude.
NTS_LOC_EXCEPTION VARCHAR2 2 NTS LOCATION EXCEPTION: used to identify exceptional cases where there is
more than one hole on the smallest area described in the NTS survey system.
PRIMARY_QUADRANGLE NUMBER 3, 0 PRIMARY QUADRANGLE: Primary quadrangle number. Area bounded by 4
degrees of latitude and 8 degrees of longitude.
QUARTER_UNIT VARCHAR2 1 QUARTER UNIT: Quarter unit letter, values between a - d. A unit is divided into 4
quarter units.
SIXTEENTH NUMBER 2, 0 SIXTEENTH: Sixteenth number, values between 1: 16. Describes a grid area
contained within a rectilinear figure bounded by arcs of latitude and meridians of
longitude.
UNIT NUMBER 3, 0 UNIT: Numeric values between 1 - 100. A block is divided into 100 units.
(node) Page 474
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LEGAL_NTS_LOC

Page 475
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LEGAL_OFFSHORE_LOC

LEGAL OFFSHORE LOCATION: This table locates an object within a grid of blocks covering U.S. Federal and State waters. The offshore location table includes the Gulf
states and Outer Continental Shelf area.
LEGAL_OFFSHORE_LOC Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LEGAL LOCATION ID: unique identifier for the legal location
active or valid.
BLOCK_ADDITION VARCHAR2 1 BLOCK ADDITION: Alpha prefix to the block number ("A" in OCS addition
areas).
BLOCK_MODIFIER VARCHAR2 1 BLOCK MODIFIER: Alpha character suffix on the block number distinguishing it
from others in the same area.
Z_R_PROVINCE_STATE
Alberta
EW_FOOTAGE NUMBER 7, 2 EAST/WEST FOOTAGE: Distance measured, from a east or west reference line to
the well location (e.g., 660FEL).
EW_FOOTAGE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE EAST/WEST FOOTAGE OUOM: East/West footage original unit of measure.
to a well location.
GOVERNING_AGENCY_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business associate, such as a
GRID_BLOCK_EW VARCHAR2 20 R_EW_DIRECTION EAST-WEST DIRECTION: A reference table identifying valid East-West
GRID_BLOCK_NS VARCHAR2 20 R_NS_DIRECTION NORTH-SOUTH DIRECTION: A reference table identifying valid north-south
GRID_BLOCK_RANGE NUMBER 4, 0 GRID BLOCK RANGE: Number identifying the block increasing east or west of
Page 476
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

the principal meridian.
GRID_BLOCK_TIER NUMBER 4, 0 GRID BLOCK TIER: Number identifying the block increasing north or south of the
baseline.
NS_FOOTAGE NUMBER 7, 2 NORTH/SOUTH FOOTAGE: Distance measured from a north or south reference
line to the well location (e.g., 660FNL).
NS_FOOTAGE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE NORTH/SOUTH FOOTAGE OUOM: North/South footage original unit of
measure.
OCS_NUM VARCHAR2 8 OUTER CONTINENTAL SHELF NUMBER: Number assigned to all offshore
wells in Federal territory, on the Outer Continental Shelf .
OFFSHORE_AREA_CODE VARCHAR2 20 R_OFFSHORE_AREA_CODE OFFSHORE AREA CODE: The offshore area code used for US offshore well
locations.
OFFSHORE_BLOCK VARCHAR2 6 OFFSHORE BLOCK: Number identifying the offshore oil and gas concession area
defined by its longitude and latitude, a subdivision of an OCS area.
PROJECTED_EW_DIRECTION VARCHAR2 20 R_EW_DIRECTION PROJECTED EAST-WEST DIRECTION: Entries in this column identify valid
East-West directions. For example, East, West.
PROJECTED_MERIDIAN VARCHAR2 20 CS_PRINCIPAL_MERIDIAN PRINICPAL MERIDIAN CODE: A reference table identifying the valid principal
1867, Chicksaw 1833, ...
PROJECTED_NS_DIRECTION VARCHAR2 20 R_NS_DIRECTION PROJECTED NORTH-SOUTH DIRECTION: A reference table identifying valid
north-south Directions. For example, North, South.
PROJECTED_RANGE NUMBER 5, 1 PROJECTED RANGE: Number designating a whole or partial range division east
or west of the principal meridian. The projected "congressional" attributes are used
for US state waters which are located in the offshore area ( Legal_Offshore_Loc)
table. The data is reported as projected township/range/section location data on the
regulatory forms.
PROJECTED_SECTION NUMBER 5, 1 PROJECTED SECTION: Number designating the section within a township, 1-36.
These projected "congressional" attributes are used for US state waters which are
located in the offshore area ( Legal_Offshore_Loc) table. The data is reported as
projected township/range/section location data on the regulatory forms.
PROJECTED_TOWNSHIP NUMBER 6, 1 PROJECTED TOWNSHIP: Number designating the township division north or
south of the baseline. These projected "congressional" attributes are used for US
state waters which are located in the offshore area ( Legal_Offshore_Loc) table. The
data is reported as projected township/range/section location data on the regulatory
forms.
Page 477
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

Z_R_PROVINCE_STATE
in Canada
footage.
UTM_QUADRANT VARCHAR2 7 UTM QUADRANT: Number identifying the alpha UTM quadrant, UTM zone
number, and UTM numeric quadrant (e.g., NG15-2).
WATER_BOTTOM_ZONE VARCHAR2 20 R_WATER_BOTTOM_ZONE WATER BOTTOM ZONE: The water bottom zone. This code is retained in
Louisiana as special allowable area or zone.
(node)
Page 478
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LEGAL_OHIO_LOC

LEGAL OHIO LOCATION: The Ohio Location table describes the location of an object within the state of Ohio. This land survey scheme is patterned for identifying Ohio
wellbore locations.
LEGAL_OHIO_LOC Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LEGAL LOCATION ID: unique identifier for the legal location
active or valid.
Z_R_PROVINCE_STATE
Alberta
to a well location.
MAP_QUAD_MIN NUMBER 3, 1 MAP QUADRANGLE: USGS map quadrangle scale, either 7.5 or 15 minute area
sizes.
MAP_QUAD_NAME VARCHAR2 30 MAP QUADRANGLE NAME: Name of the USGS quadrangle in which the well
location falls.
measure.
line), ESL (eastmost south line), ... Page 479
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LEGAL_OHIO_LOC

OHIO_TOWNSHIP_NAME VARCHAR2 30 OHIO TOWNSHIP NAME: Name of the township where the well is located.
OHIO_TWP_LOT_CODE VARCHAR2 20 OHIO TOWNSHIP LOT CODE: Code identifying the lot within a given township
for a well location.
OHIO_TWP_SECTION_CODE VARCHAR2 20 OHIO TOWNSHIP SECTION CODE: Code identifying the section within a given
township for the well location.
1867, Chicksaw 1833, ...
in Canada
footage.
(node)
Page 480
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LEGAL_TEXAS_LOC

LEGAL TEXAS LOCATION: Describes the location of an object in reference to a Texas land survey.
LEGAL_TEXAS_LOC Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LEGAL LOCATION ID: unique identifier for the legal location
ABSTRACT_NUM VARCHAR2 20 ABSTRACT NUMBER: Number assigned by the Texas General Land Office to the
blocks and surveys in a county. Each number is unique within a given county.
active or valid.
BLOCK_FRACTION VARCHAR2 3 BLOCK FRACTION: Number identifying the fractional portion of a block (e.g., .5).
Z_R_PROVINCE_STATE
Alberta
to a well location.
LABOR VARCHAR2 4 LABOR: Alphanumeric code identifying the labor sub-division of a league (Spanish
Land Grant).
LEAGUE VARCHAR2 4 LEAGUE: Alphanumeric code identifying the league sub-division of a survey
(Spanish Land Grant).
Page 481
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

measure.
PORCION_NUM VARCHAR2 30 PORCION NUMBER: Refers to the very large original Spanish landgrants found
primarily in south Texas along the Rio Grande. Porcions may be assigned a
reference number and a survey name.
PORCION_SURVEY_NAME VARCHAR2 255 PORCION SURVEY NAME: The survey name assigned to the porcion by the texas
survey system.
in Canada
footage.
SECTION_FRACTION VARCHAR2 3 SECTION FRACTION: Number indicating the fractional portion of a section (e.g.,
.5).
TEXAS_BLOCK VARCHAR2 4 TEXAS BLOCK: A county sub-divided by the Texas General Land Office into
blocks and surveys.
TEXAS_LOT VARCHAR2 4 TEXAS LOT: Number identifying the sub-division of a section or farm tract.
TEXAS_SECTION VARCHAR2 4 TEXAS SECTION: Number identifying the section within a given township.
TEXAS_SHARE VARCHAR2 30 SHARE: Shares are further breakdowns of porcions, similar to leagues and labors.
TEXAS_SUBDIVISION VARCHAR2 4 TEXAS SUBDIVISION: One of the divisions of land in Texas
TEXAS_SURVEY VARCHAR2 60 TEXAS SURVEY: Name identifying the Texas survey within a given county.
TEXAS_TOWNSHIP NUMBER 4, 1 TEXAS TOWNSHIP: Number identifying the township sub-division of a Texas
survey.
(node)
ROW_CREATED_BY VARCHAR2 30 ROW CREATED BY: System user who created this row of data. Page 482
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

Page 483
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LITH_COMP_GRAIN_SIZE

LITHOLOGIC COMPONENT GRAIN SIZE: Contains information about measured sizes in the rock component. The information contained in this table includes the actual
size of the grain the the type of the scaling system source used to determine the grain size (e.g. Wentworth scale)
LITHOLOGY_LOG_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LITH_COMPONENT LITHOLOGY LOG ID: A unique identifier for a descriptive record of lithology.
LITH_LOG_SOURCE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LITH_COMPONENT SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated as the
DEPTH_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P LITH_COMPONENT DEPTH OBSERVATION NUMBER: unique identifier for the depth interval for this
lith interval. Use LITH LOG to get the top and base depths.
SCALE_SCHEME Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R_LITH_SCALE_SCHEME LITHOLOGIC SCALE SCHEME: Type of scaling system source used to determine
the grain size like the widely accepted Wentworth scale, or a company internal grade
scale (Canstrat, Shell).
ROCK_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LITH_COMPONENT LITHOLOGIC ROCK TYPE: Type of rock comprising a significant portion of the
interval. For example, the predominant rock type in the interval may be coal, or
oolitic limestone or calcareous sandstone.
ROCK_TYPE_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P LITH_COMPONENT ROCK TYPE OBSERVATION NUMBER: A unique sequence number enabling
storage of multiple descriptions for descriptive logs.
COMPONENT_NAME Not Null VARCHAR2 12 P LITH_COMPONENT COMPONENT NAME: Name of the component found within the interval, which
can be any type of accessory contained within the interval (e.g., rock types like
chert, concretion, glauconite, or fossils like crinoids or brachiopods).
GRAIN_SIZE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LITHOLOGIC GRAIN SIZE: Size of the measured grain or crystal particle,
measured either in Wentworth nomenclature like, Boulder, Pebble, Fine sand, Silt,
or the actual measurement like, 0.5mm, 4.0 mm, etc.
active or valid.
DISTRIBUTION_IND VARCHAR2 1 DISTRIBUTION INDICATOR: Letter indicating grain or crystal size distribution,
either Y for mode or N for range.
SIZE_TYPE_IND VARCHAR2 1 SIZE TYPE INDICATOR: Indicator for the grain size, either carbonate or
siliciclastic.
Page 484
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LITH_COMP_GRAIN_SIZE

Page 485
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LITH_COMPONENT

LITHOLOGIC MAJOR ROCK TYPE COMPONENT: description of major or minor rock component. Can include fossils.
LITHOLOGY_LOG_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LITH_ROCK_TYPE LITHOLOGY LOG ID: A unique identifier for a descriptive record of lithology.
LITH_LOG_SOURCE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LITH_ROCK_TYPE SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated as the
DEPTH_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P LITH_ROCK_TYPE DEPTH OBSERVATION NUMBER: unique identifier for the depth interval for this
ROCK_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LITH_ROCK_TYPE LITHOLOGIC ROCK TYPE: Type of rock comprising a significant portion of the
ROCK_TYPE_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P LITH_ROCK_TYPE ROCK TYPE OBSERVATION NUMBER: A unique sequence number enabling
COMPONENT_NAME Not Null VARCHAR2 12 P COMPONENT NAME: Name of the component found within the interval, which
active or valid.
COMPONENT_PERCENT NUMBER 3, 0 COMPONENT PERCENT: The percentage of the defined component in the
interval. For example, the interval maybe comprised of 35% crinoids.
COMPONENT_REL_ABUNDANCE VARCHAR2 20 COMPONENT RELATIVE ABUNDANCE: Relative abundanceof each color rank
(first, second, third: 1, 2, 3) or as a ranked magnitude (abundant, common, rare).
COMPONENT_TEXTURE VARCHAR2 20 COMPONENT TEXTURE: texture of the component
COMPONENT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_LITH_COMPONENT LITHOLGOCIC COMPONENT: Name of component such as glauconite (rock) or
crinoids (fossil)
LITH_PATTERN_CODE VARCHAR2 20 R_LITH_PATTERN_CODE LITH PATTERN CODE:
Page 486
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LITH_COMPONENT_COLOR

LITHOLOGIC COMPONENT COLOR: This table records descriptions of the color of the principle rock type component or accessory. Fossil or mineral constituents have
certain color characteristics and this table defines the basic color, weathering, intensity and color distribution.
LITHOLOGY_LOG_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LITH_COMPONENT LITHOLOGY LOG ID: A unique identifier for a descriptive record of lithology.
LITH_LOG_SOURCE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LITH_COMPONENT SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated as the
DEPTH_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P LITH_COMPONENT DEPTH OBSERVATION NUMBER: unique identifier for the depth interval for this
ROCK_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LITH_COMPONENT LITHOLOGIC ROCK TYPE: Type of rock comprising a significant portion of the
ROCK_TYPE_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P LITH_COMPONENT ROCK TYPE OBSERVATION NUMBER: A unique sequence number enabling
COMPONENT_NAME Not Null VARCHAR2 12 P LITH_COMPONENT COMPONENT NAME: Name of the component found within the interval, which
BASIC_COLOR Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R_LITH_COLOR LITHOLOGIC COLOR: Basic color or color adjective of lithologic components
such as red, grey, blue etc.
active or valid.
COLOR_ADJECTIVE VARCHAR2 20 R_LITH_COLOR LITHOLOGIC COLOR: Basic color or color adjective of lithologic components
COLOR_DISTRIBUTION VARCHAR2 20 R_LITH_DISTRIBUTION LITHOLOGIC DISTRIBUTION :Describes the distribution of the rock color in the
sub-interval. For example, the color distribution maybe graded, uneven, etc.
DOMINANT_IND VARCHAR2 1 DOMINANT INDICATOR: A flag to indicate if the described color is the dominant
rock color. A Y(es) indicates that the color is dominant and a N(o) represents that
the color is not dominant.
INTENSITY VARCHAR2 20 R_LITH_INTENSITY LITHOLOGIC INTENSITY: Rock color intensity. The color intensity is used to
describe the amount of color associated with the sample. For example, the color
intensity may range from high to low.
WEATHERED_IND VARCHAR2 1 WEATHERED INDICATOR: A flag, either Y or N, indicating if the described rock
color is from a weathered surface. Y means that the color is described from a
weathered rock surface and NOT from a freshly exposed surface.
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LITH_COMPONENT_COLOR

Page 488
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LITH_DEP_ENV_INT

LITHOLOGIC DEPOSITIONAL ENVIRONMENT INTERVAL- an interpreted depositional environment over a specified interval.
LITHOLOGY_LOG_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LITH_LOG LITHOLOGY LOG ID: A unique identifier for a descriptive record of lithology.
LITH_LOG_SOURCE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LITH_LOG SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated as the
DEPTH_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P DEPTH OBSERVATION NUMBER: Unique identifier for the depth or interval.
active or valid.
BASE_DEPTH NUMBER 10, 5 BASE DEPTH: Measured depth from the surface to the base of a specific
sub-interval being described (which is the smallest/thinnest rock unit in which the
lithology is being recorded).
BASE_DEPTH_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE
DEPOSITIONAL_ENVIRONMENT VARCHAR2 20 R_LITH_DEP_ENV LITHOLOGIC DEPOSITIONAL ENVIRONMENT: Type of interpreted
environment of the deposition. A depositional environment is the physical
environment in which sediments were deposited. For example, a high-energy river
channel or a carbonate barrier reef.
TOP_DEPTH NUMBER 10, 5 TOP DEPTH: Measured depth from the surface to the top of a specific sub-interval
being described (which is the smallest/thinnest rock unit in which the lithology is
being recorded).
TOP_DEPTH_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE
Page 489
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LITH_DESC_OTHER

LITHOLOGIC DESCRIPTION OTHER: This table is to be used to capture descriptions of the lithologic samples that are not covered by LITH SAMPLE DESC. It is
generally preferable to use LITH SAMPLE DESC when possible, as it provides better data quality management mechanisms.
LITH_SAMPLE_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LITH_SAMPLE LITHOLOGIC SAMPLE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a lithologic sample
used in technical analysis.
DESCRIPTION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P DESCRIPTION IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the description of this
lithologic sample
active or valid.
YYYYMMDD
DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 240 DESCRIPTION: textual description of the characteristic.
DESCRIPTION_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_SAMPLE_DESC_TYPE DESCRIPTION TYPE: the type of description for the lithologic sample.
DESCRIPTION_VALUE_1 NUMBER 10, 5 DESCRIPTION VALUE: The numeric value associated with the description type.
VALUE_1 is the upper or maximum value, VALUE_2 is the lower or minimum
value.
DESCRIPTION_VALUE_2 NUMBER 10, 5 DESCRIPTION VALUE: The numeric value associated with the description type.
VALUE_1 is the upper or maximum value, VALUE_2 is the lower or minimum
value.
DESCRIPTION_VALUE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE
DESCRIPTION_VALUE_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNIT OF MEASURE
Page 490
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LITH_DIAGENESIS

LITHOLOGIC DIAGENESIS - a description of the post depositional alteration.
DIAGENESIS_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R_LITH_DIAGENESIS LITHOLOGIC DIAGENESIS TYPE: Type of diagenesis or diagenetic mineral
which is found in the described interval. Common types of diagenesis are
compaction, cementation, recrystallization or dolomitization. Diagenetic minerals
may include dolomite, glauconite, olivine, etc.
active or valid.
DIAGENESIS_PERCENT NUMBER 3, 0 DIAGENESIS PERCENT: Value for the percentage of occurrence for the defined
diagenesis type or diagenetic mineral in the described interval (e.g., 20%
dolomitization or 15% glauconite).
DIAGENESIS_REL_ABUNDANCE VARCHAR2 20 RELATIVE ABUNDANCE: Relative abundanceof each color rank (first, second,
third: 1, 2, 3) or as a ranked magnitude (abundant, common, rare).
Page 491
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LITH_GRAIN_SIZE

LITHOLOGIC GRAIN SIZE - a description of grain or crystal sizes of rock components.
SCALE_SCHEME Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R_LITH_SCALE_SCHEME LITHOLOGIC SCALE SCHEME: Type of scaling system source used to determine
the grain size like the widely accepted Wentworth scale, or a company internal grade
scale (Canstrat, Shell).
GRAIN_SIZE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LITHOLOGIC GRAIN SIZE: Size of the measured grain or crystal particle,
measured either in Wentworth nomenclature like, Boulder, Pebble, Fine sand, Silt,
or the actual measurement like, 0.5mm, 4.0 mm, etc.
active or valid.
DISTRIBUTION_IND VARCHAR2 1 DISTRIBUTION INDICATOR: Letter indicating grain or crystal size distribution,
either Y for mode or N for range.
SIZE_TYPE_IND VARCHAR2 1 SIZE TYPE INDICATOR: Indicator for the grain size, either carbonate or
siliciclastic.
Page 492
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LITH_INTERVAL

LITHOLOGIC INTERVAL - a depth interval of a descriptive record of lithology.
LITHOLOGY_LOG_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LITH_INTERVAL LITHOLOGY LOG ID: A unique identifier for a descriptive record of lithology.
LITH_LOG
LITH_LOG_SOURCE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LITH_INTERVAL SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated as the
LITH_LOG source of information for this row.
DEPTH_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P DEPTH OBSERVATION NUMBER: Unique identifier for the depth or interval.
active or valid.
BASE_DEPTH NUMBER 10, 5 BASE DEPTH: Measured depth from the surface to the base of a specific
sub-interval being described (which is the smallest/thinnest rock unit in which the
lithology is being recorded).
BASE_DEPTH_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE BASE DEPTH ORIGINAL UNITS OF MEASURE: original units of measure used
for the depth measurement.
CYCLE_BED VARCHAR2 20 R_LITH_CYCLE_BED CYCLE BED: Interpreted to be part of a depositional sequence(e.g.Bouma B). A
sequence of beds or related processes and conditions, repeated in the same order that
is recorded in a sedimentary deposit.
NO_DATA_DESC VARCHAR2 20 NO DATA DESCRIPTION: Type of reason why no data/lithologic description is
present for the interval, like lost core or no sample data available for the interval.
PARENT_DEPTH_OBS_NO NUMBER 8, 0 LITH_INTERVAL PARENT DEPTH OBSERVATION NUMBER: identifier for the depth interval that
this one is a parent of.
PREFERRED_IND VARCHAR2 1 PREFERRED INDICATOR: a Y/N flag indicating that this is the preferred version
of an interval. All data associated with this interval is also the preferred version.
SAMPLE_ID VARCHAR2 20 SAMPLE ID: Number or code uniquely identifying the sample used to describe the
lithologic interval.
SAMPLE_QUALITY VARCHAR2 20 SAMPLE QUALITY: Quality describing the sample obtained from the interval
(e.g., poor, good, excellent, etc.).
STRUCTURE_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 STRUCTURE TYPE: Type of sedimentary or other rock structure occurring in the
lithologic interval being described (e.g., cross-stratification, mud cracks, ripple
marks, etc.). The rock structure may be non-sedimentary, such as contorted bedding
or fault zone.
THIN_BED_IND VARCHAR2 1 THIN BED INDICATOR: Y(es) or N(o) indicating if the described interval contains
thinner rock intervals. For example, a lithologic interval may be comprised of
interbedded shale and sandstone setting the thin bed indicator to Y(es).
TOP_DEPTH NUMBER 10, 5 TOP DEPTH: Measured depth from the surface to the top of a specific sub-interval
Page 493
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LITH_INTERVAL

being described (which is the smallest/thinnest rock unit in which the lithology is
being recorded).
TOP_DEPTH_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE TOP DEPTH ORIGINAL UNITS OF MEASURE: original units of measure used
for the depth measurement.
Page 494
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LITH_LOG

LITHOLOGIC LOG - a descriptive record of lithology.
LITHOLOGY_LOG_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LITHOLOGY LOG ID: A unique identifier for a descriptive record of lithology.
LITH_LOG_SOURCE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R_SOURCE SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated as the
active or valid.
BASE_DEPTH NUMBER 10, 5 BASE DEPTH: Measured depth from the surface to the base of the complete
lithologic strip log interval. This depth defines the ending or base depth of the entire
strip log. The lithologic strip log will be comprised of multiple sub-intervals
defining the lithologic variations of the stratigraphic section.
BASE_DEPTH_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE BASE DEPTH ORIGINAL UNITS OF MEASURE: original units used to describe
the depth to the base of the interval.
GEOLOGIST VARCHAR2 20 GEOLOGIST: the Geologist who worked on the LITH LOG
LITH_LOG_CLASS VARCHAR2 20 LITHOLOGIC LOG CLASS: the class of lithologic log - may be WELL or
MEASURED SECTION
LITH_LOG_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_LITH_LOG_TYPE LITHOLOGIC LOG TYPE: The type of log; may be interpretive, percentage,
qualified percentage, composite interpretive or descriptive.
LOGGED_DATE DATE 7 LOGGED DATE: Date the interval was logged or analyzed
MEAS_SECTION_ID VARCHAR2 20 LITH_MEASURED_SEC MEASURED SECTION ID: Unique identifier assigned to a measured section, a
surface outcrop where the physical characteristics of the rock can be described.
MEAS_SECTION_SOURCE VARCHAR2 20 LITH_MEASURED_SEC SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated as the
TOP_DEPTH NUMBER 10, 5 TOP DEPTH: Measured depth from the surface to the top of the lithologic strip log
interval. This depth will define the top or starting point of the strip log. The
lithologic strip log will be comprised of multiple sub-intervals defining the
lithologic variations of the stratigraphic section.
TOP_DEPTH_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE TOP DEPTH ORIGINAL UNITS OF MEASURE: units of measure originally used
to measure the depth to the top of the interval.
Page 495
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LITH_LOG

Page 496
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LITH_LOG_BA_SERVICE

LITHOLOGY LOG BUSINESS ASSOCIATE SERVICE: A cross reference table allowing services provided by a business associate for the creation, analysis and
mangement of logs.
SERVICE_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P SERVICE SEQUENCE NUMBER: unique number indicating the service that was
provided
active or valid.
CONTRACT_ID VARCHAR2 20 CONT_PROVISION CONTRACT IDENTIFIER: Unique identifer for the contract under which this
CONTRACT service is provided.
CONTRACT_PROVISION_ID VARCHAR2 20 CONT_PROVISION CONTRACT PROVISION IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the contract
provision under which this service was provided.
REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 REMARK: a text description about the service provided by a Business Associate for
a contract.
SERVICE_QUALITY VARCHAR2 20 R_SERVICE_QUALITY SERVICE QUALITY: The quality of service provided by this BUSINESS
ASSOCIATE, either for a specified address, a service or a service at an address.
Page 497
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LITH_LOG_BA_SERVICE

Page 498
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LITH_LOG_COMPONENT

LITHOLOGY LOG COMPONENT: This table is used to capture the relationships between lithological logs and busines objects, such as wells, equipment, documents,
seismic sets and contracts.
LITH_LOG_SOURCE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LITH_LOG LITH LOG SOURCE: The source of data for this lithologic log.
object that is associated with a lithological log.
active.
etc.
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE
information.
Page 499
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

found in it.
an organization.
working for it.
table.
related incident.
INCIDENT_SET_ID VARCHAR2 20 INCIDENT SET IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a set of incident types thatPage
may500
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

LITH_LOG_COMPONENT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_LITH_LOG_COMP_TYPE LITHOLOGY LOG COMPONENT TYPE: the type of component that is asssicated
with the lithology log
obligation
that is captured.
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

Page 502
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

SEIS_SURVEY.
description.
permitted to hold.
within a well.
Webster Online)
thesaurus.
Page 503
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

Page 504
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LITH_LOG_REMARK

LITHOLOGIC LOG REMARK: Narrative remarks about a lithologic log.
REMARK_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P REMARK SEQUENCE NUMBER: Unique identifier for the remark
active or valid.
REMARK_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE REMARK BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: the business associate to whom the remark is
attributed.
Page 505
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LITH_MEASURED_SEC

LITHOLOGIC MEASURED SECTION: an aggegate description record of the stratigraphic thickness and lithology. STRATIGRAPHIC FIELD STATION: any location
where geological studies or analysis or observations are carried out, such as at a measured section, outcrop etc.
MEAS_SECTION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P MEASURED SECTION ID: Unique identifier assigned to a measured section, a
active or valid.
AUTHOR VARCHAR2 20 AUTHOR: Name of the individual who examined the well samples and drafted the
lithologic strip log.
DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 240 DESCRIPTION: textual description of the field station
LOCATION_DESC VARCHAR2 60 LOCATION DESCRIPTION: Description of the geographic lithologic strip log
location (e.g., the north ridge of Mt. Rundle). The location is where the surface
outcrop was measured.
LOCATION_QUALIFIER VARCHAR2 20 LOCATION QUALIFIER: Code designating the base map source for calculating
latitude and longitude (e.g., Ammann, USGS, etc.).
NODE_ID VARCHAR2 20 WELL_NODE NODE IDENTIFIER: Unique identification number assigned to a specific point
(node)
PUBLICATION_REFERENCE VARCHAR2 20 SOURCE_DOCUMENT SOURCE DOCUMENT: The document that was the source of the information for
this row. For example government and regulatory agency forms, operator reports or
scout tickets.
REFERENCE_DATE DATE 7 REFERENCE DATE: Date of the publication containing the measured section
reference (e.g., September 1993 AAPG Bulletin).
Page 506
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LITH_MEASURED_SEC

Page 507
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LITH_POROSITY

LITHOLOGIC POROSITY: the observed porosity of lithologic sample
POROSITY_GRADE Not Null NUMBER 3, 0 P POROSITY GRADE: The porosity grade of the interval expressed as a percentage.
active or valid.
MATRIX_CLASS VARCHAR2 20 MATRIX CLASS: Classification of the matrix for porosity estimation. The type of
matrix is important in the calculation of porosity using Archies equation.
PERCENT_OF_SAMPLE NUMBER 3, 0 PERCENT OF SAMPLE: The percentage of the sample which shows this type of
porosity
POROSITY_SCALE VARCHAR2 20 POROSITY SCALE: Identifies the source of the porosity scale used in the lithologic
description. The classification of porosity maybe from the physical observation of
the interval and assigning the type of porosity from the Choquette and Pray
nomenclature. The porosity may be calculated using Archies equation.
POROSITY_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_POROSITY_TYPE POROSITY TYPE: A description of the type of porosity observed. For example
intergranular, sucrosic or cavernous.
SAMPLE_REL_ABUNDANCE VARCHAR2 20 RELATIVE ABUNDANCE: Relative abundanceof each color rank (first, second,
third: 1, 2, 3) or as a ranked magnitude (abundant, common, rare).
Page 508
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LITH_ROCK_COLOR

LITHOLOGIC ROCK COLOR: a description of the color of the principle rock type.
BASIC_COLOR Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R_LITH_COLOR LITHOLOGIC COLOR: Basic color or color adjective of lithologic components
active or valid.
COLOR_ADJECTIVE VARCHAR2 20 R_LITH_COLOR LITHOLOGIC COLOR: Basic color or color adjective of lithologic components
COLOR_DISTRIBUTION VARCHAR2 20 R_LITH_DISTRIBUTION LITHOLOGIC DISTRIBUTION :Describes the distribution of the rock color in the
sub-interval. For example, the color distribution maybe graded, uneven, etc.
DOMINANT_IND VARCHAR2 1 DOMINANT INDICATOR: A flag to indicate if the described color is the dominant
rock color. A Y(es) indicates that the color is dominant and a N(o) represents that
the color is not dominant.
INTENSITY VARCHAR2 20 R_LITH_INTENSITY LITHOLOGIC INTENSITY: Rock color intensity. The color intensity is used to
WEATHERED_IND VARCHAR2 1 WEATHERED INDICATOR: A flag, either Y or N, indicating if the described rock
color is from a weathered surface. Y means that the color is described from a
weathered rock surface and NOT from a freshly exposed surface.
Page 509
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LITH_ROCK_COLOR

Page 510
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LITH_ROCK_STRUCTURE

LITHOLOGIC ROCK STRUCTURE: Contains information about the physical structures within a major rock thpe. In sedimentary rocks, a structure is defined as a feature
that was formed during the deposition of the sediments. Examples include bedding and liminations, cross-stratification, muc cracks etc. Sedimentary structures can be used to
interpret the depositional environment of the sediments. This table can also be used for non-sedimentary (igneous and metamorphic) rocks to describe structures, such as
contorted bedding or fault zones.
STRUCTURE_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R_LITH_STRUCTURE LITHOLOGIC STRUCTURE: Type of sedimentary or other rock structure
occurring in the lithologic interval being described (e.g., cross-stratification, mud
cracks, ripple marks, etc.). The rock structure may be non-sedimentary, such as
contorted bedding or fault zone.
active or valid.
BOUNDARY_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 BOUNDARY TYPE: Boundary type e.g. unconformable
STRUCTURE_REL_ABUND VARCHAR2 20 COMPONENT RELATIVE ABUNDANCE: Relative abundanceof each color rank
Page 511
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LITH_ROCK_TYPE

LITHOLOGIC ROCK TYPE- a description of principle rock type comprising an interval.
DEPTH_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P LITH_INTERVAL DEPTH OBSERVATION NUMBER: unique identifier for the depth interval for this
ROCK_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R_LITH_ROCK_TYPE LITHOLOGIC ROCK TYPE: Type of rock comprising a significant portion of the
ROCK_TYPE_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P ROCK TYPE OBSERVATION NUMBER: A unique sequence number enabling
active or valid.
CLASS VARCHAR2 20 CLASSIFICATION: Textural or other rock classification eg. packstone, litharenite
CLASS_MODIFIER VARCHAR2 20 CLASSIFICATION MODIFIER: Adjective to modify rock name such as Oolitic,
quartz
CONSOLIDATION VARCHAR2 20 R_LITH_CONSOLIDATION LITHOLOGIC CONSOLIDATION: Consolidation or induration of the rock sample.
Induration of a rock sample (sandstone) refers to its resistance to physical
disaggregation and does not necessarily refer to hardness of the constituent grains.
Common types of consolidation (induration) are, dense, hard, medium hard, soft,
spongy or friable.
CUT_COLOR VARCHAR2 20 R_MUD_LOG_COLOR MUD LOG COLOR: Observed colors resulting from llithologic analysis, such as
fluorescence_color (Color of hydrocarbon as viewed in ultraviolet light.) cut_color
(Color of hydrocarbon extracted by reagent/solvent in ultraviolet light.
FLUORESCENCE_COLOR VARCHAR2 20 R_MUD_LOG_COLOR MUD LOG COLOR: Observed colors resulting from llithologic analysis, such as
fluorescence_color (Color of hydrocarbon as viewed in ultraviolet light.) cut_color
(Color of hydrocarbon extracted by reagent/solvent in ultraviolet light.
FLUORESCENCE_DISTRIBUTION VARCHAR2 20 FLOURESCENCE DISTRIBUTION: Distribution of hydrocarbon fluorescence
FLUORESCENCE_RATE VARCHAR2 20 FLUORESCENCE RATE: Rate at which fluorescent streamers are emitted from
rock chip
FRAMEWORK_PERCENT NUMBER 3, 0 Reverse Engineered from column FRAMEWORK_PERCENT of table
LITH_ROCK_TYPE
MATRIX_PERCENT NUMBER 3, 0 Reverse Engineered from column MATRIX_PERCENT of table
LITH_ROCK_TYPE
OIL_STAIN VARCHAR2 20 R_LITH_OIL_STAIN OIL STAIN: the type of oil stain observed in the rock sample. For example, the oil
stain can be described as fair live oil, questionable, etc
PERMEABILITY_QUALITY VARCHAR2 20 PERMEABILITY QUALIFICATION: Permeability class based on qualitative
Page 512
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

visual estimate
POROSITY_GRADE_PERCENT NUMBER 3, 0 Reverse Engineered from column POROSITY_GRADE_PERCENT of table
LITH_ROCK_TYPE
PRIM_POROSITY_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 PRIMARY POROSITY TYPE: Primary type of porosity
RESIDUE_COLOR VARCHAR2 20 R_LITH_COLOR LITHOLOGIC COLOR: Basic color or color adjective of lithologic components
RESIDUE_PERCENT NUMBER 3, 0 Reverse Engineered from column RESIDUE_PERCENT of table
LITH_ROCK_TYPE
ROCK_CLASS_SCHEME VARCHAR2 20 R_ROCK_CLASS_SCHEME ROCK CLASSIFICATION SCHEME: The rock classification scheme used to name
the rock type. For example, the Folk classification scheme uses the terms, arkose,
quartzarenite, etc. The Dunham classification scheme uses the terms mudstone,
wackestone, etc.
ROCK_MATRIX VARCHAR2 20 R_LITH_ROCK_MATRIX LITHOLOGIC ROCK MATRIX: Type of fine grain material filling voids between
larger grains. The grained particles in a poorly sorted sedimentary rock. Matrix can
be fine grained sandstone, siltstone, shale, etc.
ROCK_PROFILE VARCHAR2 20 R_LITH_ROCK_PROFILE ROCK PROFILE: Identifies the type of rock weathering or borehole profile
associated with the particular described interval. Examples of the rock profiles can
be recessive, cliff, etc.
ROCK_REL_ABUNDANCE VARCHAR2 20 ROCK TYPE RELATIVE ABUNDANCE: Relative abundanceof each color rank
ROCK_TYPE_PERCENT NUMBER 3, 0 Reverse Engineered from column ROCK_TYPE_PERCENT of table
LITH_ROCK_TYPE
ROUNDING VARCHAR2 20 R_LITH_ROUNDING LITHOLOGIC ROUNDING: Classifies the shape of the rock components. This is
typically used in describing clastic sedimentary rocks. There are an almost infinite
number of variations in the shapes of grain size, but the most common classes are
sharp, angular, subangular, rounded or globular.
SEC_POROSITY_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 SECONDARY POROSITY TYPE: Secondary porosity type
SOLID_HCARBON_PERCENT NUMBER 3, 0 Reverse Engineered from column SOLID_HCARBON_PERCENT of table
LITH_ROCK_TYPE
SOLID_HCARBON_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 SOLID HYDROCARBON TYPE: Type of solid hydrocarbon type such as
pyrobitumen
SORTING VARCHAR2 20 R_LITH_SORTING LITHOLOGIC SORTING: Identifies the type of sorting associated with the
principal rock being described. This feature is most important in coarse clastic rocks
and common examples are well, medium or poorly sorted.
Page 513
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

Page 514
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LITH_SAMPLE

LITHOLOGIC SAMPLE: a Lithologic sample may be collected during onshore or offshore well drilling operations, from a stratigraphic field station (i.e., outcrop), measured
section or from any other location. These samples are used in a variety of technical analyses, including chemical, biostratigraphic and radiometric. A row in this table may be
a complete initial sample or a portion of that sample that is used for analysis.
LITH_SAMPLE_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LITHOLOGIC SAMPLE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a lithologic sample
active or valid.
BASE_MD NUMBER 10, 5 BASE DEPTH: The bottom or lower depth from which this sample was collected.
BASE_MD_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE
COLLECTED_DATE DATE 7 COLLECTED_DATE: The date that this sample was collected.
COMPOSITE_SAMPLE_IND VARCHAR2 1 COMPOSITE SAMPLE INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating whether this sample
is a composite sample. Composite samples are constructed by combining portions of
other samples. Full information about which samples were used as imput to this one
are derived from LITH SAMPLE COLLECTION.
CONDENSED_SECTION_IND VARCHAR2 1 CONDENSED SECTION INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating that this section is a
condensed section. In condensed sections, fossils and organic materials tend to be
more concentrated than in rapidly deposited sections. May be deposited during
transgressions and associated with "maximum flooding surfaces". These form
important sequence stratigraphic markers.
DESTROYED_DATE DATE 7 DESTROYED DATE: the date that this lithologic sample was physically destroyed.
FINAL_WEIGHT NUMBER 10, 5 FINAL WEIGHT: The final weight or mass of the sample after processing and
preparation.
FINAL_WEIGHT_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE
INITIAL_WEIGHT NUMBER 10, 5 INITIAL WEIGHT: The total initial weight of the sample, measured as the sum of
the weights of all the individual components. If using LITH COLLECT PART, this
value is the sum of the PORTION WEIGHT values.
INITIAL_WEIGHT_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE
INTERVAL_PERCENT NUMBER 6, 3 PERCENT OF THE INTERVAL COLLECTED: Of the complete interval described
by the top and base depths, the percent over which samples were collected.
coordinates have been referenced. Coordinates that are referenced to a local Page 515
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

PHYSICAL_ITEM_ID VARCHAR2 20 RM_PHYSICAL_ITEM PHYSICAL ITEM: unique identifier for the physical item that contains the actual
lithologic sample. In some cases, the sample is divided into portions; in this case,
each portion is described in LITH_SAMPLE_PART and a foreign key from RM
PHYSICAL ITEM identifies the location of the sample itself. Note that these
foreign keys are provided as a denormalized column. The nominal location for this
information is RM_INFO_ITEM_CONTENT.
REFERENCE_NUM VARCHAR2 255 REFERENCE NUMBER: the number or identifier given to this sample portion in
the field for identification purposes. For legal reasons, this number accompanies the
sample together with a chain of custody (in the RM module) to show provenance.
SAMPLE_COUNT NUMBER 10, 0 SAMPLE COUNT: The number of samples taken that comprise this total sample.
SAMPLE_DIAMETER NUMBER 8, 3 SAMPLE DIAMETER: the diameter of the sample, particularly when created from
a core sample.
SAMPLE_DIAMETER_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE
SAMPLE_INTERVAL NUMBER 10, 5 SAMPLE INTERVAL: the interval at which sample portions are taken.
SAMPLE_INTERVAL_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE
SAMPLE_LAT NUMBER 14, 9 SAMPLE LATITUDE: the latitude where this sample was taken. May be derived
from the directional survey. For samples that are comprised of many portions, you
may also capture the coordinates of each portion in the LITH SAMPLE PART table.
Areal extents are captured through the FK into LAND LEGAL DESCRIPTION.
SAMPLE_LONG NUMBER 14, 9 SAMPLE LONGITUDE: the longitude where this sample was taken. May be
derived from the directional survey. For samples that are comprised of many
portions, you may also capture the coordinates of each portion in the LITH
SAMPLE PART table. Areal extents are captured through the FK into LAND
LEGAL DESCRIPTION.
SAMPLE_QUALITY VARCHAR2 20 R_QUALITY SAMPLE QUALITY: the overall quality of the sample taken, such as good, fair,
poor etc.
TOP_MD NUMBER 10, 5 TOP DEPTH: The top or upper depth from which this sample was collected.
TOP_MD_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE
TOTAL_LENGTH NUMBER 10, 5 TOTAL LENGTH: the total overall length of the collected sample, most useful for
samples collected by core samples. If using LITH COLLECT PART, this value is
the sum of the PORTION LENGTH values.
TOTAL_LENGTH_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE
Page 516
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

TOTAL_VOLUME NUMBER 14, 4 TOTAL VOLUME: The total volume of the sample, measured as the sum of the
volume of all the individual components. If using LITH COLLECT PART, this
value is the sum of the PORTION VOLUME values.
TOTAL_VOLUME_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE
WELL_DATUM_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_WELL_DATUM_TYPE WELL DATUM TYPE: A reference table identifying the various type of well
datums that may be used as elevation reference datums. For example kelly bushing,
ground, derrick floor, casing flange or sea level.
Page 517
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LITH_SAMPLE_COLLECTION

LITHOLOGIC SAMPLE COLLECTION: this table is used to describe how the sample was collected. A single sample may be the result of collections at several positions.
Use this table to indicate the particular well, land right, core etc that the sample is part of.
COLLECTION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P COLLECTION IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the record describing where and
how a lithologic sample was collected.
active or valid.
COLLECTED_BY VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE COLLECTED BY: unique identifier of the person or company that did the
collection of this sample.
COLLECTED_FOR VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE COLLECTED FOR: unique identifier for the business associate that this sample was
collected for.
COLLECT_METHOD VARCHAR2 20 R_LITH_COLLECT_METHOD LITHOLOGIC SAMPLE COLLECTION METHOD: a list of the valid methods
used to collect lithologic samples.
CORE_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_CORE_TYPE CORE TYPE: A reference table which defines the type of core procedure used
during the coring operation. For example, conventional, sidewall, diamond, triangle
etc
LITH_SAMPLE_PART_ID VARCHAR2 20 LITH_SAMPLE LITHOLOGIC SAMPLE PART IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the lithologic
sample that was used as part of the input into this one.
LITH_SAMPLE_SOURCE VARCHAR2 20 R_LITH_SOURCE LITHOLOGIC SAMPLE SOURCE: The source of the lithologic sample, such as
well drilling cuttings, well core, drilling mud, stratigraphic field station etc. In
addition, foreign keys are provided to allow direct associations between the sample
and technical analysis.
Page 518
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LITH_SAMPLE_COLLECTION

MUD_SAMPLE_ID VARCHAR2 20 WELL_MUD_SAMPLE SAMPLE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier assigned to each mud sample in the well.
PORTION_DIAMETER NUMBER 8, 3 PORTION DIAMETER: The diameter of the portion of the original sample that was
contributed to the new analysis sample.
PORTION_DIAMETER_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE
PORTION_LENGTH NUMBER 10, 5 PORTION LENGTH: the length of the portion of the original sample that was
contributed to the creation of a new anlaysis sample.
PORTION_LENGTH_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE
PORTION_WEIGHT NUMBER 10, 5 PORTION WEIGHT: The weight of the portion of the original sample that was used
to create a new sample.
PORTION_WEIGHT_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE
PROJECT_ID VARCHAR2 20 PROJECT PROJECT IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the project that was run during which
the samples were collected.
WELL_CORE_ID VARCHAR2 20 WELL_CORE CORE IDENTIFIER : Unique identifier assigned to each physical core within a
borehole.
WELL_SOURCE VARCHAR2 20 WELL_CORE SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated as the
WELL_MUD_SAMPLE source of information for this row.
WELL_SURVEY_ID VARCHAR2 20 WELL_DIR_SRVY DIRECTIONAL SURVEY IDENTIFIER: Number uniquely identifying each
directional survey.
WELL_SURVEY_SOURCE VARCHAR2 20 WELL_DIR_SRVY SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated as the
WELL_UWI VARCHAR2 20 WELL_CORE UNIQUE WELL IDENTIFIER: A unique name, code or number designated as the
WELL_DIR_SRVY primary key for this row.
WELL_MUD_SAMPLE
WELL
Page 519
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LITH_SAMPLE_DESC

LITHOLOGIC SAMPLE DESCRIPTION: This table is used to describe the characteristics of a lithologic sample such as color, permeability, porosity, rock type and the rock
matrix. Values not supported in this table may be loaded in LITH DESC OTHER using a vertical structure.
DESCRIPTION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P DESCRIPTION IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the description of this
lithologic sample
active or valid.
DEPOSITIONAL_ENVIRONMENT VARCHAR2 20 R_LITH_DEP_ENV LITHOLOGIC DEPOSITIONAL ENVIRONMENT: Type of interpreted
environment of the deposition. A depositional environment is the physical
environment in which sediments were deposited. For example, a high-energy river
channel or a carbonate barrier reef.
DIAGENESIS_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_LITH_DIAGENESIS LITHOLOGIC DIAGENESIS TYPE: Type of diagenesis or diagenetic mineral
which is found in the described interval. Common types of diagenesis are
compaction, cementation, recrystallization or dolomitization. Diagenetic minerals
may include dolomite, glauconite, olivine, etc.
found in it.
LITHOLOGY VARCHAR2 20 R_LITHOLOGY LITHOLOGY: This reference table describes the major lithologic types. For
example sandstone, limestone, dolomite or shale.
LITH_COLOR VARCHAR2 20 R_LITH_COLOR LITHOLOGIC COLOR: Basic color or color adjective of lithologic components
such as red, grey, blue etc. Used in Litholgoy
LITH_COLOR_INTENSITY VARCHAR2 20 R_LITH_INTENSITY LITHOLOGIC INTENSITY: Rock color intensity. The color intensity is used to
LITH_CONTAMINANT VARCHAR2 20 R_LITH_CONTAMINANT LITHOLOGIC CONTAMINANT: A contaminant in a lithologic sample that may
affect later analysis. Drilling mud may be considered to be a contaminant.
OIL_STAIN VARCHAR2 20 R_LITH_OIL_STAIN OIL STAIN: the type of oil stain observed in the rock sample. For example, the oil
stain can be described as fair live oil, questionable, etc
PERMEABILITY VARCHAR2 20 PERMEABILITY QUALIFICATION: Permeability class based on qualitative
visual estimate
POROSITY_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_POROSITY_TYPE POROSITY TYPE: This reference table describes the type of porosity observed. For
example intergranular, sucrosic or cavernous.
Page 520
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LITH_SAMPLE_DESC

ROCK_MATRIX VARCHAR2 20 R_LITH_ROCK_MATRIX LITHOLOGIC ROCK MATRIX: Type of fine grain material filling voids between
larger grains. The grained particles in a poorly sorted sedimentary rock. Matrix can
be fine grained sandstone, siltstone, shale, etc.
ROCK_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_LITH_ROCK_TYPE LITHOLOGIC ROCK TYPE: Type of rock comprising a significant portion of the
STRAT_NAME_SET_ID VARCHAR2 20 STRAT_UNIT STRATIGRAPHIC NAME SET IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the
stratigraphic name set.
Page 521
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LITH_SAMPLE_PREP

LITHOLOGIC SAMPLE PREPARATION: Describes the physical or chemical processes used to prepare a field sample for analysis. Can inlude acid washes, thin sectioning
or size fractionating.
PREPARATION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PREPARATION IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the preparation step.
active.
COMPLETE_DATE DATE 7 COMPLETE DATE: The date that this preparation step was completed.
PREPARATION_CLASS VARCHAR2 20 R_LITH_PREP_CLASS LITHOLOGIC SAMPLE PREPARATION CLASS: the type or class of preparation
for the sample, such as a chemical wash, thin section, acid wash etc. Note that this
information is also carried in the LITH SAMPLE PREP METH table. Populate this
column in this table only when a very general description of the method is available.
PREPARATION_METHOD VARCHAR2 20 LITH_SAMPLE_PREP_METH LITHOLOGIC SAMPLE PREPARATION METHOD: A specific method use to
prepare a sample for analysis.
PREPARED_BY VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE PREPARED BY: Unique identifier for the business associate who did the actual
preparation of the lithologic sample.
PREPARED_LAB_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE PREPARED BY BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for the business
associate that is the company responsible for the preparation of the sample..
RECOVERED_PERCENT NUMBER 6, 3 RECOVERED PERCENT: the percent by weight of the sample that is recovered
when this step is complete.
SAMPLE_QUALITY VARCHAR2 20 R_QUALITY SAMPLE QUALITY: The quality of the sample at the completion of this step in the
preparation process.
START_DATE DATE 7 START DATE: the date that this preparation step was started.
STEP_DESC VARCHAR2 2000 STEP DESCRIPTION: text description of the processing done during this step of
preparation/
STEP_SEQ_NO NUMBER 8, 0 STEP SEQUENCE NUMBER: This number is used to sort processing steps in the
order in which they were completed.
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LITH_SAMPLE_PREP

Page 523
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LITH_SAMPLE_PREP_METH

LITHOLOGIC SAMPLE PREPARATION METHOD: A specific method use to prepare a sample for analysis. General categories about the type of preparation (chemical
wash) are stored in R LITH PREP TYPE.
PREPARATION_METHOD Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LITHOLOGIC SAMPLE PREPARATION METHOD: A specific method use to
prepare a sample for analysis.
active or valid.
DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 240 DESCRIPTION: a brief description of the preparation method applied during this
step of processing.
PREPARATION_CLASS VARCHAR2 20 R_LITH_PREP_CLASS LITHOLOGIC SAMPLE PREPARATION CLASS: the type or class of preparation
for the sample, such as a chemical wash, thin section, acid wash etc
Page 524
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: LITH_STRUCTURE

LITHOLOGIC STRUCTURE: the physical structure within a major rock type or sub interval
DEPTH_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P LITH_INTERVAL DEPTH OBSERVATION NUMBER: unique identifier for a depth interval in the
lithology description.
STRUCTURE_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R_LITH_STRUCTURE LITHOLOGIC STRUCTURE: Type of sedimentary or other rock structure
active or valid.
BOUNDARY_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_LITH_BOUNDARY_TYPE BOUNDARY TYPE: Boundary type e.g. unconformable
STRUCTURE_REL_ABUND VARCHAR2 20 R_LITH_ABUNDANCE ABUNDANCE: Relative abundance of each color rank (first, second, third:1, 2, 3)
or as a ranked magnitude (abundant, common, rare).
Page 525
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: NOTIF_BA

NOTIFICATION PARTY: this table may be used to identify all parties who send or receive notifications. It tracks when each notification was sent and received by each
party.
NOTIFICATION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P NOTIFICATION NOTIFICATION IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the notification
active or valid.
RECEIVED_DATE DATE 7 RECEIVED DATE: the date the notification was received by the party.
RECEIVED_IND VARCHAR2 1 RECEIVED INDICATOR: a yes / no flag indicating that the notification has been
received by the party.
REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 REMARK: general remark about the notification party.
RESPONSE VARCHAR2 240 RESPONSE: Use to capture the reponse of the business associate to the notification.
SERVED_DATE DATE 7 SERVED DATE: the date that the notification was sent to the party.
SERVED_IND VARCHAR2 1 SERVED INDICATOR: a yes / no flag indicating that the notification has been sent
to the party.
Page 526
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: NOTIFICATION

NOTIFICATION: Use this table to capture notifications, such as those made for a land right or a contract (or in some cases, both). You can capture the type of notification
that was made, the obligation that this notification satifies and whether it was served. Additional detail about serving the notification to the appropriate business associates
may be found in the table NOTIF BA.
NOTIFICATION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P NOTIFICATION IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the notification.
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating whether this notification process is
active.
CONTRACT_IND VARCHAR2 1 CONTRACT INDICATOR: a yes / no flag indicating that the notification is for a
contract.
CRITICAL_DATE DATE 7 CRITICAL DATE: the date that the notification must be replied to.
LAND_RIGHT_IND VARCHAR2 1 LAND RIGHT INDICATOR: A yes / no flag indicating that the notification is for a
land right.
LAND_TITLE.
NOTIFICATION_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_NOTIFICATION_TYPE NOTIFICATION TYPE: the type of notification.
OBLIGATION_ID VARCHAR2 20 OBLIGATION OBLIGATION: a condition of commitment on the agreement which must be
fulfilled. There are many types of obligations and the fulfillment of an obligation
may require a change to the agreement. e.g. offset obligation, work commitment,
section 96 etc. Obligations may be financial (rental payments) or non financial
(drilling, reporting etc.)
OBLIGATION_IND VARCHAR2 1 OBLIGATION INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating whether this notification has
resulted in an obligation. If desired, populate the OBLIGATION FK to indicate
which obligation has resulted.
obligation
Page 527
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: NOTIFICATION

SERVED_IND VARCHAR2 1 SERVED INDICATOR: a yes / no flag indicating that the notification has been
served to all necessary parties.
Page 528
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: NOTIFICATION_COMPONENT

NOTIFICATION COMPONENT: This table is used to capture the relationships between notifications and busines objects, such as wells, equipment, documents, seismic sets
and contracts.
NOTIFICATION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P NOTIFICATION NOTIFICATION IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the notification.
object that is associated with a notification.
active.
etc.
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE
information.
classification schemes are availabe, including the UNSPSC code set. Typically,Page 529
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

found in it.
an organization.
working for it.
table.
related incident.
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

NOTIFICATION_COMPONENT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_NOTIFICATION_COMP_TYPE NOTIFICATION COMPONENT TYPE: the type of component that is asssicated
with the notification
obligation
that is captured.
Page 531
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

Page 532
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

SEIS_SURVEY.
description.
permitted to hold.
within a well.
Webster Online)
thesaurus.
Page 533
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

Page 534
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: OBLIG_ALLOW_DEDUCTION

OBLIGATION ALLOWABLE DEDUCTION: deductions that can be made to the gross obligation, based on contractual terms, statutory regulations or legislation or other
terms.
OBLIGATION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P OBLIGATION OBLIGATION: a condition of commitment on the agreement which must be
OBLIGATION_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P OBLIGATION OBLIGATION SEQ NO: Unique identifier for each part or occurrence of an
obligation
ALLOW_DEDUCTION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P ALLOWABLE DEDUCTION ID: Unique identifier for the allowable deduction for
this obligation.
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE_IND: a Y / N flag indicating whether this row of data is currently active.
ALLOW_DEDUCTION_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_DEDUCT_TYPE ALLOWABLE DEDUCTION TYPE: The type of allowable deduction that has been
referenced.
ALLOW_DEDUCT_REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 ALLOWABLE DEDUCTION REMARK: remarks or description of the deduction.
Page 535
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: OBLIG_BA_SERVICE

OBLIGATION BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: indicates associations between obligations and business associates, generally for the fulfillement of work related obligations.
obligation
PROVIDED_BY Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE PROVIDED BY BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: the unique ID for the business associate
who provided the service.
OBLIG_SERVICE_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P OBLIGATION SERVICE SEQUENCE NUMBER: key component added to allow
a Business associate to provide multiple services to fulfill an obligation.
active or valid.
CONTACT_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE CONTACT BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: the identifier for the business associate who
is the contact for this service.
CONTRACT_ID VARCHAR2 20 CONT_PROVISION CONTRACT IDENTIFER: Unique identifier for a contract.
CONTRACT
DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 2000 DESCRIPTION: General description of the service.

END_DATE DATE 7 SERVICE END DATE: the date that the service provided was completed.
PROVIDED_FOR VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE PROVIDED FOR BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: the identifier for the business
associate for whom the service was provided.
PROVISION_ID VARCHAR2 20 CONT_PROVISION PROVISION IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the provision in a contract.
REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 REMARK: General remarks about the service provided.
SERVICE_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_BA_SERVICE_TYPE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE SERVICE TYPE: A valid list of services for a business
Page 536
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: OBLIG_BA_SERVICE

START_DATE DATE 7 SERVICE START DATE: the date that the service provided was started.
Page 537
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: OBLIG_CALC

OBLIGATION CALCULATION: This table is used to capture details about how an obligation is calculated. A vertical table structure allows great flexibility in the types of
calculations that are supported.
obligation
CALCULATION_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P CALCULATION SEQUENCE NUMBER: unique identifier for the calculation of
the obligation. Sequence number allows a calculation requiring multiple rows to be
stored.
active or valid.
CALCULATION_FORMULA VARCHAR2 2000 CALCULATION FORMULA: the formula used for calculating the obligation.
CALCULATION_METHOD VARCHAR2 20 R_OBLIG_CALC_METHOD OBLIGATION CALCULATION METHOD: the method used to calculate the
obligation.
CALCULATION_POINT VARCHAR2 20 R_OBLIG_CALC_POINT OBLIGATION CALCULATION POINT OF DEDUCTION: the point at which the
calculation is taken, such as at the wellhead.
REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 REMARK: narrative remark about the obligation calculation.
Page 538
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: OBLIG_DEDUCT_CALC

OBLIGATION DEDUCTION CALCULATION: This table is used to calculate valid deductions from the payment of an obligation. The vertical nature of the table provides
a great deal of flexibility in the type of calculations that cam be supported.
OBLIGATION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P OBLIG_DEDUCTION OBLIGATION: a condition of commitment on the agreement which must be
OBLIGATION_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P OBLIG_DEDUCTION OBLIGATION SEQ NO: Unique identifier for each part or occurrence of an
obligation
DEDUCTION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P OBLIG_DEDUCTION DEDUCTION ID: unique identifier for the royalty deduction.
CALCULATION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CALCULATION IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the obligation deduction
calculation.
active or valid.
CALCULATION_FORMULA VARCHAR2 2000 CALCULATION FORMULA: text form of the calculation formula used.
CALCULATION_METHOD VARCHAR2 20 R_OBLIG_DEDUCT_CALC OBLIGATION DEDUCTION CALCULATION METHOD: the method used to
calculate the deduction, such as the MIN/MAX method
CALCULATION_POINT VARCHAR2 20 R_OBLIG_CALC_POINT OBLIGATION CALCULATION POINT OF DEDUCTION: the point at which the
calculation is taken, such as at the wellhead.
REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 REMARK: narrative remark about the obligation deduction calculation.
Page 539
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: OBLIG_DEDUCTION

OBLIGATION DEDUCTION: describes a deduction made from an obligation such as a land right royalty payment. This table will be defined in more detail in future
modeling cycles and is subject to change.
OBLIGATION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P OBLIG_ALLOW_DEDUCTION OBLIGATION: a condition of commitment on the agreement which must be
OBLIGATION fulfilled. There are many types of obligations and the fulfillment of an obligation
OBLIGATION_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P OBLIG_ALLOW_DEDUCTION OBLIGATION SEQ NO: Unique identifier for each part or occurrence of an
OBLIGATION obligation
DEDUCTION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P DEDUCTION ID: unique identifier for the royalty deduction.
active or valid.
ALLOW_DEDUCTION_ID VARCHAR2 20 OBLIG_ALLOW_DEDUCTION ALLOWABLE DEDUCTION ID: Unique identifier for the allowable deduction for
this obligation.
DEDUCTION_AMOUNT NUMBER 12, 2 DEDUCTION AMOUNT: Dollar amount to be deducted from royalty payment
DEDUCTION_PERCENT NUMBER 15, 12 DEDUCTION PERCENT: the percent of the total costs for the specified deduction
related to the obligation.
DEDUCT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_DEDUCT_TYPE R DEDUCTION TYPE: the type of decution to be made to a payment, such as tax,
CPP, provincial tax, state tax, federal tax?
MAX_DEDUCTION_ALLOWED NUMBER 12, 2 MAX DEDUCTION ALLOWED: Maximum amount to be deducted for a specific
deduction
ROYALTY_AMOUNT NUMBER 12, 2 ROYALTY AMOUNT: Total amount of royalty payment
Page 540
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: OBLIG_DEDUCTION

Page 541
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: OBLIG_PAY_DETAIL

OBLIGATION PAYMENT DETAIL: breakdown of the detail of how each payment was made. For example, a rental payment may be broken down into multiple payments,
one to each lessor partner. In this case, the percentage of the total payment made out to each partner is tracked.
OBLIGATION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P OBLIG_PAYMENT OBLIGATION: a condition of commitment on the agreement which must be
OBLIGATION_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P OBLIG_PAYMENT OBLIGATION SEQ NO: Unique identifier for each part or occurrence of an
obligation
PAYEE_PAYOR_BA_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE PAYEE PAYOR BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: The identifier for the business associate
OBLIG_PAYMENT who is the payee or payor for the obligation.
PAYEE_PAYOR Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P OBLIG_PAYMENT PAYEE_PAYOR: Whether the Business Associate is a payee of the obligation or a
payor of the obligation.
DETAIL_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P DETAIL ID: Used where each payment (or receipt) may be broken down into splits
or other components)
active or valid.
CHEQUE_NUMBER VARCHAR2 20 CHEQUE NUMBER: Cheque number of obligation payment
DEDUCTION_IND VARCHAR2 1 DEDUCTION IND: An indicator that this portion of payment detail is a deduction
from another payment detail, such as a tax deduction
PAYMENT_AMOUNT NUMBER 12, 2 PAYMENT AMOUNT: Amount of each payment portion
PAYMENT_DATE DATE 7 PAYMENT DATE: Date payment is to be made
PAY_DETAIL_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PAY_DETAIL_TYPE R PAYMENT DETAIL TYPE: may be tax, bank service charge, lessor payment
PERCENT_OF_PAYMENT NUMBER 15, 12 PERCENT OF PAYMENT: The percent of the total payment due the payee, when
there are more than one payees to share an obligation payment.
RATE NUMBER 12, 2 RATE: Rate charged by a jurisdiction per hectare/acre
RATE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE RATE ORIGINAL UNITS OF MEASURE: The original units used, : usually
currency per size, such as Cdn dollars per hectare. Page 542
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: OBLIG_PAY_DETAIL

REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 REMARK: narrative remarks about the obligation payment detail.
Page 543
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: OBLIG_PAYMENT

OBLIGATION PAYMENT: A land right obligation payment is the rental or other payment amount paid by the maintainor to the lessor on behalf of the lessees over the
lifetime of the land right.
OBLIGATION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P OBLIG_SUBSTANCE OBLIGATION: a condition of commitment on the agreement which must be
OBLIGATION fulfilled. There are many types of obligations and the fulfillment of an obligation
OBLIGATION_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P OBLIG_SUBSTANCE OBLIGATION SEQ NO: Unique identifier for each part or occurrence of an
OBLIGATION obligation
PAYEE_PAYOR_BA_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE PAYEE PAYOR BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: The identifier for the business associate
OBLIG_PAYMENT_INSTR who is the payee or payor for the obligation.
PAYEE_PAYOR Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R_OBLIG_PARTY_TYPE PAYEE_PAYOR: Whether the Business Associate is a payee of the obligation or a
payor of the obligation.
active or valid.
CHEQUE_REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 CHEQUE REMARK: The remark which is to be printed on the body of the check,
where the information cannot be easily computed from the data model.
CONTRACT
original value of the transaction in the original currency is obtained
CURRENCY_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE CURRENCY UNITS OF MEASURE:
EFFECTIVE_DATE DATE 7 EFFECTIVE DATE: the date that the obligation payment became effective.
GROSS_COST NUMBER 12, 2 GROSS COST: Total amount of the obligation for this payment.
INVOICE_AMOUNT NUMBER 12, 2 INVOICE AMOUNT: The amount on the invoice submitted for obligation payment.
Note that this may not be the same as the gross or net cost of the obligation.
INVOICE_NUM VARCHAR2 20 INVOICE NUMBER: the number of the invoice that this payment is for.
LAND_RENTAL_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_LAND_RENTAL_TYPE R LAND RENTAL TYPE: delay, annual or shut in payment
NET_COST NUMBER 12, 2 NET COST: net cost of the obligation payment, based on the working interest.
PAYMENT_DUE_DATE DATE 7 PAYMENT DUE DATE: Date payment is to be made
PAYMENT_IND VARCHAR2 1 PAYMENT IND: Indicates the record is for disbursement of payments, rather than
Page 544
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

receipts. Y = payment, n= not payment. Allows the application to track incoming
payments as well as outgoing payments.
PAYMENT_INSTRUCTION_ID VARCHAR2 20 OBLIG_PAYMENT_INSTR PAYMENT INSTRUCTION ID: unique identifier for the payment instructions.
PAYMENT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PAYMENT_TYPE R PAYMENT TYPE: rental, obligation
PAY_METHOD VARCHAR2 20 R_PAY_METHOD R PAYMENT METHOD: direct deposit
PERCENT_OF_GROSS NUMBER 15, 12 PERCENT OF GROSS: Where a payment is made to several partners, the percent of
the gross payment made on this payment to this business associate.
RATE_SCHEDULE_ID VARCHAR2 20 RATE_SCHED_DETAIL RATE and FEE SCHEDULE: A schedule for payments as set up by a business
RATE_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 RATE_SCHED_DETAIL R RATE TYPE: the type of rate charged in this schedule. Examples may include
posting fees, expenses, title search, copy charges, rentals etc.
RECEIPT_IND VARCHAR2 1 RECEIPT IND: Indicates the record is for a receipt of payments made, rather than
disbursed. (y = payment receipt, n = not payment receipt)
RELATED_OBLIGATION_ID VARCHAR2 20 OBLIG_PAYMENT OBLIGATION ID: Unique identifier for each obligation
RELATED_OBLIGATION_SEQ_NO NUMBER 8, 0 OBLIG_PAYMENT OBLIGATION SEQ NO: Unique identifier for each part or occurrence of an
obligation
RELATED_OBLIG_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 OBLIG_PAYMENT RELATED OBLIGATION BUSINESS ASSOCIATE ID: Part of the foreign key for
a related obligation.
RELATED_OBLIG_PAYEE_PAYOR VARCHAR2 20 OBLIG_PAYMENT RELATED OBLIGATION PAYEE PAYOR: part f the foreign key to a related
obligation payment.
REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 REMARK: Narrative remark about the payment of the obligation.
ROYALTY_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_ROYALTY_TYPE R ROYALTY TYPE: a type of royalty, such as gross overriding,
STOP_PAYMENT_IND VARCHAR2 1 STOP PAYMENT IND: Indicator to identify whether payment is to be made or not.
Stop payments can be made when the address for payee is unknown, the payee is in
receivership or in arrears to you etc. Y= payment to be stopped.
SUBSTANCE VARCHAR2 20 OBLIG_SUBSTANCE SUBSTANCE: A substance (organic or inorganic) to which mineral rights apply, or
SUBSTANCE for which land has been leased with the purpose of drilling, mining, refining, or
SUBSTANCE_SEQ_NO NUMBER 8, 0 OBLIG_SUBSTANCE SUBSTANCE SEQUENCE NUMBER: a unique sequence number added to allow
historical information about substances that are allowed to participate in fullfilling
obligations.
Page 545
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

Page 546
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: OBLIG_PAYMENT_INSTR

OBLGATION PAYMENT INSTRUCTIONS: The payment instructions provide directions for direct transfer of funds, banking instructions, and other payment information
necessary for the automted generation of payments.
PAYEE_BA_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business associate, such as a
PAYMENT_INSTRUCTION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PAYMENT INSTRUCTION ID: unique identifier for the payment instructions.
ABA_NUMBER VARCHAR2 30 ABA NUMBER: Number that identifies a bank for automated transfer of funds.
BANK_ADDRESS_OBS_NO NUMBER 8, 0 BA_ADDRESS ADDRESS OBSERVATION NUMBER: A number used to uniquely identifying an
BANK_ADDRESS_SOURCE VARCHAR2 20 BA_ADDRESS BANK ADDRESS SOURCE: part of the foreign key from the BA ADDRESS of the
bank referenced.
BANK_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BA_ADDRESS BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business associate, such as a
BANK_FEE NUMBER 12, 2 BANK FEE: Banks fees charged for this type of payment. Fees may vary for
different customers and for different transaction types.
DEPOSITORY_NUM VARCHAR2 30 DEPOSITORY NUM: Bank account number of payee depository
INVALID_DATE DATE 7 INVALID DATE: Invalid date
PAY_METHOD VARCHAR2 20 R_PAY_METHOD R PAYMENT METHOD: direct deposit
SUSPEND_PAYMENT_IND VARCHAR2 1 SUSPEND PAYMENT IND: Suspension indicator used if payments to this account
are to be suspended for any reason (receivership etc) usually an internal account is
set up to collect payments until a direction to resume payments is received.
SUSPEND_PAYMENT_REASON VARCHAR2 20 R_OBLIG_SUSPEND_PAY SUSPEND PAYMENT REASON: the reason the obligation payment was
suspended, such as bankruptcy etc.
Page 547
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: OBLIG_PAYMENT_INSTR

Page 548
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: OBLIG_PAYMENT_RATE

OBLIGATION PAYMENT RATE: A rate set by regulation and law for Crown or Federal Mineral rights or a negotiated rate on Freehold, Fee Lands, Pan Canadian or First
Nations Mineral Rights.
PAY_RATE_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R_PAY_RATE_TYPE R PAYMENT RATE TYPE: the type of rate that is paid, such as tax or rental
PAYMENT_RATE_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PAYMENT RATE ID: unique identifier for the payment rate.
PAYMENT_RATE NUMBER 12, 2 PAYMENT RATE: Payment rate due, such as $3.50/hectare or $1.00/acre etc. Rate
amount
PAYMENT_RATE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE PAYMENT RATE ORIGINAL UNITS OF MEASURE: The original units used,
May be $/ha or $/acre etc.
RATE_PERCENT NUMBER 15, 12 RATE PERCENT: Percent rate at which the fee is administered, usually tax.
Page 549
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: OBLIG_REMARK

OBLIGATION REMARK: General narrative remarks about the obligation may be stored in this table.
obligation
REMARK_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P REMARK SEQUENCE NUMBR: unique identifier for the remark. Sequence
number allows remarks to be ordered for the obligation.
EFFECTIVE_DATE DATE 7 EFFECTIVE DATE: the date that the association between the obligations became
effective, such as the date that the rental obligation for the lease was assigned to a
subordinate lease component.
MADE_BY_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE MADE BY BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: The unique identifier for the
business associate who made this remark.
REMARK_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_OBLIG_REMARK_TYPE REFERENCE OBLIGATION REMARK TYPE: The type of remark, such as work
obligation fulfillment, general, payment etc.
Page 550
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: OBLIG_SUBSTANCE

OBLIGATION SUBSTANCE: This table is used to capture the substances that are covered by an obligation. Support for take in kind agreements are supported with this
information.
obligation
SUBSTANCE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P SUBSTANCE SUBSTANCE: A substance (organic or inorganic) to which mineral rights apply, or
SUBSTANCE_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P SUBSTANCE SEQUENCE NUMBER: a unique sequence number added to allow
historical information about substances that are allowed to participate in fullfilling
obligations.
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: a yes / no flag indicating that this row of information is
currently active.
EFFECTIVE_DATE DATE 7 EFFECTIVE DATE: the date that the substance was either declared eligible or not
eligible.
EXCLUDED_IND VARCHAR2 1 EXCLUDED INDICATOR: A yes / no flag indicating that this substance is
excluded from eligibility.
INCLUDED_IND VARCHAR2 1 INCLUDED INDICATOR: a yes / no flag indicating that this substance is included
and is eligible.
Page 551
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: OBLIG_TYPE

OBLIGATION TYPE: The type or classification of an obligation. A vertical table is provided to support business requirements that obligations may be described as having
many types.
obligation
LAND_OBLIG_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R_OBLIG_TYPE R LAND OBLIG TYPE: the type of obligation incurred, such as termination notice,
surrendor notice, annual rental
LAND_OBLIG_CATEGORY VARCHAR2 20 R_OBLIG_CATEGORY R LAND OBLIG CATEGORY: may be one of non-payment obligation, rental,
lease or royalty
REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 REMARK: Narrative remark about this type of obligation.
Page 552
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: OBLIG_XREF

OBLIGATION CROSS REFERENCE: This table is added to allow obligations to be associated with related obligations. For example, a rental obligation stipulated for a
lease might be broken down into obligation components associated with subordinate lease segments (granted rights or tracts) to allow the rental cost to be shared
proportionaly among partners. Also will allow tracking of a set of obligation components which are part of a larger obligation, esp for work related.
obligation
OBLIGATION_ID_2 Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P OBLIGATION OBLIGATION ID: Unique identifier for each obligation
OBLIGATION_SEQ_NO_2 Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P OBLIGATION OBLIGATION SEQ NO: Unique identifier for each part or occurrence of an
obligation
XREF_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P OBLIGATION CROSS REFERENCE SEQUENCE NUMBER: A unique sequence
number added to allow obligations to be related for more than one reason.
EFFECTIVE_DATE DATE 7 EFFECTIVE DATE: the date that the association between the obligations became
effective, such as the date that the rental obligation for the lease was assigned to a
subordinate lease component.
OBLIG_XREF_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_OBLIG_XREF_TYPE OBLIGATION CROSS REFERENCE TYPE: the reason the obligations have been
related to each other, such as a lease rental payment that has been allocated to its
subordinate lease components.
Page 553
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: OBLIGATION

OBLIGATION: a condition of commitment on the mineral agreement which must be fulfilled by the lessee. There are many types of obligations and the fulfillment of an
obligation may require a change to the agreement. e.g. offset obligation, work commitment, section 96 etc. Obligations may be financial (rental payments) or non financial
(drilling, reporting etc.) Three sub types of obligation have been defined: rental, lease and royalty.
OBLIGATION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P OBLIGATION ID: Unique identifier for each obligation
OBLIGATION_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P OBLIGATION SEQ NO: Unique identifier for each part or occurrence of an
obligation
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE OBLIGATION INDICATOR: A flag indicating if the obligation is
currently active and must be met. The setting of this flag is determined by conditions
such as whether prior obligations have been met, whether a prerequisite condition
has been fulfilled etc. A query to determine whether the condition has been met (or
an appropriate link) may be placed in the column
POTENTIAL_OBLIGATION_DESC.
obligation.
CONVERTIBLE_IND VARCHAR2 1 CONVERTIBLE INDICATOR: a yes / no flag indicating that the obligation is
convertable to a working interest.
CRITICAL_DATE DATE 7 CRITICAL DATE: Date which an obligation must be fulfilled
DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 240 DESCRIPTION: Description of the obligation or commitment
FULFILLED_DATE DATE 7 FULFILLED DATE: Date on which obligation was fulfilled
FULFILLED_IND VARCHAR2 1 FULFILLED IND: Indicated whether or not obligation has been fulfilled. This may
be used in the case where all rental payments over a five year period have been
made in advance, and indicates that there are no additional obligations to inc ur.
GROSS_OBLIGATION_COST NUMBER 12, 2 GROSS OBLIGATION COST: Total payment amount required to fulfill the
obligation
INSTRUMENT_ID VARCHAR2 20 INSTRUMENT INSTRUMENT ID: Unique identifier for the instrument.
LIABILITY_RELEASE_DATE DATE 7 LIABILITY RELEASE DATE: the date that you are released from liability for this
obligation.
NET_OBLIGATION_COST NUMBER 12, 2 NET OBLIGATION COST: the net cost of the obligation, based on working
Page 554
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

interest.
NOTICE_PERIOD_LENGTH NUMBER 4, 0 NOTICE PERIOD LENGTH: Length of notice period required if this obligation is
to be terminated. If the notice period is not adhered to, the obligation cannot be
terminated without fulfilling it.
NOTICE_PERIOD_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE NOTICE PERIOD ORIGINAL UNITS OF MEASURE: The original units used,
usually days, months or years
OBLIGATION_CATEGORY VARCHAR2 20 R_OBLIG_CATEGORY R OBLIG CATEGORY: may include non-payment obligation, rental, lease or
royalty
OBLIGATION_DURATION NUMBER 4, 0 OBLIGATION DURATION: Length of time for which obligation is applicable
OBLIGATION_DURATION_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE OBLIGATION DURATION ORIGINAL UNITS OF MEASURE: The original
units used, usually days, months or years
OBLIGATION_FREQUENCY VARCHAR2 20 OBLIGATION FREQUENCY: Frequency with which this obligation will be due
(annual, monthly, single)
OBLIGATION_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_OBLIG_TYPE OBLIGATION TYPE: the type of obligation incurred, such as termination notice,
surrendor notice, annual rental
PAYMENT_IND VARCHAR2 1 PAYMENT IND: Indicator to determine if obligation is payment or non-payment
(Y= payment obligation)
PAYMENT_RESPONSIBILITY VARCHAR2 20 R_OBLIG_PAY_RESP OBLIGATION PAYMENT RESPONSIBILITY: Indicates whether the obligation is
paid out entirely by one partner, each partner is responsible for paying only their
share, or whether a third party has been retained to make payments and charge back
to each partner.
PERCENTAGE NUMBER 15, 12 PERCENTAGE: The percentage of the Royalty payment obligation.
POTENTIAL_OBLIGATION_DESC VARCHAR2 2000 POTENTIAL OBLIGATION DESC: Description of the condition or event which
triggers the obligation. Could be an SQL query which queries the database to
determine whether the condition has been met (typically related to cost and
production re venue)
POTENTIAL_OBLIGATION_IND VARCHAR2 1 POTENTIAL OBLIGATION IND: Indicator to identify if it is a potential
obligation. These are not currently obligations, but will become so when the
obligation description has been fulfilled. (Y= potential obligation)
PREPAID_IND VARCHAR2 1 PREPAID IND: Indicates that all royalty obligations have been prepaid
RESP_PARTY_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: the business associate who is responsible for ensuring
this obligation is fulfilled, such as ensuring rents are paid, reports generated etc.
REVIEW_FREQUENCY VARCHAR2 20 REVIEW FREQUENCY: the frequency with which the obligation is reviewed to
determine whether it should be revised. Each revision increases the SEQ NO by one.
ROYALTY_OWNER_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: The business associate who will be paid the royalty
ROYALTY_PAYOR_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: the business associate who is responsible for ensuring
that the royalty is paid. Each payor is tracked seperately in OBLIGATION
Page 555
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

PAYMENT.
ROYALTY_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_ROYALTY_TYPE R ROYALTY TYPE: a type of royalty, such as gross overriding,
START_DATE DATE 7 START DATE: the date on which work to fulfill an obligations started. This could
be when a work program was initiated or when a financial obligation was first paid.
TRIGGER_METHOD VARCHAR2 20 R_OBLIG_TRIGGER OBLIGATION TRIGGER METHOD: The means by which the obligation is
triggered, and becomes active.
WORK_OBLIGATION_DESC VARCHAR2 30 WORK OBLIGATION DESCRIPTION: Reports the numerical and functional
component of the work oblilgation committment. May be DRILL 3 WELLS,
SHOOT 5 SEISMIC LINES, EXPEND $5,000,000 etc. This should be derived from
the LAND OFFERING BIG, if the obligation incurred as a result of land acquisition
through land sale.
Page 556
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: OBLIGATION_COMPONENT

OBLIGATION COMPONENT: Use this table to capture the relationships between the obligation and other business objects, such as land rights, contracts, facilities or wells.
Each row in the table should capture one and only one relationship; use as many rows as needed to capture all relevant relationships.
OBLIGATION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P OBLIGATION OBLIGATION ID: Unique identifier for each obligation
obligation
COMPONENT_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P COMPONENT IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the component associated with
the obligation. Each new FK should be added as a new row of data.
active.
etc.
BA_LICENSEE_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BA_LICENSE LICENSEE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the
BA_LICENSE_ID VARCHAR2 20 BA_LICENSE LICENSE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the approval granted to conduct
BA_SERVICE_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BA_CONSORTIUM_SERVICE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE SERVICE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: the
unique identifier for the business associate to whom services were provided. Could
be a company, consortium etc.
BA_SERVICE_PROVIDER VARCHAR2 20 BA_CONSORTIUM_SERVICE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE SERVICE PROVIDER: Unique identifier for the
business associate who provided the services to another business associate.
BA_SERVICE_SEQ_NO NUMBER 8, 0 BA_CONSORTIUM_SERVICE BA SERVICE SEQUENCE NUMBER: A unique number added to allow a business
associate to provide multiple services for another business associate.
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE VARCHAR2 20 BA_AUTHORITY BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for the business associate.
BA_ORGANIZATION
Page 557
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE
obligation.
information.
COMPONENT_REASON VARCHAR2 20 R_OBLIG_COMP_REASON OBLIGATION COMPONENT REASON: the reason why the component is
associated with the obligation. For example, seismic data may be acquired to satisfy
the terms of an obligation, a contract may govern the management of an obligation
or a document may provide a record of the obligation.
CONTRACT_EXTENSION_ID VARCHAR2 20 CONT_EXTENSION CONTRACT EXTENSION IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the contract
extension.
CONTRACT_ID VARCHAR2 20 CONT_BA_SERVICE CONTRACT ID: Unique identifier for the contract table.
CONT_EXTENSION
CONT_PROVISION
CONTRACT
CONTRACT_PROVISION_ID VARCHAR2 20 CONT_PROVISION PROVISION IDENTIFIER: Unique code identifying the provision in the contract.
CONT_SERVICE_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 CONT_BA_SERVICE CONTRACT SERVICE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: unique number
added to allow a business associate to provide more than one service to a contract.
Page 558
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

CONT_SERVICE_SEQ_NO NUMBER 8, 0 CONT_BA_SERVICE CONTRACT SERVICE SEQUENCE NUMBER: a unique number added to allow a
business associate to provide more than one service for a contract.
CRITICAL_DATE DATE 7 CRITICAL DATE: Date which an obligation must be fulfilled
DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 240 DESCRIPTION: Description of the obligation or commitment
found in it.
an organization.
working for it.
table.
FACILITY_ID VARCHAR2 20 FACILITY_BA_SERVICE FACILITY ID: Number or code uniquely identifying the Facility.
FACILITY_LICENSE
FACILITY
FACILITY_SERVICE_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 FACILITY_BA_SERVICE FACILITY SERVICE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: unique identifier
for the business associate who provided a service for the facility.
FACILITY_SERVICE_SEQ_NO NUMBER 8, 0 FACILITY_BA_SERVICE FACILITY SERVICE SEQUENCE NUMBER: A unique number added to allow a
business associate to provide more than one service for a facility.
FACILITY_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 FACILITY_BA_SERVICE FACILITY TYPE: The type of facility that is described in this row of data, such as
FACILITY_LICENSE pipeline, tank, battery etc. This value is managed by check constraint and may only
FACILITY be equal to the name of one of the valid subtypes.
FULFILLED_DATE DATE 7 FULFILLED DATE: Date on which obligation was fulfilled
FULFILLED_IND VARCHAR2 1 FULFILLED IND: Indicated whether or not obligation has been fulfilled. This may
be used in the case where all rental payments over a five year period have been
Page 559
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

made in advance, and indicates that there are no additional obligations to inc ur.
FULFILLED_REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 FULFILLED REMARK: narrative comments about how the obligation was
fulfilled.
related incident.
LAND_COST_ID VARCHAR2 20 COST ID: unique identifier for each land right cost.
LAND_OFFERING_BID_ID VARCHAR2 20 LAND_SALE_BID LAND OFFERING BID: Unique identifier for a bid. Within the bid, individual
LAND_RIGHT_ID VARCHAR2 20 LAND_BA_SERVICE LAND RIGHT ID: Unique Identifier for the land right. A land right is the rights you
LAND_RIGHT have to land, regardless of how obtained. It may be owned outright, rented, aquired
LAND_RIGHT_TYPE VARCHAR2 30 LAND_BA_SERVICE LAND RIGHT TYPE: column indicating the type of land right. Must be one of the
LAND_RIGHT valid subtypes: LAND TITLE, LAND UNIT, LAND UNIT TRACT, LAND
LAND_SALE_BID_SET_ID VARCHAR2 20 LAND_SALE_BID_SET LAND SALE BID SET: the entity is used when bids placed on land offerings are
grouped according to some requirement. A company may group bids to support a
specific play or project at a company, or financially, or organizationally. This table
tracks the set or group of bids. Use LAND SALE BID SET BID to relate the set to
individual bids.
LAND_SALE_JURISDICTION VARCHAR2 20 LAND_SALE_BID BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for the jurisdiction that is managing the
LAND_SALE
LAND_SALE_OFFERING_ID VARCHAR2 20 LAND_SALE_BID LAND SALE OFFERING IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the parcel of land in
the land sale offering.
Page 560
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

LAND_SERVICE_PROVIDED_BY VARCHAR2 20 LAND_BA_SERVICE PROVIDED BY BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business
LAND_SERVICE_SEQ_NO NUMBER 8, 0 LAND_BA_SERVICE BA SERVICE OBS NO: A unique number added to allow a business associate to
provide multiple services to a LAND RIGHT.
LR_TERMINATION_ID VARCHAR2 20 LAND_TERMINATION LR TERMINATION ID: Unique identifier for a particular termination
LR_TERMINATION_SEQ_NO NUMBER 8, 0 LAND_TERMINATION LR TERMINATION ID: Unique identifier for a particular termination
OBLIGATION_COMPONENT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_OBLIG_COMPONENT_TYPE OBLIGATION COMPONENT TYPE: Type of component for this row of data.
that is captured.
within a well.
Page 561
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

SEIS_LICENSE_ID VARCHAR2 20 SEIS_LICENSE SEIS LICENSE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the seismic license.
SEIS_POINT_FLOW_ID VARCHAR2 20 SEIS_POINT_FLOW FLOW IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for this occurence of flowing from a seismic
point.
SEIS_POINT_ID VARCHAR2 16 SEIS_POINT_FLOW SEISMIC POINT ID: Unique identifier for each seismic point
SEIS_SERVICE_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 SEIS_BA_SERVICE SEISMIC SET SERVICE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: the unique identifier for the
business associate who provided the service. Part of the SEIS BA SERVICE Fk.
SEIS_SERVICE_SEQ_NO NUMBER 8, 0 SEIS_BA_SERVICE SEISMIC SERVICE SEQUENCE NUMBER: a unique number allowing the same
BA to provide more than one service for a seismic set.
SEIS_BA_SERVICE Valid types of seismic sets include SEIS_LINE, SEIS_3D, SEIS_SEGMENT and
SEIS_POINT_FLOW SEIS_SURVEY.
SEIS_SET
SEIS_BA_SERVICE between the SEIS SET supertype and its valid sub types. Values for this column
SEIS_POINT_FLOW must be the name of the table that is the valid sub type for this row of data. Valid
SEIS_SET entries include SEIS_LINE, SEIS_SEGMENT, SEIS_SURVEY, SEIS_PLAN,
SEIS_WELL, SEIS_PROC_SET, SEIS_INTERP_SET or SEIS_3D. Page 562
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

SEIS_TRANSACTION_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 SEIS_TRANSACTION SEIS TRANSACTION TYPE: The type of seismic transaction, such as sale,
licensing, farm in etc.
description.
permitted to hold.
Webster Online)
thesaurus.
WELL_BA_SERVICE
WELL_LICENSE
WELL
Page 563
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

WELL_LICENSE_ID VARCHAR2 20 WELL_LICENSE WELL LICENSE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the well license
WELL_LICENSE_SOURCE VARCHAR2 20 WELL_LICENSE WELL LICENSE SOURCE: Unique identifier for the source of the well license
data.
WELL_SERVICE_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 WELL_BA_SERVICE WELL SERVICE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the
business associate who provided this service for the well.
WELL_SERVICE_SEQ_NO NUMBER 8, 0 WELL_BA_SERVICE WELL SERVICE SEQUENCE NUMBER: A unique number added to allow the
business associate to provide more than one service to the well. part of the WELL
BA SERVICE FK
WORK_ORDER_DELIVERY_ID VARCHAR2 20 WORK_ORDER_DELIVERY DELIVERY IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a delivery of a work order, either
in total or as a partial delivery. Deliveries may be sent by the service company or
recieived by the service company from another party. The sending or receiving
company is indicated through the FK from WORK ORDER BA.
WORK_ORDER_ID VARCHAR2 20 WORK_ORDER_DELIVERY WORK ORDER IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the work order.
WORK_ORDER
Page 564
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PALEO_ABUND_QUALIFIER

PALEO ABUNDANCE QUALIFIER: a qualifier that is added to an identification of the abundance of a fossil or its interpretation.
QUALIFIER_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PALEONTOLOGICAL ABUNDANCE QUALIFIER IDENTIFIER: Unique
identifier for a paleontological abundance qualifier.
active.
QUALIFIER_CODE VARCHAR2 12 PALEO OBSERVATION QUALIFIER CODE: a codd that is added to an
identification of a fossil or its interpretation. Can include values such as AT, IN etc.
QUALIFIER_NAME VARCHAR2 255 PALEO ABUNDANCE QUALIFIER: a qualifier that is added to an identification
of a fossil or its interpretation. Can include values such as AT, IN etc.
Page 565
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PALEO_ABUND_SCHEME

PALEO ABUNDANCE SCHEME: this table contains the denormalized information about schemes that are used to measure relative abundance and the scores that are
associated with the schemes.
SCHEME_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PALEO OBSERVATION SCHEME: Unique identifier for a scheme that is used to
measure realtive abundance of fossils in analysis.
ABUND_QUALIFIER_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PALEO_ABUND_QUALIFIER PALEONTOLOGICAL ABUNDANCE QUALIFIER IDENTIFIER: Unique
identifier for a paleontological abundance qualifier.
active.
MAX_COUNT NUMBER 6, 0 MAXIMUM COUNT: the upper value in the range that is included in this
abundence qualifier for the scheme.
MIN_COUNT NUMBER 6, 0 MINIMUM COUNT: the lower value in the range that is included in this abundence
qualifier for the scheme.
SCHEME_OWNER_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE SCHEME OWNER BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for
the business associate who is the owner of this abundance scheme.
Page 566
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PALEO_CLIMATE

PALEONTOLOGICAL CLIMATE: The average state or typical conditions of climate during some past geological period.
CLIMATE_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CLIMATE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the climate.
active.
CLIMATE_NAME VARCHAR2 255 PALEO CLIMATE NAME: Full name given to the climate
CLIMATE_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_CLIMATE CLIMATE: a type of environmental climate that existed in past or exists today.
Page 567
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PALEO_CONFIDENCE

PALEO CONFIDENCE: This table indicates the certainty in a paleontological interpretation, such as the identification of a fossil, ecozone definition etc.
CONFIDENCE_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CONFIDENCE IDENTIFER A Unique identifier for the code associated with
confidence of a paleontological event or pick, such as positive, doubtful etc. In some
companies, numeric codes are assigned.
active.
CONFIDENCE_CODE VARCHAR2 12 CONFIDENCE CODE: A code associated with confidence of a paleontological
event or pick, such as positive, doubtful etc. In some companies, numeric codes are
assigned.
CONFIDENCE_NAME VARCHAR2 30 CONFIDENCE NAME: Full name assigned to the confidenct.
CONFIDENCE_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_CONFIDENCE_TYPE CONFIDENCE TYPE: the type of confidence that is associated with this value. For
biostratigraphic analysis, could be confidence in any of the values provided such as
the species identification, the diversity count etc.
Page 568
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PALEO_FOSSIL_IND

PALEO FOSSIL PALEO INDICATOR: A set of indicator types typically generated during fossil analysis and interpretation. Can include youngest, oldest, deepest,
reworked, out of place, etc.
PALEO_SUMMARY_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PALEO_FOSSIL_LIST PALEO SUMMARY IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the paleo summary report
that is captured.
FOSSIL_DETAIL_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PALEO_FOSSIL_LIST FOSSIL DETAIL ID: An identifier used to group sets of fossil identifications based
on a business rule. For example, a new ID may be created each time a new sample is
analyzed.
FOSSIL_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PALEO_FOSSIL_LIST FOSSIL IDENTIFIER: Unique Identifier for a fossil.
INDICATOR_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P MARKER IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the marker information.
active or valid.
INDICATOR_DESC VARCHAR2 2000 ANOMALY DESCRIPTION: Textual description of the anomaly found here.
INDICATOR_IND VARCHAR2 1 MARKER INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating that this indicator has been turned
on. Means that the fossil is the Oldest, youngest, reworked etc.
INDICATOR_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PALEO_IND_TYPE PALEO INDICATOR TYPE: A set of indicator types typically generated during
fossil analysis and interpretation. Can inlude youngest, oldest, deepest, reworked,
out of place, etc.
REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 REMARK: narrative remarks about this indicator.
Page 569
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PALEO_FOSSIL_INTERP

PALEO FOSSIL INTERPRETATION: This table lists the fossils that were used to support the interpretation in PALEO INTERP.
PALEO_INTERP that is captured.
DETAIL_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PALEO_INTERP DETAIL IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for this portion of the detail in the
summary report.
analyzed.
active.
Page 570
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PALEO_FOSSIL_LIST

PALEO FOSSIL LIST: this table provides a list of all the fossils identified during analysis, grouped using FOSSIL DETAIL ID based on a business grouping, such as a
sample.
PALEO_SUMMARY_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PALEO_SUMMARY PALEO SUMMARY IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the paleo summary report
that is captured.
FOSSIL_DETAIL_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P FOSSIL DETAIL ID: An identifier used to group sets of fossil identifications based
analyzed.
ABUNDANCE_COUNT NUMBER 10, 5 ABUNDANCE COUNT: The number of specimens found for this fossil relative to
this record (usually for a sample).
ABUNDANCE_QUALIFIER_ID VARCHAR2 20 PALEO OBSERVATION QUALIFIER ID: Unique identifier for this
paleontological qualifier. These are further constrained by a qualifier type. A
qualifier that is added to an identification of a fossil or its interpretation. Can include
values such as AT, IN etc.
active or valid.
CONFIDENCE_ID VARCHAR2 20 PALEO_CONFIDENCE CONFIDENCE IDENTIFER A Unique identifier for the code associated with
DEPTH NUMBER 10, 5 DEPTH: the depth at which this observation was made.
FOSSIL_COLOR VARCHAR2 20 R_FOS_COLOR FOSSIL COLOR INDEX: the color of the fossil identified in analysis. The color of
the fossil can vary depending on environmental conditions.
LITH_SAMPLE_ID VARCHAR2 20 LITH_SAMPLE LITHOLOGIC SAMPLE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a lithologic sample
ONTOGENY_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_ONTOGENY_TYPE ONTOGENY TYPE: The early life history of an organism, i.e., the subsequent
stages it passes from the zygote to the mature adult.
PALEO_ANALYST_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE PALEONTOLOGICAL ANALYSIS BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFER:
Unique identifier for the business associate who did the analysis of the fossils.
PHYSICAL_ITEM_ID VARCHAR2 20 RM_PHYSICAL_ITEM PHYSICAL ITEM IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a physical item that has been
placed in storage and then retrieved for this analysis. In this case, the item would
likely be a slide or lithologic sample.
PREFERRED_IND VARCHAR2 1 PREFERRED INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating that this observation is to be
used for calculations by default.
PRESERVATION_QUALITY VARCHAR2 20 R_PRESERVE_QUALITY PRESERVATION QUALITY TYPE: the quality of preservation for the samples
Page 571
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PALEO_FOSSIL_LIST

used.
PRESERVATION_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PRESERVE_TYPE PRESERVATION TYPE: the type of preservation for a lithologic fossil, such as
abraded, crushed, broken, pyritized etc.
SLIDE_LOC_X VARCHAR2 20 SLIDE LOCATION X POSITION: The slide location X and Y positions are used to
indicate where on the slide the anlaysis was taken from.
SLIDE_LOC_Y VARCHAR2 20 SLIDE LOCATION Y POSITION: The slide location X and Y positions are used to
indicate where on the slide the anlaysis was taken from.
SLIDE_NUM VARCHAR2 20 SLIDE NUMBER: the number given to the slide used in this analysis. If desired, can
relate directly back to the RM module through the FK to RM_PHYSICAL_ITEM.
This can be used as a simple reference to the slide number for query convenience,
but this information should be replicated in the RM module.
TAI_ID VARCHAR2 20 PALEO_THERMAL_ALT_IND THERMAL ALTERATION INDEX IDENTIFIER: The unique identifier for this
thermal alternation index.
TYPE_FOSSIL_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PALEO_TYPE_FOSSIL PALEO FOSSIL TYPE: The type of type fossil identified such as holotype - first
documented occurrence of this fossil in the literature, Paratype - when you add detail
from other specimens, neotype - when the holotype has been lost and this is a
replacement for study.
Page 572
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PALEO_FOSSIL_OBS

PALEO FOSSIL LIST OBSERVATION: this table provides a list of all the observataions about fossils identified during analysis, such as first, last, youngest, oldest, deepest
etc.
that is captured.
analyzed.
OBSERVATION_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P OBSERVATION OBS NO: Unique identifier for each part or occurrence of an
observation.
active or valid.
FOSSIL_OBS_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_FOS_OBS_TYPE FOSSIL OBSERVATION TYPE: The type of observation that is recorded, such as
lithology, structure, fossil condition etc.
OBSERVATION VARCHAR2 2000 OBSERVATIONS: Text based remarks or observations made during analysis of this
fossil.
Page 573
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PALEO_INTERP

PALEONTOLOGICAL INTERPRETATION: this table summarizes the interpretations made for the report. Each row is used to identify the assemblage, ecozone, lithology,
relative lithostratigraphic or chronostratigraphic units interpreted to be found.
that is captured.
DETAIL_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P DETAIL IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for this portion of the detail in the
summary report.
active or valid.
BASE_MD NUMBER 10, 5 BASE MEASURED DEPTH: the lower measured depth for this detail record.
CLIMATE_ID VARCHAR2 20 PALEO_CLIMATE CLIMATE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the climate
DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 2000 DESCRIPTION: a text based description of this detail.
ECOZONE_CONFIDENCE_ID VARCHAR2 20 PALEO_CONFIDENCE CONFIDENCE IDENTIFER A Unique identifier for the code associated with
found in it.
ECOZONE_QUALIFIER_ID VARCHAR2 20 PALEO_OBS_QUALIFIER PALEO OBSERVATION QUALIFIER ID: Unique identifier for this
FROM_REL_STRAT_NAME_SET_ID VARCHAR2 20 STRAT_UNIT FROM RELATIVE STRAT NAME SET IDENTIFIER: a component of the unique
identifier for the stratigraphic unit that is the starting point for the chronlogical
equivalent of the assemblage identified.
FROM_REL_STRAT_UNIT_ID VARCHAR2 20 STRAT_UNIT FROM RELATIVE STRAT UNIT IDENTIFIER: a component of the unique
identifier for the stratigraphic unit that is the starting point for the chronlogical
FROM_STRAT_NAME_SET_ID VARCHAR2 20 STRAT_UNIT FROM STRATIGRAPHIC NAME SET IDENTIFIER: Part of the primary key for
the starting point of the stratigraphic unit that is represented by this detail portion of
the summary.
FROM_STRAT_UNIT_ID VARCHAR2 20 STRAT_UNIT FROM STRATIGRAPHIC UNIT IDENTIFIER: Part of the primary key for the
starting point of the stratigraphic unit that is represented by this detail portion of the
summary.
INTERP_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PALEO_INTERP_TYPE PALEO INTERPRETATION TYPE: the type of interpreted inforamtion contained,
such as an age boundary, change boundary, age zone etc.
LITHOLOGY_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_LITHOLOGY LITHOLOGY TYPE: This reference table describes the major lithologic types.Page
For 574
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PALEO_INTERP

example sandstone, limestone, dolomite or shale.
LITH_STRUCTURE VARCHAR2 20 R_LITH_STRUCTURE LITHOLOGIC STRUCTURE: Type of sedimentary or other rock structure
PALEO_CONFIDENCE_ID VARCHAR2 20 PALEO_CONFIDENCE CONFIDENCE IDENTIFER A Unique identifier for the code associated with
PALEO_QUALIFIER_ID VARCHAR2 20 PALEO_OBS_QUALIFIER PALEO OBSERVATION QUALIFIER ID: Unique identifier for this
PREFERRED_IND VARCHAR2 1 PREFERRED INDICATOR: a Y/N flag indicating that this row of data is to be used
by default for reports etc.
TAI_ID VARCHAR2 20 PALEO_THERMAL_ALT_IND THERMAL ALTERATION INDEX IDENTIFIER: The unique identifier for this
TOP_MD NUMBER 10, 5 TOP MEASURED DEPTH: the upper measured depth for this detail record.
TO_REL_STRAT_NAME_SET_ID VARCHAR2 20 STRAT_UNIT TO RELATIVE STRAT NAME SET IDENTIFIER: a component of the unique
identifier for the stratigraphic unit that is the ending point for the chronlogical
TO_REL_STRAT_UNIT_ID VARCHAR2 20 STRAT_UNIT TO RELATIVE STRAT UNIT IDENTIFIER: a component of the unique identifier
for the stratigraphic unit that is the ending point for the chronlogical equivalent of
the assemblage identified.
TO_STRAT_NAME_SET_ID VARCHAR2 20 STRAT_UNIT TO STRATIGRAPHIC NAME SET IDENTIFIER: Part of the primary key for the
ending point of the stratigraphic unit that is represented by this detail portion of the
summary.
TO_STRAT_UNIT_ID VARCHAR2 20 STRAT_UNIT TO STRATIGRAPHIC UNIT IDENTIFIER: Part of the primary key for the ending
point of the stratigraphic unit that is represented by this detail portion of the
summary.
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PALEO_OBS_QUALIFIER

PALEO OBSERVATION QUALIFIER: a qualifier that is added to an identification of a fossil or its interpretation. Can include values such as AT, IN etc.
QUALIFIER_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PALEO OBSERVATION QUALIFIER ID: Unique identifier for this
active.
QUALIFIER_CODE VARCHAR2 12 PALEO OBSERVATION QUALIFIER CODE: a code that is added to an
QUALIFIER_LONG_NAME VARCHAR2 255 PALEO OBSERVATION QUALIFIER NAME a name that is added to an
QUALIFIER_OWNER VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE QUALIFIER OWNER: unique identifier for the business associate who owns this
alias.
QUALIFIER_SHORT_NAME VARCHAR2 30 QUALIFIER SHORT NAME
QUALIFIER_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_QUALIFIER_TYPE QUALIFIER TYPE: the type of qualifier, relative to the qualifier described. Could
be a diversity qualifier, species qualifier etc.
Page 576
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PALEO_SUM_AUTHOR

PALEO SUMMARY AUTHOR; This table tracks the authors of a paleontological report. May include corporate, technical, scientific authors.
that is captured.
AUTHOR_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P AUTHOR IDENTIFER: Unique identifier for the author of a report.
active.
AUTHOR_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE AUTHOR BUSINESS ASSOCIATE ID: the unique identifier for the person,
company or organization that was an author of this paleo summary.
AUTHOR_DESC VARCHAR2 240 AUTHOR DESCRIPTION: A text field that can be used to describe the authors,
possibly as a single unvalidated data string.
AUTHOR_SEQ_NO NUMBER 8, 0 AUTHOR SEQUENCE NUMBER: this column is used to order the authors
appropriately as indicated in the report. Senior authors are usually listed first.
AUTHOR_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_AUTHOR_TYPE AUTHOR TYPE: the type of author of a document or other product. Could be who
the product was created for, the company that created it, the person who created it,
the scientist who was in charge etc.
Page 577
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PALEO_SUM_COMP

PALEO SUMMARY COMPONENT; Lists all the components that are associated with the report, such as lithologic samples, items stored in the records management module
etc.
that is captured.
PALEO_COMPONENT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PALEO SUMMARY COMPONENT IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the paleo
summary Component that is associated with the paleo summary. This could be one
well or a group of wells (as in a regional report), stratigraphic field stations,
geographic areas or all of the above.
active.
etc.
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE
information.
Page 578
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

found in it.
ECOZONE_SET_ID VARCHAR2 20 ECOZONE_SET ECOZONE SET IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a set of ecozone definitions
that are used by an organization such as the MMS or E and P company.
an organization.
working for it.
table.
Page 579
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

related incident.
obligation Page 580
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

PALEO_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PAL_SUM_COMP_TYPE PALEO SUMMARY COMPONENT TYPE: the type of component that is
asssicated with the paleo summary
within a well.
Page 581
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

SEIS_SURVEY.
description.
permitted to hold.
support facility provides operational support for activities. These facilities may Page 582
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

Webster Online)
thesaurus.
WELL
Page 583
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PALEO_SUM_INTERVAL

PALEO SUMMARY INTERVAL; An interval defined for the summary, usually when for a survey done in a well bore.
that is captured.
INTERVAL_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P INTERVAL IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for an interval.
active or valid.
BASE_DEPTH NUMBER 10, 5 BASE DEPTH: the depth at the base of the paleo summary interval.
BASE_DEPTH_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE
INTERVAL_DESC VARCHAR2 240 INTERVAL DESCRIPTION: Textual description of the interval that has been
reviewed or studied.
TOP_DEPTH NUMBER 10, 5 TOP DEPTH: The top or upper depth of the interval that was studied.
TOP_DEPTH_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE
Page 584
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PALEO_SUM_SAMPLE

PALEO SUMMARY SAMPLE: Used to associate information in the paleo summary with the lithologic samples used.
that is captured.
active or valid.
DIVERSITY_COUNT NUMBER 6, 0 DIVERSITY COUNT: a count of the number of species identified in this sample
during this analysis.
FIRST_SAMPLE_IND VARCHAR2 1 FIRST SAMPLE INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating whether this is the first
sample in the paleo summary.
LAST_SAMPLE_IND VARCHAR2 1 LAST SAMPLE INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating that this is the last sample
studied in the paleo summary.
Page 585
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PALEO_SUM_XREF

PALEO SUMMARY CROSS REFERENCE: this table is used to capture relationships between reports, such as regional reports that are compiled from many well or
measured section based reports.
PALEO_SUMMARY_ID1 Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PALEO_SUMMARY PALEO SUMMARY IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the paleo summary report
that is captured.
PALEO_SUMMARY_ID2 Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PALEO_SUMMARY PALEO SUMMARY IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the paleo summary report
that is captured.
active.
PALEO_XREF_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PAL_SUM_XREF_TYPE PALEO SUMMARY CROSS REFERENCE TYPE: the type of cross reference
between paleo summaries; could include reports that are included in another, reports
that supplement or replace others or reports that are simply different versions
(although we dont recommend that you store draft copies in your database).
Page 586
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PALEO_SUMMARY

PALEO SUMMARY: Header information for the Paleontological study that was done.
PALEO_SUMMARY_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PALEO SUMMARY IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the paleo summary report
that is captured.
ACCESS_CONDITION VARCHAR2 20 R_ACCESS_CONDITION ACCESS CONDITION: textual description of the conditions to be met for someone
to obtain access to this data.
active.
ANALYSIS_END_DATE DATE 7 ANALYSIS END DATE: Date on which this analysis was completed or ended.
ANALYSIS_START_DATE DATE 7 ANALYSIS START DATE: the date that this analysis was started.
CONFIDENTIAL_IND VARCHAR2 1 CONFIDENTIAL INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating that this paleo summary
(this row of data and its subordinates) is confidential.
CONFIDENTIAL_REASON VARCHAR2 20 R_CONFIDENTIAL_REASON CONFIDENTIAL REASON; The reason why a paleontological summary is
confidential, usually either for corporate security or regulatory restrictions.
CONFIDENTIAL_RELEASE_DATE DATE 7 CONFIDENTIALITY RELEASE DATE: The date that this report will no longer be
confidential.
CONFIDENTIAL_TERM VARCHAR2 240 CONFIDENTIALITY TERM: the period of time that this paleo summary is to
remain confidential.
CONFIDENTIAL_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_CONFIDENTIAL_TYPE CONFIDENTIAL TYPE: The type of confidentiality assigned, such as accessible
with permission from a manager, employees only, no access to anyone etc.
DIVERSITY_COUNT NUMBER 12, 3 DIVERSITY COUNT: a count of the number of different species identified.
PRESERVATION_QUALITY VARCHAR2 20 R_PRESERVE_QUALITY PRESERVATION QUALITY TYPE: the quality of preservation for the samples
used.
REFERENCE_NUM VARCHAR2 60 REFERENCE NUMBER: identifying number or code given to the report.
REPORT_DATE DATE 7 REPORT DATE: The date on the report. In some cases, this may be the same as the
ANALYSIS_END_DATE but most often the report is written after the analysis is
completed.
REPORT_TITLE VARCHAR2 240 REPORT TITLE: The full title given to this report or summary.
TOTAL_SAMPLE_INTERVAL NUMBER 10, 5 TOTAL SAMPLE INTERVAL: The total interval over which samples taken for this
analysis were taken.
TOTAL_SAMPLE_INTERVAL_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE
Page 587
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PALEO_SUMMARY

Page 588
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PALEO_THERMAL_ALT_IND

THERMAL ALTERATION INDEX: One of various indices employed to determine what temperature the rock has attained during its history. For example, a conodont
alteration index uses the changes in color which occur in its apatitic composition to determine the temperatures reached, and assess the rocks thermal maturation.
TAI_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P THERMAL ALTERATION INDEX IDENTIFIER: The unique identifier for this
active.
SOURCE_DOCUMENT VARCHAR2 20 SOURCE_DOCUMENT SOURCE DOCUMENT: the document or publication in which this thermal
alteration index has been described.
TAI_CODE VARCHAR2 12 THERMAL ALTERATION INDEX CODE: identification code given to the
thermal alteration index.
TAI_COLOR VARCHAR2 20 R_FOS_TAI_COLOR THERMAL ALTERATION INDEX COLOR: the name of the color assigned to the
thermal alteration index.
TAI_NAME VARCHAR2 30 THERMAL ALTERATION INDEX NAME: common name given to the thermal
alteration index.
Page 589
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PDEN

PRODUCTION ENTITY: This table represents any entity for which product ion could be reported against. This entity could be physical installations such as a production
well string, a spatial construct such as lease or reservoir or it could be an organizational concept such as business unit.
PDEN_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 40 P PRODUCTION ENTITY IDENTIFIER: An identifier that is unique within a
PDEN_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 30 P PRODUCTION ENTITY TYPE: the type of production entity may be equal to one
active.
CURRENT_PROD_STR_NAME VARCHAR2 60 CURRENT PROD STRING NAME: Name assigned to the production string: e.g., a
special name or one derived from the name of the property with which the
production string is associated.
CURRENT_STATUS_DATE DATE 7 CURRENT STATUS DATE: Date of the current status for the production entity.
CURRENT_WELL_STR_NUMBER VARCHAR2 20 CURRENT WELL STR NUMBER: A modifying designator assigned to a well
production string and may be associated with the string name; e.g., Jones # 1; B-1.
ENHANCED_RECOVERY_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_ENHANCED_REC_TYPE ENHANCED RECOVERY TYPE: Type of method used for enhanced recovery of
petroleum substances.
GEOGRAPHIC_REGION VARCHAR2 20 Z_R_GEOGRAPHIC_REGION GEOGRAPHIC REGION: The geographic area in which the well is located. For
example: Mackenzie River Delta, Western Canada, North Sea
GEOLOGIC_PROVINCE VARCHAR2 20 Z_R_GEOLOGIC_PROVINCE GEOLOGIC_PROVINCE: A region with similar geologic features. For example:
Western Canada Sedimentary Basin, Cordilleran Orogen
this entity.
entity.
LAST_REPORTED_DATE DATE 7 LAST REPORTED DATE: The date that a production report was last submittedPage
for 590
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PDEN

this entity.
LOCATION_DESC VARCHAR2 40 LOCATION DESCRIPTION: The reported location of a production reporting
entity.
LOCATION_DESC_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_LOCATION_DESC_TYPE LOCATION DESCRIPTION TYPE: The type of location description. For example
- Dominion Land Survey (DLS), Congressional, or NTS.
entity.
PDEN_NAME VARCHAR2 60 PDEN NAME: Name assigned to the production entity. This may be the legal or
PDEN_SHORT_NAME VARCHAR2 30 PDEN SHORT NAME: Common short name used for the production entity.
PDEN_STATUS VARCHAR2 20 R_PDEN_STATUS PDEN STATUS: The operational state of the production entity.
PDEN_STATUS_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PDEN_STATUS PDEN STATUS TYPE: A reference table identifying the type of status, such as the
operational status, the financial status, the legal status, the eligibility status etc.
PLOT_NAME VARCHAR2 20 PLOT NAME: Name alias used when plotting the production entity on a map.
PLOT_SYMBOL VARCHAR2 20 R_PLOT_SYMBOL PLOT SYMBOL: A character or symbol used to represent a well. This may be used
in a particular mapping package coding scheme, or as a pointer to other application
dependent files.
PRIMARY_PRODUCT VARCHAR2 20 PRODUCT PRODUCT TYPE: A reference table identifying the type of product (fluid) such as
PRODUCTION_METHOD VARCHAR2 20 R_PRODUCTION_METHOD PRODUCTION_METHOD: REFERENCE PRODUCTION METHOD: The
method of product ion. For example swabbing, flowing, pumping or gas lift.
PROPRIETARY_IND VARCHAR2 1 PROPRIETARY INDICATOR: Indicates whether data is avaiable for public
distribution or viewing.
in Canada
REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 REMARK: Comments about the production entity.
STATE_OR_FEDERAL_WATERS VARCHAR2 20 STATE OR FEDERAL WATERS: Code indicating if the well is producing in state
or federal waters.
STRING_SERIAL_NUMBER VARCHAR2 20 STRING SERIAL NUMBER: Number assigned by a regulatory agency (usually) to
Page 591
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PDEN

identify a producing string.
Page 592
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PDEN_ALLOC_FACTOR

PRODUCTION ENTITY ALLOCATION FACTOR: This table represents a factor used in calculations to allocate production from one entity to another .
FROM_PDEN_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 40 P PDEN PRODUCTION ENTITY IDENTIFIER: An identifier that is unique within a
FROM_PDEN_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 30 P PDEN PRODUCTION ENTITY TYPE: The type of entity that is reporting product ion
such as well string, lease, operator, etc.
FROM_PDEN_SOURCE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PDEN SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated as the
TO_PDEN_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 40 P PDEN PRODUCTION ENTITY IDENTIFIER: An identifier that is unique within a
TO_PDEN_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 30 P PDEN PRODUCTION ENTITY TYPE: The type of entity that is reporting product ion
such as well string, lease, operator, etc.
TO_PDEN_SOURCE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PDEN SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated as the
ALLOCATION_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P ALLOCATION OBSERVATION NUMBER: a unique number assigned to an
allocation factor, allowing them to be versioned over time. This column replaces
DATE, which was previously part of the primary key for this table.
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating whether this allocation factor is
currently in effect.
ACTIVITY_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_ACTIVITY_TYPE REFERENCE ACTIVITY: A reference table identifying the type of activity that
caused the movement of fluids to occur such as production, injection, flaring, sales,
etc.
ALLOCATION_FACTOR NUMBER 10, 5 ALLOCATION FACTOR: A factor that is used in calculations to allocate
production from one entity to another.
ALLOCATION_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_ALLOCATION_TYPE ALLOCATION FACTOR TYPE: The type of allocation factor that is used in
calculations to attribute (allocate) a measured movement of fluid to a number of
production entities.
BUSINESS_RULE VARCHAR2 240 BUSINESS RULE: The business rule that helps describe the allocation factor
calculation or description.
CALCULATED_FROM VARCHAR2 20 CALCULATED FROM: The method used to derive the allocation factor.
EFFECTIVE_DATE DATE 7 EFFECTIVE ALLOCATION DATE: The date that this allocation factor becomes
effecti ve.
EXPIRY_DATE DATE 7 ALLOCATION EXPIRY DATE: The date that this allocation factor is no longer in
effect.
PERIOD_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PERIOD_TYPE REFERENCE PERIOD TYPE: A reference table identifying the periods of time.
Possible values include DAY, MONTH, YEAR.
PRODUCT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 PRODUCT PRODUCT TYPE: A table identifying the type of product (fluid) such as GAS, OIL,
WATER, NGL, etc. Includes the less common products like STEAM, METHANE,
Page 593
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PDEN_ALLOC_FACTOR

BUTANE, HELIUM, etc.
REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 REMARK: Comment about the allocation factor.
VOLUME_METHOD VARCHAR2 20 R_VOLUME_METHOD REFERENCE VOLUME METHOD: A reference table identifying the type of
method used to determine the volume of fluids moved. Examples would be
measured, prorated, engineering study, etc.
Page 594
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PDEN_AREA

PRODUCTION ENTITY AS AREA: This table facilitates the representation of any type of area such as a county as a production reporting entity. It allows a different set of
identifiers and relationships for production reporting purposes. For instance, an organization may have an internal identifier for a county that is different than what is used by
the organization or its business partners for reporting purposes.
PDEN_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 40 P PDEN PRODUCTION ENTITY IDENTIFIER: An identifier that is unique within a
PDEN_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 30 P PDEN PRODUCTION ENTITY TYPE: the type of production entity may be equal to one
PDEN_SOURCE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PDEN SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated as the
active or valid.
AREA_ID VARCHAR2 20 AREA AREA IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the area that the PDEN is equal to. May
be any type of area, including geopolitical, jurisdictional, business based, formal,
informal etc. Formerly called PDEN_COUNTY.
AREA_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 AREA AERA TYPE: the type of area, such as country, county, state.
Alberta
NO_OF_GAS_WELLS NUMBER 7, 0 NUMBER OF GAS WELLS: The number of gas wells that are associated with this
entity for production reporting purposes.
NO_OF_INJECTION_WELLS NUMBER 7, 0 NUMBER OF INJECTION WELLS: The number of injection wells that are
associated with this entity for production reporting purposes.
NO_OF_OIL_WELLS NUMBER 7, 0 NUMBER OF OIL WELLS: The number of oil wells that are associated with this
in Canada
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PDEN_AREA

Page 596
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PDEN_BUSINESS_ASSOC

PRODUCTION ENTITY AS BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: This table facilitates the representation of a business associate as a production reporting entity. It allows a different
set of identifiers and relationships for production reporting purposes. For instance, an organization may have an internal identifier for a business associate that is different
than what is used by the organization or its business partners for reporting purposes.
active or valid.
Page 597
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PDEN_COMPONENT

PRODUCTION ENTITY COMPONENT: This table is used to capture the relationships between production entities and busines objects, such as wells, equipment,
PDEN_SOURCE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PDEN PDEN SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated
object that is associated with a production entity.
active.
etc.
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

information.
found in it.
an organization.
working for it.
table.
Page 599
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

related incident.
obligation
that is captured.
PDEN_COMPONENT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PDEN_COMPONENT_TYPE PRODUCTION ENTITY COMPONENT TYPE: the type of component that is
asssicated with the PDEN
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

PR_STR_SOURCE VARCHAR2 20 PROD_STRING_FORMATION SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated as the
PR_STR_UWI VARCHAR2 20 PROD_STRING_FORMATION UNIQUE WELL IDENTIFIER: A unique name, code or number designated as the
SAMPLE_ANAL_SOURCE VARCHAR2 20 SAMPLE_ANALYSIS SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated asPage
the 601
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

SEIS_SURVEY.
description.
permitted to hold.
Webster Online)
Page 602
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

thesaurus.
Page 603
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PDEN_DECLINE_CASE

PDEN DECLINE FORECAST CASE: Summarizes the parameters making up one or more decline segments used to forecast future production.
PRODUCT_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PRODUCT PRODUCT TYPE: A reference table identifying the type of product (fluid) such as
CASE_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CASE ID: A model of proposed production for a production entity. A forecast may
be comprised of one or more segments and one or more fluids or fluid ratios.
active or valid.
CASE_NAME VARCHAR2 255 CASE NAME: full or long name given to the case study.
DECLINE_CURVE_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_DECLINE_CURVE_TYPE DECLINE CURVE TYPE: Tthe type of decline curve that is used in decline curve
forecast calculations such as exponential, harmonic, hyperbolic, linear, etc.
DECLINE_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_DECLINE_TYPE DECLINE TYPE: The type of decline that is used in decline curve forecast
calculations such as nominal or effective percentatge.
END_DATE DATE 7 END DATE: End date for this decline segment.
FINAL_DECLINE NUMBER 10, 6 FINAL DECLINE: Final percentage decline value for decline segment.
FINAL_RATE NUMBER 14, 4 FINAL RATE: Final rate of production for this decline segment.
INITIAL_DECLINE NUMBER 10, 6 INITIAL DECLINE: Initial percentage decline value for decline segment.
INITIAL_RATE NUMBER 14, 4 INITIAL RATE: Starting rate of production? for decline segment.
PROJECT_ID VARCHAR2 20 PROJECT PROJECT IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a project that has resulted in the
creation of a decline analysis and forecast.
START_DATE DATE 7 START DATE: Start date for this decline segment.
VOLUME NUMBER 16, 4 VOLUME: Total volume for this decline segment.
VOLUME_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE VOLUME OUOM: Volume original units of measure.
Page 604
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PDEN_DECLINE_CASE

Page 605
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PDEN_DECLINE_CONDITION

PDEN DECLINE FORECAST CASE: Summarizes the parameters making up one or more decline segments.
PDEN_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 40 P PDEN_DECLINE_CASE PRODUCTION ENTITY IDENTIFIER: An identifier that is unique within a
PDEN_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 30 P PDEN_DECLINE_CASE PRODUCTION ENTITY TYPE: the type of production entity may be equal to one
PDEN_SOURCE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PDEN_DECLINE_CASE SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated as the
PRODUCT_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PDEN_DECLINE_CASE PRODUCT TYPE: A reference table identifying the type of product (fluid) such as
PRODUCT GAS, OIL, WATER, NGL, etc. Includes the less common products like STEAM,
CASE_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PDEN_DECLINE_CASE CASE ID: A model of proposed production for a production entity. A forecast may
CONDITION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CONDITION IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the condition associated with the
production decline analysis.
PERIOD_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R_PERIOD_TYPE PERIOD TYPE: Indicates a period of time. Possible values are DAY, MONTH,
YEAR.
VOLUME_DATE Not Null VARCHAR2 12 P VOLUME DATE DESCRIPTION: Textual representation of the date of volumes
for which this condition is valid. For example, the condition may refer to volumes
for Sept 1999
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating whether this condition is currently in
effect for the decline analysis.
CONDITION_CODE VARCHAR2 20 R_DECLINE_COND_CODE PRODUCTION DECLINE CURVE CONDITION CODE: a validated set of codes
that may be associated with certain types of decline condition types. Note that only
some condition types will have codes. Others will be associated with numberic or
text descriptions only. Codes may be used to indicate whether the number of wells
includes producing wells, injecting wells or both for example.
CONDITION_DESC VARCHAR2 240 CONDITION DESCRIPTION: a short textual description of the condition, such as a
description of expected well conditions.
CONDITION_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_DECLINE_COND_CODE CONDITION TYPE: The type of condition that is described for the production
R_DECLINE_COND_TYPE decline analysis, such as the number of producing oil wells, number of injection
wells, service factors (percent of time the well is in service) etc.
CONDITION_VALUE NUMBER 15, 5 CONDITION VALUE: the numeric value of a condition, such as the number of
actively producing oil wells or the service factor.
Page 606
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PDEN_DECLINE_CONDITION

Page 607
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PDEN_DECLINE_SEGMENT

PDEN DECLINE SEGMENT: Contains the parameters used to forecast future production using standard decline curve analysis.
PDEN_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 40 P PDEN_DECLINE_CASE PRODUCTION ENTITY IDENTIFIER: An identifier that is unique within a
PDEN_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 30 P PDEN_DECLINE_CASE PRODUCTION ENTITY TYPE: the type of production entity may be equal to one
PDEN_SOURCE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PDEN_DECLINE_CASE SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated as the
PRODUCT_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PDEN_DECLINE_CASE PRODUCT TYPE: A reference table identifying the type of product (fluid) such as
PRODUCT GAS, OIL, WATER, NGL, etc. Includes the less common products like STEAM,
CASE_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PDEN_DECLINE_CASE CASE ID: A model of proposed production for a production entity. A forecast may
SEGMENT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P SEGMENT IDENTIFIER: a production forecast for a specific fluid or fluid ratio
made with consistent operating conditions. A new segment is created when
operating conditions change.
active or valid.
DECLINE_CURVE_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_DECLINE_CURVE_TYPE DECLINE CURVE TYPE: Tthe type of decline curve that is used in decline curve
forecast calculations such as exponential, harmonic, hyperbolic, linear, etc.
DECLINE_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_DECLINE_TYPE DECLINE TYPE: The type of decline that is used in decline curve forecast
calculations such as nominal or effective percentatge.
DURATION NUMBER 12, 0 DURATION: Duration for this decline segment.
DURATION_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE DURATION OUOM: Duration original unit of measure.
FINAL_DECLINE NUMBER 10, 6 FINAL DECLINE: Final percentage decline value for decline segment.
FINAL_RATE NUMBER 14, 4 FINAL RATE: Final rate of production for this decline segment.
INITIAL_DECLINE NUMBER 10, 6 INITIAL DECLINE: Initial percentage decline value for decline segment.
INITIAL_RATE NUMBER 14, 4 INITIAL RATE: Starting rate of production for this decline segment.
MINIMUM_DECLINE NUMBER 10, 6 MINIMUM DECLINE: Limiting minimum decline percentage for hyperbolic
decline type.
N_FACTOR NUMBER 6, 3 N FACTOR: Factor for the hyperbolic decline curve equation.
RATE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE RATE OUOM: Rates (Initial and Final) original unit of measure.
Page 608
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PDEN_DECLINE_SEGMENT

RATIO_CURVE_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_RATIO_CURVE_TYPE RATIO CURVE TYPE: The type of ratio curve that is used in decline curve forecast
calculations such as linear, semi-log, log-log, etc.
RATIO_FINAL_RATE NUMBER 14, 4 RATIO FINAL RATE: Final rate of dependent ratio stream (for GOR, YEILD, etc.).
RATIO_FLUID_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_RATIO_FLUID_TYPE RATIO FLUID TYPE: The type of ratio fluid that is used in decline curve forecast
calculations for GOR, YIELD, etc.
RATIO_INITIAL_RATE NUMBER 14, 4 RATIO INITIAL RATE: Initial rate of dependent ratio stream (for GOR, YEILD,
etc.).
RATIO_RATE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE RATIO RATE OUOM: Ratio rates (Initial and Final) original unit of measure.
RATIO_VOLUME NUMBER 16, 4 RATIO VOLUME: Ratio volume for this decline segment.
RATIO_VOLUME_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE RATIO VOLUME OUOM: Ratio volume original unit of measure.
VOLUME_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE VOLUME OUOM: Volume original units of measure.
Page 609
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PDEN_FACILITY

PRODUCTION ENTITY AS FACILITY: This table facilitates the representation of a facility as a production reporting entity. It allows a different set of identifiers and
relationships for production reporting purposes. For instance, an organization may have an internal identifier for a facility that is different than what is used by the
organization or its business partners for reporting purposes.
active or valid.
Page 610
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PDEN_FIELD

PRODUCTION ENTITY AS FIELD: This table facilitates the representation of a field as a production reporting entity. It allows a different set of identifiers and relationships
for production reporting purposes. For instance, an organization may have an internal identifier for a field that is different than what is used by the organization or its business
partners for reporting purposes.
active or valid.
Page 611
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PDEN_FLOW_MEASUREMENT

PRODUCTION ENTITY FLOW MEASUREMENT: Flow measurement readings associated with a production reporting entity. Records data from field automation readings
including hourly or daily fluid volume with associated wellhead and line pressures and flow rate.
MEASUREMENT_DATE Not Null DATE 7 P MEASUREMENT DATE: The date that the flow measurement was taken.
AMENDMENT_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P AMENDMENT SEQUENCE NUMBER: used to order amendment events for
amended record.
active or valid.
AMEND_REASON VARCHAR2 20 R_PDEN_AMEND_REASON PDEN AMENDMENT REASON: The reason why a production amendment was
posted, such as instrument calibration, calculation error or volume balancing.
CASING_PRESSURE NUMBER 8, 2 CASING PRESSURE: The pressure measured in the casing. This is the pressure
measured between the casing and tubing at the wellhead.
CASING_PRESSURE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE CASING PRESSURE OUOM: Casing pressure original unit of measure.
CHOKE_POSITION NUMBER 10, 5 CHOKE POSITION: position of the choke
CHOKE_SIZE NUMBER 10, 5 CHOKE SIZE: Inner diameter of the choke. A choke is a valve or an orifice used to
restrict or control the rate of flow.
CHOKE_SIZE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE CHOKE SIZE OUOM: Choke size original unit of measure.
YYYYMMDD
DIFFERENTIAL_PRESSURE NUMBER 8, 2 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE: The difference of the pressure on the upstream and
the downstream sides of an orifice or choke.
DIFF_PRESSURE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE OUOM: Differential pressure original unit of
measure.
Page 612
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PDEN_FLOW_MEASUREMENT

FLOW_RATE NUMBER 8, 2 FLOW RATE: The volume of fluid per unit time.
FLOW_RATE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE FLOW RATE OUOM: Flow rate original unit of measure.
MEASUREMENT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_MEASUREMENT_TYPE MEASUREMENT TYPE: Identifies the type of measurement recorded.
MEAS_TEMPERATURE NUMBER 5, 2 MEASUREMENT TEMPERATURE: The fluid temperature at the time the flow m
easurement was made.
MEAS_TEMPERATURE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE MEASURED TEMPERATURE OUOM: Measured temperature original unit of
measu re.
POSTED_DATE DATE 7 POSTED DATE: The date that this volume was posted, not necessarily the same
date as the volume is loaded into the database. This date is used to determine when
new volumes, such as amendments, were added to the database.
PRODUCTION_TIME NUMBER 14, 4 PRODUCTION TIME: The duration that the production flow has been measured.
PRODUCTION_TIME_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE PRODUCTION TIME OUOM: Production time original unit of measure.
PRODUCTION_VOLUME NUMBER 14, 4 PRODUCTION VOLUME: The measured volume of production.
PRODUCTION_VOLUME_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE PRODUCTION VOLUME OUOM: Production volume original unit of measure.
PRODUCTION_VOLUMN_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNIT OF MEASURE
STATIC_PRESSURE NUMBER 8, 2 STATIC PRESSURE: Pressure exerted on the fluid measured after the well has been
shutin for a period of time and the maximum pressure has been built up.
STATIC_PRESSURE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE STATIC PRESSURE OUOM: Static pressure original unit of measure.
TUBING_PRESSURE NUMBER 8, 2 TUBING PRESSURE: The measured pressure within the tubing.
TUBING_PRESSURE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE TUBING PRESSURE OUOM: Tubing pressure original unit of measure.
Page 613
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PDEN_IN_AREA

PRODUCTION ENTITY IN COUNTY: Identifies the counties that an entity reporting production covers in full or in part.
etc.
active or valid.
Alberta
in Canada
Page 614
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PDEN_LAND_RIGHT

PRODUCTION ENTITY AS LAND RIGHT: This table facilitates the representation of a land right as a production reporting entity. It allows a different set of identifiers and
relationships for production reporting purposes. For instance, an organization may have an internal identifier for a land right that is different than what is used by the
active or valid.
LAND_RIGHT_ID VARCHAR2 20 LAND_RIGHT LAND RIGHT ID: UNIQUE IDENTIFIER FOR THE LAND RIGHT
LAND_TITLE.
Page 615
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PDEN_LAND_RIGHT

Page 616
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PDEN_LEASE_UNIT

PRODUCTION ENTITY AS LEASE OR UNIT: This table facilitates the representation of a lease or unit as a production reporting entity. It allows a different set of
identifiers and relationships for production reporting purposes. For instance, an organization may have an internal identifier for a lease or unit that is different than what is
used by the organization or its business partners for reporting purposes. Note that lease and unit are often treated synonymously for production reporting purposes and it is
sometimes not possible to distinguish between them on the basis of production reports. For this reason they are treated as a single entity. The entity actually represents an
alias used for production reporting purposes.
active or valid.
LEASE_UNIT_ID VARCHAR2 20 PROD_LEASE_UNIT LEASE OR UNIT IDENTIFIER: Number or code assigned as an alias that uniquely
identifies a lease or unit for production monitoring and reporting purposes.
Page 617
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PDEN_LEASE_UNIT

Page 618
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PDEN_MATERIAL_BAL

PDEN MATERIAL BALANCE: Contains the parameters used to establish the original gas in place and recoverable gas in place using P/Z analysis.
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: a Y/N flag indicating that this analysis is currently an active
analysis. Outdated analysis are set to N.
CLOSE_MONTH VARCHAR2 20 R_MONTH CLOSE DATE: the calendar year and month of the close period assigned to this
balance.
CLOSE_YEAR NUMBER 4, 0 CLOSE DATE: the calendar year and month of the close period assigned to this
balance.
CO2_PERCENT NUMBER 15, 12 CO2 PERCENT: The percentage of carbon dioxide in the gas at the time of material
balance.
CRITICAL_PRESS NUMBER 10, 5 CRITICAL PRESSURE: the critical pressure defined at the time of the material
balance analysis.
CRITICAL_PRESS_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNITS OF MEASURE
CRITICAL_TEMP NUMBER 10, 5 CRITICAL TEMPERATURE: the critical temperature defined at the time of the
material balance analysis.
CRITICAL_TEMP_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNITS OF MEASURE
CUM_VOLUME NUMBER 18, 4 CUMMULATIVE VOLUME: the cummulative production volume that has been
used to calculate the remaining recoverable.
CUM_VOLUME_DATE VARCHAR2 20 CUMMULATIVE VOLUME DATE: the date that the cummulative volume was
taken, such as cummulative volumes taken up to 09-2002.
CUM_VOLUME_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNITS OF MEASURE
CUM_VOLUME_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNITS OF MEASURE
CURVE_FIT_ERROR NUMBER 10, 5 CURVE FIT ERROR: the margin of error in the best fit of the data to produce this
curve.
CURVE_FIT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_MBAL_CURVE_TYPE CURVE FIT TYPE: the type of curve, such as manual fit, best fit, weighted best fit.
CURVE_INTERCEPT NUMBER 10, 5 CURVE INTERCEPT: The curve intercept on the y axis for the material balance
Page 619
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

curve.
CURVE_NAME VARCHAR2 255 CURVE NAME: The name given to this analysis series by the analyst.
CURVE_SLOPE NUMBER 10, 5 CURVE SLOPE: The slope of the material balance cuve on a pressure cumulative
production curve.
FINAL_CUM_VOLUME NUMBER 18, 4 FINAL CUMMULATIVE VOLUME: The final cummulative volume at the end of
the material balance curve.
FINAL_CUM_VOLUME_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNITS OF MEASURE
FINAL_CUM_VOLUME_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNITS OF MEASURE
FINAL_PRESS NUMBER 8, 2 FINAL PRESSURE: the ending pressure of the material balance curve.
FINAL_PRESS_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNITS OF MEASURE
GAS_ABANDON_PRESS NUMBER 8, 2 GAS ABANDONMENT PRESSURE: the pressure at abandonment
GAS_ABANDON_PRESS_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNITS OF MEASURE
GAS_ABANDON_RECOVER NUMBER 10, 5 GAS ABANDONMENT RECOVERY FACTOR: The gas recovery factor at
abandonment.
H2S_PERCENT NUMBER 15, 12 H2S PERCENT: The percent of hydrogen sulphide in the gas at the time of material
balance.
INITIAL_CUM_VOLUME NUMBER 18, 4 INITIAL CUMMULATIVE VOLUME: the cummulative volume that was used at
the start fo material balance curve.
INITIAL_CUM_VOLUME_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNITS OF MEASURE
INITIAL_CUM_VOLUME_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNITS OF MEASURE
INITIAL_PRESS NUMBER 8, 2 INITIAL PRESSURE: the initial pressure at the start of the material balance curve.
INITIAL_PRESS_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNITS OF MEASURE
INITIAL_TEMP NUMBER 10, 5 INITIAL TEMPERATURE: the initial temperature used during the material
balance.
INITIAL_TEMP_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNITS OF MEASURE
MEASURED_PRESS_IND VARCHAR2 1 MEASURED PRESSURES INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating that measured
pressures were used in the analysis. If set to Y, indicates pressures were measured. If
set to N, indicates that the measurements have been adjusted. This column does not
describe how pressures were adjusted, only that they were.
N2_PERCENT NUMBER 15, 12 N2 PERCENT: The percent of nitrogen in the gas at the time of analysis.
ORIG_GAS_IN_PLACE NUMBER 18, 4 ORIGINAL GAS IN PLACE: the volume of original gas.
POOL_DATUM_DEPTH NUMBER 10, 5 POOL DATUM DEPTH: The depth at pool datum.
POOL_DATUM_DEPTH_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNITS OF MEASURE
Page 620
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

RECOV_GAS_IN_PLACE NUMBER 18, 4 RECOVERABLE GAS IN PLACE: the volume of recoverable gas that is in place
from this material balance analysis.
SPECIFIC_GRAVITY NUMBER 10, 5 SPECIFIC GRAVITY: the specific gravity associated with the material balance
analysis.
SURFACE_LOSS_PERCENT NUMBER 15, 12 SURFACE LOSS PERCENT: The percent of surface loss from the production of the
gas.
VOLUME_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNITS OF MEASURE
VOLUME_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNITS OF MEASURE
ZERO_PRESS_IND VARCHAR2 1 ZERO PRESSURES INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating whether zero pressure
readings were included in the analysis. A Y indicates that zero readings are
included, a N indicates that they were not.
Z_FACTOR_METHOD VARCHAR2 20 R_MBAL_COMPRESS_TYPE COMPRESSIBILITY FACTORE METHOD: the method used to determine the
compresibility factor.
Page 621
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PDEN_OPER_HIST

PRODUCTION ENTITY OPERATOR HISTORY: Contains an historical account of the operators responsible for a production entity.
OPERATOR_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P OPERATOR OBSERVATION NUMBER: A unique number allowing a business
associate to be the operator for a PDEN more than once over its lifetime.
active.
Page 622
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PDEN_OTHER

OTHER PRODUCTION REPORTING ENTITY: A production reporting entity not explicitly defined in the PPDM production model.
active or valid.
OTHER_NAME VARCHAR2 60 OTHER NAME: The name assigned to a production reporting entity not explicitly
defined in the PPDM production model.
OTHER_SHORT_NAME VARCHAR2 30 OTHER SHORT NAME: Common short name assigned to a production reporting
entity not explicitly defined in the PPDM production model.
Page 623
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PDEN_POOL

PRODUCTION ENTITY AS POOL: This table facilitates the representation of a pool as a production reporting entity. It allows a different set of identifiers and relationships
for production reporting purposes. For instance, an organization may have an internal identifier for a pool that is different than what is used by the organization or its business
active or valid.
Page 624
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PDEN_PR_STR_ALLOWABLE

PDEN PRODUCTION STRING PDEN CONTRIBUTION ALLOWABLE: Monthly (or daily) allowable values for production contributed to a specific pden. There can be
many allowables in effect for production contributed to a pden.
PDEN_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 40 P PDEN_PROD_STRING_XREF PRODUCTION ENTITY IDENTIFIER: An identifier that is unique within a
PDEN_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 30 P PDEN_PROD_STRING_XREF PRODUCTION ENTITY TYPE: the type of production entity may be equal to one
PDEN_SOURCE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PDEN_PROD_STRING_XREF SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated as the
UWI Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PDEN_PROD_STRING_XREF UNIQUE WELL IDENTIFIER: A unique name, code or number designated as the
STRING_SOURCE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PDEN_PROD_STRING_XREF STRING SOURCE: the source of data for the PROD STRING
STRING_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PDEN_PROD_STRING_XREF STRING IDENTIFIER: Number or code uniquely identifying a production string
within a well.
PDEN_PRS_XREF_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P PDEN_PROD_STRING_XREF PDEN PROD STRING CROSS REFERENCE SEQUENCE NUMBER: A seqeunce
number added to allow ordering (by time) of cross references.
ALLOWABLE_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P ALLOWABLE OBSERVATION NUMBER: a value which uniquely identifies
unique instances of allowables.
ALLOWABLE NUMBER 14, 4 ALLOWABLE: The allowable production
ALLOWABLE_DATE DATE 7 ALLOWABLE DATE:; Date on which the allowable value was initiated.
ALLOWABLE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ALLOWABLE ORIGINAL UNITS OF MEASURE:
ALLOWABLE_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNIT OF MEASURE
YYYYMMDD
EFFECTIVE_DATE DATE 7 EFFECTIVE DATE: the date on which the allowable came into effect.
EXPIRY_DATE DATE 7 EXPIRY DATE: The date that the allowable was no longer in effect.
PERIOD_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PERIOD_TYPE PERIOD TYPE: A reference table identifying the length of time for which a volume
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PDEN_PR_STR_ALLOWABLE

Page 626
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PDEN_PR_STR_FORM

PRODUCTION ENTITY AS WELL STRING FORMATION: This table facilitates the representation of a well string formation as a production reporting entity. It allows a
different set of identifiers and relationships for production reporting purposes. For instance, an organization may have an internal identifier for a well string formation that is
different than what is used by the organization or its business partners for reporting purposes.
active or valid.
(layer) that is contributing production to a well string
STRING_SOURCE VARCHAR2 20 PROD_STRING_FORMATION WELL STRING FORMATION OBSERVATION NUMBER: A sequential
PROD_STRING observation number used to uniquely identify each completed (perforated) formation
Page 627
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PDEN_PR_STR_FORM

Page 628
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PDEN_PROD_STRING

PRODUCTION ENTITY AS WELL STRING: This table facilitates the representation of a well string as a production reporting entity. It allows a different set of identifiers
and relationships for production reporting purposes. For instance, an organization may have an internal identifier for a well string that is different than what is used by the
active or valid.
within a well.
STRING_SOURCE VARCHAR2 20 PROD_STRING STRING SOURCE: the source of data for the PROD STRING
Page 629
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PDEN_PROD_STRING_XREF

PRODUCTION STRING TO PDEN CROSS REFERENCE: Tracks the contribution of production from a production string to a number of PDENs. In some jurisdictions
production from a number of strings are aggregated for the purposes of reporting and regulation. Sometimes this is done differently depending on the product. For instance, in
Texas oil is reported on a lease basis while gas is reported on a string basis.
UWI Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PROD_STRING UNIQUE WELL IDENTIFIER: A unique name, code or number designated as the
STRING_SOURCE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PROD_STRING STRING SOURCE: the source of data for the PROD STRING
STRING_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PROD_STRING STRING IDENTIFIER: Number or code uniquely identifying a production string
within a well.
PDEN_PRS_XREF_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P PDEN PROD STRING CROSS REFERENCE SEQUENCE NUMBER: A seqeunce
number added to allow ordering (by time) of cross references.
active.
EFFECTIVE_DATE DATE 7 EFFECTIVE DATE: The date on which this cross reference became valid.
EXPIRY_DATE DATE 7 EXPIRY DATE: The date on which the cross reference is no longer current or valid.
Page 630
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PDEN_RESENT

PDEN RESERVE ENTITY SUBTYPE: a valid subtype of production entity that is a reserve entity. This entity will allow you to track actual volumes for groups of wells.
active or valid.
RESENT_ID VARCHAR2 20 RESERVE_ENTITY RESERVE ENTITY IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the reserves entity.
Page 631
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PDEN_RESENT_CLASS

PRODUCTION ENTITY SUBTYPE RESERVE ENTITY CLASS: This production subtype is added to allow forecast volumes to be reported for a reserve entity class. Only
forecast volumes should be stored with this sub type. Actual volumes should be stored as PDEN RESENT.
active or valid.
RESENT_ID VARCHAR2 20 RESENT_CLASS RESERVES ENTITY IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for a reserves entity. A
RESERVE_CLASS_ID VARCHAR2 20 RESENT_CLASS RESERVE CLASS IDENTIFIER; The unique identification for the class of the
reserves entity.
Page 632
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PDEN_STATUS_HIST

PRODUCTION ENTITY STATUS HISTORY: Contains an historical account of the operating status of the production reporting entity.
STATUS_DATE Not Null DATE 7 P STATUS DATE: Date the status was reported.
active.
STATUS VARCHAR2 20 R_PDEN_STATUS PDEN STATUS: A reference table identifying the state of the production entity
from the point of view described in PDEN STATUS TYPE (such as operational
status).
STATUS_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PDEN_STATUS PDEN STATUS TYPE: A reference table identifying the type of status, such as the
operational status, the financial status, the legal status, the eligibility status etc.
Page 633
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PDEN_STATUS_HIST

Page 634
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PDEN_VOL_DISPOSITION

PRODUCTION ENTITY VOLUME DISPOSITION: A reported movement of fluid between two production entities. A relationship is established between two production
entities for the duration of the transaction (movement). This relationship may be different than the usual reported or operational relationships established by the two
PDEN source of information for this row.
VOLUME_METHOD Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R_VOLUME_METHOD VOLUME METHOD: The type of method used to determine the volume of flu ids
ACTIVITY_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R_ACTIVITY_TYPE ACTIVITY TYPE: The type of activity that caused the movement of fluid s to occur
PERIOD_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R_PERIOD_TYPE PERIOD TYPE: A reference table identifying the length of time for which a volume
DISPOSITION_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P VOLUME DISPOSITION OBSERVATION NUMBER: A number that is used to
uniquely identify a reported movement of fluid between two production entities.
amended record.
active or valid.
YYYYMMDD
Page 635
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PDEN_VOL_DISPOSITION

RECEIVING_PDEN_ID VARCHAR2 40 PDEN PRODUCTION ENTITY IDENTIFIER: An identifier that is unique within a
RECEIVING_PDEN_TYPE VARCHAR2 30 PDEN SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated as the
VOLUME NUMBER 14, 4 VOLUME: A volume of fluid that had moved between two points.
VOLUME_END_DATE DATE 7 VOLUME END DATE: The date when the movement of fluid ended or the
termination date of the fluid report.
VOLUME_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE VOLUME OUOM: Volume original unit of measure.
VOLUME_PERIOD NUMBER 7, 2 VOLUME PERIOD: The duration over which a movement of fluid between two
production entities took place.
VOLUME_PERIOD_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE VOLUME PERIOD OUOM: Period on original unit of measure.
VOLUME_QUALITY NUMBER 7, 2 VOLUME QUALITY: Value for the thermal quality of the fluid reported. This is
often recorded in British Thermal Units (BTUs) and can be used to calculate the
Barrel of Oil Equivalent (BOE).
VOLUME_QUALITY_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE VOLUME QUALITY OUOM: Volume quality original unit of measure.
VOLUME_START_DATE DATE 7 VOLUME START DATE: The date when the movement of fluid started or the start
date of the fluid report.
Page 636
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PDEN_VOL_REGIME

PRODUCTION ENTITY UNIT REGIME: This table keeps track of which unit regime should be used for each production entity through the life cycle of that entity.
VOLUME_REGIME_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PPDM_VOL_MEAS_REGIME PDEN VOLUME REGIME: unique indicator for a volume regime used for
reporting production volumes.
PDEN_REGIME_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P PDEN UNIT REGIME OBS NO: a unique value added to allow a PDEN to be
associated with the same unit regime more than once in its life time and to track all
historical associations.
active.
PREFERRED_IND VARCHAR2 1 PREFERRED INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating that this density is the preferred
version to be used.
Page 637
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PDEN_VOL_SUMM_OTHER

PRODUCTION ENTITY VOLUME REPORT SUMMARY - OTHER FLUIDS: Summary of reported volumes for fluids not included as categories in the volume summary
report.
PDEN_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 40 P PDEN_VOL_SUMMARY PRODUCTION ENTITY IDENTIFIER: An identifier that is unique within a
PDEN_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 30 P PDEN_VOL_SUMMARY PRODUCTION ENTITY TYPE: the type of production entity may be equal to one
PDEN_SOURCE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PDEN_VOL_SUMMARY SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated as the
VOLUME_METHOD Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PDEN_VOL_SUMMARY VOLUME METHOD: The type of method used to determine the volume of flu ids
ACTIVITY_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PDEN_VOL_SUMMARY ACTIVITY TYPE: The type of activity that caused the movement of fluid s to occur
PERIOD_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PDEN_VOL_SUMMARY PERIOD TYPE: A reference table identifying the length of time for which a volume
VOLUME_DATE Not Null VARCHAR2 12 P PDEN_VOL_SUMMARY VOLUME DATE: The effective or reporting date of this volume summary.
AMENDMENT_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P PDEN_VOL_SUMMARY AMENDMENT SEQUENCE NUMBER: used to order amendment events for
amended record.
active or valid.
CUM_VOLUME NUMBER 16, 4 CUMULATIVE VOLUME: Value for the cumulative volume of fluid reported. This
is usually captured as the closing volume for the period (not normally the opening
volume)
YYYYMMDD
included in reporting. Page 638
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PDEN_VOL_SUMM_OTHER

VOLUME NUMBER 14, 4 VOLUME: A volume of fluid that had moved between two points.
VOLUME_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE VOLUME OUOM: Volume original unit of measure.
VOLUME_QUALITY NUMBER 7, 2 VOLUME QUALITY: Value for the thermal quality of the fluid reported. This is
often recorded in British Thermal Units (BTUs) and can be used to calculate the
Barrel of Oil Equivalent (BOE).
VOLUME_QUALITY_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE VOLUME QUALITY OUOM: Volume quality original unit of measure.
YTD_VOLUME NUMBER 14, 4 YEAR TO DATE VOLUME: Value of the cumulative reported volume for the
current year.
Page 639
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PDEN_VOL_SUMMARY

PRODUCTION ENTITY VOLUME REPORT SUMMARY: A summary of reported volumes for common types of fluids over a specified time period.
VOLUME_METHOD Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R_VOLUME_METHOD VOLUME METHOD: The type of method used to determine the volume of flu ids
ACTIVITY_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R_ACTIVITY_TYPE ACTIVITY TYPE: The type of activity that caused the movement of fluids to occur
PERIOD_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R_PERIOD_TYPE PERIOD TYPE: A reference table identifying the length of time for which a volume
VOLUME_DATE Not Null VARCHAR2 12 P VOLUME DATE: The effective or reporting date of this volume summary.
amended record.
active or valid.
BOE_CUM_VOLUME NUMBER 16, 4 BOE CUMULATIVE VOLUME: The cumulative volume for a production entity
expressed as Barrels of Oil Equivalent (BOE). This is usually captured as the closing
volume for the period (not normally the opening volume)
BOE_VOLUME NUMBER 14, 4 BOE VOLUME: The total volume for the reporting period expressed as Barrels of
Oil Equivalent (BOE).
BOE_VOLUME_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE BOE VOLUME OUOM: Barrels of oil equivalent original unit of measure.
BOE_YTD_VOLUME NUMBER 14, 4 BOE YEAR TO DATE VOLUME: The total volume year to date for a production
entity expressed as Barrels of Oil Equivalent (BOE).
CO2_CUM_VOLUME NUMBER 16, 4 CO2 CUMULATIVE VOLUME: The cumulative volume of CO2 for a production
entity. This is usually captured as the closing volume for the period (not normally
the opening volume)
CO2_VOLUME NUMBER 14, 4 CO2 VOLUME: The CO2 volume for the reporting period.
CO2_VOLUME_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE CO2 VOLUME OUOM: CO2 volume original unit of measure.
CO2_YTD_VOLUME NUMBER 14, 4 CO2 YEAR TO DATE VOLUME: The total CO2 volume year to date for a
Page 640
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

production entity.
YYYYMMDD
GAS_CUM_VOLUME NUMBER 16, 4 GAS CUMULATIVE VOLUME: The cumulative volume of gas for a production
the opening volume)
GAS_QUALITY NUMBER 7, 2 GAS QUALITY: Value for the thermal quality of gas reported. This is often
recorded in British Thermal Units (BTUs) and can be used to calculate the Barrel of
Oil Equivalent (BOE).
GAS_QUALITY_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE GAS QUALITY OUOM: Gas quality original unit of measure.
GAS_VOLUME NUMBER 14, 4 GAS VOLUME: The gas volume for the reporting period.
GAS_VOLUME_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE GAS VOLUME OUOM: Gas volume original unit of measure.
GAS_YTD_VOLUME NUMBER 14, 4 GAS YEAR TO DATE VOLUME: The total gas volume year to date for a
production entity.
INJECTION_CYCLE NUMBER 4, 0 INJECTION CYCLE: A sequential number assigned to each cycle phase of
injection which permits the tracking of cyclic injection used in tertiary projects.
Regular injection such as found in waterflood projects are recorded as cycle number
zero. Only those projects which are in a cycle of alternating injection substances or
in a cycle of injection and then production will be assigned a number other than
zero.
INJECTION_PRESSURE NUMBER 9, 2 INJECTION PRESSURE: The pressure, measured at surface, that was used to inject
one or more fluids. This is often measured as well head pressure.
INJECTION_PRESSURE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE
INVENTORY_CLOSE_BALANCE NUMBER 14, 4 INVENTORY OPENING BALANCE: The opening balance of the inventory
product.
INVENTORY_OPEN_BALANCE NUMBER 14, 4 INVENTORY OPENING BALANCE: The opening balance of the inventory
product.
INVENTORY_PRODUCT VARCHAR2 20 PRODUCT PRODUCT TYPE: Indicates the type of product (fluid) such as GAS, OIL,
INVENT_CLOSE_BAL_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE INVENTORY CLOSING BALANCE OUOM: Inventory closing balance original
unit of measure.
INVENT_OPEN_BAL_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE INVENTORY OPENING BALANCE OUOM: Inventory opening balance original
unit of measure.
NGL_CUM_VOLUME NUMBER 16, 4 NGL CUMULATIVE VOLUME: The cumulative volume of NGL for a production
the opening volume)
Page 641
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

NGL_VOLUME NUMBER 14, 4 NGL VOLUME: The ngl volume for the reporting period.
NGL_VOLUME_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE NGL VOLUME OUOM: NGL volume original unit of measure.
NGL_YTD_VOLUME NUMBER 14, 4 NGL YEAR TO DATE VOLUME: The total ngl volume year to date for a
production entity.
NITROGEN_CUM_VOLUME NUMBER 16, 4 NITROGEN CUMULATIVE VOLUME: The cumulative volume of nitrogen for a
production entity. This is usually captured as the closing volume for the period (not
normally the opening volume)
NITROGEN_VOLUME NUMBER 14, 4 NITROGEN VOLUME: The nitrogen volume for the reporting period.
NITROGEN_VOLUME_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE NITROGEN VOLUME OUOM: Nitrogen volume original unit of measure.
NITROGEN_YTD_VOLUME NUMBER 14, 4 NITROGEN YEAR TO DATE VOLUME: The total nitrogen volume year to date
for a production entity.
OIL_CUM_VOLUME NUMBER 16, 4 OIL CUMULATIVE VOLUME: The cumulative volume of oil for a production
the opening volume)
OIL_QUALITY NUMBER 7, 2 OIL QUALITY: Value for the thermal quality of oil reported. This is often recorded
in British Thermal Units (BTUs) and can be used to calculate the Barrel of Oil
Equivalent (BOE).
OIL_QUALITY_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE OIL QUALITY OUOM: Oil quality original unit of measure.
OIL_VOLUME NUMBER 14, 4 OIL VOLUME: The oil volume for the reporting period.
OIL_VOLUME_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE OIL VOLUME OUOM: Oil volume original unit of measure.
OIL_YTD_VOLUME NUMBER 14, 4 OIL YEAR TO DATE VOLUME: The total oil volume year to date for a production
entity.
PERIOD_ON_INJECTION NUMBER 4, 0 PERIOD ON INJECTION: The period/time that fluids were injected during the
current reporting period.
PERIOD_ON_INJECTION_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE PERIOD ON INJECTION ORIGINAL UNITS OF MEASURE
PERIOD_ON_PRODUCTION NUMBER 4, 0 PERIOD ON PRODUCTION: The period/ time that fluids were produced during the
current reporting period.
PERIOD_ON_PRODUCTION_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE PERIOD ON PRODUCTION ORIGINAL UNITS OF MEASURE
Page 642
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

PRIMARY_ALLOWABLE NUMBER 14, 4 PRIMARY ALLOWABLE: The primary production rate of oil or gas a production
entity is permitted to produce under proration orders of a regulatory body.
PRIMARY_ALLOWABLE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE PRIMARY ALLOWABLE OUOM: Primary allowable original unit of measure.
PRIMARY_PRODUCT VARCHAR2 20 PRODUCT PRODUCT TYPE: Indicates the type of product (fluid) such as GAS, OIL,
PROJECT_ID VARCHAR2 20 PROJECT PROJECT IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for a project that resulted in the creation
of these volumes, as in volume estimates created during a reserves projection
analysis that must be associated with the evaluation study that are their source.
Alternatively, can use the association between PROJECT and PDEN in PROJECT
COMPONENT in the event that a more general association will work.
SULPHUR_CUM_VOLUME NUMBER 16, 4 SULPHUR CUMULATIVE VOLUME: The cumulative volume of sulphur for a
SULPHUR_VOLUME NUMBER 14, 4 SULPHUR VOLUME: The sulphur volume for the reporting period.
SULPHUR_VOLUME_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE SULPHUR VOLUME OUOM: Sulphur volume original unit of measure.
SULPHUR_YTD_VOLUME NUMBER 14, 4 SULPHUR YEAR TO DATE VOLUME: The total sulphur volume year to date for
a production entity.
VOLUME_PERIOD NUMBER 12, 0 VOLUME PERIOD: The duration over which a movement of fluid between two
production entities took place.
VOLUME_PERIOD_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE VOLUME PERIOD OUOM: Volume period original unit of measure.
WATER_CUM_VOLUME NUMBER 16, 4 WATER CUMULATIVE VOLUME: The cumulative volume of water for a
WATER_VOLUME NUMBER 14, 4 WATER VOLUME: The water volume for the reporting period.
WATER_VOLUME_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE WATER VOLUME OUOM: Water volume original unit of measure.
WATER_YTD_VOLUME NUMBER 14, 4 WATER YEAR TO DATE VOLUME: The total water volume year to date for a
production entity.
Page 643
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

Page 644
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PDEN_VOLUME_ANALYSIS

PDEN VOLUME ANALYSIS: Contains the parameters used for volumetric calculations .
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating whether this volume analysis is
currently an active or authorized version. Old analysis are set to N.
AREA_SIZE NUMBER 20, 10 AREA SIZE: the total area of the area for which reserves are to be calculated.
AREA_SIZE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE: Original unit of measure for a value.
YYYYMMDD
GAS_ABANDON_COMPRESS NUMBER 10, 5 GAS ABANDONMENT COMPRESSIBILITY: The abandonment compressibility
factor used in the calculation of the reserves.
GAS_ABANDON_PRESS NUMBER 8, 2 GAS ABANDONMENT PRESSURE: the abandonment pressure used in the
calculation of the reserves.
GAS_ABANDON_PRESS_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE: Original unit of measure for a value.
GAS_INIT_COMPRESS NUMBER 10, 5 GAS INITIAL COMPRESSABILITY: The initial compressibilty factor.
GAS_INIT_PRESSURE NUMBER 8, 2 INITIAL GAS PRESSURE: Initial or original gas pressure in the reservoir.
GAS_IN_PLACE NUMBER 18, 4 REMAINING GAS IN PLACE: the volume of gas that remains in place.
GAS_IN_PLACE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE: Original unit of measure for a value.
GAS_ORIGINAL_IN_PLACE NUMBER 18, 4 GAS ORIGINAL VOLUME IN PLACE: The original volume of gas in place.
GAS_ORIGINAL_IN_PLACE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE: Original unit of measure for a value.
GAS_RATIO_BGI NUMBER 10, 5 GAS RATIO BGI: the gas formation volume factor.
GAS_RECOVERY NUMBER 15, 12 GAS RECOVERY FACTOR: The percent recovery factor given to the gas. Page 645
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

GROSS_NET_PAY_RATIO NUMBER 10, 5 GROSS NET PAY RATIO: The ratio of gross pay to net pay.
GROSS_PAY NUMBER 10, 3 GROSS PAY: Gross pay thickness.
GROSS_PAY_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE: Original unit of measure for a value.
INIT_RES_TEMP NUMBER 10, 5 INITIAL RESERVOIR TEMPERATURE: the initial temperature of the reservoir.
INIT_RES_TEMP_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE: Original unit of measure for a value.
NET_PAY NUMBER 10, 3 NET PAY: Cumulative reservoir rock capable of producting within the entire
thickness of a pay zone.
NET_PAY_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE: Original unit of measure for a value.
OIL_IN_PLACE NUMBER 18, 4 REMAINING RECOVERABLE OIL IN PLACE: Recoverable oil in place
calculated by original oil in place x oil total recovery factor/100.
OIL_IN_PLACE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE: Original unit of measure for a value.
OIL_ORIGINAL_IN_PLACE NUMBER 18, 4 OIL ORIGINAL IN PLACE VOLUME: Original oil in place calculated as volume x
porosity x oil shrinkage x (1-SW).
OIL_ORIGINAL_IN_PLACE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE: Original unit of measure for a value.
OIL_RECOVERY_PRIMARY NUMBER 15, 12 OIL RECOVERY FACTOR PRIMARY: The primary recovery factor as a percent.
OIL_RECOVERY_SECONDARY NUMBER 15, 12 OIL RECOVERY FACTOR SECONDARY: the secondary recovery factor for the
oil described as a percent.
OIL_RECOVERY_TOTAL NUMBER 15, 12 TOTAL OIL RECOVERY FACTOR: the total oil recovery factor percent, as a total
of the primary and secondary recovery factors. This is a computed value and should
be managed by trigger or procedure if possible.
OIL_RESIDUAL_SAT NUMBER 10, 5 RESIDUAL OIL SATURATION: The residual oil saturation.
OIL_SHRINKAGE NUMBER 10, 5 OIL SHRINKAGE: Also define as 1.FVF (Formation Volume Factor) or 1/Boas
STm3/Rm3.
ORIGINAL_GOR NUMBER 10, 5 ORIGINAL GAS OIL RATIO: the original gas - oil ratio for this production entity.
ORIGINAL_GOR_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE: Original unit of measure for a value.
ORIG_SOL_GAS_IN_PLACE NUMBER 18, 4 ORIGINAL SOLUTION GAS IN PLACE: the original solution gas in place for this
PDEN.
ORIG_SOL_GAS_IN_PLACE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE: Original unit of measure for a value.
PERMEABILITY NUMBER 10, 5 PERMEABILTY: The ability or measurement of a rocks ability to transmit fluids.
PERMEABILITY_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE
POROSITY NUMBER 10, 5 POROSITY: Volume or pore space in the reservoir with a capacity for storing fluids
as a percent.
RECOV_GOR NUMBER 10, 5 RECOVERABLE GAS OIL RATIO: the recoverable gas oil ratio.
Page 646
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

RECOV_SOL_GAS_IN_PLACE NUMBER 18, 4 RECOVERABLE SOLUTION GAS IN PLACE: the recoverable solution gas in
place.
RECOV_SOL_GAS_IN_PLACE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE: Original unit of measure for a value.
SOL_GAS_RECOVERY NUMBER 15, 12 SOLUTION GAS RECOVERY FACTOR: the solution gas recovery factor.
VOLUME NUMBER 18, 4 VOLUME: total volume of the reservoir rock calculated by multiplying the area and
the net pay.
VOLUME_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE: Original unit of measure for a value.
WATER_SATURATION NUMBER 10, 5 WATER SATURATION: Water saturation in the pore space as a percent.
Page 647
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PDEN_WELL

PRODUCTION ENTITY AS WELL: This table facilitates the representation of a well as a production reporting entity. It allows a different set of identifiers and relationships
for production reporting purposes. For instance, an organization may have an internal identifier for a well that is different than what is used by the organization or its business
active.
Page 648
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PDEN_XREF

PRODUCTION ENTITY CROSS REFERENCE: Another means of linking production entities to support relationships not explicitly defined in the PPDM production model.
FROM_PDEN_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 40 P PDEN PRODUCTION ENTITY IDENTIFIER: An identifier that is unique within a
FROM_PDEN_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 30 P PDEN SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated as the
FROM_PDEN_SOURCE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PDEN SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated as the
TO_PDEN_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 40 P PDEN PRODUCTION ENTITY IDENTIFIER: An identifier that is unique within a
TO_PDEN_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 30 P PDEN SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated as the
TO_PDEN_SOURCE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PDEN SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated as the
XREF_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P PRODUCTION ENTITY CROSS REFERENCE OBSERVATION NUMBER:
unique identifier for this occurence of the relationship between production entities.
a
EXPIRY_DATE DATE 7 EXPIRY DATE: the date that the association between PDENs was no longer in
effect.
PDEN_XREF_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PDEN_XREF_TYPE PRODUCTION REPORTING ENTITY CROSS REFERENCE TYPE: The type of
cross reference. Used in situations where you may want two different XREF
networks (ownership and physical connections like pipelines, for instance).
Page 649
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: POOL

POOL: Represents a reservoir or a group of small tracts of land brought together for the granting of a well permit under applicable spacing rules. In Canada pool almost
exclusively refers to a reservoir and these codes are usually unique within a province/field. In the United States, these codes are unique either to the state, or to the state/field
or the district. Pool definitions may be administrative (usually assigned to a production string) or geologic (usually assigned to a production string formation).
POOL_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P POOL IDENTIFIER: Number or code uniquely identifying the pool.
active.
Z_R_PROVINCE_STATE
Alberta
CURRENT_STATUS_DATE DATE 7 CURRENT STATUS DATE: Date of the current status for the pool.
DISCOVERY_DATE DATE 7 DISCOVERY DATE: The date that the pool was discovered. This may be different
POOL_CODE VARCHAR2 20 POOL: Code identifying the pool (oil accumulation from which a well orgroup of
wells produces), similar to a reservoir.
POOL_NAME VARCHAR2 60 POOL NAME: The name of the pool.
POOL_NAME_ABBREVIATION VARCHAR2 12 POOL NAME ABBREVIATION: The pool name abbreviation.
POOL_STATUS VARCHAR2 20 R_POOL_STATUS POOL STATUS: The operational or legal status of the pool.
POOL_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_POOL_TYPE POOL TYPE: The type of hydrocarbon pool described, such as conventional or oil
sands deposit. May also indicate a pool created for administrative reasons or for
geologic (stratigraphic) definitions.
Page 650
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: POOL

in Canada
Page 651
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: POOL_ALIAS

POOL ALIAS: alternate name by which the pool is known
POOL_ALIAS_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P POOL ALIAS ID: identifier for the name or code identifying any other name the
pool is known by.
active or valid.
ALIAS_FULL_NAME VARCHAR2 255 POOL ALIAS: the value of the pool identification alias.
name or code.
Page 652
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: POOL_ALIAS

Page 653
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: POOL_AREA

POOL IN AREA: identifies any areas that the pool covers, either in total or in part. May be geopolitical, regulatory, formal, informal etc. Prior to PPDM 3.7, called
POOL_IN_COUNTY.
etc.
active or valid.
Alberta
in Canada
Page 654
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: POOL_COMPONENT

POOL COMPONENT: This table is used to capture the relationships between pools and busines objects, such as wells, equipment, documents, seismic sets and contracts.
object that is associated with a pool.
active.
etc.
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE
information.
Page 655
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

found in it.
an organization.
working for it.
table.
related incident.
or explosion, or unsafe materials handling. Page 656
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

obligation
that is captured.
POOL_COMPONENT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_POOL_COMPONENT_TYPE POOL COMPONENT TYPE: the type of component that is asssicated with the pool
PPDM_GUID VARCHAR2 38 PPDM GUID: This value may be used to provide a global unique identifier for Page
this 657
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

PR_STR_SOURCE VARCHAR2 20 PROD_STRING_FORMATION SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated as the
PR_STR_UWI VARCHAR2 20 PROD_STRING_FORMATION UNIQUE WELL IDENTIFIER: A unique name, code or number designated as the
Page 658
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

SEIS_SURVEY.
description.
permitted to hold.
Webster Online)
thesaurus.
Page 659
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

Page 660
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: POOL_INSTRUMENT

POOL INSTRUMENT: This table identifies instruments that are created to legally define a pool. Usually pool instruments are created by a regulatory body.
active or valid.
Page 661
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: POOL_VERSION

POOL VERSION: Alternate version of POOL information. The Preferred version is stored in POOL.
active or valid.
Z_R_PROVINCE_STATE
Alberta
CURRENT_STATUS_DATE DATE 7 CURRENT STATUS DATE: Date of the current status for the pool.
DISCOVERY_DATE DATE 7 DISCOVERY DATE: The date that the pool was discovered. This may be different
POOL_CODE VARCHAR2 20 POOL: Code identifying the pool (oil accumulation from which a well orgroup of
wells produces), similar to a reservoir.
POOL_NAME VARCHAR2 60 POOL NAME: The name of the pool.
POOL_NAME_ABBREVIATION VARCHAR2 12 POOL NAME ABBREVIATION: The pool name abbreviation.
POOL_STATUS VARCHAR2 20 R_POOL_STATUS POOL STATUS: The operational or legal status of the pool.
POOL_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_POOL_TYPE POOL TYPE: The type of hydrocarbon pool described, such as conventional or oil
sands deposit.
in Canada
Page 662
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: POOL_VERSION

Page 663
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_AUDIT_HISTORY

PPDM AUDIT HISTORY: Use this table to keep track of a complete audit history for information in the database. As your business rules require, you may use this to track
only specific columns in the database, or all columns in a database. You can use PPDM GROUP to group and capture records that are subject to audit, if you wish.
SYSTEM_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PPDM_COLUMN SYSTEM IDENTIFIER: A unique identifier for a data storage system, such as a
TABLE_NAME Not Null VARCHAR2 30 P PPDM_COLUMN TABLE NAME: The name of the table within the schema.
COLUMN_NAME Not Null VARCHAR2 30 P PPDM_COLUMN COLUMN NAME: Name of the column within a specific table found in the PPDM
schema
AUDIT_ROW_GUID Not Null VARCHAR2 38 P AUDIT ROW GUID: In order to use this table, you must have the PPDM GUID
columns in the table to be audited in use, with the NOT NULL constraints turned on,
and a unique index on the PPDM GUID column. In this table, the AUDIT ROW
GUID is the GUID for the row that is being audited.
AUDIT_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P AUDIT SEQUENCE NUMBER: a number that is used to order the occurence of
auditable changes to values in the database.
active or valid.
AUDIT_AUTHORIZED_BY_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE AUDIT AUTHORIZED BY BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFER: Unique
identifier for the business associate who authorized an auditable change to be made
to a record in the database.
AUDIT_CREATED_BY_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE AUDIT CHANGE CREATED BY BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: Unique
identifier for the business associate who created the audit record.
AUDIT_DATETIME DATE 7 AUDIT DATETIME: the system or user date and time when this audit is considered
to be in effect.
AUDIT_DESC VARCHAR2 1024 AUDIT DESCRIPTION: Narrative descriptive comments about the transaction that
changed the data, such as comments about the data source or method used, a
business rule used for the transaction etc.
AUDIT_REASON VARCHAR2 20 R_PPDM_AUDIT_REASON AUDIT REASON: The reason why an auditable change was made to the data, such
as data cleanup project, new data received, incorrect data corrected, missing data
located etc.
AUDIT_SOURCE VARCHAR2 20 R_SOURCE AUDIT SOURCE: use this column to identify the source of the new information
that resulted in the creation of this audit record.
AUDIT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PPDM_AUDIT_TYPE AUDIT TYPE: The type of change that is being tracked in this row of audit data.
Depending on the business rules in place, may track inserts, updates or deletes.
AUDIT_VERIFIED_BY_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE AUDIT VERIFIED BY BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: unique identifier
who quality controlled and verified the auditable change to a value in the database.
DATA_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PPDM_DATA_TYPE DATATYPE: The database "type" for the column. Oracle uses DATE, NUMBER,
VARCHAR2, LONG and so on.
NEW_DATE_VALUE DATE 7 NEW DATE VALUE: the new value of the column for this GUID identified row of
Page 664
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_AUDIT_HISTORY

data, where the original data type was in date format.
NEW_NUMERIC_VALUE NUMBER , NEW NUMERIC VALUE: the new value of the column for this GUID identified
row of data, where the original data type was in number format.
NEW_NUMERIC_VALUE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE
NEW_NUMERIC_VALUE_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNIT OF MEASURE
NEW_TEXT_VALUE VARCHAR2 2000 NEW TEXT VALUE: the new value of the column for this GUID identified row of
data, where the original data type was in textual format.
NULL_DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 1024 NULL DESCRIPTION: If this value is NULL, a narrative descrption about why it is
null (not available, historical records damaged or lost etc).
ORIGINAL_DATE_VALUE DATE 7 ORIGINAL DATE VALUE: the original value of the column for this GUID
identified row of data, where the original data type was in date format.
ORIGINAL_NUMERIC_VALUE NUMBER , ORIGINAL NUMERIC VALUE: the original value of the column for this GUID
identified row of data, where the original data type was in number format.
ORIGINAL_NUMERIC_VALUE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE
ORIGINAL_NUMERIC_VALUE_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNIT OF MEASURE
ORIGINAL_TEXT_VALUE VARCHAR2 2000 ORIGINAL TEXT VALUE: the original value of the column for this GUID
identified row of data, where the original data type was in textual format.
Retention periods are often set for record series, but specific records within that
series may need to be retained longer because they are required for litigation or
because circumstances give those records unexpected archival value.
source of information for this row. In this case, identifies the source of the AUDIT
row of data.
Page 665
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_AUDIT_HISTORY_REM

PPDM AUDIT HISTORY REMARK: Use this table to capture remarks about the auditing, quality control and processing of information in the database.
SYSTEM_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PPDM_AUDIT_HISTORY SYSTEM IDENTIFIER: A unique identifier for a data storage system, such as a
TABLE_NAME Not Null VARCHAR2 30 P PPDM_AUDIT_HISTORY TABLE NAME: The name of the table within the schema.
COLUMN_NAME Not Null VARCHAR2 30 P PPDM_AUDIT_HISTORY COLUMN NAME: Name of the column within a specific table found in the PPDM
schema
AUDIT_ROW_GUID Not Null VARCHAR2 38 P PPDM_AUDIT_HISTORY AUDIT ROW GUID: In order to use this table, you must have the PPDM GUID
columns in the table to be audited in use, with the NOT NULL constraints turned on,
and a unique index on the PPDM GUID column. In this table, the AUDIT ROW
GUID is the GUID for the row that is being audited.
AUDIT_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P PPDM_AUDIT_HISTORY AUDIT SEQUENCE NUMBER: a number that is used to order the occurence of
auditable changes to values in the database.
REMARK_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P REMARK SEQUENCE NUMBER: Unique identifier for a remark about an audit
record
active or valid.
AUDIT_DATETIME DATE 7 AUDIT DATETIME: the system or user date and time when this audit is considered
to be in effect.
REMARK_ABOUT_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE REMARK ABOUT BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for
the business associate about whom this remark was made, such as a company that
provided original data, or a service that transcribed data.
REMARK_BY_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE REMARK BY BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFER: Unique identifier for the
business associate who made a remark related to the audit of a record in the
database.
REMARK_FOR_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE REMARK FOR BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the
business associate for whom the remark was made, such as a department or
company.
REMARK_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_REMARK_TYPE REMARK TYPE: the kind of remark that has been made about this audit record.
REMARK_USE_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_REMARK_USE_TYPE REMARK USE TYPE: Indicates the type of use that a remark should be put to, such
as for internal use only, for external publication etc.
RETENTION_PERIOD VARCHAR2 20 RETENTION PERIOD: The length of time records or materials should be kept in a
Page 666
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_AUDIT_HISTORY_REM

row of data.
Page 667
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_CHECK_CONS_VALUE

PPDM CHECK CONSTRAINT VALUE: this table lists the values that a column may have when the value is limited by check constraint. Check constraints are used for IND
values, which may be Y or N. They are also used to support super - sub type implementations and are important in the maintenance of the integrity of these structures.
SYSTEM_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PPDM_CONSTRAINT SYSTEM IDENTIFIER: A unique identifier for a data storage system, such as a
PPDM_COLUMN database or XML schema.
TABLE_NAME Not Null VARCHAR2 30 P PPDM_CONSTRAINT TABLE NAME: The name of the table within the schema.
PPDM_COLUMN
schema
CHECK_VALUE Not Null VARCHAR2 30 P VALUE: the allowed value for the check constraint column. For %_IND columns,
the values may be "Y", "N" or null.
active or valid.
CHECK_CONS_NAME VARCHAR2 255 CHECK CONSTRAINT NAME: the name of the check constraint, if applicable.
CONSTRAINT_ID VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_CONSTRAINT CONSTRAINT IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for a check constraint.
EXTENSION_IND VARCHAR2 1 EXTENSION INDICATOR: The PPDM Association strongly discourages the
creation of new check constraint values. If you decide to add values, please forward
your changes to changes@ppdm.org and set this column to Y. If you create a new
check constraint value for a super-sub type table, you must also create a definition
for the sub type table.
VALUE_LONG_NAME VARCHAR2 255 VALUE LONG NAME: the full or decoded version of the value of the check
constraint. For %_IND columns, the value of Y is YES, and the value of N is NO.
Page 668
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_CODE_VERSION

REFERENCE CODE VERSION: The code version table contains lookup codes and descriptions as supplied by various sources. This table pair is designed to store reference
values as singles, pairs or triplets etc, depending on the structure of the underlying reference table.
SYSTEM_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PPDM_TABLE SYSTEM IDENTIFIER: A unique identifier for a data storage system, such as a
TABLE_NAME Not Null VARCHAR2 30 P PPDM_TABLE TABLE NAME: The name of the table within the schema.
VERSION_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P CODE VERSION OBSERVATION NUMBER: Unique number identifying the
version of the reference value that is stored in this table.
active or valid.
DEFINITION VARCHAR2 2000 DEFINITION: the definition of the meaning of the code value, as applied in
business context. Ideally, these definitions may often be taken from the source
document where the values were obtained. Please be sure to reference and atrtribute
definitions appropriately.
PREFERRED_IND VARCHAR2 1 PREFERRED INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating that generally this code version
is preferred for the use indicated by the owner ba id, application or procedure that is
referenced for the version.
REFERENCE_TABLE_GUID VARCHAR2 38 REFERENCE TABLE GUID: If the value in this row is transposed into the
underlying reference table, y u may store the GUID in the reference table here to
simplify queries.
REFERENCE_TABLE_IND VARCHAR2 1 REFERENCE TABLE INDICATOR: A Y/N flag that indicates that this value will
be captured in the underlying reference table.
SOURCE_DOCUMENT VARCHAR2 20 SOURCE_DOCUMENT SOURCE DOCUMENT: The source from which a reference value is obtained, such
as a government publication, web site, ISO standard etc.
USE_RULE_DESC VARCHAR2 2000 USE RULE: the use rule that governs the application of this code version. May be
used to create reports, regulatory submissions etc.
VERSION_OWNER_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business associate, such as a
person, company, regulatory agency, government or consortium. In this case, the
business associate who is the owner of the use of a code alias.
Page 669
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_CODE_VERSION

Page 670
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_CODE_VERSION_COLUMN

REFERENCE CODE VERSION COLUMN: Use this table to store the values of the columns in reference sets where the PK is more than one component.
SYSTEM_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PPDM_CODE_VERSION SYSTEM IDENTIFIER: A unique identifier for a data storage system, such as a
TABLE_NAME Not Null VARCHAR2 30 P PPDM_CODE_VERSION TABLE NAME: The name of the table within the schema.
PPDM_COLUMN
SOURCE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PPDM_CODE_VERSION SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated as the
R_SOURCE source of information for this row.
VERSION_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P PPDM_CODE_VERSION CODE VERSION OBSERVATION NUMBER: Unique number identifying the
COLUMN_NAME Not Null VARCHAR2 30 P PPDM_COLUMN COLUMN NAME 1: Name of the first PK column within a specific reference table
found in the PPDM schema
active or valid.
DEFINITION VARCHAR2 2000 DEFINITION: the definition of the meaning of the code value, as applied in
business context. Ideally, these definitions may often be taken from the source
document where the values were obtained. Please be sure to reference and atrtribute
definitions appropriately.
PRIMARY_KEY VARCHAR2 20 PRIMARY KEY: Use these columns to list what the value in the primary key
column is if this row is placed in the reference table.
SHORT_NAME VARCHAR2 30 SHORT NAME: Common short name given to reference type or code for the first
column in the PK of the reference table.
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_CODE_VERSION_USE

REFERENCE CODE VERSION: The code version table contains lookup codes and descriptions as supplied by various sources. Each code in a data field describes the
meaning of a number, letter, abbreviation or mnemonic. In the case where use rules for each version are very simple, you may use the FK to owner, procedure, application etc
to indicate where each version should be used. If use rules are more complicated, you will need to use PPDM VERSION GROUP to capture this information.
PPDM_PROCEDURE database or XML schema.
USE_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P USE OBSESRVATION NUMBER: Unique number that identifies a usage rule for a
version of a reference table value.
active or valid.
GROUP_ID VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_GROUP PPDM GROUP IDENTIFIER: Unique ID for the table used to track logical
groupings. For example, you could use this table to group all columns that fall in a
particular domains, such as depth, or all the columns used by a software application,
or the columns used in a particular report.
PREFERRED_IND VARCHAR2 1 PREFERRED INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating that generally this code version
is preferred for the use indicated by the owner ba id, application or procedure that is
referenced for the version.
PROCEDURE_ID VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_PROCEDURE PROCEDURE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a process that owns a reference
code version.
USE_OWNER_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business associate, such as a
business associate who is the owner of the use of a code alias.
USE_RULE_DESC VARCHAR2 2000 USE RULE: the use rule that governs the application of this code version. May be
Page 672
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_CODE_VERSION_USE

Page 673
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_CODE_VERSION_XREF

REFERENCE CODE VERSION CROSS REFERENCE: Use this table to keep track of relationships between reference values, such as equivalences, replacements,
granularity relationships (is a kind of) and so on.
SYSTEM_ID2 Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PPDM_CODE_VERSION SYSTEM IDENTIFIER: A unique identifier for a data storage system, such as a
TABLE_NAME2 Not Null VARCHAR2 30 P PPDM_CODE_VERSION TABLE NAME: The name of the table within the schema.
SOURCE2 Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PPDM_CODE_VERSION SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated as the
VERSION_OBS_NO2 Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P PPDM_CODE_VERSION CODE VERSION OBSERVATION NUMBER: Unique number identifying the
active or valid.
CODE_XREF_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_CODE_VERSION_XREF_TYPE CODE VERSION CROSS REFERENCE TYPE: The type of relationship between
two reference values in a table, such as equivalent meaning, replacement value, is a
kind of and so on. A common use will be mappings between spelllings.
EQUIVALENCE_DESC VARCHAR2 1024 VERSION EQUIVALENCE DESCRIPTION: A narrative description of the
semantic equivalence between two values. Often, two terms used by different
processes or users may have similar meanings, but not exact meanings. It may be
important to track variations in the semantic meaning between values.
USER_RULE_DESC VARCHAR2 2000 USE RULE: the use rule that governs the application of this code version. May be
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_CODE_VERSION_XREF

Page 675
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_COLUMN

PPDM COLUMN INFORMATION: Contains meta data regarding the columns in the PPDM schema. This is information designed to assist in the units of measure module.
PPDM_COLUMN
PPDM_TABLE
PPDM_COLUMN
PPDM_COLUMN
PPDM_TABLE
COLUMN_NAME Not Null VARCHAR2 30 P COLUMN NAME: Name of the column within a specific table found in the schema
active or valid.
COLUMN_COMMENT VARCHAR2 2000 COLUMN COMMENT: The DDL comments for the comments as provided by
designers.
COLUMN_KEY_METHOD VARCHAR2 20 R_PPDM_CREATE_METHOD PPDM COLUMN KEY METHOD TYPE: The type of method that is used to create
the value in this column. The method could include manual selection and key entry,
automated random generation, concatenation of values etc.
COLUMN_PRECISION NUMBER , COLUMN PRECISION: The number of digits to the left of the decimal place in a
number. The number of digits to the right of the decimal place is stored in
COLUMN SCALE. The total number of digits is stored in COLUMN SIZE.
COLUMN_SCALE NUMBER , COLUMN SCALE: The number of digits following the decimal place in a numeric
field.
COLUMN_SEQUENCE NUMBER 8, 0 COLUMN SEQUENCE: A number indicating the position of this column relative to
other columns in the table. The primary key components should be listed first in the
sequence, with the most generallized key first, followed by increasingly specific
columns. The remainder of the columns can be sorted as desired by the
implementor.
COLUMN_SIZE NUMBER , COLUMN SIZE: The size or length of the column. It is the maximum length, or
number of characters or digits that may be used.
CONTROL_COLUMN_IND VARCHAR2 1 CONTROL COLUMN INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating that this column
controls the behavior of vertical components in this table. For example, in the table
EQUIPMENT_SPEC the column SPEC_TYPE may be used to control which
columns should be used (and how they are to be used) for each kind of specification
in R_EQUIP_SPEC.
CONTROL_COLUMN_NAME VARCHAR2 30 PPDM_COLUMN PPDM CONTROL COLUMN NAME: The name of the column in this table that
controls the vertical behavior of the column. For example, in EQUIPMENT_SPEC,
the control column name is SPEC_TYPE. The behavior of each kind of specification
can be defined as you create the reference values in R_EQUIP_SPEC.
Page 676
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

DEFAULT_IND_VALUE VARCHAR2 1 DEFAULT INDICATOR VALUE: in the case where the column is an INDICATOR
(a Y/N flag), the default value for the column, may be Y or N or null.
DEFAULT_UOM_ID VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE DEFAULT UNIT OF MEASURE SYMBOL: The units of measure used for this
column by default. By Architectural Principle, only those columns which must
contain variable UOM (such a production volumes) contain a table explicit UOM.
Using a common UOM for a column avoids the need for full table scans or on-line
data conversions during queries.
DEFAULT_VALUE_METHOD VARCHAR2 20 R_PPDM_DEFAULT_VALUE DEFAULT VALUE METHOD: The method used to assign a default value to this
column, in the event that a default value is allowed. May include things like a
SYSTEM DATE, USERID, null, or some other value. Please note that default
values should be used with great caution and documentation of business rules.
Default values can leave users confused, or may be misleading if they are not
carefully implemented.
DISTINCT_VALUE_COUNT NUMBER , DISTINCT VALUES COUNT: the number of distinct values that are in this column
of a table.
DISTINCT_VALUE_COUNT_DATE DATE 7 DISTINCT VALUE COUNT DATE: The date that the count of distict values was
last calculated.
DOMAIN VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_DOMAIN DOMAIN: Name for the domain, or group of common features that make up this
column. For example, the width, scale, datatype, and unit of measure. The domain
may be one or more of these items.
EXTENSION_IND VARCHAR2 1 EXTENSION INDICATOR: a yes/ no flag indicating whether this column is an
extension to the standard PPDM structure.
LAST_SYSTEM_KEY VARCHAR2 240 LAST SYSTEM ASSIGNED KEY: the value of the last system assigned key for
this column in the database. Used for surrogate keys, but not for OBS_NO or
SEQ_NO, both of which should re-sequence to value 1 for each new parent.
NULLABLE_IND VARCHAR2 1 NULLABLE INDICATOR: a column indicating whether the column is nullable in
this implementation. A value of Y indicates the the column is nullable (optional).
PPDM definitions usually make the PK NOT NULL, and other columns nullable,
but site implementations may make additional columns manditory based on business
requirements.
OUOM_COLUMN_NAME VARCHAR2 30 PPDM_COLUMN ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE COLUMN NAME: Name of the column in this
table that contains the original unit of measure for the value of this column.
PRIMARY_KEY_SEQUENCE NUMBER 4, 0 PRMARY KEY SEQUENCE: a number which permits ordering of components of
the Primary Key, particularly when multiple components are required.
SURROGATE_IND VARCHAR2 1 Page
SURROGATE INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating that this column is assigned a 677
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

surrogate value on creation.
UOM_COLUMN_NAME VARCHAR2 30 PPDM_COLUMN UNIT OF MEASURE COLUMN NAME: Name of the column in this table that
contains the unit of measure for the value of this column.
Page 678
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_COLUMN_ALIAS

PPDM COLUMN ALIAS or SYNONYM: Alternate identifiers for a column, such as names shown in reports or other displays. Can be in alternate languages if desired.
schema
COLUMN_ALIAS_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P COLUMN ALIAS IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a column alias.
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: A Y/N flag that indicates whether this alias is presently in
use.
ALIAS_FULL_NAME VARCHAR2 255 ALIAS NAME: the name that is to be used as the alias.
ALIAS_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_ALIAS_TYPE ALIAS TYPE: This reference table describes the type of alias. For example a well
associates may be assigned a stock exchange symbol alias. Table names may have
public or private synonyms.
EFFECTIVE_DATE DATE 7 EFFECTIVE DATE: the date that this alias came into effect or was loaded into the
system.
LANGUAGE_ID VARCHAR2 20 R_LANGUAGE LANGUAGE: The form of a means of communicating ideas or feelings by the use
OWNER_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE ALIAS OWNER: the unique identifier for the business associate who is the owner
of this alias.
PREFERRED_IND VARCHAR2 1 PREFERRED INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating whether this alias is preferred
Page 679
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_COLUMN_ALIAS

for general use.
SW_APPLICATION_ID VARCHAR2 20 R_SW_APPLICATION APPLICATION NAME: Unique name or identifier for a software application or
suite of applications that uses a specific alias or synonym.
USE_RULE VARCHAR2 2000 USE RULE: A business rule describing how and where the alias is to be used.
Page 680
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_CONS_COLUMN

PPDM CONSTRAINT COLUMN: This table lists the columns that are included in the constraint, the sequence of columns in a constraint and identifies referenced columns
for foreign keys.
SYSTEM_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PPDM_CONSTRAINT SYSTEM IDENTIFIER: A unique identifier for a data storage system, such as a
TABLE_NAME Not Null VARCHAR2 30 P PPDM_CONSTRAINT TABLE NAME: The name of the table within the schema.
PPDM_COLUMN
CONSTRAINT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PPDM_CONSTRAINT CONSTRAINT IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the constraint.
schema
active or valid.
CONDITION VARCHAR2 2000 CONDITION: the search conditions for the constraint, as provided in the DDL. This
column may be used for check constraints as a supplement to the PPDM CHECK
CONS VALUE table or to store other types of search conditions used in check
constraints.
CONSTRAINT_SEQ_NO NUMBER 8, 0 CONSTRAINT SEQUENCE NUMBER: a number indicating the relative order that
this component occurs in the constraint.
EXTENSION_IND VARCHAR2 1 EXTENSION INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating that this constraint column has
been added by extension to the PPDM model.
REFERENCED_COLUMN_NAME VARCHAR2 30 PPDM_CONS_COLUMN COLUMN NAME: Name of the column within a specific table found in the PPDM
schema
REFERENCED_CONSTRAINT_ID VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_CONS_COLUMN REFERENCED CONSTRAINT IDENTIFIER: the unique identifier for the
constraint that has been referenced.
REFERENCED_SYSTEM_ID VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_CONS_COLUMN SYSTEM IDENTIFIER: A unique identifier for a data storage system, such as a
REFERENCED_TABLE_NAME VARCHAR2 30 PPDM_CONS_COLUMN REFERENCED TABLE NAME: the name of the table this is referenced in the
foreign key.
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_CONS_COLUMN

Page 682
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_CONSTRAINT

PPDM CONSTRAINT: This table lists the primary, foreign, unique and not null constraints that are applied against a table.
CONSTRAINT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CONSTRAINT IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for a primary, foreign, check or
other constraint.
active or valid.
CONSTRAINT_NAME VARCHAR2 255 CONSTRAINT NAME: the name of the constraint as assigned in the ddl.
CONSTRAINT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 CONSTRAINT TYPE: the type of constraint. Usual values are Primary, foreign and
unique.
EXTENSION_IND VARCHAR2 1 EXTENSION INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating whether this constraint has been
added as an extension to the standard PPDM data model.
REFERENCED_CONSTRAINT_ID VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_CONSTRAINT REFERENCED CONSTRAINT IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the constraint
that has been referenced in this foreign key. Usually this is the primary key of the
referenced table, although in some cases a unique constraint is used.
REFERENCED_SYSTEM_ID VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_CONSTRAINT SYSTEM IDENTIFIER: A unique identifier for a data storage system, such as a
REFERENCED_TABLE_NAME VARCHAR2 30 PPDM_CONSTRAINT REFERENCED TABLE NAME : unique identifier for the table that has been
referenced in this foreign key.
Page 683
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_DATA_STORE

PPDM_DATA_STORE: Allow for the grouping of tables which may use different units of measure as defaults.
UOM_SYSTEM Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PPDM_MEASUREMENT_SYSTEM UNIT SYSTEM: Name of the measurement system. For example, SI.
NAME Not Null VARCHAR2 255 P NAME: name of the PPDM data store.
active or valid.
Page 684
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_DOMAIN

PPDM COLUMN DOMAIN: Meta data dealing with commonalities of columns (their makeup). These common qualities are known as the domain spanning the columns.
DOMAIN Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P DOMAIN: Name for the domain, or group of common features that make up this
active or valid.
DATA_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 DATA TYPE: The datatype that is part of the domain. Members of a domain may
have a common datatype. Proposed for deprecation in version 3.8.
DOMAIN_NAME VARCHAR2 255 DOMAIN NAME: the full name for this domain.
DOMAIN_QUANTITY_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_QUANTITY QUANTITY: The type of quantity. For example volume, or length.
DOMAIN_SCALE NUMBER , COLUMN SCALE: The scale of the column within the domain.
DOMAIN_WIDTH NUMBER , COLUMN WIDTH: The size of the datatype used by a particular column within the
domain.
REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 REMARK: A long description describing what the domain actually is.
Page 685
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_EXCEPTION

PPDM EXCEPTION: Table to hold any exceptions or constraint violations. These typically occur when referential integrity constraints have been disabled (to allow for a
mass load or update) and then re-enabled. Any rows which violate a const raint will be recorded in the exception table. This allows the ability to correct the row (or delete it).
Thus the constraints can be re-enabled.
PE_ID Not Null NUMBER 10, 0 P PPDM EXCEPTION ID: unique identifier for the PPDM Exception table, where
rejected data is inserted.
active or valid.
CONSTRAINT_NAME VARCHAR2 255 CONSTRAINT: The name of the constraint that was violated.
OWNER VARCHAR2 30 OWNER: The owner of the table (Oracle login id) which contains the invalid row.
ROW_ID VARCHAR2 240 ROW ID: The row id associated with the row that has violated the constraint.
SYSTEM_ID VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_TABLE SYSTEM IDENTIFIER: A unique identifier for a data storage system, such as a
TABLE_NAME VARCHAR2 30 PPDM_TABLE TABLE NAME: The name of the table which contains the invalid row.
Page 686
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_GROUP

PPDM GROUP: This table can be used to track associations between columns in the data model and logical groupings. For example, you could use this table to group all
columns that fall in a particular domains, such as depth, or all the columns used by a software application, or the columns used in a particular report.
GROUP_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PPDM GROUP IDENTIFIER: Unique ID for the table used to track associations
between columns in the data model and logical groupings. For example, you could
use this table to group all columns that fall in a particular domains, such as depth, or
all the columns used by a software application, or the columns used in a particular
report.
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: A Y / N flag indicating whether this association is currently
valid.
DEFAULT_UNIT_SYSTEM_ID VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_MEASUREMENT_SYSTEM DEFAULT UNIT SYMBOL: In the case where a group represents columns having
common measurement domains, the unit of measure that is the default for that
domain. For example, all depths are in meters.
EFFECTIVE_DATE DATE 7 EFFECTIVE DATE: the date that the association between the column and the group
came into effect.
GROUP_NAME VARCHAR2 255 GROUP NAME: Name given to this group of columns.
GROUP_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PPDM_GROUP_TYPE PPDM GROUP TYPE: the type of group that is being described. Could be an
application group, query group, function group, module type etc.
REPORT_HEADING1 VARCHAR2 240 HEADINGS: headings to be used where the group refers to a report.
REPORT_HEADING2 VARCHAR2 240 HEADINGS: headings to be used where the group refers to a report.
SCREEN_HEADING1 VARCHAR2 240 HEADINGS: headings to be used where the group refers to a report.
SCREEN_HEADING2 VARCHAR2 240 HEADINGS: headings to be used where the group refers to a report.
SW_APPLICATION_ID VARCHAR2 20 R_SW_APPLICATION SOFTWARE APPLICATION IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the software
application that oversees this group.
Page 687
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_GROUP_OBJECT

PPDM GROUP OBJECT: this table allows you to group system or business objects together into logical sets. You can use this table to link tables, columns, procedure,
business rules and more into sets. Sets may be used for reporting, metrics calculation, data quality checking and more.
GROUP_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PPDM_GROUP PPDM GROUP IDENTIFIER: Unique ID for the table used to track associations
report.
OBJECT_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P OBJECT OBSERVATION NUMBER: Unique identifier for an association between
an object and a group.
valid.
CODE_VERSION_OBS_NO NUMBER 8, 0 PPDM_CODE_VERSION CODE VERSION OBSERVATION NUMBER: Unique number identifying the
CODE_VERSION_SOURCE VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_CODE_VERSION CODE VERSION SOURCE: the source for this reference code version.
COLUMN_ALIAS_ID VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_COLUMN_ALIAS COLUMN ALIAS IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a column alias.
COLUMN_NAME VARCHAR2 30 PPDM_COLUMN_ALIAS COLUMN NAME: Name of the column within a specific table found in the PPDM
PPDM_COLUMN schema
CONSTRAINT_ID VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_CONSTRAINT CONSTRAINT IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for a primary, foreign, check or
other constraint.
came into effect.
EXPIRY_DATE DATE 7 EXPIRY DATE: The date that the association between the column and the group
was no longer in effect.
GROUP_USE VARCHAR2 20 R_PPDM_GROUP_USE PPDM GROUP USE: The function or useage of a table or column in a group.
Examples include direct usage, a dependency, a core part of the group or a
referenced section etc.
INDEX_ID VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_INDEX INDEX IDENTIFIER: unique ID for the index.
OBJECT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PPDM_OBJECT_TYPE PPDM OBJECT TYPE: The type of database object that is being tracked, such as a
table, column, index, constraint or procedure. May also be a related object, such as a
business rule.
OUTPUT_FONT VARCHAR2 20 R_FONT FONT: A list of valid fonts, such as ARIAL or TIMES NEW ROMAN. Fonts are
designs that govern the types of characters and symbols that can be displayed, and
the design or apperance of those displays.
OUTPUT_FONT_BACKGR_COLOR VARCHAR2 20 R_COLOR COLOR: A list of valid colors. If wished, these colors may be referenced to specific
palletts. The color used for the background of this column display.
OUTPUT_FONT_COLOR VARCHAR2 20 R_COLOR COLOR: A list of valid colors. If wished, these colors may be referenced to specific
palletts. The color used for the characters.
OUTPUT_FONT_EFFECT VARCHAR2 20 R_FONT_EFFECT FONT EFFECT: The special effect assigned to this display, such as bold, italic,
normal.
Page 688
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

OUTPUT_FONT_SIZE NUMBER 12, 2 FONT SIZE: The size of font used for the output.
OUTPUT_FONT_SIZE_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE FONT SIZE UNIT OF MEASURE: the size measurement used for fonts, such as
points, millimeters etc.
OUTPUT_HEADING VARCHAR2 240 OUTPUT HEADING: the heading that should be used when outputting this
information to a report.
OUTPUT_LENGTH NUMBER 10, 0 OUTPUT LENGTH: The length of the output space for this column output, often
defined as number of spaces.
OUTPUT_LENGTH_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNIT OF MEASURE
OUTPUT_PRECISION NUMBER , OUTPUT PRECISION: For number fields, the number of decimal places to be
displayed
PREFERRED_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE PREFERRED UNIT OF MEASURE: the unit of measure preferred for output in this
group. A group may be all the columns used for a report or query, or all the columns
that are used for a function.
PROCEDURE_ID VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_PROCEDURE PROCEDURE IDENTIFIER: Identifier for procedures used for a system or table.
May be a stored procedure, called procedure, function etc.
PROPERTY_SET_ID VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_PROPERTY_SET TABLE PROPERTY CONTROL SET IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the
property control information. This can be used to help you control how a vertical
table is implemented, by determining preferred units of measure, data entry types
and other specifications for each kind of property that is defined.
RULE_ID VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_RULE RULE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a rule. Rules may be policies, practices,
procedures or system business rules.
SYSTEM_ID VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_COLUMN_ALIAS SYSTEM IDENTIFIER: A unique identifier for a data storage system, such as a
PPDM_CONSTRAINT database or XML schema.
PPDM_CODE_VERSION
PPDM_COLUMN
PPDM_INDEX
PPDM_PROCEDURE
PPDM_SYSTEM
PPDM_TABLE_ALIAS
PPDM_TABLE
TABLE_ALIAS VARCHAR2 30 PPDM_TABLE_ALIAS TABLE ALIAS: unique identifier for a table alias or synonym that has been loaded
into a system. Most systems require these aliases to be unique, allowing natural
values to be used.
TABLE_NAME VARCHAR2 30 PPDM_COLUMN_ALIAS TABLE NAME: The name of the table within the schema.
PPDM_CONSTRAINT
PPDM_CODE_VERSION
Page 689
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

PPDM_COLUMN
PPDM_INDEX
PPDM_TABLE_ALIAS
PPDM_TABLE
USE_RULE_DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 1024 USE RULE DESCRIPTION: A short narrative description of when this grouping or
association should be used, or how it should be used. Primarily for reference
documentation purposes.
Page 690
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_GROUP_OWNER

PPDM GROUP OWNER: This table can be used to track who the owners of a group are. A group may be owned by one or more applications. Each group may also be owned
by one or more business assiciates, each with a different role. For example, you may track the owner of the business value of data, the technical application of data, the data
management of the data, the data loading etc.
report.
OWNER_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P OWNER OBSERVATION NUMBER: A unique number that allows more than one
owner for a group to be listed. Note that this number may also be used for
versioning, in conjunction with effective and expiry dates.
valid.
DEFAULT_UNIT_SYSTEM_ID VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_MEASUREMENT_SYSTEM DEFAULT UNIT SYMBOL: In the case where a group represents columns having
common measurement domains, the unit of measure that is the default for that
domain. For example, all depths are in meters.
came into effect.
OWNER_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BA_ORGANIZATION GROUP OWNER: The business associate that is the owner of this group of
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE columns. The role that this owner plays should also be clarified.
OWNER_ROLE VARCHAR2 20 R_PPDM_OWNER_ROLE OWNER ROLE: a list of the roles that applications or business associates can play
in the ownership of a group of tables and columns. For example, you may list the
business value owner, the technical value owner, the data manager, the generating
application, a using application and so on.
Page 691
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_GROUP_OWNER

Page 692
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_GROUP_REMARK

PPDM GROUP REMARK: Use this table to record narrative remarks about any PPDM Group. This table is intended to help document and describe groups fully.
report.
REMARK_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P REMARK OBSERVATION NUMBER: A unique number that allows more than
one remark for a group to be listed. Note that this number may also be used for
versioning, in conjunction with effective and expiry dates.
valid.
came into effect.
GROUP_REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 GROUP REMARK: The remark that has been made about the group. Note that the
column REMARK should be used to describe the row of data, and may not
necessarily contain a remark about a group.
organization of a company or organization. Indicates the organization that the
remark was made by.
MADE_BY_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BA_ORGANIZATION MADE BY BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: The business associate that is
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE the owner of this remark.
REMARK_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_REMARK_TYPE REFERENCE REMARK TYPE: A reference table describing remark types. This is
an open reference table commonly used to group remarks. For example drilling,
geologists, regulatory or planning
Page 693
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_GROUP_REMARK

Page 694
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_GROUP_XREF

PPDM GROUP CROSS REFERENCE: This table can be used to keep track of relationships between groups, such as hierarchical relationships, component (part of)
relationships, replacements or deprecations etc. Use the XREF TYPE column to describe why the relationship was created.
PARENT_GROUP_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PPDM_GROUP PARENT PPDM GROUP IDENTIFIER: Unique ID for the table used to track
associations between columns in the data model and logical groupings. For example,
you could use this table to group all columns that fall in a particular domains, such
as depth, or all the columns used by a software application, or the columns used in a
particular report. In this case, the group at a higher level or the group that is the
owner of other groups.
CHILD_GROUP_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PPDM_GROUP PPDM GROUP IDENTIFIER: Unique ID for the table used to track associations
report. In this case, the group that is the child in a hierarchy, or the owned or
component group. Also a new group that replaces a deprecated group.
XREF_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P CROSS REFERENCE OBSERVATION NUMBER: A unique number that allows
more than one relationship between two groups to be listed, perhaps because they
are related for more than one reason, for example. Note that this number may also be
used for time based versioning, in conjunction with effective and expiry dates.
valid.
came into effect.
GROUP_XREF_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PPDM_GROUP_XREF_TYPE PPDM GROUP CROSS REFERENCE TYPE: The type of relationship between two
groups, such as a hierarchical relationship between groups used for creating a report,
replacements and other types of dependencies.
OWNER_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE XREF OWNER: The business associate that is the owner of this relationship
between PPDM GROUPS.
Page 695
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_GROUP_XREF

Page 696
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_INDEX

PPDM INDEX: This table lists the indexes provided through the DDL. Members may populate this table to show the indexes that are applied for a specific implementation.
The PPDM Association provides a basic set of starter indexes for model delivery.
INDEX_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P INDEX IDENTIFIER: unique ID for the index.
active or valid.
EXTENSION_IND VARCHAR2 1 EXTENSION INDICATOR; A Y/N flag indicating whether this index is an
extension to the base model definition.
INDEX_CATEGORY VARCHAR2 20 R_PPDM_INDEX_CATEGORY PPDM INDEX CATEGORY: The technical category of the index, such as bit
mapped or normal (regular).
INDEX_NAME VARCHAR2 255 INDEX NAME: the name assigned to the index in the DDL.
UNIQUE_IND VARCHAR2 1 UNIQUE INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating whether the index is unique (Y) or
optional (N).
Page 697
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_INDEX_COLUMN

PPDM INDEX COLUMN: This table lists the columns included in each index, together with the column sequence.
PPDM_INDEX database or XML schema.
PPDM_INDEX
INDEX_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PPDM_INDEX INDEX IDENTIFIER: unique ID for the index.
schema
active or valid.
EXTENSION_IND VARCHAR2 1 EXTENSION INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating that this index column has been
added by extension to the PPDM model.
INDEX_SEQ_NO NUMBER 8, 0 INDEX SEQUENCE NUMBER: a number indicating the relative order of this
component in the order of the multi-component index.
Page 698
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_MAP_DETAIL

PPDM SYSTEM DETAILED MAPPING: Use this table to track mappings between systems. You can map between tables, columns or schema in any combination you
require.
MAP_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PPDM_SYSTEM_MAP MAPPING IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a mapping between systems.
MAP_DETAIL_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P MAPPING DETAIL OBSERVATION NUMBER: A unique number identifying
each individual mapping for the systems.
a
COLUMN_NAME1 VARCHAR2 30 PPDM_COLUMN COLUMN NAME: Name of the column within a specific table found in the schema
COLUMN_NAME2 VARCHAR2 30 PPDM_COLUMN COLUMN NAME: Name of the column within a specific table found in the schema
CREATE_METHOD VARCHAR2 20 R_PPDM_CREATE_METHOD CREATE METHOD TYPE: The type of method that is used to create the value in
this column. The method could include manual selection and key entry, automated
random generation, concatenation of values etc. If you wish, the code used to
generate the key value can be stored in PPDM COLUMN, and the last assigned key
can also be stored.
DEFAULT_VALUE VARCHAR2 2000 DEFAULT VALUE: Use this column to store the default value that will be created
during a migration or data load. Store dates, numbers and text in this field, with
appropriate conversions during the load. Note that a single column is used for all
data types to make creating loading scripts easier.
MAP_DESC VARCHAR2 2000 MAP DESCRIPTION: A narrative description of the mapping rule.
MAP_OWNER_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE MAPPING OWNER BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: unique identifier for the business
associate who owns this mapping between systems.
MAP_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PPDM_MAP_TYPE PPDM MAPPING TYPE: The type of mapping between two elements, such as data
that is simply migrated from one system to the other without any change, data that is
mapped through a reference table, a mapping that requires some computation or
calculation or a multiple mapping where the source and target do not have a simple
one to one relationship.
MAP_VERSION_NUM VARCHAR2 12 MAP VERSION REFERENCE NUMBER: a numer identifying the version of the
mapping between systems that this represents.
PREFERRED_IND VARCHAR2 1 PREFERRED INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating whether this mapping is a
preferred version of the mapping.
RING_SEQ_NO NUMBER 8, 0 RING SEQUENCE NUMBER: where relevant, you may indicate the order in which
this mapping must be loaded in order to conform to the Load of the Rings policy.
SCHEMA_ENTITY_ID1 VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_SCHEMA_ENTITY SCHEMA ENTITY IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for an entity or object in an
XML or EDI schema.
Page 699
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_MAP_DETAIL

SCHEMA_ENTITY_ID2 VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_SCHEMA_ENTITY SCHEMA ENTITY IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for an entity or object in an
XML or EDI schema.
SYSTEM_ID1 VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_COLUMN SYSTEM IDENTIFIER: A unique identifier for a data storage system, such as a
PPDM_TABLE
SYSTEM_ID2 VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_COLUMN SYSTEM IDENTIFIER: A unique identifier for a data storage system, such as a
PPDM_TABLE
TABLE_NAME1 VARCHAR2 30 PPDM_COLUMN TABLE NAME: The name of the table within a schema.
PPDM_TABLE
TABLE_NAME2 VARCHAR2 30 PPDM_COLUMN PPDM TABLE NAME: the name of a table in a schema.
PPDM_TABLE
Page 700
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_MAP_RULE

PPDM SYSTEM DETAILED MAPPING RULE: Use this table to track rules that govern the mapping or migration between systems. For example, if the value of a column
should be derived from a colum value or a column name, or based on a calculation from an existing column, you may store the rule here. If a value in a mapped column is
also validated against a reference table, you may store the name of the reference table and validated column here.
MAP_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PPDM_MAP_DETAIL MAPPING IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a mapping between systems.
MAP_DETAIL_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P PPDM_MAP_DETAIL MAPPING DETAIL OBSERVATION NUMBER: A unique number identifying
each individual mapping for the systems.
RULE_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P RULE SEQUENCE NUMBER: Identifies the order in which the mapping rules are
to be carried out, in order to ensure maximum quality.
a
CREATE_METHOD VARCHAR2 20 R_PPDM_CREATE_METHOD CREATE METHOD TYPE: The type of method that is used to create the value in
this column. The method could include manual selection and key entry, automated
random generation, concatenation of values etc. If you wish, the code used to
generate the key value can be stored in PPDM COLUMN, and the last assigned key
can also be stored.
YYYYMMDD
DEP_COLUMN_NAME VARCHAR2 30 PPDM_COLUMN DEPENDENT COLUMN NAME: Name of the column within a specific table
found in the schema. Use to identify the column on which the rule depends, such as
the column used for a comparison or calculation or verification.
DEP_SCHEMA_ENTITY_ID VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_SCHEMA_ENTITY DEPENDENT SCHEMA ENTITY IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for an entity or
object in an XML or EDI schema. Use to identify the element on which the rule
depends, such as the element on which the rule must be carried out (for example,
when a component must be queried or calculated.
DEP_SYSTEM_ID VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_COLUMN SYSTEM IDENTIFIER: A unique identifier for a data storage system, such as a
PPDM_SCHEMA_ENTITY database or XML schema. Use to identify the system ID on which the rule depends,
PPDM_TABLE such as the system in which the rule must be carried out (for example, when a
component must be queried or calculated.
DEP_TABLE_NAME VARCHAR2 30 PPDM_COLUMN DEPENDENT TABLE NAME: The name of the table within a schema. Use to
PPDM_TABLE identify the table on which the rule depends, such as the reference table from which
the column value must be drawn.
MAP_RULE_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PPDM_MAP_RULE_TYPE PPDM RULE TYPE: The type of rule that is used, such as one that uses a
comparison of values in this or another column to determine where the mapping
should go, or one that uses the contents of the value to determine the location of the
mapping.
MAX_VALUE NUMBER , MAXIMUM VALUE: The maxumum value that is a condition for this value to be
included in this mapping rule.
Page 701
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_MAP_RULE

MAX_VALUE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE MAX VALUE ORIGINAL UNITS OF MEASURE: The units of measure in which
the max value was originally received.
MIN_VALUE NUMBER , MINIMUM VALUE: The minumum value that is a condition for this value to be
included in this mapping rule.
MIN_VALUE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE MIN VALUE ORIGINAL UNITS OF MEASURE: The units of measure in which
the min value was originally received.
PROCEDURE_ID VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_PROCEDURE PROCEDURE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a procedure or function.
PROCEDURE_SYSTEM_ID VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_PROCEDURE PROCEDURE SYSTEM IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the system that
contains the procedure controlling or involking the mapping rule.
RING_SEQ_NO NUMBER 8, 0 RING SEQUENCE NUMBER: where relevant, you may indicate the order in which
this mapping must be loaded in order to conform to the Load of the Rings policy.
RULE_DESC VARCHAR2 2000 RULE DESCRIPTION: description of the mapping logic or creation logic for a
column.
RULE_OWNER_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE RULE OWNER BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: unique identifier for the business
associate who owns this rule for mapping.
RULE_VERSION_NUM VARCHAR2 12 RULE VERSION REFERENCE NUMBER: a numer identifying the version of the
rule for mapping between systems that this represents.
Page 702
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_MEASUREMENT_SYSTEM

MEASUREMENT SYSTEM DEFINITION: Name and description for valid systems for units of measure. For example, the International System of Units (SI). In the sample
data, where a unit of measure is part of SI, SI will be used - otherwise, the precedence will be: SI, Imperial, US Customary, MKS, CGS, Historical.
UOM_SYSTEM_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P UNIT SYSTEM: Name of the measurement system. For example, SI.
active or valid.
REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 REMARK: Long name for the measurement system.
SOURCE_DOCUMENT VARCHAR2 20 SOURCE_DOCUMENT SOURCE DOCUMENT: the document from which this reference information was
obtained.
UNIT_SYSTEM_NAME VARCHAR2 255 UNIT SYSTEM NAME: the full name of the unit measurement system, such as
System Internationale.
Page 703
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_METRIC

PPDM METRIC: Use this table to define the kinds of metrics being managed. Metrics may relate to software, data in a database, XML schema, projects etc. Metrics are
typically used to measure performance or progress.
METRIC_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P METRIC IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the metric that is being captured. In
many cases, metrics are captured during a project, but some metrics may be
operational or on-going in nature.
active.
END_DATE DATE 7 END DATE: The date that metrics were last measured for this metric.
METRIC_NAME VARCHAR2 255 METRIC NAME: The full name usually given to the metric for identification
purposes.
METRIC_PROCEDURE VARCHAR2 2000 METRIC PROCEDURE: May store the procedure used to validate or calculate the
metric, or a call to the procedure, or a text description of the procedure. If desired, a
link to the RM location of the procedure may be stored in PPDM METRIC
COMPONENT.
METRIC_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PPDM_METRIC_TYPE PPDM METRIC TYPE: the type of metric that is being measured, such the count of
wells that have been quality controlled, the number of SW licenses that are in use,
the time taken to complete an activity etc.
OWNER_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BA_ORGANIZATION OWNER BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE business associate who is the owner of this metric.
May be a stored procedure, called procedure, function etc. In this case, the
procedure used to calculalte the metrics.
PROCEDURE_SYSTEM_ID VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_PROCEDURE SYSTEM IDENTIFIER: A unique identifier for a data storage system, such as a
PROJECTED_FINAL_COUNT NUMBER 10, 0 PROJECTED FINAL COUNT: Where a data load or quality control project is being
monitored, the total expected or projected final count, such as the total number of
wells to be corrected, the number of seismic lines to be loaded etc.
PURPOSE_DESC VARCHAR2 2000 PURPOSE DESCRIPTION: A narrative description that explains why this metric is
being measured.
Page 704
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_METRIC

START_DATE DATE 7 START DATE: The date that metrics were first measured.
Page 705
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_METRIC_COMPONENT

PPDM METRIC COMPONENT: Use this table to track the business objects relevant to a metric, such as a list of the wells included in a metric, or the tables and columns
that are being measured.
METRIC_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PPDM_METRIC_VALUE METRIC IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the metric that is being captured. In
PPDM_METRIC many cases, metrics are captured during a project, but some metrics may be
object that is associated with the metric.
active.
etc.
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

information.
found in it.
an organization.
working for it.
table.
FACILITY
FACILITY_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 FACILITY_LICENSE FACILITY TYPE: The type of facility that is described in this row of data, such as
Page 707
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

related incident.
METRIC_COMPONENT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PPDM_METRIC_COMP_TYPE METRIC COMPONENT TYPE: The type of component that is associated with the
metric. Use this to relate the metrics to an overall project, or the tables and columns
or schema that are associated with the metric.
METRIC_OBS_NO NUMBER 8, 0 PPDM_METRIC_VALUE METRIC OBSERVATION NUMBER: Unique idnetifier for a specific observation
or run of a metrics calculation, in the event that you need to link specific users,
tables, columns etc to a metric run.
NOTIFICATION_ID VARCHAR2 20 NOTIFICATION NOTIFICATION IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the notification. Page 708
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

obligation
that is captured.
PPDM_COLUMN_NAME VARCHAR2 30 PPDM_COLUMN COLUMN NAME: Name of the column within a specific table found in the schema
PPDM_SYSTEM_ID VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_COLUMN SYSTEM IDENTIFIER: A unique identifier for a data storage system, such as a
PPDM_SYSTEM
PPDM_TABLE
PPDM_TABLE_NAME VARCHAR2 30 PPDM_COLUMN TABLE NAME: The name of the table within the schema.
PPDM_TABLE
Page 709
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

XML or EDI schema.
operations.
SEIS_SURVEY.
description.
Page 710
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

permitted to hold.
within a well.
Webster Online)
thesaurus.
Page 711
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

Page 712
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_METRIC_VALUE

PPDM METRIC VALUE: Use this table to capture the values of the metrics that are being monitored. You may capture the number of objects loaded or quality controlled,
the number of software licenses in use, the quantity of objects in a repository etc.
METRIC_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PPDM_METRIC METRIC IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the metric that is being captured. In
many cases, metrics are captured during a project, but some metrics may be
METRIC_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P METRIC OBSERVATION NUMBER: A number identifying an instance of a
record of the metric values. Metric values may represent individual values or rolled
up values that are aggregated in some other system.
active.
cost.
YYYYMMDD
product.
METRIC_CODE VARCHAR2 20 R_PPDM_METRIC_CODE METRIC CODE: A measurement or indicative code for a specific kind of metric.
Some metrics may be measured quantitatively, through numbers, and others may be
measured qualitatively, though more subjective values such as good, complete etc.
METRIC_DESC VARCHAR2 1024 METRIC DESCRIPTION: A textual description of the specification property.
METRIC_IND VARCHAR2 1 METRIC INDICATOR: A yes/no flag indicating whether or not the metric
specification has been addressed. For example, if the metric type is WELL SPUD
Page 713
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_METRIC_VALUE

DATE, you may use the METRIC IND to indicate whether the count indicates wells
that DO or DO NOT have a spud date.
METRIC_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PPDM_METRIC_CODE METRIC TYPE: the type of metric that is being measured, such the count of wells
R_PPDM_METRIC_TYPE that have been quality controlled, the number of SW licenses that are in use, the time
taken to complete an activity etc.
permitted.
REFERENCE_VALUE_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PPDM_METRIC_REF_VALUE REFERENCE VALUE TYPE: The type of reference value, such as a column to
which this value should be compared. As an example, the logged depth may be
compared to the deepest depth of the well to ensure that the logged depth is not
deeper than the well is.
Page 714
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_OBJECT_STATUS

PPDM OBJECT STATUS: This table allows you to track the status of various data base objects, such as tables, columns, constraints, indexes, procedures etc as they change
over time. Your implementation may choose to track a complete history or a partial history of this information. Status information can be useful when diagnosing database,
system, application or data problems.
STATUS_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P STATUS IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the status of an object that is being
tracked, usually a system object such as a constraint or procedure. However, objects
may also be business rules. Intended to support management of objects used in data
management functions.
STATUS_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P STATUS OBSERVATION NUMBER: Unique identifier for the status of an object.
valid.
CODE_VERSION_OBS_NO NUMBER 8, 0 PPDM_CODE_VERSION CODE VERSION OBSERVATION NUMBER: Unique number identifying the
CODE_VERSION_SOURCE VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_CODE_VERSION CODE VERSION SOURCE: the source for this reference code version.
COLUMN_NAME VARCHAR2 30 PPDM_COLUMN COLUMN NAME: Name of the column within a specific table found in the PPDM
schema
CONSTRAINT_ID VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_CONSTRAINT CONSTRAINT IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for a primary, foreign, check or
other constraint.
came into effect.
EXPIRY_DATE DATE 7 EXPIRY DATE: The date that the association between the column and the group
was no longer in effect.
INDEX_ID VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_INDEX INDEX IDENTIFIER: unique ID for the index.
OBJECT_NAME VARCHAR2 255 OBJECT NAME: the identifier or name assigned to the object.
OBJECT_STATUS VARCHAR2 20 R_PPDM_OBJECT_STATUS PPDM OBJECT STATUS: The current status of the object, such as enabled or
disabled.
OBJECT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PPDM_OBJECT_TYPE PPDM OBJECT TYPE: The type of database object that is being tracked, such as a
table, column, index, constraint or procedure.
RULE_ID VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_RULE RULE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a rule. Rules may be policies, practices,
Page 715
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_OBJECT_STATUS

SYSTEM_ID VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_CONSTRAINT SYSTEM IDENTIFIER: A unique identifier for a data storage system, such as a
PPDM_CODE_VERSION database or XML schema.
PPDM_COLUMN
PPDM_INDEX
PPDM_PROCEDURE
PPDM_SYSTEM
PPDM_TABLE
TABLE_NAME VARCHAR2 30 PPDM_CONSTRAINT TABLE NAME: The name of the table within the schema.
PPDM_CODE_VERSION
PPDM_COLUMN
PPDM_INDEX
PPDM_TABLE
Page 716
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_PROCEDURE

PPDM PROCEDURE: Use this table to track procedures used for a system or table. May be a stored procedure, called procedure, function etc.
SYSTEM_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PPDM_SYSTEM SYSTEM IDENTIFIER: A unique identifier for a data storage system, such as a
PROCEDURE_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PROCEDURE IDENTIFIER: Identifier for procedures used for a system or table.
active or valid.
PROCEDURE_DESC VARCHAR2 2000 PROCEDURE DESCRIPTION: A description of the procedure, or even the
procedure itself.
PROCEDURE_NAME VARCHAR2 255 INDEX NAME: the name assigned to the index in the DDL.
PROCEDURE_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PPDM_PROC_TYPE PROCEDURE TYPE: The type of procedure, such as stored, called, function etc.
TABLE_NAME VARCHAR2 30 PPDM_TABLE TABLE NAME: The name of the table within the schema.
Page 717
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_PROPERTY_COLUMN

PPDM PROPERTY COLUMN CONTROL: Each row in this table describes how a column in the used table should be managed. Each property set may require the use of
one or more columns in the used table. Numeric values should specify which columns to use and the data type, length and precision for each value. Also specify the preferred
units of measure. If the used column should be validated against a reference table, the name of the reference table is specificed. Note that references cannot be validated
through referential integrity, so great care must be taken to ensure that corrupt data does not enter the table.
PROPERTY_SET_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PPDM_PROPERTY_SET TABLE PROPERTY CONTROL IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the property
PROPERTY_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P PROPERTY SET OBSERVATION NUMBER: Unique identifier for this instance
of the usage of a property set.
active or valid.
COLUMN_PRECISION NUMBER 10, 5 COLUMN PRECISION: The number of digits to the left of the decimal place in a
number. The number of digits to the right of the decimal place is stored in
COLUMN SCALE. The total number of digits is stored in COLUMN SIZE.
COLUMN_SCALE NUMBER 10, 5 COLUMN SCALE: The number of digits following the decimal place in a numeric
field.
COLUMN_SIZE NUMBER 10, 5 COLUMN SIZE: The size or length of the column. It is the maximum length, or
number of characters or digits that may be used.
DATA_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 DATATYPE: The database "type" for the column. Oracle uses DATE, NUMBER,
PREFERRED_CURRENCY_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNIT OF MEASURE
PREFERRED_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE DEFAULT UNIT OF MEASURE SYMBOL: The units of measure used for this
QUANTITY_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_QUANTITY QUANTITY: Describes the type of value that is being measured, The Conventions
of ASTM/IEEE SI-10 are used wherever possible. For example, length, luminance,
mass density, power.
REF_SYSTEM_ID VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_TABLE SYSTEM IDENTIFIER: A unique identifier for a data storage system, such as a
REF_TABLE_NAME VARCHAR2 30 PPDM_TABLE REFERENCED TABLE NAME: The name of the reference table that contains Page
the 718
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_PROPERTY_COLUMN

values to be used for this value. Note that referential integrity cannot be applied to
this type of validation, so great care must be taken to be sure that corrupt data does
not enter the system.
USE_COLUMN_NAME VARCHAR2 30 PPDM_COLUMN USE COLUMN NAME: The name of the column in the business table for which
storage parameters are being defined. For example, if a parameter (property type) is
diameter, you may choose to store the minimum and maximum diameter in
millimeters. In that case, you will need to use four columns (MIN VALUE and its
preferred unit of measure, MAX VALUE and its preferred unit of measure),
USE_INDICATOR_IND VARCHAR2 1 USE INDICATOR INDICATOR: This column is flagged when the stored value in a
property table is a Y/N flag.
USE_SYSTEM_ID VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_COLUMN SYSTEM IDENTIFIER: A unique identifier for a data storage system, such as a
USE_TABLE_NAME VARCHAR2 30 PPDM_COLUMN USE TABLE NAME: The name of the business table that contains the stored values
of the parameters. For example, if a reference table is R EQUIP CAT SPEC, the
used table could be EQUP CATALOGUE SPEC.
Page 719
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_PROPERTY_SET

TABLE PROPERTY CONTROL: This table can be used to help you control how a vertical table is implemented, by determining preferred units of measure, data entry types
and other specifications for each kind of property that is defined in a vertical table. We recommend that each row capture property set definitions for only one table. Each
used table will probably require more than one property set.
PROPERTY_SET_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P TABLE PROPERTY CONTROL SET IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the
active or valid.
PROPERTY_SET_NAME VARCHAR2 255 PROPERTY SET NAME: A common name assigned to a property set.
USE_SYSTEM_ID VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_TABLE SYSTEM IDENTIFIER: A unique identifier for a data storage system, such as a
USE_TABLE_NAME VARCHAR2 30 PPDM_TABLE USE TABLE NAME: The name of the table in which business values for this
property will be stored.
Page 720
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_QUALITY_CONTROL

PPDM QUALITY CONTROL: Use this table to track the processes and statuses associated with reviewing and validating information that is contained in other tables.
Caution must be employed when implementing this table, as a row in this table may not necessarily relate to a value that is currently in the database. During an update
process, the value in a column may be changed to reflect what is known about the object being investigated. Use the CURRENT VALUE % columns to keep track of what
the value is for the purposes of this record.
PPDM_TABLE
QC_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P QUALITY CONTROL SEQUENCE NUMBER: a number that is used to order the
occurence of rows.
active or valid.
CHECKED_BY_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE CHECKED BY BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the
business associate who checked the work done by the data analyst to verify that the
quality control has been done correctly. In some cases, this will be a business expert
who is reviewing the final contents of a data structure.
COLUMN_NAME VARCHAR2 30 PPDM_COLUMN COLUMN NAME: Name of the column within a specific table found in the PPDM
schema
CURRENT_DATE_VALUE DATE 7 CURRENT DATE VALUE: the current value of the column for this GUID
identified row of data, where the original data type was in date format. Since the
stored value of the column may change over time, the current value may be
replicated here in order to keep track of the value that was being quality controlled.
Over time, it is possible that records in this table may refer to the QC process for
multiple values in the same table, row and column in the database. Only use this
column if you are referring to a specific column.
CURRENT_NUMERIC_VALUE NUMBER , CURRENT NUMERIC VALUE: the current value of the column for this GUID
identified row of data, where the original data type was in number format. Since the
CURRENT_NUMERIC_VALUE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE CURRENT UNIT OF MEASURE
CURRENT_NUMERIC_VALUE_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNIT OF MEASURE
CURRENT_ROW_GUID VARCHAR2 38 CURRENT QUALITY CONTROL ROW GUID: In order to use this table, you
must have the PPDM GUID columns in the table to be audited in use, with the NOT
NULL constraints turned on, and a unique index on the PPDM GUID column. In
this table, the CURRENT QC ROW GUID is the GUID for the row that is being
validated. If the COLUMN_NAME is also populated, the information relates to a
specific column. If not, the GUID points to the entire row.
CURRENT_TEXT_VALUE VARCHAR2 2000 CURRENT TEXT VALUE: the current value of the column for this GUID Page 721
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

identified row of data, where the original data type was in textual format. Since the
DONE_BY_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE DONE BY BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFER: Unique identifier for the
business associate who was responsible for the creation of this information, usually
the business analyst or data analyst who is verifying data.
NULL_DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 1024 NULL DESCRIPTION: If this value is NULL, a narrative descrption about why it is
null (not available, historical records damaged or lost etc).
QC_DATETIME DATE 7 QC DATETIME: the system or user date and time when this record is considered to
be in effect, used to correctly sequence events in time.
QC_DESC VARCHAR2 1024 QC DESCRIPTION: Narrative descriptive comments about the quality control of
the data, such as comments about the source, questions about the information etc.
QC_STATUS VARCHAR2 20 R_PPDM_QC_STATUS QUALITY CONTROL STATUS: A valid type of quality control or validation
status, such as batch loaded, visual inspection, verified by data analyst, verified by
business analyst etc.
QC_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PPDM_QC_TYPE QUALITY CONTROL TYPE: The type of quality control that is being done, such
as table level or column level quality control.
QUALITY_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 QUALITY CONTROL QUALITY TYPE: A value that indicates the quality of the
data, whether the data is poor quality, fully verified, falls within expected range of
values, requires further investigation etc. Some companies have developed rigorous
methods for testing and scoring certain key information attributes.
row of data.
Page 722
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

Page 723
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_QUANTITY

PPDM QUANTITY: Describes the type of value that is being measured, The Conventions of ASTM/IEEE SI-10 are used wherever possible. For example, length, luminance,
mass density, power.
QUANTITY_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PPDM QUANTITY: Describes the type of value that is being measured, The
Conventions of ASTM/IEEE SI-10 are used wherever possible. For example, length,
luminance, mass density, power.
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: a Y/N flag indicating whether this quantity is currently in
use.
FULL_NAME VARCHAR2 255 FULL NAME: Full name given to this quantity, such as depth, temperature etc.
REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 REMARK. A long form or description.
obtained.
Page 724
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_QUANTITY_ALIAS

PPDM QUANTITY ALIAS: Alternate names or identifiers for a PPDM quantity. For example, distance is an alias for length. .
QUANTITY_ALIAS Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P QUANTITY ALIAS: Alternate names or identifiers for a PPDM quantity. For
example, distance is an alias for length. .
QUANTITY_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PPDM_QUANTITY PPDM QUANTITY: Describes the type of value that is being measured, The
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: a Y/N flag indicating whether this quantity is currently in
use.
ALIAS_FULL_NAME VARCHAR2 255 FULL NAME: Full name given to this quantity, such as depth, temperature etc.
ALIAS_SHORT_NAME VARCHAR2 30 SHORT NAME: Common short name given to reference type or code.
name or code
REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 REMARK. A long form or description.
SOURCE_DOCUMENT VARCHAR2 20 SOURCE_DOCUMENT SOURCE DOCUMENT: the source in the literature from which this information
was derived.
Page 725
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_QUANTITY_ALIAS

Page 726
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_RULE

PPDM RULE: A meta table that captures rules governing the use of a system. Rules may be policies, practices, procedures or business rules. Rules may be enforced through
data base rules, application logic, user interfaces or best business practices. They may also define the way tasks are to be performed. When setting up a new company or an
organization, the PPP can help you determine what your corporate objectives should be (polices), what your organizational structure needs to support (procedures) and what
key roles and responsibilities are needed (practices).
RULE_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P RULE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a rule. Rules may be policies, practices,
active or valid.
CURRENT_STATUS VARCHAR2 20 R_PPDM_RULE_STATUS CURRENT STATUS: The current status of a business rule, such as proposed, under
review, approved, published. Historic information about status is not tracked in this
version; if this is needed, please contact PPDM.
REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 REMARK: A long description describing the information kept within the table in
the PPDM schema.
RULE_CLASS VARCHAR2 20 R_PPDM_RULE_CLASS PPDM RULE CLASS: The class or type of rule, such as policy, practice, procedure,
business rule. This column defines what kind of rule is being defined.
RULE_DESC VARCHAR2 1024 RULE DESCRIPTION: A narrative description of the rule, usually a text version of
the rule itself (for example, the logged interval for a well must not be deeper than
the total drilled depth of the well).
RULE_PURPOSE VARCHAR2 20 R_PPDM_RULE_PURPOSE PPDM RULE PURPOSE: the objective or purpose for the business rule, such as
data load quality control, management reporting etc. This column defines why the
rule exists. A rule may exist to support the creation of a data management team, or
to handle quality control in a system.
RULE_QUERY VARCHAR2 2000 RULE QUERY: the SQL or coded query that is used to validate conformance to a
business rule. If you wish, this may be a call or a reference to the procedure.
USE_CONDITION_DESC VARCHAR2 1024 USE CONDITION DESCRIPTION: A narrative or codified script describing the
conditions that must be met for this procedure to be run. For example, the procedure
may be used during inserts to the well table, during updates, during migrations, run
monthly etc.
USE_CONDITION_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PPDM_RULE_USE_COND RULE USE CONDITION TYPE: the type of condition that must be met for this
procedure to be run. For example, the procedure may be used during inserts to the
well table, during updates, during migrations, run monthly etc. This column
describes when a rule is to be used.
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_RULE

Page 728
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_RULE_ALIAS

PPDM RULE ALIASES: This table may be used to store aliases, such as alternate names, codes or identifiers for a business object. All versions of an objects identification
should be stored here, including the preferred version.
RULE_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PPDM_RULE RULE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a rule. Rules may be policies, practices,
RULE_ALIAS_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P ALIAS IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a value in the alias table. This value
may be natural or surrogate. Natural values are also stored in the data columns.
active or valid.
ALIAS_FULL_NAME VARCHAR2 255 ALIAS FULL NAME: The full or long name given to an alias.
AMENDED_DATE DATE 7 ALIAS AMENDED DATE: the date on which a name has been ammended. Often,
this is used for official or legal changes to a name.
LANGUAGE_ID VARCHAR2 20 R_LANGUAGE AREA ALIAS: The language of the alias.
name or code.
Page 729
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_RULE_ALIAS

Page 730
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_RULE_COMPONENT

PPDM RULE COMPONENT: Use this table to connect PPDM rules to the business objects they influence or are influenced by. Can be used to describe the geographic area
in which a rule applies, or the specific wells that a rule controls etc.
object that is associated with the metric.
active.
etc.
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE
Page 731
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

information.
found in it.
an organization.
working for it.
table.
FACILITY
FACILITY_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 FACILITY_LICENSE FACILITY TYPE: The type of facility that is described in this row of data, such as
Page 732
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

related incident.
obligation
that is captured.
Page 733
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

PPDM_COLUMN_NAME VARCHAR2 30 PPDM_COLUMN COLUMN NAME: Name of the column within a specific table found in the schema
PPDM_SYSTEM_ID VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_COLUMN SYSTEM IDENTIFIER: A unique identifier for a data storage system, such as a
PPDM_SYSTEM
PPDM_TABLE
PPDM_TABLE_NAME VARCHAR2 30 PPDM_COLUMN TABLE NAME: The name of the table within the schema.
PPDM_TABLE
combination with the PPDM_REFERENCED_GUID, which points to the row in the 734
Page
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

RULE_COMPONENT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PPDM_RULE_COMP_TYPE RULE COMPONENT TYPE: The type of component that is associated with the
rule.
XML or EDI schema.
operations.
SEIS_SURVEY.
description.
Page 735
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

permitted to hold.
within a well.
SYSTEM_ID VARCHAR2 20 SYSTEM IDENTIFIER: A unique identifier for a data storage system, such as a
Webster Online)
thesaurus.
Page 736
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

Page 737
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_RULE_DETAIL

PPDM RULE DETAIL: Use this table to describe details about a rule. These rules may be textual or they may be captured as numbers, such as an allowable range of numbers
that a column may contain. Some business rules may require complexity in these tables to fully describe.
DETAIL_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P DETAIL SEQUENCE NUMBER: An ordered number used to sequence information
about the rule detail in the order that they should be executed. Some business rules
may need to be described as an ordered sequence and then constructed into a
complete command prior to execution.
active.
BOOLEAN_RULE VARCHAR2 20 R_PPDM_BOOLEAN_RULE PPDM BOOLEAN RULE: A boolean rule are part of a logical sytstem of rules,
based on mathematical rules. These represent relationships between sets of values
using logical operators such as AND, OR, NOT, GREATER THAN, LESS THAN
etc. Named after the British mathemetician George Boole.
BUSINESS_RULE VARCHAR2 2000 VALUE RULE: Use this column to store the actual rule, including table and column
names where relevant, that expresses the rule. For example, you may use
WELL.SPUD_DATE>=WELL_LICENSE.LICENSE_DATE.
YYYYMMDD
product.
Page 738
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

REFERENCE_COLUMN_NAME VARCHAR2 30 PPDM_COLUMN COLUMN NAME: Name of the column within a specific table found in the schema.
In this case, a reference to the system, table and column to which the business rule
refers.
REFERENCE_COLUMN_NAME2 VARCHAR2 30 PPDM_COLUMN REFERENCE COLUMN NAME 2: The second column name is used to support
boolean BETWEEN statements. In this case, the second name is the second column
in the pair.
REFERENCE_SYSTEM_ID VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_COLUMN SYSTEM IDENTIFIER: A unique identifier for a data storage system, such as a
PPDM_COLUMN database or XML schema. In this case, a reference to the system, table and column
PPDM_TABLE to which the business rule refers.
REFERENCE_TABLE_NAME VARCHAR2 30 PPDM_COLUMN TABLE NAME: Name of the table found in the schema. In this case, a reference to
PPDM_TABLE the system, table and column to which the business rule refers.
REFERENCE_TABLE_NAME2 VARCHAR2 30 PPDM_COLUMN REFERENCE TABLE NAME 2: Where this column is used, the second table name
is the table that contains the second value in a BETWEEN boolean statement. While
in most cases, both the first and the last column used to compare the values will be
in the same table, there are cases where it may not be.
REFERENCE_VALUE NUMBER , REFERENCE VALUE: A reference value for this business rule. For some business
rules, this may be a percentage, such as a business rule that says that a value may not
vary more than 25% from some other value (this type of rule can help detect errors
in decimal placement for some types of data, such as positions or elevations).
REFERENCE_VALUE_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PPDM_REF_VALUE_TYPE REFERENCE VALUE TYPE: A list of the kinds of reference values that are used
for declaration of business rules about data in your database. For example, you may
state that the reference value type is the value of another column (such as in the case
where the spud date must be after the well license date), or the case where if one
column is populated, another must also be populated (if a production volume is
entered, you must also enter a unit of measure).
RULE_DESC VARCHAR2 1024 SPECIFICATION DESCRIPTION: A textual description of the specification
property.
RULE_DETAIL_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PPDM_RULE_DETAIL_TYPE RULE DETAIL TYPE: the type of detail for a rule that is being captured, such as
the minimum value that the column can store.
Page 739
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

Page 740
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_RULE_ENFORCEMENT

PPDM RULE ENFORCEMENT: Use this table to define how the rule is enforced. Rules may be enforced by the data base DDL, Software application logic, manual
procedure etc.
ENFORCEMENT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P RULE ENFORCEMENT IDENTIFIER: Identifier for the row describing how the
rule is enforced. Rules may be enforced by the data base DDL, Software application
logic, manual procedure etc.
active or valid.
ENFORCE_METHOD VARCHAR2 20 R_PPDM_ENFORCE_METHOD RULE ENFORCE METHOD: The types of method that is used to enforce a rule,
such as RDBMS business rule, stored procedure, function, software procedure,
manual enforcement etc.
OWNER_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE OWNER BA ID: Unique identifier for the business associate who owns this
enforcement method.
PROCEDURE_ID VARCHAR2 20 PROCEDURE IDENTIFIER: Identifier for procedures used for a system or table.
RULE_FAIL_RESULT VARCHAR2 20 R_PPDM_FAIL_RESULT RULE FAIL RESULT: the result if the enforcement of a rule fails, such as critical
error, warning, notification etc.
SW_APPLICATION_ID VARCHAR2 20 R_SW_APPLICATION SOFTWARE APPLICATION IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the software
application that manages this business rule. Be aware that in some cases, more than
one appllication may enforce a business rule, but the enforcement rules may not be
exactly the same. If not carefully managed, data problems can result.
Page 741
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_RULE_ENFORCEMENT

Page 742
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_RULE_XREF

PPDM RULE CROSS REFERENCE: Use this table to keep track of cases where the use of a rule may depend on the outcome of another rule implementation. For example,
the second rule is only enforced if conditions for the first have passed successfully (or failed). Other uses of this table include replacement of rules, refining rules etc.
DEPENDENCY_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P DEPENDENCY SET IDENTIFIER: A dependency set establishes a group of rules
that will be processed as a unit. For example, a set may be created to quality control
well locations using 3 rules. If RULE_ID 1 passes, proceed to RULE_ID 2. If it
fails, proceed to RULE_ID 3.
RULE_ID2 Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PPDM_RULE RULE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a related rule. Rules may be policies,
practices, procedures or system business rules.
XREF_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P XREF OBSERVATION NUMBER: A unique number added to the PK so that rules
may be related to each other more than once, over time or for different business
reasons.
active or valid.
DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 2000 DESCRIPTION: Narrative description of the cross reference between business rules.
the PPDM schema.
RULE_XREF_CONDITION VARCHAR2 20 R_PPDM_RULE_XREF_COND CROSS REFERENCE CONDITION: The type of condition that must be met before
this cross reference comes into effect, usually used when you need to create a
branched or dependent sequence of events. For example, one row of data will state
that if the rule indicated as RULE_ID is successful, go to RULE_ID2. In another
row of data, you can state that if the first rule has failed, a different RULE_ID2
would be in force.
RULE_XREF_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PPDM_RULE_XREF_TYPE PPDM RULE CROSS REFERENCE TYPE: The reason why a cross reference was
created, such as an indication of a rule to be processed in the event that the first rule
has been processed and passed or failed. In this case, the reference XREF TYPE
may be RUN RULE ID2 if RULE ID passes (or fails). May also be used for rule
management, such as rule that replaces an old rule, rule that must be implemented
before or after another rule a rule that is a component of another rule, or to build the
relationships between policies, practices, procedures and business rules.
Page 743
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_RULE_XREF

Page 744
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_SCHEMA_ENTITY

PPDM SCHEMA ENTITY: Use this table to describe an XML schema or flat file system. You can define individual elements, attributes or groups of objects. Associate
objects with each other using PPDM SCHEMA GROUP.
SCHEMA_ENTITY_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P SCHEMA ENTITY IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for an entity or object in an
XML or EDI schema.
active or valid.
DEFAULT_UOM_ID VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE DEFAULT UNIT OF MEASURE SYMBOL: The units of measure used for this
DELIMITER VARCHAR2 12 DELIMITER: Store a copy of the delimiter that is used to seperate values in an EDI
or text based format, such as a comma or a slash.
ELEMENT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PPDM_SCHEMA_ENTITY ELEMENT TYPE: the type of schema element that is being described, such as
element, attribute, element group etc.
ENTITY_COMMENT VARCHAR2 2000 ENTITY COMMENT: a narrative comment describing the use and function of this
entity.
ENTITY_PRECISION NUMBER 10, 0 ENTITY PRECISION: The number of digits to the left of the decimal place in a
number. The number of digits to the right of the decimal place is stored in SCALE.
The total number of digits is stored in SIZE.
ENTITY_SCALE NUMBER 10, 0 ENTITY SCALE: The number of digits following the decimal place in a numeric
field.
ENTITY_SEQ_NO NUMBER 8, 0 ENTITY SEQUENCE: A number indicating the position of this column relative to
implementor.
ENTITY_SIZE NUMBER 10, 0 ENTITY SIZE: The size or length of the entity. It is the maximum length, or number
of characters or digits that may be used.
Page 745
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_SCHEMA_ENTITY

LAST_SYSTEM_KEY VARCHAR2 240 LAST SYSTEM ASSIGNED KEY: the value of the last system assigned key for
this column in the database. Used for surrogate keys, but not for OBS_NO or
SEQ_NO, both of which should re-sequence to value 1 for each new parent.
NULLABLE_IND VARCHAR2 1 NULLABLE INDICATOR: a column indicating whether the column is nullable in
this implementation. A value of Y indicates the the column is nullable (optional).
PPDM definitions usually make the PK NOT NULL, and other columns nullable,
but site implementations may make additional columns manditory based on business
requirements.
POSITION_END NUMBER 10, 0 POSITION END: The ending position in an EDI record where this particle of
information is located.
POSITION_START NUMBER 10, 0 POSITION START: The starting position in an EDI record where this particle of
information is located.
PREFERRED_NAME VARCHAR2 255 PREFERRED NAME: the preferred name by which this entity is known. By
preference, all names for this entity should be stored in PPDM SCHEMA ENTITY
ALIAS, with a trigger to denormalize the preferred name into this column if you
want to use it to improve performance.
REFERENCE_NUM VARCHAR2 30 SCHEMA ENTITY REFERENCE NUMBER: A reference number or code that the
schema entity is usually known by, most commonly used for EDI schema. Note that
reference number may also be stored as a PPDM SCHEMA ENTITY ALIAS, with a
trigger to populate this column, if you want to use it for query performance.
SURROGATE_IND VARCHAR2 1 SURROGATE INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating that this column is assigned a
Page 746
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_SCHEMA_ENTITY_ALIAS

SYSTEM ENTITY ALIAS: Alternate names, codes and identifiers that are used to reference components in a system such as a database or an XML schema.
SYSTEM_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PPDM_SCHEMA_ENTITY SYSTEM IDENTIFIER: A unique identifier for a data storage system, such as a
SCHEMA_ENTITY_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PPDM_SCHEMA_ENTITY SCHEMA ENTITY IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for an entity or object in an
XML or EDI schema.
ALIAS_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P ALIAS IDENTIFIER: unique ID for a Code identifying any other name the schema
entity is known by.
a
ALIAS_FULL_NAME VARCHAR2 255 ENTITY ALIAS: Full alternate name or identifier for the schema entity.
name or code.
Page 747
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_SCHEMA_ENTITY_ALIAS

Page 748
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_SCHEMA_GROUP

PPDM SCHEMA GROUP: use this table to group entities in a schema or file into logical units, such as the relationship between an element and its attributes, parent child
relationships, siblings, sequencing elements.
GROUP_SYSTEM_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PPDM_SCHEMA_ENTITY GROUP SYSTEM IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the Schema that has been
PPDM_SCHEMA_ENTITY grouped.
GROUP_SCHEMA_ENTITY_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PPDM_SCHEMA_ENTITY GROUP SCHEMA ENTITY IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for an entity or object
in an XML or EDI schema that represents a group of objects.
COMP_SCHEMA_ENTITY_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PPDM_SCHEMA_ENTITY COMPONENT SCHEMA ENTITY IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for an entity or
object in an XML or EDI schema that is a component or part of the group.
active or valid.
ENTITY_SEQ_NO NUMBER 8, 0 ENTITY SEQUENCE: A number indicating the position of this column relative to
implementor.
SCHEMA_GROUP_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PPDM_SCHEMA_GROUP SCHEMA GROUP TYPE: the type of grouping of schema entities that has been
created, such as the relationship between an element and its attributes, parent child
relationships, siblings, sequencing elements.
SURROGATE_IND VARCHAR2 1 SURROGATE INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating that this column is assigned a
Page 749
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_SYSTEM

PPDM SYSTEM: This table defines a data storage system definition, such as a database or XML schema. For example, an implementation of PPDM 3.7 would be a system
and an implementation of PPDM 3.8 would be a different system. Use the meta model tables to define the tables, columns and constraints in each system, and to provide
business rules and mapping for sharing data among different systems.
SYSTEM_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P SYSTEM IDENTIFIER: A unique identifier for a data storage system, such as a
active.
BUSINESS_OWNER_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE BUSINESS OWNER BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: the business
associate who is the owner of the business function of a system, such as the group
who manages the functions or business application of the system. Each system may
be used by many applications. Appropriate contact information for each user system
is stored in PPDM SYSTEM APPLICATION.
CONNECT_STRING VARCHAR2 240 CONNECT STRING: String used to identify and connect to a remote database. For
Oracle, connect strings are defined in a TNSNAMES.ORA file, Oracle Names
Server or LDAP directory. When you connect, specify the
username/password@connectstring.
CREATOR_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE CREATOR BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the
business associate who created this data storage definitions, such as the PPDM
Association, or a vendor.
OPERATING_SYSTEM VARCHAR2 20 R_PPDM_OPERATING_SYSTEM OPERATING SYSTEM: Also known as an "OS," this is the software that
communicates with computer hardware on the most basic level. Without an
operating system, no software programs can run. The OS is what allocates memory,
processes tasks, accesses disks and peripherials, and serves as the user interface.
(Sharpened Glossary)
PPDM_SYSTEM_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PPDM_SYSTEM_TYPE SYSTEM TYPE: A list of valid types of systems, such as Relational Database,
XML Schema, EDI, etc.
RDBMS_ID VARCHAR2 20 R_PPDM_RDBMS PPDM RELATIONAL DATA BASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM: RDBMS, short
for relational database management system and pronounced as separate letters, a
type of database management system (DBMS) that stores data in the form of related
tables. Relational databases are powerful because they require few assumptions
about how data is related or how it will be extracted from the database. As a result,
the same database can be viewed in many different ways. An important feature of
relational systems is that a single database can be spread across several tables. This
differs from flat-file databases, in which each database is self-contained in a single
table. (ISP Glossary)
Page 750
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_SYSTEM

SYSTEM_LONG_NAME VARCHAR2 255 SYSTEM LONG NAME: A long descriptive name assigned to a data store.
TECHNICAL_OWNER_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE TECHNICAL OWNER BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier
for the business associate who is the technical or system owner or custodian of this
data storage system. Usually the group that administers the database itself.
VERSION_NUM VARCHAR2 30 VERSION NUMBER: The referenced version number of the system, such as 3.8
(for PPDM 3.8).
Page 751
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_SYSTEM_ALIAS

SYSTEM ALIAS: Alternate names, codes and identifiers that are used to reference a system such as a database or an XML schema.
ALIAS_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P ALIAS IDENTIFIER: unique ID for a Code identifying any other name the system
is known by.
a
ALIAS_FULL_NAME VARCHAR2 255 SYSTEM ALIAS: Full alternate name or identifier for the system.
name or code.
Page 752
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_SYSTEM_ALIAS

Page 753
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_SYSTEM_APPLICATION

PPDM SYSTEM APPLICATION: this table contains a list of all the software applications that use a particular data store system.
SW_APPLICATION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R_SW_APPLICATION APPLICATION: the name of a software application, such as Microsoft Word.
APPLICATION_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P APPLICATION SEQUENCE NUMBER: a number identifying the ocurrence of the
relationship between an application and a data store.
active.
business associate who is the vendor contact for the relationship between a data
store and a vendor application. .
CUSTODIAN_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE CUSTODIAN BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: the unique identifier for the business
associate who is the custodian of the relationship between an application and a data
store. This could be an employee, a company, a vendor etc.
Page 754
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_SYSTEM_MAP

SYSTEM MAP: Use this table to track high level information about mappings between systems. This table tracks general information about a mapping project.
MAP_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P MAPPING IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a mapping between systems.
a
MAP_OWNER_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE MAPPING OWNER BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: unique identifier for the business
associate who owns this mapping between systems.
MAP_VERSION_NUM VARCHAR2 12 MAP VERSION REFERENCE NUMBER: a numer identifying the version of the
mapping between systems that this represents.
SYSTEM_ID1 VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_SYSTEM SYSTEM IDENTIFIER: A unique identifier for a data storage system, such as a
SYSTEM_ID2 VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_SYSTEM SYSTEM IDENTIFIER: A unique identifier for a data storage system, such as a
Page 755
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_TABLE

PPDM TABLE: A meta data table which contains information regarding the tables contained within the PPDM schema.
TABLE_NAME Not Null VARCHAR2 30 P TABLE NAME: The name of the table within a schema.
active or valid.
EXTENSION_IND VARCHAR2 1 EXTENTION INDICATOR: A yes / no flag indicating that this table is a user
extension to the PPDM model.
PRIMARY_KEY_NAME VARCHAR2 255 PRIMARY KEY NAME: The name of the primary key used in the CREATE
PRIMARY KEY statement.
the PPDM schema.
ROW_COUNT NUMBER , ROW COUNT: The number of rows for this table.
ROW_COUNT_DATE DATE 7 ROW COUNT DATE: the date that the row count was calculated.
TABLE_COMMENT VARCHAR2 2000 TABLE COMMENT: the table comments as provided in the DDL.
TABLE_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PPDM_TABLE_TYPE TABLE TYPE: the type of entry in this table that describes the physical
implementation, such as table, view, materialized view etc.
Page 756
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_TABLE_ALIAS

PPDM TABLE ALIAS or SYNONYM: Alternate identifiers for a table, usually referred to a synonyms. The PPDM association provides a standard set of synonyms for
PPDM tables with model DDL.
TABLE_ALIAS Not Null VARCHAR2 30 P TABLE ALIAS: unique identifier for a table alias or synonym that has been loaded
into a system. Most systems require these aliases to be unique, allowing natural
values to be used.
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: A Y/N flag that indicates whether this alias is presently in
use.
ALIAS_FULL_NAME VARCHAR2 255 ALIAS FULL NAME: The full or long name given to an alias.
ALIAS_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_ALIAS_TYPE ALIAS TYPE: This reference table describes the type of alias. For example a well
associates may be assigned a stock exchange symbol alias. Table names may have
public or private synonyms.
EFFECTIVE_DATE DATE 7 EFFECTIVE DATE: the date that this alias came into effect or was loaded into the
system.
LANGUAGE_ID VARCHAR2 20 R_LANGUAGE LANGUAGE: The form of a means of communicating ideas or feelings by the use
OWNER_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE ALIAS OWNER: the unique identifier for the business associate who is the owner
of this alias.
Page 757
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_TABLE_ALIAS

PREFERRED_IND VARCHAR2 1 PREFERRED INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating whether this alias is preferred
for general use.
SW_APPLICATION_ID VARCHAR2 20 R_SW_APPLICATION APPLICATION NAME: Unique name or identifier for a software application or
suite of applications that uses a specific alias or synonym.
Page 758
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_TABLE_HISTORY

PPDM TABLE AUDIT HISTORY: Use this table to track data that has been deleted from the database. Where specific columns are deleleted or modified, you can use
PPDM AUDIT HISTORY. You can use the DELETE RECORD to store the original contents of the row, preferably in XML format, in the event you want to restore the data
later.
HISTORY_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P DELETION SEQUENCE NUMBER: a unique identifier for the data that has been
deleted.
active or valid.
AUDIT_REASON VARCHAR2 20 R_PPDM_AUDIT_REASON AUDIT REASON: The reason why an auditable change was made to the data, such
as data cleanup project, new data received, incorrect data corrected, missing data
located etc.
AUTHORIZED_BY_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 AUTHORIZED BY BA ID: The unique identifier for the business associate who
authorized the change to the record of data.
DELETE_RECORD BLOB 4000 DELETE RECORD: a binary object in which the data values that have been deleted
can be stored. Use a format that identifies the column name and its value, such as
with XML, where the column name is the tag name.
the PPDM schema.
Page 759
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_TABLE_HISTORY

Page 760
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_UNIT_CONVERSION

PPDM UNIT CONVERSION: This table stores numeric data used to convert between different units of measure, following the formula:
TO_UOM=(PRE_OFFSET+FROM_UOM)*(FACTOR_NUMERATOR/FACTOR_DENOMINATOR)+POST_OFFSET. Note that the table supports only conversions that
are linear.
FROM_UOM_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNIT OF MEASURE IDENTIFIER: A unique set of characters used to symbolize
the unit concisely. Note these can use upper and lower case. For example, s
(second), kg (kilogram). This value is a natural key value created to provide
uniqueness. In the case of the sample data, they may not reflect the usage of the
referfence source.
TO_UOM_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNIT OF MEASURE IDENTIFIER: A unique set of characters used to symbolize
referfence source.
active or valid.
EXACT_CONVERSION_IND VARCHAR2 1 EXACT CONVERSION INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating whether the
conversion is exact. An N indicator indicates that the conversion is not exact.
FACTOR_DENOMINATOR NUMBER , NUMBERIC DENOMINATOR:: ((From_Unit_Name + Pre_Offset ) *
factor_Numerator/Factor_Denominator)) + Post_Offset == To_Unit_Name
FACTOR_NUMERATOR NUMBER , FACTOR NUMERATOR:: ((From_Unit_Name + Pre_Offset ) *
(Factor_Numerator/Factor_Denominator)) + Post_Offset == To_Unit_Name
POST_OFFSET NUMBER , POST-OFFSET: ((From_Unit_Name + Pre_Offset ) *
PRE_OFFSET NUMBER , PRE-OFFSET: ((From_Unit_Name + Pre_Offset ) *
obtained.
UNIT_EXPRESSION NUMBER , The value used in the computation of the conversion. Typically a value to use in a
multiplication operation.
UNIT_QUANTITY_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_QUANTITY UNIT QUANTITY: The quantity or type that applies to the conversion pair.
Denormalized from PPDM UNIT OF MEASURE.
Page 761
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_UNIT_CONVERSION

Page 762
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE

PPDM UNIT OF MEASURE: Table containing all valid units of measure and describes what system they belong to as well as the quantity associated with the unit. A
quantity is a "type" of unit, for example, length, pressure, and temperature are all valid quantities.
UOM_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P UNIT OF MEASURE IDENTIFIER: A unique set of characters used to symbolize
referfence source.
active or valid.
BASE_UNIT_IND VARCHAR2 1 BASE UNIT: A Y/N flag indicating that this unit of measure in the measurment
system is recognized as a base unit of measure in the measurement system. For
example, the meter is a base unit in the SI system. The Centimeter is a base unit in
the CGS system.
obtained.
UOM_NAME VARCHAR2 255 UNIT NAME: The full or complete name for the unit of measure. In the sample
data, symbols and abveviations will not be used, but compound unit names will be.
The word per will be used to represent ratios (eg: metre per second, rather than
meter/second). If multiple sources define this unit name, precedence order will
define the source to be used. The long name may not be unique unless qualified with
unit system and unit type.
UOM_QUANTITY_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_QUANTITY PPDM QUANTITY: Describes the type of value that is being measured, The
UOM_SYSTEM_ID VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_MEASUREMENT_SYSTEM UNIT SYSTEM: Name of the measurement system. For example, SI.
UOM_USAGE_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PPDM_UOM_USAGE PPDM UNIT OF MEASURE USAGE: A list of the valid types of usage values,
usually as defined by an authorized agency such as IEEE. Usual values would be
NULL or CURRENT for current, deprecated, discouraged or strongly discouraged.
Note that different reference sources may supply different values for usage. For
example, API RP66 shows the BAR as a current unit of measure while the SI-10
shows it as deprecated.
Page 763
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE

Page 764
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_UOM_ALIAS

PPDM UNITS OF MEASURE ALIAS: Table of aliases, or other common names for Units of measure.
UOM_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNIT OF MEASURE IDENTIFIER: A unique set of characters used to symbolize
referfence source.
UOM_SYNONYM Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P UNIT SYNONYM: Alternate set of characters that are used to describe the unit - an
alias or cross reference.
active or valid.
ALIAS_FULL_NAME VARCHAR2 255 UNIT OF MEASURE ALIAS: The alias for the unit of measure.
ALIAS_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PPDM_UOM_ALIAS_TYPE PPDM UNIT OF MEASURE ALIAS TYPE: The type of unit of measure alias
referenced., or may be the type of symbol (four types defined in the sample data set).
In the sample data, the symbol types may be BEST SYMBOL,
SUB_SUPER_SCRIPT symbol, MIXED_CASE symbol, or UPPER_CASE symbol.
The tules for these are ennumerated in this reference table.
name or code.
Page 765
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_UOM_ALIAS

obtained.
Page 766
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_VOL_MEAS_CONV

PPDM VOL MEAS CONV: This table tracks The specific conversion factors from one unit of measure to another, consistant with the standard pressure and temperature
associated with the unit of measure.
CONVERSION_QUANTITY Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PPDM_QUANTITY CONVERSION QUANTITY: A Conversion code for a generic set of conversion
factors (GAS VOL and OIL VOL)
CONVERSION_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P CONVERSION OBS NO: An observation number to allow for multiple coversion
factors for different time periods
CONVERSION_FACTOR NUMBER 10, 5 CONVERSION FACTOR: A multiplier to convert from the FROM units of measure
to the TO units of measure
CONVERSION_FORMULA VARCHAR2 240 CONVERSION FORMULA: A formula referencing an additional product property
required in the conversion (Gas Heat Content, Oil Density)
FROM_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE FROM UOM: The units of measure that the source data is in.
PREFERRRED_IND VARCHAR2 1 PREFERRED INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating that this particular conversion is
the preferred version.
PRESSURE NUMBER 10, 5 PRESSURE: The reference pressure defined for standard gas volumes.
PRESSURE_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE PRESSURE UOM: The units of measure for the standard pressure.
TEMPERATURE NUMBER 10, 5 TEMPERATURE: The reference termperature defined for standard gas volumes.
TEMPERATURE_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE TEMPERATURE UOM: The units of measure for the standard temperature.
TO_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE TO UOM: The units of measure that the source data is will be converted to.
Page 767
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_VOL_MEAS_CONV

Page 768
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_VOL_MEAS_REGIME

PPDM VOL MEAS REGIME: This table tracks the volume regimes set up to handle sets of conversion factors. Separate volume regimes are required when the standard
pressure and temperature used to measure oil and gas volumes are different .
VOLUME_REGIME_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PDEN VOLUME REGIME: unique indicator for a volume regime used for
OWNER_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE OWNER BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: The owner of this reserves class, such as the
SPG.
version to be used.
REGIME_NAME VARCHAR2 255 REGIME NAME: Long name for the volume regime.
Page 769
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_VOL_MEAS_USE

PPDM VOL MEAS USE: This table tracks the political and geographic extents applicable to a specific volume regime.
REGIME_USE_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P REGIME USE OBSERVATION NUMBER: A unique component that allows each
regime to be associated with more than one area.
AREA_ID VARCHAR2 20 AREA AREA IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the area that defines the reserves entity.
AREA_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 AREA AREA TYPE: the type of area that defines the reserves area. Could be
organizational, geographical, project based, political etc.
Z_R_PROVINCE_STATE
Alberta
GEOGRAPHIC_REGION VARCHAR2 20 Z_R_GEOGRAPHIC_REGION GEOGRAPHIC REGION: The geographic area of interest. For example: Mackenzie
River Delta, Western Canada, North Sea
JURISDICTION VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for the jurisdiction that is managing the
version to be used.
in Canada
Page 770
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PPDM_VOL_MEAS_USE

Page 771
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PR_LSE_UNIT_STR_HIST

PRODUCTION LEASE UNIT STRING HISTORY: Identifies historical relationships (assignments) of production strings to a lease or unit.
PROD_STRING_SOURCE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PROD_STRING SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated as the
within a well.
LEASE_UNIT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PROD_LEASE_UNIT LEASE OR UNIT IDENTIFIER: Number or code assigned as an alias that uniquely
START_DATE Not Null DATE 7 P START DATE: The starting date for which a production string was assigned to a
production lease or unit.
active or valid.
END_DATE DATE 7 END DATE: The end of the time for which a production string was assigned to a
production lease or unit.
Page 772
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PR_STR_FORM_COMPLETION

PRODUCTION STRING FORMATION COMPLETION: Tracks the complex relationships between production strings and well completion activities. A production string
formation may have one or more completions associated with it (such as in the case of com-mingled production from multiple sands). The relationship is versionable over
time, as some completions may be activated and deactivated mechanically or by changing conditions in the formation that is producing.
WELL_COMPLETION primary key for this row.
PROD_STRING_SOURCE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PROD_STRING_FORMATION SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated as the
STRING_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PROD_STRING_FORMATION STRING IDENTIFIER: Number or code uniquely identifying a production string
within a well.
PR_STR_FORM_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P PROD_STRING_FORMATION PRODUCTION STRING FORMATION OBSERVATION NUMBER: A sequential
COMPLETION_SOURCE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P WELL_COMPLETION SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated as the
COMPLETION_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P WELL_COMPLETION COMPLETION OBSERVATION NUMBER: A sequential observation number
FORM_COMPLETION_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P FORMATION COMPLETION OBSERVATION NUMBER: A unique identifer
used to uniquely identify each occurrance of the the same formation and the same
completion being related to each other, often to track the way the relationhsip
changes over time.
a
COMPLETION_STATUS VARCHAR2 20 R_COMPLETION_STATUS REFERENCE COMPLETION STATUS: This reference table defines the type of
completion or perforation status. For example, the status can be open, closed,
squeezed, plugged, etc.
STATUS_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_COMPLETION_STATUS COMPLETION STATUS TYPE: This reference table defines the group or type of
status, such as construction, financial, legal etc.
Page 773
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PR_STR_FORM_COMPLETION

Page 774
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PR_STR_FORM_STAT_HIST

PRODUCTION STRING FORMATION STATUS HISTORY: Shows the history of how a part icular formation (layer) was configured to contribute production to a
production string.
within a well.
a
END_TIME DATE 7 END TIME: The time of day that this status ended.
START_TIME DATE 7 START TIME: The time of day that this status first started.
STATUS VARCHAR2 20 R_PROD_STR_FM_STATUS PRODUCTION STRING FORMATION STATUS: A list of valid status types for a
production string formation, qualified by a status type column.
STATUS_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PROD_STR_FM_STATUS PRODUCTION STRING FORMATION STATUS TYPE: The type of status
reported at the production string formation, such as completion status.
TIMEZONE VARCHAR2 20 R_TIMEZONE TIMEZONE: the timezone that the start and end time are referenced to.
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PR_STR_FORM_STAT_HIST

Page 776
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PROD_LEASE_UNIT

PRODUCTION LEASE OR UNIT: Represents an alias used for production reporting purposes of a mineral lease or unitization agreement (unit). Note that lease and unit are
often treated synonymously for production reporting purposes and it is sometimes not possible to distinguish between them on the basis of production reports. For this reason
they are treated as a single entity. A lease is the right obtained for the purpose of exploration and development of hydrocarbons. Such leases typically describe the right to
produce by surface boundaries or subsurface intervals or boundaries. A unit is a combination of leases, usually contiguous, involving potential or producing mineral
properties, for the purpose of efficient or economic operation.
LEASE_UNIT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LEASE OR UNIT IDENTIFIER: Number or code assigned as an alias that uniquely
ACREAGE NUMBER 12, 2 ACREAGE: For a lease is the acreage on which a party (lessee) has acquired, by
lease, the right to explore for and produce oil, gas, and/or other minerals in return for
a stated royalty, and possibly other considerations. For a unit is the acreage as
described in a unit agreement as constituting the land logically subject to
development under such an agreement.
ACREAGE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ACREAGE OUOM: Acreage original unit of measure.
active or valid.
CURRENT_STATUS_DATE DATE 7 CURRENT STATUS DATE: Date of the current status for the production lease or
unit.
GOVERNMENT_LEASE_UNIT_ID VARCHAR2 20 GOVERNMENT LEASE OR UNIT ID: The unique identifier assigned to a
production lease or unit by the regulatory agency having jurisdiction over mineral
activity in the territory where the lease is located.
Page 777
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PROD_LEASE_UNIT

LEASE_UNIT_NAME VARCHAR2 60 LEASE OR UNIT NAME: The name assigned to a lease by the regulatory agency
having jurisdiction over mineral activity in the territory where the production lease
or unit is located.
LEASE_UNIT_SHORT_NAME VARCHAR2 30 LEASE UNIT SHORT NAME: Common short name used of the lease or unit for
production monitoring and reporting purposes.
LEASE_UNIT_STATUS VARCHAR2 20 R_LEASE_UNIT_STATUS LEASE UNIT STATUS: The operational or legal status of the production lease or
unit.
LEASE_UNIT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_LEASE_UNIT_TYPE LEASE UNIT TYPE: Identifies the type of production lease or unit. For example,
Federal Lease, State Lease , Indian Lease, Production Unit, etc.
in Canada
Page 778
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PROD_LEASE_UNIT_ALIAS

PROD LEASE UNIT ALIAS: alternate name by which the lease unit is known.
LEASE_UNIT_SOURCE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R_SOURCE SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designate d as the
PROD_LEASE_UNIT_ALIAS_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PROD LEASE UNIT ALIAS identifier: Code identifying any other name the plu is
known by.
ALIAS_SOURCE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R_SOURCE SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated as the
active or valid.
ALIAS_FULL_NAME VARCHAR2 255 PROD LEASE UNIT ALIAS: Code or name identifying any other name the plu is
known by.
name or code.
Documents may be published, internal references, journals etc. Page 779
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PROD_LEASE_UNIT_ALIAS

Page 780
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PROD_LEASE_UNIT_AREA

PRODUCTION LEASE UNIT IN COUNTY: Identifies the counties that a production lease or unit covers in full or in part.
etc.
active or valid.
Alberta
in Canada
Page 781
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PROD_LEASE_UNIT_VERSION

PROD LEASE UNIT VERSION: Alternate informatin about the lease unit from different sources. The preferred version is stored in PROD LEASE UNIT.
ACREAGE NUMBER 12, 2 ACREAGE: For a lease is the acreage on which a party (lessee) has acquired, by
lease, the right to explore for and produce oil, gas, and/or other minerals in return for
a stated royalty, and possibly other considerations. For a unit is the acreage as
described in a unit agreement as constituting the land logically subject to
development under such an agreement.
ACREAGE_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ACREAGE OUOM: Acreage original unit of measure.
active or valid.
CURRENT_STATUS_DATE DATE 7 CURRENT STATUS DATE: Date of the current status for the production lease or
unit.
GOVERNMENT_LEASE_UNIT_ID VARCHAR2 20 GOVERNMENT LEASE OR UNIT ID: The unique identifier assigned to a
production lease or unit by the regulatory agency having jurisdiction over mineral
activity in the territory where the lease is located.
LEASE_UNIT_NAME VARCHAR2 60 LEASE OR UNIT NAME: The name assigned to a lease by the regulatory agency
having jurisdiction over mineral activity in the territory where the production lease
or unit is located. Page 782
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PROD_LEASE_UNIT_VERSION

LEASE_UNIT_SHORT_NAME VARCHAR2 30 LEASE UNIT SHORT NAME: Common short name used of the lease or unit for
production monitoring and reporting purposes.
LEASE_UNIT_STATUS VARCHAR2 20 R_LEASE_UNIT_STATUS LEASE UNIT STATUS: The operational or legal status of the production lease or
unit.
LEASE_UNIT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_LEASE_UNIT_TYPE LEASE UNIT TYPE: Identifies the type of production lease or unit. For example,
Federal Lease, State Lease , Indian Lease, Production Unit, etc.
in Canada
Page 783
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PROD_STR_STAT_HIST

PRODUCTION STRING STATUS: Contains an historical account of the operating status of the production string.
within a well.
a
END_TIME DATE 7 END TIME: The time of day that this status ended.
EXPIRY_DATE DATE 7 EXPIRY DATE: the date on which this status was no longer in effect.
START_TIME DATE 7 START TIME: The time that this status started.
STATUS VARCHAR2 20 R_PROD_STRING_STATUS PRODUCTION STRING STATUS: A list of valid values for a production string
status. This table allows you to capture status information from many points of view
as it changes over time.
STATUS_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PROD_STRING_STATUS PRODUCTION STRING STATUS TYPE: The type of status reported for the
production string. Can include construction status, operating status, producing
status, abandonment status etc.
TIMEZONE VARCHAR2 20 R_TIMEZONE TIME ZONE: The timezone to which start and end time are referenced.
Page 784
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PROD_STRING

PRODUCTION STRING: A string of production tubing providing a conduit from the surface to zero or more well completions. A production string allows the fluid exchange
between the well completion and the wellhead. The physical configuration of a production string can vary over time, and the individual well completions associated with a
production string can also change as a result of cementing or reworks. A well may have more than one production string.
UWI Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P WELL UNIQUE WELL IDENTIFIER: A unique name, code or number designated as the
STRING_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P STRING IDENTIFIER: Number or code uniquely identifying a production string
within a well.
active or valid.
BASE_DEPTH NUMBER 10, 5 BASE DEPTH: The depth of the deepest packer which directs the flow of reservoir
fluids into the string.
BASE_DEPTH_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE BASE DEPTH OUOM: Base depth original unit of measure.
COMMINGLED_IND VARCHAR2 1 COMMINGLED INDICATOR: Indicates whether the well string is commingling
production from more than one formation.
CURRENT_STATUS VARCHAR2 20 R_WELL_STATUS STATUS: The status of the well. For example: cased, spudded, licensed, dry,
abandoned oil, gas, ...
CURRENT_STATUS_DATE DATE 7 CURRENT STATUS DATE: Date of the current status for the well string.
GOVERNMENT_STRING_ID VARCHAR2 20 GOVERNMENT STRING IDENTIFIER: Number or code assigned by a regulatory
agency or government to identify a well string such as API or CPA number.
ON_INJECTION_DATE DATE 7 ON INJECTION DATE: The date that injection was first reported for the production
string.
ON_PRODUCTION_DATE DATE 7 ON PRODUCTION DATE: The date that production was first reported for the
production string.
PLOT_SYMBOL VARCHAR2 20 R_PLOT_SYMBOL PLOT SYMBOL: A character or symbol used to represent a production string. This
Page 785
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

may be used in a particular mapping package coding scheme, or as a pointer to other
POOL_ID VARCHAR2 20 POOL POOL IDENTIFIER: Number or code uniquely identifying the pool. These pool
definitions are created by a regulatory agency to facilitate reporting. An
administrative pool may represent a group of completions (each of which is
completed into a geologic pool) that are co-mingled. An administrative pool may
also be created to divide a geological pool into smaller, more manageable segments
for administrative purposes. This relationship exists in the table PROD_STRING,
where the POOL ID will usually indicate the pool to which volumes are reported to
a regulatory agency. The pool that is associated with the PROD STRING is usually
administrative in nature (associated with a comingling agreement).
PROD_STRING_TVD NUMBER 10, 5 PROD STRING TOTAL VERTICAL DEPTH: Absolute calculated vertical distance
from surface to corresponding measured depth.
PROD_STRING_TVD_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE PRODUCTION STRING TOTAL VERTICAL DEPTH ORIGINAL UNITS OF
MEASURE:
PROD_STRING_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PROD_STRING_TYPE PROD STRING TYPE: Code indicating the type and/or status of the production
string. The string could be abandoned, producing, disposal, injection, shut-in, etc..
PROFILE_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_WELL_PROFILE_TYPE PROFILE TYPE: The wellbore shape. For example vertical, horizontal, directional,
s-shaped...
STATUS_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_WELL_STATUS STATUS TYPE: The type of status reported for the well. Can include construction
status, operating status, producing status, abandonment status etc.
TAX_CREDIT_CODE VARCHAR2 20 R_TAX_CREDIT_CODE TAX CREDIT CODE: Code indicating the well qualifies for a tax credit. "C" =
credit for the well being permitted for coalbed methane gas.
TOP_DEPTH NUMBER 10, 5 TOP DEPTH: The depth of the highest packer which directs the flow of reservoir
fluids into the string.
TOP_DEPTH_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE TOP DEPTH OUOM: Top depth original unit of measure.
TOTAL_DEPTH NUMBER 10, 5 TOTAL DEPTH: The actual measurement along the well path from the reference
datum to the bottom of the production string
TOTAL_DEPTH_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE TOTAL DEPTH ORIGINAL UNITS OF MEASURE
Page 786
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

Page 787
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PROD_STRING_ALIAS

PRODUCTION STRING ALIAS: The Alias table contains names and identifiers that a production string may otherwise be known as. This would include previous or
alternate identifiers assigned by a regulatory agency and the reason for the alias. May also include aliases used by software applications or other parties.
PROD_STRING_SOURCE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PROD_STRING PRODUCTION STRING SOURCE: Source for the data.
STRING_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PROD_STRING STRING IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a production string.
ALIAS_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PRODUCTION STRING ALIAS: Alternate or previous name/identifier assigned to
the production string.
active or valid.
ALIAS_FULL_NAME VARCHAR2 255 PRODUCTION STRING ALIAS: Full alias name or code assigned to a production
string by a partner, agency or applicaiton.
may be assigned because of a name change or amendment to the identifier.
LOCATION_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_WELL_ALIAS_LOCATION WELL ALIAS LOCATION TYPE: The position on the wellbore that this alias is
assigned to. Common types are top hole and bottom hole.
OWNER_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE ALIAS OWNER BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the
business associate who owns this alias.
Page 788
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PROD_STRING_ALIAS

name or code.
Page 789
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PROD_STRING_COMPONENT

PRODUCTION STRING COMPONENT: This table is used to capture the relationships between production strings and busines objects, such as wells, equipment,
PR_STR_SOURCE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PROD_STRING SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated as the
within a well.
object that is associated with the production string.
active.
etc.
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE
Page 790
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

information.
found in it.
an organization.
working for it.
table.
Page 791
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

related incident.
obligation
that is captured.
Page 792
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

PROD_STRING_COMPONENT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PROD_STRING_COMP_TYPE PRODUCTION STRING COMPONENT TYPE: the type of component that is
asssicated with the production string
SAMPLE_ANAL_SOURCE VARCHAR2 20 SAMPLE_ANALYSIS SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated asPage
the 793
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

SEIS_SURVEY.
description.
permitted to hold.
Webster Online)
thesaurus.
Page 794
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

Page 795
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PROD_STRING_FORM_ALIAS

PRODUCTION STRING FORMATION ALIAS: The Alias table contains names, codes and identifiers that a production string formation may otherwise be known as. This
would include previous or alternate identifiers assigned by a regulatory agency and the reason for the alias. May also include software or partner aliases etc.
within a well.
PROD_STRING_FORM_ALIAS_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P WELL ALIAS: Alternate or previous name/identifier assigned to the well.
active or valid.
ALIAS_FULL_NAME VARCHAR2 255 PRODUCTION STRING FORMATION ALIAS: Full alias name or code assigned
to a production string formation by a partner, agency or applicaiton.
may be assigned because of a name change or amendment to the identifier.
LOCATION_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_WELL_ALIAS_LOCATION ALIAS LOCATION TYPE: The position on the wellbore that this alias is assigned
to. Common types are top hole and bottom hole.
OWNER_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE ALIAS OWNER BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the
Page 796
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PROD_STRING_FORM_ALIAS

business associate who owns this alias.
name or code.
Page 797
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PROD_STRING_FORMATION

PRODUCTION STRING FORMATION: Represents a specific layer of reservoir rock through which fluids flow from a reservoir into a string of production tubing. This
table can be used to prorate production from a production string back to individual formations.
within a well.
PR_STR_FORM_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P WELL STRING FORMATION OBSERVATION NUMBER: A sequential
active or valid.
ALLOCATION_FACTOR NUMBER 10, 5 ALLOCATION FACTOR: A factor that is used in calculations to allocate
production from one entity to another.
ALLOCATION_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_ALLOCATION_TYPE ALLOCATION FACTOR TYPE: The type of allocation factor that is used in
BASE_DEPTH NUMBER 10, 5 BASE DEPTH: The base of the formation (layer) that is contributing production to a
well string.
BASE_DEPTH_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE BASE DEPTH OUOM: Base depth original unit of measure.
COMPLETION_OBS_NO NUMBER 8, 0 COMPLETION OBSERVATION NUMBER: A sequential observation number
CURRENT_STATUS VARCHAR2 20 R_WELL_STATUS WELL STATUS: This reference table defines the status of the well. For example:
cased, spudded, licensed, dry, abandoned oil, gas, ...
CURRENT_STATUS_DATE DATE 7 CURRENT STATUS DATE: Date of the current status.
POOL_ID VARCHAR2 20 POOL POOL IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a pool, often based on geologic
definitions. Usually, these pool definitions are created based on stratigraphic and
geologic data. Geologic pools represent stratigraphic formations that contain
connected reservoirs of hydrocarbons (can be based on the same pressure gradient,
for example). Each PROD_STRING_FORM will be associated with one geologic
pool.
Page 798
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PROD_STRING_FORMATION

STATUS_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_WELL_STATUS STATUS TYPE: The type of status reported for the well. Can include construction
status, operating status, producing status, abandonment status etc.
TOP_DEPTH NUMBER 10, 5 TOP DEPTH: The top of the formation (layer) that is contributing production to a
well string.
TOP_DEPTH_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE TOP DEPTH OUOM: Top depth original unit of measure.
Page 799
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PRODUCT

PRODUCT TYPE: A table identifying the type of product (fluid) such as GAS, OIL, WATER, NGL, etc. Includes the less common products like STEAM, METHANE,
PRODUCT_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PRODUCT TYPE: A reference table identifying the type of product (fluid) such as
active or valid.
CONVERSION_QUANTITY VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_QUANTITY CONVERSION QUANTITY: The generic fluid or Quantity to be used when
looking up applicable conversion factors in the PPDM_VOL_MEAS_CONV table.
PREFERRED_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE PREFERRED UNIT OF MEASURE: The unit of measure in which volumes for this
product should be stored by preference.
PROPERTY_SET_ID VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_PROPERTY_SET TABLE PROPERTY CONTROL IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the property
control information. This foreign key can be used to help you control how a vertical
Page 800
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PRODUCT_COMPOSITION

PRODUCT COMPOSITION: This table is used to describe the subproducts into which products can be broken down.
PRODUCT_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PRODUCT PRODUCT TYPE: Indicates the type of product (fluid) such as GAS, OIL,
SUBPRODUCT_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PRODUCT SUBPRODUCT TYPE: A reference table identifying the type of pro duct (fluid)
such as GAS, OIL, WATER, NGL, etc. Includes the less comm on products like
STEAM, METHANE, BUTANE, HELIUM, etc. In this case, the product that is a
component of the parent product.
CONVERSION_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CONVERSION IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the conversion from product to
sub product.
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: a Y/N flag indicating that this row of data is presently
active.
DEFINED_BY_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE DEFINED BY BUSINESS ASSOCIATE ID: The unique identifier for the business
associate who defined this product composition.
FORMULA VARCHAR2 240 FORMULA: The formula that is used to calculate the derivation of the sub product
from the product.
PRODUCT_COMPONENT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PRODUCT_COMPONENT_TYPE PRODUCT COMPONENT TYPE: The type of component associated with a
product
SOURCE_DOCUMENT VARCHAR2 20 SOURCE_DOCUMENT SOURCE DOCUMENT: unique identifier for the document. For example
government and regulatory agency forms, operator reports or scout tickets,
publications, reference books etc.
Page 801
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PROJ_STEP_CONDITION

PROJECT CONDITION: This table lists conditions that must be met for the project to proceed. May be completion of another step in the project, or an external condition,
such as the operational state of a facility.
PROJECT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PROJECT_STEP PROJECT IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the project.
PROJECT_STEP
PROJECT_STEP_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PROJECT_STEP STEP ID: Unique identifier for the project step.
CONDITION_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P CONDITION OBSERVATION NUMBER: Unique number for the condition that
must be met.
active.
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business associate, such as a
END_DATE DATE 7 END DATE: The date that the time interval for this record ends, such as the end of a
shift on a particular day. May be tracked to clock time if desired.
PROJECT_CONDITION VARCHAR2 20 R_PROJECT_CONDITION PROJECT STEP CONDITION: condition(s) that must exist before the project step
can be started. May be an external condition (a facility to be shut down) or another
step in the project that must be completed.
PROJECT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PROJECT_CONDITION PROJECT TYPE: the type of project, such as seismic, geological, exploitation etc.
REQUIRED_STEP_ID VARCHAR2 20 PROJECT_STEP REQUIRED STEP IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for a step that is a necessary
precursor to another step. Note that this information can also be captured in
PROJECT STEP XREF, with more semantic information about critical paths.
START_DATE DATE 7 START DATE: The date that the time interval for this record begins, such as the
start of a shift on a particular day. May be tracked to clock time if desired.
Page 802
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PROJECT

PROJECT: a project is an organised work effort directed towards accomplishing a recognised set of objectives or goals. In the PPDM context, a project may be described in
terms of its duration, area and location, funding, participants or the PPDM elements that were included in or required for the work.
PROJECT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PROJECT IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the project.
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: a yes / no flag indicating whether the project is currently
active.
COMPLETE_DATE DATE 7 COMPLETION DATE: the date that the project was completed.
CONFIDENTIAL_IND VARCHAR2 1 CONFIDENTIAL INDICATOR: a yes / no flag indicating whether the project is
confidential.
CONFIDENTIAL_RELEASE_DATE DATE 7 CONFIDENTIAL RELEASE DATE: the date that a confidential project will
become non-confidential, so that information may be released.
DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 240 DESCRIPTION: description of the project.
FIELD_STATION_IND VARCHAR2 1 FIELD STATION INDICATOR: a yes / no flag indicating that field stations were
used in the project.
LAND_RIGHT_IND VARCHAR2 1 LAND RIGHT INDICATOR: a yes / no flag indicating that a land right is involved
in the project.
PDEN_IND VARCHAR2 1 PDEN INDICATOR: a yes / no flag indicating that a PDEN is involved in the
project.
PROJECT_NAME VARCHAR2 240 PROJECT NAME: the name assigned to the project.
PROJECT_NUM VARCHAR2 30 PROJECT NUMBER: a code or reference number assigned to the project by the
sponsoring organization.
PROJECT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PROJECT_TYPE PROJECT TYPE: the type of project, such as seismic, geological, exploitation etc.
REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 REMARK: narrative remarks or comments about the project.
SEIS_SET_IND VARCHAR2 1 SEISMIC SET INDICATOR: a yes / no flag indicating that one or more seismic sets
are involved in the project.
START_DATE DATE 7 START DATE: the date that work on the project commenced.
STRAT_COLUMN_IND VARCHAR2 1 STRAT COLUMN INDICATOR: a yes / no flag indicating that one or more
stratigraphic columns are involved in the project.
STRAT_INTERPRETATION_IND VARCHAR2 1 STRATIGRAPHIC INTERPRETATION INDICATOR: a yes / no flag indicating
that one or more stratigraphic interpretations are involved in the project. May
include well picks or field station interpretations.
WELL_IND VARCHAR2 1 WELL INDICATOR: a yes / no flag indicating that one or more wells is involved in
the project. Page 803
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PROJECT

Page 804
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PROJECT_ALIAS

PROJECT ALIAS: Alternate names and codes that this project is known by.
PROJECT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PROJECT PROJECT IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the project.
ALIAS_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P ALIAS IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the project alias.
active.
ALIAS_FULL_NAME VARCHAR2 255 ALIAS NAME: name assigned to this project by another organization or
application.
ALIAS_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PROJECT_ALIAS_TYPE PROJECT ALIAS TYPE: The type of project alias that has been assigned. Could be
the code assigned by an application or user, or by another organization.
OWNER_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business associate, such as a
PREFERRED_IND VARCHAR2 1 PREFERRED INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating whether this alias is the
preferred version for reports and other output.
REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 REMARK: narrative comments about the participation of the Business Associate in
the project.
Page 805
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PROJECT_ALIAS

Page 806
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PROJECT_BA

PROJECT BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: this table allows a project to be associated with all Business Associates who have a role in the project. These BAs may be participants,
partners, regulatory, service providers etc.
active.
the project.
Page 807
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PROJECT_BA_ROLE

PROJECT BUSINESS ASSOCIATE ROLE: this table can be used to list multiple roles that are held or carried out by a Business Associate through the duration of a project.
Roles may include interpreter, project manager, technical support etc.
PROJECT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PROJECT_BA PROJECT IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the project.
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PROJECT_BA BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business associate, such as a
ROLE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R_PROJECT_BA_ROLE ROLE: The role played by the business associate in the project. Over time, a
business associate may perform the same role more than once - the SEQ NO
component allows these values to be sequenced.
ROLE_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P ROLE SEQUENCE NUMBER: a unique identifier added to allow a business
associate to play the same role in a project more than once over its lifetime.
active.
EFFECTIVE_DATE DATE 7 EFFECTIVE DATE: the date that the Business Associate assumed the role
specified.
REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 REMARK: narrative comments about the Business Associate role in the, such as
descriptive qualifiers.
Page 808
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PROJECT_COMPONENT

PROEJCT COMPONENT: Lists the business objects that are associated with a project, such as wells, seismic, land, cost centers etc. Flags indicate whether each business
object was used as input to the project (as in well logs) or created as output from the project (as in interepreted values)
PROJECT
object that is associated with the project. These will allow a component to be
associated with a project more than once if that is needed.
active.
etc.
BA_LICENSEE_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BA_LICENSE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE LICENSEE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier
for the business associate who has been granted a license or approval to conduct
general operations.
BA_LICENSE_ID VARCHAR2 20 BA_LICENSE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE LICENSE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a business
associate approval or license to conduct operations.
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE VARCHAR2 20 BA_AUTHORITY BUSINESS ASSOCIATE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a business associate
BA_ORGANIZATION who is involved in an HSE incident, such as a company or an individual.
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE
equipment that you may use, but may or may not actually have. Actual peices ofPage 809
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

information.
COMPONENT_REASON VARCHAR2 20 R_PROJECT_COMP_REASON PROJECT COPMPONENT REASON: the reason why business objects or other
entities are related to this project. This may occur when one project is part of another
project, when wells, land rights or seismc are related to a project etc.
COMPONENT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PROJECT_COMP_TYPE PROJECT COMPONENT TYPE: the reason the component is associated with the
project, such as created for, contract that governs, used during etc.
CONDITION_ID VARCHAR2 20 CONSENT_COND CONDITION IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the condition that has been
applied to the consent.
CONSENT_ID VARCHAR2 20 CONSENT_COND CONSENT IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the consent. Consents grant
CONSENT permission to conduct operations based on approval of what is done or proposed by
CONTRACT
DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 2000 DESCRIPTION: Narrative comments about the relationship between an object and
the project. Classified relationship types can be captured in the column
COMPONENT TYPE.
found in it.
an organization.
working for it. Page 810
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

table.
FACILITY
FIELD_SOURCE VARCHAR2 20 SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated as the
FIELD_STATION_ID NUMBER 10, 0 STRAT_FIELD_SECTION FIELD STATION ID: unique identifier for the stratigraphic field station.
FIELD_STRAT_INTERP_ID VARCHAR2 20 STRAT_FIELD_SECTION INTERPRETATION IDENTIFIER: ID added to enable a single strat unit to be
identified more than once as part of a stratigraphic column. Multiple occurances
may occur for many reasons, including folding, faulting or a non-vertical
interpretation of the strat column.
FIELD_STRAT_UNIT_ID VARCHAR2 20 STRAT_FIELD_SECTION STRATIGRAPHIC UNIT IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the stratigraphic unit
related incident.
INPUT_IND VARCHAR2 1 INPUT INDICATOR: A Y / N flag that indicates that this component was an input
into the project, such as seismic or wells that were used for interpretation projects.
verioning of the interest set over time. Page 811
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

LITH_SAMPLE_ID VARCHAR2 20 LITH_SAMPLE LITHOLOGIC SAMPLE IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for a lithologic sample
that is part of this project. In this context, may be a sample collected during the
project or processed, analyzed or used during the project.
obligation
OTHER_PROJECT_ID VARCHAR2 20 PROJECT PROJECT: a project is an organised work effort directed towards accomplishing a
recognised set of objectives or goals.
OUTPUT_IND VARCHAR2 1 OUTPUT INDICATOR: a Y / N flag that indicates that the component was output
from the project, such as interpretation picks.
that is captured.
PPDM_TABLE Page 812
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

within a well.
PROJECT_PLAN_ID VARCHAR2 20 PROJECT_PLAN PROJECT PLAN IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the project plan that is used in
this project.
PROJECT_STEP_ID VARCHAR2 20 PROJECT_STEP PROJECT STEP IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for a project step that this
compoent is associated with. Could be a document, well, land right etc.
RESENT_VOL_REVISION reserves entity may be comprised of a single business object (such as a well) or a
RESENT_VOL_SUMMARY group of business objects (such as all the completions producing from a pool).
RESENT_VOL_REVISION confidence level and producing status of the reserve volumes.
RESENT_VOL_SUMMARY
RESERVE_PRODUCT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 RESENT_VOL_REVISION REFERENCE PRODUCT TYPE: A reference table identifying the type of pro duct
RESENT_VOL_SUMMARY (fluid) such as GAS, OIL, WATER, NGL, etc. Includes the less comm on products
like STEAM, METHANE, BUTANE, HELIUM, etc.
Page 813
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

RESERVE_REVISION_ID VARCHAR2 20 RESENT_VOL_REVISION REVISION IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the reserves estimate revision.
RESERVE_REVISION_OBS_NO NUMBER 8, 0 RESENT_VOL_REVISION REVISION OBSERVATION NUMBER: A unique numeric component to connect
all revisions (net and gross) associated with a single revision occurrence.
REVISION ID is used to group the revision event and REVISION OBS NO is set
back to 1 each time a new revision event is created.
RESERVE_SUMMARY_ID VARCHAR2 20 RESENT_VOL_SUMMARY SUMMARY IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the reserves summary.
RESERVE_SUMMARY_OBS_NO NUMBER 8, 0 RESENT_VOL_SUMMARY SUMMARY OBSERVATION NUMBER: a unique number added to allow details
for a reserves summary to be captured. The column SUMMARY ID defines a
summary - SUMMARY OBS NO is used to sequence detail rows within that
summary.
SEIS_LICENSE_ID VARCHAR2 20 SEIS_LICENSE SEISMIC SET LICENSE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the approval granted
to conduct seismic or geophysical operations.
SEIS_PROC_PLAN_ID VARCHAR2 20 SEIS_PROC_PLAN SEISMIC PROCESSING PLAN IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the seismic
processing plan that was prepared. This plan may be referenced in a contract with a
processing house and should form the starting point of most processing sequences.
SEIS_SURVEY.
description.
permitted to hold.
Page 814
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

STRAT_COLUMN_ID VARCHAR2 20 STRAT_COLUMN STRATIGRAPHIC COLUMN NAME: The name assigned to the stratigraphic
column.
STRAT_COLUMN_SOURCE VARCHAR2 20 STRAT_COLUMN SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated as the
STRAT_NAME_SET_ID VARCHAR2 20 STRAT_FIELD_SECTION STRAT NAME SET IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the stratigraphic name set.
STRAT_NAME_SET A stratigraphic name set is an unordered collection of stratigraphic units, that may
STRAT_UNIT be in use for a Lexicon, a geographic area, a project, a company etc.
STRAT_WELL_SECTION
Webster Online)
thesaurus.
WELL_LICENSE
WELL
WELL_INT_INTERP_ID VARCHAR2 20 STRAT_WELL_SECTION WELL INTERPRETATION IDENTIFIER: Part of the foreign key from STRAT
WELL SECTION.
WELL_INT_SOURCE VARCHAR2 20 WELL INTERPRETATION SOURCE: the source of the well interpretation. Part of
the foreign key from STRAT WELL SECTION.
WELL_INT_STRAT_UNIT_ID VARCHAR2 20 STRAT_WELL_SECTION WELL INTERPRETATION STRAT UNIT ID: The strat unit referenced in the well
interpretation. Part of the foreign key from STRAT WELL SECTION.
WELL_INT_UWI VARCHAR2 20 STRAT_WELL_SECTION WELL INTERPRETATION UWI: The well referenced in the interpretation. Part of
the foreign key from STRAT WELL SECTION.
WELL_LICENSE_ID VARCHAR2 20 WELL_LICENSE WELL LICENSE IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for this well license.
WELL_LICENSE_SOURCE VARCHAR2 20 WELL_LICENSE SOURCE: The individual, company, state, or government agency designated as the
PPDM 3.8 July 2008

Page 816
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PROJECT_CONDITION

PROJECT CONDITION: This table lists conditions that must be met for the project to proceed. May be completion of another project, or an external condition, such as the
operational state of a facility.
CONDITION_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P CONDITION OBSERVATION NUMBER: Unique number for the condition that
must be met.
active.
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business associate, such as a
PROJECT_CONDITION VARCHAR2 20 R_PROJECT_CONDITION PROJECT STEP CONDITION: condition(s) that must exist before the project step
can be started. May be an external condition (a facility to be shut down) or another
step in the project that must be completed.
PROJECT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PROJECT_CONDITION PROJECT TYPE: the type of project, such as seismic, geological, exploitation etc.
Page 817
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PROJECT_EQUIP_ROLE

PROJECT EQUIPMENT ROLE: this table can be used to list multiple roles that are held or carried out by a equipment that is either a real specific piece of equipment
(EQUIPMENT) or a kind of equipment (CAT EQUIPMENT) through the duration of a project. Roles may include safety equipment, computer equipment, production
equipment etc.
PROJECT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PROJECT_EQUIPMENT PROJECT IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the project.
EQUIPMENT_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P PROJECT_EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT OBSERVATION NUMBER: Unique identifier for the equipment
that is used in the project. Note that an obs no was used because the relationship
may be to a real piece of equipment (EQUIPMENT) or a type of equipment (CAT
EQUIPMENT). Please populate the appropriate foreign keys.
EQUIPMENT_ROLE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R_PROJECT_EQUIP_ROLE REFERENCE PROJECT EQUIPMENT ROLE: the role played by a piece of
equipment in a project, such as pumper, saftey equipment, processor, primary
storage device etc. Tthe SEQ NO component allows these values to be sequenced.
ROLE_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P ROLE SEQUENCE NUMBER: a unique identifier added to allow equipment to
play the same role in a project more than once over its lifetime.
active.
EFFECTIVE_DATE DATE 7 EFFECTIVE DATE: the date that the Equipment assumed the role specified.
OPERATED_BY_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business associate, such as a
business associate who operated the equipment in fulfilment of this role.
Page 818
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PROJECT_EQUIPMENT

PROJECT EQUIPMENT: Allows a project to be associated with equipment that is either a real specific piece of equipment (EQUIPMENT) or a kind of equipment (CAT
EQUIPMENT). Description of the role(s) played by the equipment is defined in PROJECT EQUIP ROLE.
EQUIPMENT_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P EQUIPMENT OBSERVATION NUMBER: Unique identifier for the equipment
active.
OPERATED_BY_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE OPERATOR BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business associate,
such as a person, company, regulatory agency, government or consortium. In this
case, the unique identifer for the business associate who is the operator of this
equipment for the duration of the project.
the project.
Page 819
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PROJECT_PLAN

PROJECT PLAN: a project is an organised work effort directed towards accomplishing a recognised set of objectives or goals. Use this table to define a generalized or
approved set of steps to be undertaken in a certain set of circumstances. These tables represent the approved procedures for your organization.
PROJECT_PLAN_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PROJECT PLAND IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the project plan.
ACTIVE_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTIVE INDICATOR: a yes / no flag indicating whether the project is currently
active.
DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 240 DESCRIPTION: description of the project.
PLAN_NAME VARCHAR2 255 PLAN NAME: the name assigned to the project plan.
PROJECT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PROJECT_TYPE PROJECT TYPE: the type of project, such as seismic, geological, exploitation, land
divestiture, tape copy, circulation request etc. that is supported by this plan.
Page 820
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PROJECT_PLAN_STEP

PROJECT ALLOWED STEP: this table describes the steps that are authorized or expected to be completed under a project plan. In certain cases, this table may be used to
ensure that standard processes are used for specific business operations.
PROJECT_PLAN_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PROJECT_PLAN PROJECT PLAND IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the project plan.
PLAN_STEP_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P ALLOWED STEP ID: Unique identifier for a step that is allowed to be included in
the project.
active.
DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 240 DESCRIPTION: textual description of the work to be completed during this step.
STEP_NAME VARCHAR2 255 STEP NAME: The name given to this step.
STEP_RULE VARCHAR2 240 STEP RULE: a textual description of the rule or condition that must exist for this
step to occur. For example, after a decision is made only one of two possible
following steps may occur next (one would continue, one would end the process).
STEP_SEQ_NO NUMBER 8, 0 STEP SEQUENCE NUMBER: a number indicating the order in which steps are to
be completed. Concurrent steps may be assigned the same number.
STEP_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PROJ_STEP_TYPE PROJECT STEP TYPE: The type of step for the project.
Page 821
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PROJECT_PLAN_STEP_XREF

PROJECT ALLOWED STEP CROSS REFERENCE: this table may be used to order steps in a project plan. This ordering may or may not be linear. For example, after the
successful completion of step 2, three new steps may be initiated concurrently.
PROJECT_PLAN_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PROJECT_PLAN_STEP PROJECT PLAND IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the project plan.
PROJECT_PLAN_STEP
PLAN_STEP_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PROJECT_PLAN_STEP ALLOWED STEP ID: Unique identifier for a step that is allowed to be included in
the project.
PLAN_STEP_ID2 Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PROJECT_PLAN_STEP ALLOWED STEP ID: Unique identifier for a step that is allowed to be included in
the project.
XREF_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P PROJECT PLAN STEP CROSS REFERNCE OBSERVATION NUMBER: Unique
key added to allow steps to be associated more than once, possibly as they change
over time.
active.
DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 240 DESCRIPTION: textual description of the work to be completed during this step.
STEP_RULE VARCHAR2 240 STEP RULE: a textual description of the rule or condition that must exist for this
step to occur. For example, after a decision is made only one of two possible
following steps may occur next (one would continue, one would end the process).
STEP_XREF_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PROJ_STEP_XREF_TYPE REFERENCE PROJECT STEP CROSS REFERENCE REASON: describes
relationships between steps in a project. May define necessary precursors, following
steps, alternate paths etc.
Page 822
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PROJECT_STATUS

PROJECT STATUS: This table allows you to keep track of the status of a project as it changes over time, from the perspective of various roles. STATUS TYPE defines the
type of perspective you are looking at (operational, financial, legal) and STATUS defines the status from that perspective (PENDING, ACTIVE, COMPLETE, NOT
APPROVED).
PROJECT
STATUS_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P STATUS IDENTIFIER: Unique identifier for the status of this project or project
step.
active.
DEFINED_BY_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business associate, such as a
the project.
STATUS VARCHAR2 20 R_PROJECT_STATUS PROJECT or PROJECT STEP STATUS: the status of a project or a step in a
project. May include underway, on hold, completed, cancelled.
STATUS_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PROJECT_STATUS PROJECT or PROJECT STEP STATUS TYPE: The type of status, or perspective
R_PROJECT_STATUS_TYPE from which the status is observed, such as financial, operational, legal etc.
STEP_ID VARCHAR2 20 PROJECT_STEP STEP ID: Unique identifier for the project step.
Page 823
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PROJECT_STEP

PROJECT STEP: Lists the actual steps that are completed over the course of a project, together with details about when that step was due, when started and some basic
project management information. Information about the business associates who completed the step is found in the subordinate table PROJECT STEP BA.
STEP_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P STEP ID: Unique identifier for the project step.
active.
ACTUAL_END_DATE DATE 7 ACTUAL END DATE: the date that this step was actually ended.
ACTUAL_START_DATE DATE 7 ACTUAL START DATE: the date that this step was actually started.
ACTUAL_TIME NUMBER 10, 5 ACTUAL TIME: The actual time that is spent on this project step. If you are
tracking PROJECT STEP TIME, can be calculated by summing the times in that
table.
ACTUAL_TIME_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE
ACTUAL_TIME_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNIT OF MEASURE
CRITICAL_DATE DATE 7 CRITICAL DATE: the date that this step must be completed in order for the project
to be completed on time.
DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 2000 DESCRIPTION: Text description of this step in the project.
DUE_DATE DATE 7 DUE DATE: the date that this step is due.
ESTIMATED_TIME NUMBER 10, 5 ESTIMATED TIME: The amount of time that is estimated to be required for the
project step.
ESTIMATED_TIME_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE
ESTIMATED_TIME_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNIT OF MEASURE
PLAN_END_DATE DATE 7 PLANNED END DATE: the date that this step was intended to be completed.
PLAN_START_DATE DATE 7 PLANNED START DATE: the date that this step was intended to be started.
PLAN_STEP_ID VARCHAR2 20 PROJECT_PLAN_STEP ALLOWED STEP ID: Unique identifier for a step that is allowed to be included in
the project.
PROJECT_PLAN_ID VARCHAR2 20 PROJECT_PLAN_STEP PROJECT PLAND IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the project plan.
STEP_NAME VARCHAR2 255 STEP NAME: The name commonly used to identify the name of the step.
STEP_SEQ_NO NUMBER 8, 0 STEP SEQUENCE NUMBER: a number that indicates the order in which steps
were completed. Concurrent steps may be assigned the same number if you wish.
Page 824
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PROJECT_STEP

STEP_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PROJ_STEP_TYPE PROJECT STEP TYPE: The type of step for the project.
WHERE_COMPLETED VARCHAR2 240 WHERE COMPLETED; unvalidated description of where this step was completed.
Page 825
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PROJECT_STEP_BA

PROJECT STEP BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Lists the business associates who were involved in completing this step of a project. More than one person and multiple roles
may be listed here.
PROJECT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PROJECT_BA_ROLE PROJECT IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the project.
PROJECT_STEP
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PROJECT_BA_ROLE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business associate, such as a
ROLE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PROJECT_BA_ROLE ROLE: The role within which the business associate completed this task.
ROLE_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P PROJECT_BA_ROLE ROLE SEQUENCE NUMBER: Unique sequencer added to allow a business
associate to fulfil a role in the project more than once during its lifetime.
STEP_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PROJECT_STEP STEP ID: Unique identifier for the project step.
STEP_BA_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P STEP BA OBS NO: A sequence number for the involvement of a business associate.
active.
ACTUAL_IND VARCHAR2 1 ACTUAL INDICATOR: a Y/N flag indicating that this business associate actually
performed the work scheduled.
PLAN_IND VARCHAR2 1 PLANNED INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating that this business associate was
planned or scheduled to complete this task.
Page 826
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PROJECT_STEP_EQUIP

PROJECT STEP EQUIPMENT: Tracks the equipment used in a specific project step in a specific role. For example, can track the vehicle used for a crew change or the
instrument used in a specific analysis.
PROJECT_ID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PROJECT_EQUIP_ROLE PROJECT IDENTIFIER: unique identifier for the project.
PROJECT_STEP
EQUIPMENT_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P PROJECT_EQUIP_ROLE EQUIPMENT OBSERVATION NUMBER: Unique identifier for the equipment
EQUIPMENT_ROLE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PROJECT_EQUIP_ROLE REFERENCE PROJECT EQUIPMENT ROLE: the role played by a piece of
equipment in a project, such as pumper, saftey equipment, processor, primary
storage device etc. Tthe SEQ NO component allows these values to be sequenced.
ROLE_SEQ_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P PROJECT_EQUIP_ROLE ROLE SEQUENCE NUMBER: a unique identifier added to allow a business
associate to play the same role in a project more than once over its lifetime.
active.
OPERATED_BY_BA_ID VARCHAR2 20 BUSINESS ASSOCIATE: Unique identifier for a business associate, such as a
business associate who operated the equipment in fulfilment of this role.
Page 827
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PROJECT_STEP_TIME

PROJECT STEP TIME: this table tracks time spent on a project step, often used for metrics.
TIME_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P TIME OBSERVATION NUMBER: Unique number for the time keeping record for
the project step.
active.
END_TIME DATE 7 END TIME: the time that this step was completed.
PLAN_IND VARCHAR2 1 PLANNED INDICATOR: A Y/N flag indicating that this business associate was
planned or scheduled to complete this task.
START_TIME DATE 7 START TIME: The time that this step was started.
TOTAL_TIME NUMBER 10, 5 TOTAL TIME COMPLETED: The amount of time that was spent on the project
step during this time period, such as the time spent on a step during a shift, or in a
week.
TOTAL_TIME_OUOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE ORIGINAL UNIT OF MEASURE
TOTAL_TIME_UOM VARCHAR2 20 PPDM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNIT OF MEASURE
Page 828
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PROJECT_STEP_TIME

Page 829
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: PROJECT_STEP_XREF

PROJECT STEP CROSS REFERENCE: this table is used to track relationships between steps, such as precursors, followers, optional paths etc. Used to create a more robust
set of data than the simple rule in PROJECT STEP.
PROJECT_STEP
STEP_ID1 Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PROJECT_STEP STEP ID: Unique identifier for the project step.
STEP_ID2 Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PROJECT_STEP STEP ID: Unique identifier for the project step.
XREF_OBS_NO Not Null NUMBER 8, 0 P CROSS REFERENCE OBSERVATION NUMBER: Unique number identifying the
cross reference.
active.
DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 2000 DESCRIPTION: Text description of this step in the project.
STEP_SEQ_NO NUMBER 8, 0 STEP SEQUENCE NUMBER: a number that indicates the order in which steps
were completed. Concurrent steps may be assigned the same number if you wish.
STEP_XREF_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 R_PROJ_STEP_XREF_TYPE REFERENCE PROJECT STEP CROSS REFERENCE REASON: describes
relationships between steps in a project. May define necessary precursors, following
steps, alternate paths etc.
USE_RULE VARCHAR2 2000 USE RULE: the rule to be followed when this step is completed, usually used when
alternate paths are set up during the planning process. Which step follows may
depend on a business rule, such as whether a necessary fee has been received, or a
PO number set up.
Page 830
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_ACCESS_CONDITION

ACCESS CONDITION CODE: a set of codified instructions regarding access to a business object.
ACCESS_CONDITION_CODE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P ACCESS CONDITION CODE: a set of codified instructions regarding access to a
business object.
active or valid.
Page 831
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_ACCOUNT_PROC_TYPE

REFERENCE ACCOUNTING PROCEDURE TYPE: The type of accounting procedure , especially in the case where a standard accounting procedure is used. (e.g. PASC
1988 or COPAS 1986)
ACCOUNT_PROC_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P ACCOUNTING PROCEDURE TYPE: The type of accounting procedure,
1988 or COPAS 1986)
active or valid.
Page 832
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_ACTIVITY_SET_TYPE

REFERENCE ACTIVITY SET TYPE: The type of activity set, such as standard, corporate, regulatory etc.
ACTIVITY_SET_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P ACTIVITY SET TYPE: The type of activity set, such as standard, corporate,
regulatory etc.
active or valid.
Page 833
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_ACTIVITY_TYPE

REFERENCE ACTIVITY: A reference table identifying the type of activit y that caused the movement of fluids to occur such as production, injection, flaring, sales, etc.
ACTIVITY_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P ACTIVITY TYPE: The type of activity that caused the movement of fluid s to occur
active or valid.
Page 834
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_ADDITIVE_METHOD

REFERENCE WELL TREATMENT ADDITIVE METHOD: The method used for adding the additive to the well bore. While the patterns of addition may be complex, use
this reference value to describe the method generally.
ADDITIVE_METHOD Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P ADDITIVE METHOD: The method used for adding the additive to the well bore.
While the patterns of addition may be complex, use this reference value to describe
the method generally.
active or valid.
Page 835
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_ADDITIVE_TYPE

REFERENCE WELL TREATMENT ADDITIVE TYPE: This reference table identifies the type of additive used in the treatment fluid during the acidizing job. For example,
acid, detergent, ChemGel etc.
ADDITIVE_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P WELL TREATMENT ADDITIVE TYPE: This reference table identifies the type of
additive used in the treatment fluid during the acidizing job. For example, acid,
detergent, ChemGel etc.
active or valid.
Page 836
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_ADDRESS_TYPE

REFERENCE ADDRESS TYPE: A reference table identifying valid business associate address types. For example shipping, billing or sales.
ADDRESS_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P ADDRESS TYPE: The type of business associate address. For example shipping,
billing, sales...
active or valid.
Page 837
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_AIR_GAS_CODE

REFERENCE AIR GAS CODE:This reference table identifies the the type of fluid supplied by the drilling compressor. For example, the fluid can be Air or Gas.
AIR_GAS_CODE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P AIR GAS CODE: The type of fluid supplied by the drilling compressor. For
example, the fluid can be Air or Gas.
active or valid.
Page 838
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_AIRCRAFT_TYPE

REFERENCE AIR CRAFT TYPE: The type of aircraft described. Examples may be general (jet, two engine, helicopter) or very specific, such as the list found here
http://www.airlinecodes.co.uk/acrtypes.htm.
AIRCRAFT_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P AIR CRAFT TYPE: The type of aircraft described. Examples may be general (jet,
two engine, helicopter) or very specific, such as the list found here
http://www.airlinecodes.co.uk/acrtypes.htm.
active or valid.
Page 839
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_ALIAS_REASON_TYPE

REFERENCE ALIAS REASON TYPE: This reference table describes the purpose or reason for a given alias. For example a well alias may be assigned to the well because
of a name change or amendment to the identifier. A business associate alias may be created as a result of a merger or name change.
REASON_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P ALIAS REASON TYPE: This reference table describes the purpose or reason for a
change or amendment to the identifier. A business associate alias may as a result of
a merger or name change.
active or valid.
Page 840
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_ALIAS_TYPE

REFERENCE ALIAS TYPE: This reference table describes the type of alia s. For example a well may be assigned a government alias, contract alias or project alias.
Business associates may be assigned a stock exchange symbol alias.
ALIAS_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P REFERENCE ALIAS TYPE: This reference table describes the type of alias. For
example a well may be assigned a government alias, contract alias or project alias.
Business associates may be assigned a stock exchange symbol alias.
active or valid.
Page 841
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_ALLOCATION_TYPE

REFERENCE ALLOCATION FACTOR TYPE: A reference table identifying the t ype of allocation factor that is used in calculations to attribute (al locate) a measured
movement of fluid to a number of production entitie s.
ALLOCATION_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P ALLOCATION FACTOR TYPE: The type of allocation factor that is used in
active or valid.
Page 842
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_ALLOWABLE_EXPENSE

REFERENCE ALLOWABLE EXPENSE: expenses that are allowed under the terms of the contract.
ALLOWABLE_EXPENSE_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P ALLOWABLE EXPENSE TYPE: The type of allowable expenses defined in a
contract.
active or valid.
Page 843
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_ANAL_PROPERTY_CODE

ANALYSIS PROPERTY VALUE CODE: the code assigned to the analysis property by observation, in cases where numeric values are not used.
ANALYSIS_PROPERTY Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R_ANALYSIS_PROPERTY ANALYSIS PROPERTY: This reference table identifies the compositional and/or
physical properties being analyzed. For example, the types of properties subjected to
analysis may be BTU, Gas composition, Mole percentage,
PROPERTY_VALUE_CODE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P ANALYSIS PROPERTY VALUE CODE: the code assigned to the analysis
property by observation, in cases where numeric values are not used.
active or valid.
Page 844
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_ANALYSIS_PROPERTY

REFERENCE ANALYSIS PROPERTY: This reference table identifies the compositional and/or physical properties being analyzed. For example, the types of properties
subjected to analysis may be BTU, Gas composition, Mole percentage,
ANALYSIS_PROPERTY Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P ANALYSIS PROPERTY: This reference table identifies the compositional and/or
physical properties being analyzed. For example, the types of properties subjected to
analysis may be BTU, Gas composition, Mole percentage
active or valid.
Page 845
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_ANALYSIS_REPORT

REFERENCE ANALYSIS REPORT: This reference table describes the presence of additional data available for an object. For example, the code A may indicate that
analysis information is available for the core.
ANALYSIS_REPORT Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P ANALYSIS REPORT: This column describes the availability of additional data
available concerning well cores. For example, the code A may indicate that analysis
information is available for the core.
active or valid.
Page 846
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_AOF_ANALYSIS_TYPE

REFERENCE ABSOLUTE OPEN FLOW: This reference table identifies the type of Absolute Open Flow procedure. For example, Simplified or Lit procedure.
AOF_ANALYSIS_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P ABSOLUTE OPEN FLOW ANALYSIS TYPE: This column identifies the type of
Absolute Open Flow procedures. For example, Simplified or Lit.
active or valid.
Page 847
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_AOF_CALC_METHOD

REFERENCE ABSOLUTE OPEN FLOW CALCULATION METHOD: This reference table identifies the type of method used to calculate the absolute open flow potential
of the well. For example, single point, multi-point, theoretical or incomplete data.
AOF_CALCULATE_METHOD Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P ABSOLUTE OPEN FLOW CALCULATION METHOD: The method used to
calculate the absolute open flow potential of the well. Entries could include single
point, multi-point, theoretical, or incomplete data.
active or valid.
Page 848
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_API_LOG_SYSTEM

REFERENCE AMERICAN PETROLEUM INSTITUTE LOG CODE TYPE. A system devised by the American Petroleum Institude published in API bulletin D9 (1973)and
D9a (1981) used to classify curves. Often found on historic logs, but rarely used in current operations. This table Identifies which API system was used.
API_CODE_SYSTEM Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P REFERENCE AMERICAN PETROLEUM INSTITUTE LOG CODE TYPE. A
system devised by the American Petroleum Institude published in API bulletin D9
(1973)and D9a (1981) used to classify curves. Often found on historic logs, but
rarely used in current operations. This table Identifies which API system was used.
active or valid.
Page 849
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_APPLIC_ATTACHMENT

REFERENCE APPLICATION ATTACHMENT TYPE: the type of appliation attachment that has been sent, such as maps, reports, letters, contracts and so on.
ATTACHMENT_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P APPLICATION ATTACHMENT TYPE: the type of appliation attachment that has
been sent, such as maps, reports, letters, contracts and so on.
active or valid.
Page 850
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_APPLIC_BA_ROLE

REFERENCE APPLICATION BUSINESS ASSOCIATE ROLE: This table is used to capture information about the role that a business associate played in the application
APPLICATION_BA_ROLE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P APPLICATION BUSINESS ASSOCIATE ROLE: This table is used to capture
information about the role that a business associate played in the application
active or valid.
Page 851
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_APPLIC_DECISION

LAND RIGHT APPLICATION DECISION: the decision on the applicaiton, such as approved, denied etc.
APPLICATION_DECISION Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LAND RIGHT APPLICATION DECISION: the decision made for the land right
appllicaiton, such as approved, denied, deferred etc.
active or valid.
Page 852
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_APPLIC_DESC

REFERENCE APPLICATION DESC: The type of descriptive information provided with an application, such as start date, end date, camp location, crew size, equipment
type etc.
APPLICATION_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R_APPLIC_TYPE APPLICATION TYPE: continuation, groupings, license validations, offset notice
APPLIC_DESC_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P APPLICATION DESCRIPTION TYPE: The description attached to an application,
to beused in the case where descriptive details are retained. Could include proposed
conditions, planned activities etc.
active or valid.
Page 853
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_APPLIC_REMARK_TYPE

REFERENCE APPLICATION REMARK TYPE: The type of remark about the applicaiton, such as decision remark
REMARK_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P REFERENCE APPLICATION REMARK TYPE: The type of remark about the
applicaiton, such as decision remark
active or valid.
Page 854
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_APPLIC_STATUS

REFERENCE APPLICATION STATUS: The status of the application, such as pending, approved, waiting on documents etc.
APPLICATION_STATUS Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P APPLICATION STATUS: The status of the application, such as pending, approved,
waiting on documents etc.
active or valid.
Page 855
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_APPLIC_TYPE

REFERENCE APPLICATION TYPE: continuation, groupings, license validations, offset notice appeal, selections, grouping, continuation, significant discovery area,
significant discovery license, expiry notification, commercial discovery area, production license. The type of application being made, such as application to drill, application
APPLICATION_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P APPLICATION TYPE; continuation, groupings, license validations, offset notice
active or valid.
Page 856
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_APPLICATION_COMP_TYPE

APPLICATION COMPONENT TYPE: The type of component associated with the application
APPLICATION_COMPONENT_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P APPLICATION COMPONENT TYPE: The type of component associated with the
application
active or valid.
Page 857
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_AREA_COMPONENT_TYPE

AREA COMPONENT TYPE: The type of component associated with an area
AREA_COMPONENT_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P AREA COMPONENT TYPE: The type of component associated with an area
active or valid.
Page 858
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_AREA_CONTAIN_TYPE

REFERENCE AREA CONTAIN TYPE: A reference to the type of containment, such as a full legal containment, a partial containment (or overlap).
CONTAIN_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P AREA CONTAIN TYPE: A reference to the type of containment, such as a full
legal containment, a partial containment (or overlap).
active or valid.
Page 859
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_AREA_DESC_CODE

REFERENCE AREA DESCRIPTION CODE: A codified description of an area, such as a project area.
AREA_DESC_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R_AREA_DESC_TYPE AREA DESCRIPTION TYPE: The type of description of an area, such as size,
terrain, vegetation etc.
AREA_DESC_CODE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P AREA DESCRIPTION CODE: A codified description of an area, such as a project
area.
active or valid.
Page 860
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_AREA_DESC_TYPE

REFERENCE AREA DESCRIPTION TYPE: The type of description of an area, such as size, terrain, vegetation etc.
AREA_DESC_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P AREA DESCRIPTION TYPE: The type of description of an area, such as size,
terrain, vegetation etc.
active or valid.
Page 861
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_AREA_TYPE

REFERENCE AREA TYPE: The type of area described, such as country, province, basin, project, business area etc.
AREA_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P SOFTWARE APPLICATION IDENTIFIER: The identifier for the application that
active or valid.
REMARK VARCHAR2 2000 AREA TYPE DESCRIPTION of the type of geographic area
Page 862
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_AUTHOR_TYPE

AUTHOR TYPE: the type of author of a document or other product. Could be who the product was created for, the company that created it, the person who created it, the
scientist who was in charge etc.
AUTHOR_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P AUTHOR TYPE: the type of author of a document or other product. Could be who
the product was created for, the company that created it, the person who created it,
the scientist who was in charge etc.
active or valid.
Page 863
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_AUTHORITY_TYPE

AUTHORITY TYPE: the type of authority given to a business associate, often an employee of a company. Authority may be extended for purchase authorizations, to sign
contracts or to enter into negotiations etc.
AUTHORITY_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P AUTHORITY TYPE: the type of authority given to a business associate, often an
employee of a company. Authority may be extended for purchase authorizations, to
sign contracts or to enter into negotiations etc.
active or valid.
Page 864
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_BA_AUTHORITY_COMP_TYPE

BUSINESS AUTHORITY COMPONENT TYPE: The type of component associated with the business authority
BA_AUTHORITY_COMPONENT_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BUSINESS AUTHORITY COMPONENT TYPE: The type of component
associated with the business authority
active or valid.
Page 865
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_BA_CATEGORY

BA CATEGORY: The category that the business associate is in. For a company, may be legal company, sole proprietorship, corporation etc.
BA_CATEGORY Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BA CATEGORY: The category that the business associate is in. For a company,
may be legal company, sole proprietership, corporation etc
active or valid.
Page 866
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_BA_COMPONENT_TYPE

BUSINESS ASSOCIATE COMPONENT TYPE: The type of component associated with a business associate
BUSINESS_ASSOCIATE_COMP_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BUSINESS ASSOCIATE COMPONENT TYPE: The type of component associated
with a business associate
active or valid.
Page 867
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_BA_CONTACT_LOC_TYPE

R BA CONTACT LOCATION TYPE: The type of contact location defined. May be phone number, fax number, Email address, Web URL etc.
CONTACT_LOC_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R BA CONTACT LOCATION TYPE: The type of contact location defined. May be
phone number, fax number, Email address, Web URL etc.
active or valid.
Page 868
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_BA_CREW_OVERHEAD_TYPE

REFERENCE CREW OVERHEAD TYPE: They type of overhead paid to a crew member during a peiod, such as cost of living allowance.
OVERHEAD_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CREW OVERHEAD TYPE: They type of overhead paid to a crew member during a
peiod, such as cost of living allowance.
active or valid.
Page 869
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_BA_CREW_TYPE

REFERENCE CREW TYPE: A list of valid kinds of crews, such as drilling crews, cleanup crews, inspection crews, logging crews or seismic crews.
CREW_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CREW TYPE: A list of valid kinds of crews, such as drilling crews, cleanup crews,
inspection crews, logging crews or seismic crews.
active or valid.
Page 870
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_BA_DESC_CODE

BA DESCRIPTION DETAIL CODE: In the case that the detail is described as a coded value, this table provides the list of valid codes for each type of detail.
BA_DESC_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R_BA_DESC_TYPE BA DESCRIPTION DETAIL TYPE: The kind of detail information about the
R_INST_DETAIL_TYPE business associate that has been stored.
BA_DESC_CODE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BA DESCRIPTION DETAIL CODE: In the case that the detail is described as a
coded value, this provides the valid codes for each type of detail.
active or valid.
SOURCE_DOCUMENT VARCHAR2 20 SOURCE DOCUMENT: Unique identifier for the source document from which this
value has been derived, such as a government publication or an internal corporate
listing.
Page 871
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_BA_DESC_REF_VALUE

BA REFERENCE VALUE TYPE: In the case where a detail is referenced to some other value the type of reference value is captured here. The values, if relevant, are stored
in associated columns.
REFERENCE_VALUE_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P DETAIL REFERENCE VALUE TYPE: In the case where a detail is referenced to
some other value, the type of reference value is captured here. The values, if
relevant, are stored in associated columns.
active or valid.
listing.
Page 872
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_BA_DESC_TYPE

INSTRUMENT DETAIL TYPE: The kind of detail information about the instrument that has been stored.
BA_DESC_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BA DESCRIPTION DETAIL TYPE: The kind of detail information about the
business associate that has been stored.
active or valid.
listing.
Page 873
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_BA_LIC_DUE_CONDITION

DUE CONDITION: The state that must be achieved for the condition to become effective. For example, a report may be due 60 days after operations commence (or cease).
DUE_CONDITION Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P DUE CONDITION: The state that must be achieved for the condition to become
cease).
active or valid.
Page 874
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_BA_LIC_VIOL_RESOL

REFERENCE LICENSE VIOLATION RESOLUTION TYPE: The type of resolution to a violation of a license term, such as the payment of a fine or creation of new
processes.
RESOLVE_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P LICENSE VIOLATION RESOLUTION TYPE: The type of resolution to a
processes.
active or valid.
Page 875
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_BA_LIC_VIOLATION_TYPE

REFERENCE VIOLATION TYPE: The type of violation of a license that is being recorded. Can be as simple as failure to submit necessary reports or something more
difficult such as improper procedures.
VIOLATION_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P VIOLATION TYPE: The type of violation of a license that is being recorded. Can
active or valid.
Page 876
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_BA_ORGANIZATION_COMP_TYPE

BUSINESS ASSOCIATE ORGANIZATION COMPONENT TYPE: The type of component associated with a business associate organization
Not Null
BA_ORGANIZATION_COMPONENT_TYPE VARCHAR2 20 P BUSINESS ASSOCIATE ORGANIZATION COMPONENT TYPE: The type of
component associated with a business associate organization
active or valid.
Page 877
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_BA_ORGANIZATION_TYPE

R BA ORGANIZATION TYPE: may be department, division, cost center, business unit, franchise etc.
ORGANIZATION_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R BA ORGANIZATION TYPE: may be department, division, cost center, business
unit, franchise etc.
active or valid.
Page 878
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_BA_PERMIT_TYPE

BUSINSS ASSOCIATE PERMIT TYPE: the type of permit that the business associate has, such as drilling, seismic exploration etc.
PERMIT_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BUSINSS ASSOCIATE PERMIT TYPE: the type of permit that the business
associate has, such as drilling, seismic exploration etc.
active or valid.
Page 879
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_BA_PREF_TYPE

PREFERENCE TYPE: The type of preference documented, such as preference for meeting times, well log curve selection, parameter useage etc.
PREFERENCE_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P PREFERENCE TYPE: The type of preference documented, such as preference for
active or valid.
Page 880
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_BA_SERVICE_TYPE

REFERENCE BUSINESS ASSOCIATE SERVICE TYPE: A valid list of services for a business associate. For example well logger, drilling contractor, application
developer. For land, may be may be address for service, brokerage, maintainor etc.
BA_SERVICE_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BUSINESS ASSOCIATE SERVICE TYPE: The service that a business associate
active or valid.
Page 881
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_BA_STATUS

REFERENCE BA STATUS: The current status of the Business Associate, such as Active, In Receivership, Sold, Merged.
BA_STATUS Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BUSINESS ASSOCIATE STATUS: The current status of the Business Associate,
such as Active, In Receivership, Sold, Merged.
active or valid.
Page 882
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_BA_TYPE

BA TYPE: The type of business associate. Usual reference values include COMPANY, PERSON, REGULATORY, SOCIETY, ASSOCIATION. Use the BA CATEGOY to
further categorise this informtaion.
BA_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BA TYPE: The type of business associate. Usual reference values include
COMPANY, PERSON, REGULATORY, SOCIETY, ASSOCIATION. Use the BA
CATEGOY to further categorise this informtaion.
active or valid.
Page 883
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_BA_XREF_TYPE

R BA XREF TYPE: may be buy-out, name change, merger etc. NOT to be used for the organizational structure, or to track employee/employer relationships (this goes in BA
organization)
BA_XREF_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R BA XREF TYPE: may be buy-out, name change, merger etc. NOT to be used for
the organizational structure, or to track employee/employer relationships (this goes
in BA organization)
active or valid.
Page 884
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_BH_PRESS_TEST_TYPE

BOTTOM HOLE PRESSURE TEST TYPE: This reference table represents the type of bottom hole pressure test conducted on the wellbore. For example, bottom hole static
gradient, bottom hole buildup, top hole buildup etc.
BH_PRESSURE_TEST_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BOTTOM HOLE PRESSURE TEST TYPE: The type of bottom hole pressure test
conducted on the wellbore. For example, bottom hole static gradient, bottom hole
buildup, top hole buildup, ....
active or valid.
Page 885
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_BHP_METHOD

REFERENCE BHP METHOD: Code describing the method of measuring the bottom hole pressure (e.g., measured, calculated, etc.)
BHP_METHOD Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BHP METHOD: Code describing the method of measuring the bottom hole pressure
(e.g., measured, calculated, etc.)
active or valid.
Page 886
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_BIT_BEARING_CONDITION

DRILL BIT BEARING CONDITION: the condition of the drill bit bearing when it is pulled from the hole, such as worn, broken etc.
BEARING_CONDITION Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P DRILL BIT BEARING CONDITION: the condition of the drill bit bearing when it
is pulled from the hole, such as worn, broken etc.
active or valid.
Page 887
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_BIT_CUT_STRUCT_DULL

BIT CUTTING STRUCTURE MAJOR DULL CHARACTERISTIC: IADC Roller Bit Dull Grading major dull characteristics of bit such as BC Broken Cone, LN Lost
Nozzle, BT Broken teeth/cutters, LT Lost Teeth/Cutters, BU Balled Up, NO No Major/Other Dull Characteristics, CC Cracked Cone (show cone numbers under location) etc.
CUTTING_STRUCTURE_MDC Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BIT CUTTING STRUCTURE MAJOR DULL CHARACTERISTIC: IADC Roller
Bit Dull Grading major dull characteristics of bit such as BC Broken Cone, LN
Lost Nozzle, BT Broken teeth/cutters, LT Lost Teeth/Cutters, BU Balled Up, NO
No Major/Other Dull Characteristics, CC Cracked Cone (show cone numbers under
location) etc.
active or valid.
Page 888
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_BIT_CUT_STRUCT_INNER

DRILL BIT CUTTING STRUCTURE INNER: IADC Roller Bit Dull Grading inner 2/3 of bit cutting structure tooth condition. Valid values 0-8 in the IADC standard.
CUTTING_STRUCTURE_T1 Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P DRILL BIT CUTTING STRUCTURE INNER: IADC Roller Bit Dull Grading
inner 2/3 of bit cutting structure tooth condition. Valid values 1-8.
active or valid.
Page 889
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_BIT_CUT_STRUCT_LOC

CUTTING STRUCTURE LOCATION: from the IADC Roller Bit Dull Grading location of cracked or dragged cones. A All Rows H Heel Rows M Middle Rows N
Nose Rows.
CUTTING_STRUCTURE_LOC Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CUTTING STRUCTURE LOCATION: from the IADC Roller Bit Dull Grading
location of cracked or dragged cones. A All Rows H Heel Rows M Middle
Rows N Nose Rows.
active or valid.
Page 890
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_BIT_CUT_STRUCT_OUTER

DRILL BIT CUTTING STRUCTURE OUTER: the condition of the outer 1/2 of the tooth, derived from the IADC Roller Bit Dull Grading outer 1/3 of bit cutting structure
tooth condition. Valid values 0-8 in the IADC standard.
CUTTING_STRUCTURE_TO Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P DRILL BIT CUTTING STRUCTURE OUTER: the condition of the outer 1/2 of the
tooth, derived from the IADC Roller Bit Dull Grading outer 1/3 of bit cutting
structure tooth condition. Valid values 1-8.
active or valid.
Page 891
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_BIT_REASON_PULLED

DRILL BIT REASON PULLED: IADC Roller Bit Dull Grading reason dull bit pulled such as BHA CHG Bottom Hole Assembly, LOG Run Logs, CD Condition Mud PP
Pump Pressure, CP Core Point, PR Penetration Rate.
REASON_PULLED Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P DRILL BIT REASON PULLED: IADC Roller Bit Dull Grading reason dull bit
pulled such as BHA CHG Bottom Hole Assembly, LOG Run Logs, CD Condition
Mud PP Pump Pressure, CP Core Point, PR Penetration Rate.
active or valid.
Page 892
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_BLOWOUT_FLUID

REFERENCE BLOWOUT FLUID: A reference tables describing the type of fluid blown out of a well when a high pressure zone is encountered. For example gas, oil or
water.
BLOWOUT_FLUID Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BLOWOUT FLUID: The type of fluid blown out of a well when a high pressure
zone is encountered. For example gas, oil or water.
active or valid.
Page 893
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_BUILDUP_RADIUS_TYPE

REFERENCE BUILDUP RADIUS:This reference table identifies the magnitude of the buildup radius for the horizontal well. For example, the types of buildup radius can be
long, medium or short.
BUILDUP_RADIUS Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P BUILDUP RADIUS:The magnitude of the buildup radius for a horizontal well. For
example, the types of buildup radius can be long, medium or short.
active or valid.
Page 894
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_CAT_ADDITIVE_GROUP

REFERENCE CATALOGUE ADDITIVE GROUP: The class or group of additives that this additive belongs to, such as drill mud additive, treatment additive, processing
additive etc. Within each group of additives, many types of additives may be described using CAT ADDITIVE TYPE.
ADDITIVE_GROUP Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CATALOGUE ADDITIVE GROUP: The class or group of additives that this
described using R CAT ADDITIVE TYPE. Note that the function of this table may
classifications.
active or valid.
Page 895
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_CAT_ADDITIVE_QUANTITY

REFERENCE CATALOGUE ADDITIVE QUANTITY: The type of quantity in which this particular additive is available, such as sacks, pallets, bales, killograms etc.
QUANTITY_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CATALOGUE ADDITIVE QUANTITY: The type of quantity in which this
particular additive is available, such as sacks, pallets, bales, killograms etc.
active or valid.
Page 896
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_CAT_ADDITIVE_SPEC

CATALOGUE ADDITIVE SPECIFICATION TYPE: A list of the kinds of specifications that may be defined for an additive, such as the volume added, weight added,
mixing method, preparaation method etc. For each ADDITIVE COMPONENT ID, more than one specificataion could be defined.
ADDITIVE_SPEC_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P ADDITIVE SPECIFICATION TYPE: A list of the kinds of specifications that may
be defined for an additive, such as the volume added, weight added, mixing method,
preparaation method etc. For each ADDITIVE COMPONENT ID, more than one
specificataion could be defined.
active or valid.
Page 897
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_CAT_ADDITIVE_XREF

ADDITIVE CATALOGUE CROSS REFERENCE TYPE: Use this column to identify the kind of relationship between additives. For example, a new additive may be
developed to replace an older product, or two products may be equivalent.
ADDITIVE_XREF_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P ADDITIVE CATALOGUE CROSS REFERENCE TYPE: Use this column to
identify the kind of relationship between additives. For example, a new additive may
be developed to replace an older product, or two products may be equivalent.
active or valid.
Page 898
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_CAT_EQUIP_GROUP

CATALOGUE EQUIPMENT GROUP: The functional group of equipment types, such as vehicles, drilling rigs, measuring equipment, monitoring equipment etc. Note that
the function of this table may also be assumed by the CLASSIFICATION module for more robust and complete classifications.
CAT_EQUIP_GROUP Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CATALOGUE EQUIPMENT GROUP: The functional group of equipment types,
such as vehicles, drilling rigs, measuring equipment, monitoring equipment etc.
Note that the function of this table may also be assumed by the CLASSIFICATION
active or valid.
Page 899
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_CAT_EQUIP_SPEC

EQUIPMENT CATALOGUE SPECIFICATION TYPE: The type of specification, such as diameter, strength, length, resonating frequency etc. that are listed in the general
specifications for a kind of equipment.
SPEC_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P SPECIFICATION TYPE: The type of specification, such as diameter, strength,
active or valid.
Page 900
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_CAT_EQUIP_SPEC_CODE

SPECIFICATION TYPE: The type of specification, such as diameter, strength, length, resonating frequency etc.
SPEC_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R_CAT_EQUIP_SPEC SPECIFICATION TYPE: The type of specification, such as diameter, strength,
SPEC_CODE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P SPECIFICATION CODE: a descriptive code allowed for a particular kind of
active or valid.
Page 901
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_CAT_EQUIP_TYPE

CATALOGUE EQUIPMENT TYPE: the type of equipment that is listed, can be grouped into broad classifications with R CAT EQUIP GROUP if you wish. Note that the
function of this table may also be assumed by the CLASSIFICATION module for more robust and complete classifications.
CAT_EQUIP_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CATALOGUE EQUIPMENT TYPE: the type of equipment that is listed, can be
grouped into broad classifications with R CAT EQUIP GROUP if you wish. Note
that the function of this table may also be assumed by the CLASSIFICATION
active or valid.
Page 902
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_CEMENT_TYPE

REFERENCE CEMENT TYPE: A reference table identifying the particular type of cement (and additive) used during a cementing operation.
CEMENT_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CEMENT TYPE: The particular type of cement (and additive) used during a
cementing operation.
active or valid.
Page 903
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_CHECKSHOT_SRVY_TYPE

CHECKSHOT SURVEY TYPE: The type of checkshot survey that was conducted to acquire this data, such as VSP, inline checkshot, walkaway checkshot etc.
CHECKSHOT_SURVEY_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CHECKSHOT SURVEY TYPE: The type of checkshot survey that was conducted
to acquire this data, such as VSP, inline checkshot, walkaway checkshot etc.
active or valid.
Page 904
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_CLASS_DESC_PROPERTY

CLASSIFICATION DESCRIPTION PROPERTIES: this table defines the kinds of properties that define levels in a classification system, and also defines how the properties
are to be described in CLASS LEVEL DESC.
DESC_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CLASSIFICATION SPECIFICATION or PROPERTY TYPE: The identifier for the
kinds of properties that are used, such as diameters, lengths, costs, thickness, tensile
strength etc.
active.
Page 905
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_CLASS_LEV_COMP_TYPE

CLASSIFICATION LEVEL COMPONENT TYPE: This table is used to capture the relationships between specific levels of the classification systems and busines objects,
such as wells, equipment, documents, seismic sets and land rights. You can also use Classification Systems to embed hierarchies into reference tables, by indicating the name
of the reference table that has been classified. In this case, the values in the Classification system should correspond to the values in the reference table (see CLASS LEVEL
ALIAS).
CLASS_LEVEL_COMPONENT_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CLASSIFICATION LEVEL COMPONENT: This table is used to capture the
relationships between specific levels of the classification systems and busines
objects, such as wells, equipment, documents, seismic sets and land rights. You can
also use Classification Systems to embed hierarchies into reference tables, by
indicating the name of the reference table that has been classified. In this case, the
values in the Classification system should correspond to the values in the reference
table (see CLASS LEVEL ALIAS).
active or valid.
Page 906
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_CLASS_LEV_XREF_TYPE

CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM CROSS REFERENCE TYPE: This table may be used to indicate the types of valid relationships between levels of a classification system,
such as to establish overlap or equivalence in content, or to indicate the parent(s) of a level.
LEVEL_XREF_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM CROSS REFERENCE TYPE: This table may be
used to indicate the types of valid relationships between levels of a classification
system, such as to establish overlap or equivalence in content, or to indicate the
parent(s) of a level.
active.
Page 907
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_CLASS_SYST_XREF_TYPE

CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM CROSS REFERENCE TYPE: Use this table to indicate types of relationships between classification systems. For example, you may indicate
that a classification system is approximately the same, or that one is a newer version of another.
SYSTEM_XREF_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CROSS REFERENCE TYPE: Use this table to indicate types of relationships
between classification systems. For example, you may indicate that a classification
system is approximately the same, or that one is a newer version of another.
active.
Page 908
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_CLASS_SYSTEM_DIMENSION

REFERENCE CLASS SYSTEM DIMENSION: The type of dimension or facet that is in this taxomony or classification system. For example, a taxonomy may exist for an
organization, or for geographic areas, or for tools and equipment or materials. By prefrence, taxonomies should contain one dimension or as few dimensions as possible. For
classification purposes, each business object can refer to as many classification systems as necessary.
CLASS_DIMENSION Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CLASS SYSTEM DIMENSION: The type of dimension or facet that is in this
taxomony or classification system. For example, a taxonomy may exist for an
organization, or for geographic areas, or for tools and equipment or materials. By
prefrence, taxonomies should contain one dimension or as few dimensions as
possible. For classification purposes, each business object can refer to as many
classification systems as necessary.
active or valid.
Page 909
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_CLIMATE

CLIMATE TYPE: A valid type of climate, such as arctic, temperate.
CLIMATE_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CLIMATE: a type of environmental climate that existed in past or exists today.
active or valid.
Page 910
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_CODE_VERSION_XREF_TYPE

REFERENCE CODE VERSION CROSS REFERENCE TYPE: The type of relationship between two reference values in a table, such as equivalent meaning, replacement
value, is a kind of and so on.
CODE_XREF_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P CODE VERSION CROSS REFERENCE TYPE: The type of relationship between
two reference values in a table, such as equivalent meaning, replacement value, is a
kind of and so on.
active or valid.
Page 911
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_COLLAR_TYPE

REFERENCE COLLAR TYPE:This reference table identifies the type of collar used to couple the tubular with another tubing string.
COLLAR_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P COLLAR TYPE: The type of collar used to couple the tubular with another tubing
string.
active or valid.
Page 912
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_COLOR

REFERENCE COLOR: A list of valid colors. If wished, these colors may be referenced to specific palletts.
COLOR Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P COLOR: A list of valid colors. If wished, these colors may be referenced to specific
paletts.
active or valid.
COLOR_PALETTE VARCHAR2 20 R_COLOR_PALETTE COLOR PALETTE: Identifier for the palette that defines the set of colors in use.
Palettes include web safe palettes (216 colors), pantone colors (used for inks) etc.
Page 913
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_COLOR_FORMAT

R COLOR FORMAT: For digital files, the type of color format that has been used. May be expressed as a name (monochrome, greyscale, color) or as a bit value (the number
of bits used to reprsent a single pixel of the image. Bi-tonal images have one bit per pixel, 1 BPP. Often RGB images use 24 BPP)
COLOR_FORMAT Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P COLOR FORMAT: For digital files, the type of color format that has been used.
May be expressed as a name (monochrome, greyscale, color) or as a bit value (the
number of bits used to reprsent a single pixel of the image. Bitonal images have one
bit per pixel, 1 BPP. OFten RGB images uses 24 BPP)
active or valid.
Page 914
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_COLOR_PALETTE

COLOR PALETTE: Identifier for the palette that defines the set of colors in use. Palettes include web safe palettes (216 colors), pantone colors (used for inks) etc.
COLOR_PALETTE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P COLOR PALETTE: Identifier for the palette that defines the set of colors in use.
Palettes include web safe palettes (216 colors), pantone colors (used for inks) etc.
active or valid.
Page 915
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_COMPLETION_METHOD

R WELL COMPLETION METHOD: a reference table identifying the type of aperature through which the fluid entered into the well tubing.
COMPLETION_METHOD Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P COMPlETION METHOD: The type of apperature through which the fluid entered
into the tubing.
active or valid.
Page 916
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_COMPLETION_STATUS

REFERENCE COMPLETION STATUS: This reference table defines the type of completion or perforation status. For example, the status can be open, closed, squeezed,
plugged, etc.
STATUS_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P R_COMPLETION_STATUS_TYPE COMPLETION STATUS TYPE: This reference table defines the group or type of
COMPLETION_STATUS Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P COMPLETION STATUS: A reference table identifying the status type of a
completion. For example open, closed, intermittent, squeeze, plugged or
indeterminate.
active or valid.
Page 917
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_COMPLETION_STATUS_TYPE

REFERENCE COMPLETION STATUS TYPE: This reference table defines the group or type of status, such as construction, financial, legal etc.
STATUS_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P COMPLETION STATUS TYPE: This reference table defines the group or type of
active or valid.
Page 918
PPDM 3.8 July 2008
Table Name: R_COMPLETION_TYPE

REFERENCE COMPLETION TYPE: A reference table identifying the types of well completions or methods. For example perforation, open hole, gravel pack or
combination.
COMPLETION_TYPE Not Null VARCHAR2 20 P COMPLETION TYPE: The type or method of well completion. For example
perforation, open hole, gravel pack or combination.
active or valid.
Page 919

PPDM38 Documentation

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

PPDM38 Documentation

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PPDM Association

PPDM Copyright and Disclaimer

Public Petroleum Data Model Association (PPDM)

The following Terms and Conditions shall apply to the User:

4. EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED IN THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS,

Copyright 1998-2008, PPDM Association. All Rights Reserved Page: 2

6. IN NO EVENT WILL THE PPDM BE LIABLE TO THE USER FOR ANY

7. IN NO EVENT WILL THE PPDM BE LIABLE TO THE USER FOR DAMAGES

8. THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS SHALL SURVIVE THE TERMINATION

Copyright 1998-2008, PPDM Association. All Rights Reserved Page: 3

10. FOR PURPOSES OF PARAGRAPHS 4, 5, 6 AND 7 OF THESE TERMS AND

Copyright 1998-2008, PPDM Association. All Rights Reserved Page: 4

Change Management Process

Copyright 1998-2008, PPDM Association. All Rights Reserved Page: 5

Table Name: APPLIC_ALIAS

Table Name: APPLIC_ALIAS

Table Name: APPLIC_AREA

Table Name: APPLIC_ATTACH

Table Name: APPLIC_BA

Table Name: APPLIC_DESC

Table Name: APPLIC_DESC

Table Name: APPLIC_REMARK

Table Name: APPLICATION

Table Name: APPLICATION

Table Name: APPLICATION_COMPONENT

Table Name: APPLICATION_COMPONENT

Table Name: APPLICATION_COMPONENT

Table Name: APPLICATION_COMPONENT

Table Name: APPLICATION_COMPONENT

Table Name: APPLICATION_COMPONENT

Table Name: AREA

Table Name: AREA

Table Name: AREA_ALIAS

Table Name: AREA_ALIAS

Table Name: AREA_COMPONENT

Table Name: AREA_COMPONENT

Table Name: AREA_COMPONENT

Table Name: AREA_COMPONENT

Table Name: AREA_COMPONENT

Table Name: AREA_COMPONENT

Table Name: AREA_CONTAIN

Table Name: AREA_DESCRIPTION

Table Name: AREA_DESCRIPTION

Table Name: BA_ADDRESS

Table Name: BA_ADDRESS

Table Name: BA_ALIAS

Table Name: BA_ALIAS

Table Name: BA_AUTHORITY

Table Name: BA_AUTHORITY_COMP

Table Name: BA_AUTHORITY_COMP

Table Name: BA_AUTHORITY_COMP

Table Name: BA_AUTHORITY_COMP

Table Name: BA_AUTHORITY_COMP

WELL_ACTIVITY_SET_ID VARCHAR2 20 Page 44

Table Name: BA_AUTHORITY_COMP

Table Name: BA_COMPONENT

Table Name: BA_COMPONENT

Table Name: BA_COMPONENT

Table Name: BA_COMPONENT

Table Name: BA_COMPONENT

Table Name: BA_COMPONENT

Table Name: BA_CONSORTIUM_SERVICE

DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2 2000 DESCRIPTION: textual description of the service provided.

Table Name: BA_CONSORTIUM_SERVICE